The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time 3D Walkthrough
For the Nintendo 3DS
Written by peach freak or
[email protected]
Copyright 2014-2015 Tim Brastow. All Rights Reserved.
Version 1.01
Welcome! This is a walkthrough for the Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time 3D, a
remake of the classic Nintendo 64 game. This will also include a walkthrough
for Master Quest, a much more challenging playthrough of the game.
Also, this FAQ is protected by copyright. You cannot sell this, put this on
your website without my permission, or any other violation of copyright law.
You can, however, print this FAQ or save it to your computer for personal and
LEGAL use.
Table of Contents
1. Version History
2. Controls
3. Version Changes
4. Walkthrough
4a. Getting the Kokiri Emerald
4b. Meeting the Princess
4c. Visiting a Friend
4d. Getting Goron's Ruby
4e. Obtaining Zora's Sapphire
4f. Zelda and the Ocarina of Time
4g. Becoming Adult Link
4h. An Old Friend in the Forest Temple
4i. A Brief Blast to the Past
4j. Hot Times in the Fire Temple
4k. Bone-Chilling Cold in the Ice Cavern
4l. Swimming around in the Water Temple
4m. The Gerudo Training Grounds!
4n. Floating through the Shadow Temple
4o. Time Traveling in the Spirit Temple
4p. Everything, Explained
4q. Invading Ganon's Castle
4r. Ascending Ganon's Tower
4s. Escape from Ganon's Castle!
5. Master Quest Dungeon Walkthroughs
5a. Great Deku Tree
5b. Dodongo's Cavern
5c. Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
5d. Forest Temple
5e. Bottom of the Well
5f. Fire Temple
5g. Ice Cavern
5h. Water Temple
5i. Gerudo Training Grounds
5j. Shadow Temple
5k. Spirit Temple
5l. Inside Ganon's Castle
6. Items
7. Enemies
8. Gold Skulltula Locations
8a. Gold Skulltula Locations (Master Quest)
9. Heart Piece Locations
10. Trading Sequences
11. Gossip Stones
12. Ocarina Songs
13. Credits
===================
1. Version History
===================
Version 1.00, December 4, 2014: Finished this guide and uploaded it onto
GameFAQs.
Version 1.01, January 8, 2015: Fixed an error about the location of one of the
Deku Nuts upgrades, thanks to Trent Allen.
==================================
2. Controls/Touchscreen Interface
==================================
--------------------------
The Touchscreen Interface
--------------------------
This interface is always seen on the bottom screen of the 3DS, and is
essentially your "status screen" in this game. In this interface, anything that
you see that is written in ALL CAPS can be touched and is interactive when
touching with the stylus.
|-------|----------------|-------|
|VIEW/ | Hearts |I ITEM |
|NAVI | Magic Meter |-------|
| | |X ITEM |
| | |-------|
| | |Y ITEM |
|Rupees | Area Map |-------|
| | |B ITEM |
|Keys | |-------|
| | | |
| ||----|---|-----||II ITEM|
|OCARINA||GEAR|MAP|ITEMS|| |
|-------|----------------|-------|
Hearts: Hearts are Link's health in this game. You start the game out with a
maximum as 3 hearts, and you can get up to high as 20. When Link takes damage,
he will lose health (and Hearts, from right to left, will get darker). Once all
of his hearts are dark, Link is dead.
Magic Meter: Beneath the hearts is Link's magic meter, which he gets in a
certain point in the game. Magic is used for a special spin attack for your
sword, along with several items.
Area Map: If you are in a dungeon, this part of the screen will show you a map
of the floor you are on. If you are not in a dungeon, this will be a world map
of Hyrule.
VIEW/NAVI: This is an icon of an eye. Tapping this button will zoom the camera
in and then you can use the circle stick to pan around the area without Link
moving. To return to your normal view, just press the A button. Alternatively,
an icon of Navi, your fairy, may appear here from time to time. Tapping the
Navi icon will give you advice on where to go or if you are targeted onto an
enemy, you can tap that icon to get information on the enemy.
Rupees: Rupees are the currency used in Zelda, and this shows you how many of
them you have.
Keys: This applies only for dungeons, and it shows you how many keys you have
on you.
OCARINA: Once you obtain the Fairy Ocarina (and the Ocarina of Time for that
matter), it will be placed in the slot in the bottom-left hand corner of the
touchscreen. Tapping the icon will allow Link to play the Ocarina. Unlike the
Nintendo 64 version, you do not need to assign the Ocarina to a specific
button, instead, it has its own item slot.
I ITEM: This is whatever item you decide to assign to the "I" slot. Tapping
this icon will allow you to use said item. You can only use this item through
the touchscreen, however. I tend to put items that I use less frequently into
this slot.
X ITEM: This is whatever item you decide to assign to the "X" slot. After
assigning an item to this slot, you can access it by pressing the X button
(which is much easier) or by tapping the slot on the touchscreen.
Y ITEM: This is whatever item you decide to assign to the "Y" slot. After
assigning an item to this slot, you can access it by pressing the Y button
(which is much easier) or by tapping the slot on the touchscreen.
B ITEM: This slot will show you which sword you have equipped (your sword is
always mapped to the B button). You can pull out your sword by either tapping
the B button or pressing this slot on the touchscreen.
II ITEM: This is whatever item you decide to assign to the "II" slot. Tapping
this icon will allow you to use said item. You can only use this item through
the touchscreen, however. I tend to put items that I use less frequently into
this slot.
GEAR: Pressing this tab will bring up a screen that shows key items for Link.
This screen shows Link which spiritual stones and medallions he has collected,
along with Gold Skulltulas defeated and how many Pieces of Heart you need to
collect to obtain another heart.
MAP: Pressing this tab will bring you to a map screen that is more detailed
than the map on the touchscreen. On here, if you are in a Dungeon, you can use
this screen to change from one floor of a map to the other. If you are not in a
dungeon, this shows a world map of Hyrule, but you can use this map to find
other locations in Hyrule.
-------------------------
Button: A (Action Button)
-------------------------
The A button is the game's "action" button, where its use depends on what you
are currently doing. For example, if you are running you can use the A button
to roll forward. This can be used to bump into trees (causing money or
sometimes Gold Skulltulas to fall out) or bump into crates and break them
(which becomes a little more important during Master Quest).
The A button is also used to pick up certain objects (namely rocks, Bomb
Flowers, little crates, etc). Once you pick up an object, you can press A again
to gently drop it to the ground (with the exceptions of Rocks, which are thrown
even if you stand still), or you can throw the object while running (which is
generally used for Bombs).
Another use of the A button is that you can use it to push or pull big blocks.
To do this, walk up to a block, press and hold down A, and then use the circle
pad on the 3DS to move the block forward or backward.
Diving underwater is also another task of the A button. When in the water, you
can hold down A to dive underwater. However, you can only dive a certain
distance underwater (which is measured in meters). You can see how deep you can
dive by looking at the number marked on the "action icon", which is found in
the bottom right corner of the main screen. To surface back above water, just
release the A button at any time. If the number in the "action icon" gets to 1,
Link will automatically go back up to the surface.
Apart from those tasks, the A button can be used for similar tasks such as
opening doors, talking to people, and putting away any item or weapon you may
have drawn out.
----------
Button: B
----------
The B button in this game is largely used for the sword. If Link's sword is put
away, pressing this button will have Link arm himself with his sword so he can
attack with it at any time. Apart from that, like in most games, the B button
is also used to return to the previous screen (if you have a menu brought up).
When attacking with your sword, you can use the circle pad to alter the
direction of the sword. For example, if you hold up on the circle pad while
pressing B, you will do a vertical swipe with your sword, and holding left or
right on the circle pad will allow you to do a horizontal swipe. In addition,
if you hold down the L button (or L-Target an object), with your sword
equipped, you can press the A button to do a jumping slash into an enemy, which
causes much more damage with a normal swipe, and can kill most non-boss enemies
in one hit.
To do a spin attack with your sword, hold down the B button for a brief second
and release. If you are able to use magic, you can do a magic spin attack with
your sword by holding down the B button. This will create a blue beam on your
sword, and if you hold down the B button further, the blue beam will become
orange. To use this attack, let go of the B button. A magic spin attack will be
performed, which has a much larger range than a normal spin attack, and can
help kill enemies from a distance. If you have a magic meter and want to
perform a spin attack without using any magic, again, just hold down the B
button for a brief second so that no magic is charged.
----------------
Button: X and Y
----------------
These two buttons can be used to use whatever items you have assigned to these
buttons. For example, if you assign the Slingshot to X, pressing X will have
Link bring out his Slingshot. Then, pressing down X will allow Link to fire the
Slingshot.
----------
Button: R
----------
The R Button in this game is used for your shield. When you press and hold down
R, Link will crouch down and defend himself with his Shield. If you hold down L
before holding down R, Link will defend with his shield by standing up.
----------
Button: L
----------
The L button has two major uses in this game. One of its uses is that pressing
L will center the camera so it is directly behind Link. You can use this when
you feel that the camera angle is getting to be a bit awkward, this usually
solves that problem.
When it comes to adjusting the camera angle, you can also hold down the L
button so that the camera will always stay right behind Link. When holding down
the L button, Link will strafe (instead of turning) to the left and right when
you move the circle pad to the left or right. Also, moving the circle pad down
when you have the L button held down will cause Link to walk backwards instead
of turning around. Another move you can perform while holding down L is a back
flip, where you hold down on the circle pad and press A.
The other major use for the L button is for "L-Targeting". When Navi flies over
to something like an enemy or a person, you can use the L button to "target"
that object. Depending on your settings, you will either need to hold down the
L button to target an enemy (and releasing L would then un-target the object)
or simply press the L button to target an object. When L-Targeting enemies,
Link will lock onto and follow the enemies' every movement and will directly
aim at the enemy when attacking (instead of needing to manually aim at the
enemy).
When L-Targeting, Link will obviously always be facing the object, so using the
circle pad will cause Link to strafe left or right or walk backwards.
===================
3. Version Changes
===================
This section will describe the changes between the Nintendo 64 version and the
3DS version of this game.
-The biggest change is the significant touch-up in graphics. The graphics in
the 3DS version are considerably sharper in comparison to the Nintendo 64
version. One example is that the buildings in the Hyrule Market are much easier
to distinguish. Even the interior designs of buildings look much better.
-Another major change is that Iron Boots and Hover Boots are now ordinary
items, as opposed to equipment gear. This makes equipping and de-equipping
these items much easier and faster (as opposed to the Nintendo 64 version,
which you would need to pause the game, go to the Equipment screen, and change
your boots there). This is very useful for areas where you need to constantly
change your boots, like the Water Temple.
-Master Quest was added to the 3DS version of this game. In Master Quest, all
of the areas are mirrored, all of the dungeons are redesigned, and enemies deal
out double damage. Also, not only is the entire game mirrored, but Link is now
right-handed as opposed to left-handed (which can make aiming items, like the
Slingshot, more difficult).
-One addition to this game is that you have the ability to re-fight bosses that
you have previously defeated. You can do this by taking a nap back at Link's
house, and you will be given the option to challenge bosses you have already
defeated. Once you defeat all of the bosses you've previously defeated, a new
mode called Boss Rush becomes available. During this, you will fight all bosses
in succession. You will not be healed in between bosses; the only way to heal
yourself is through healing items that you have. Boss fights are also timed
during this mode.
-Another addition to this game is the Sheikah Stone. You can talk to one of
these to get advice and hints on how to solve a puzzle or advance forward in
the game. Some solutions and hints will only become available at certain points
of the game or if you attempt to solve a puzzle and get stuck at it. There are
two Sheikah Stones in this game. One of them is just outside Link's House in
the Kokiri Forest and the other one is inside the Temple of Time.
-Navi now advises you to take a break every hour. Wonderful.
-There are several minor changes that were made to dungeons and cut-scenes. One
example is that when entering the Forest Temple for the first time, the camera
will show you the top of the area, where a treasure chest with a Small Key is
located. This is because this was a key that was often overlooked and easy to
miss.
-One of the more annoying changes is that when dumping Bugs into a patch of
soft soil (so that a Gold Skulltula can come out), you cannot use your bottle
to snatch one of the bugs to go in, like you could in the Nintendo 64 version.
This would allow you to just get your Bugs back while getting a Gold Skulltula
at the same time (instead of having to find a patch of grass or a rock where
Bugs live). All of the bugs end up going inside the soft soil, meaning that you
need to go find another set of Bugs after using them.
===============
4. Walkthrough
===============
So, when starting a new game, create a name for yourself, and then you're off!
The game opens up with a shot of Link sleeping in his house. The Great Deku
Tree, narrating, notes that he does not have a fairy, while everyone living in
the forest does have one.
We then see a scene of Link standing in front of a castle, with the drawbridge
coming down. We see two people escaping on a white horse, being chased by an
evil-looking man on a black horse, with Link looking in fear.
Afterwards, the Great Deku Tree summons Navi, the fairy. He explains to Navi
that he senses that enemies are planning to attack Hyrule. He believes that is
his time for the boy without a fairy, Link, to begin his adventure, and sends
Navi go to track down Link, and to bring Link back to the Deku Tree.
Now, we see a first person view of Navi flying through the Kokiri Forest,
trying to look for the home of Link. She eventually finds it, running into a
fence in the process, and heads inside. Inside, we find Link still sleeping,
and with Navi doing everything to wake him up. Link finally wakes up, and is
informed by Navi that he must go see the Great Deku Tree. From here, we can
start our adventure!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4a. Getting the Kokiri Emerald
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------
We start off in Link's house. There isn't much to do here, so let's head
outside. Another cut-scene happens, with a girl running up to your house and
waving at you. So, climb down the ladder and talk to her! Her name is Saria,
for future reference, and she's thrilled that you are summoned to see the Dkeu
Tree. Before taking off, note the Sheikah Stone to your left. If you have
trouble getting through a certain part of the game, you can always check by
here to see if there are any video-provided solutions.
To get to the Deku Tree, follow the path and go up the slope. At the top of the
slope, follow the path to the right. Now, head all the way straight until you
get to the water. When you get to the water, jump over it, using the platforms
in between. On the other side of the water, you'll find a boy blocking the path
to the Great Deku Tree. His name is Mido, and he sees himself as the boss of
all of the kids living in this forest. He doesn't really like you either, but
he will let you through if you come back with a Kokiri Sword or a Deku Shield.
After talking to Mido, turn around. Press L so that the camera is facing
directly forward. There are two houses to your left and one to your right. The
one on the right, with the Red circle around the roof, is the item shop. We can
buy a Deku Shield here, but we'll need 40 Rupees in order to do so. The first
house on the left is the Twin Sister's house, so let's go inside it. Only one
of the sisters is inside. If you talk to her, she'll tell you about Rupees and
how much each colored-Rupee is worth. In addition, note the two jars in this
house. You can pick them up using A and then throw them by pressing A again.
One of the jars has a Green Rupee, while the other one has a Blue Rupee! Be
sure to collect them, as we'll need them to buy the Deku Shield. Head outside
afterwards.
The house next to the Twin Sister's house is Saria's House. Saria can never be
found in here, but there are always four hearts laying in the carpet in the
middle of the room, so come here if you ever need to refill your house. Now,
you'll notice a walkway heading up around Saria's House. Go up this walkway. At
the top, cross both bridges and pick up the Blue Rupee at the end (you should
have 11 by this point). There is a girl up here who will explain to you how to
look around using the VIEW icon on your touchscreen. Once you're done, jump off
the ledge you're on, and head into the house to your right. This is Mido's
house. There are four treasure chests in here. Two of them contain Blue Rupees,
another one has a Green Rupee, and the fourth one has a Heart. Collect all of
the Rupees (you should be up to 22 by now), and go back outside.
Back out here, turn around, and you'll see a higher ledge behind Mido's house.
You can climb up the ledge by holding Up on the Circle Stick against the ledge.
Behind here is a Blue Rupee, so pick it up. Now go back to the front of Mido's
house. Across from you is a hill. Before going up it, go into the patch of
grass to the left of the hill. Walk through the grass until you collect two
Green Rupees (you should be up to 29 by now). To the right of Mido's House is
another patch of grass. Find the two Green Rupees here. Now, go up the hill
across from Mido's House. At the top, you'll see a house to your right. It
belongs to the Know-It-All Brothers, who will explain to you various features
of the screen, like icons on the touchscreen, items, the map, and so on. You
don't need to go in there, so go forward into the fenced area. In this area, go
straight and you'll find a hole in the wall on the other side. Enter this hole
by pressing A.
You can crawl through the hole by holding Up on the Circle Stick. You'll be in
a maze-like area. At the 4-way intersection, go right and pick up the Blue
Rupee. Now, turn around. Go all the way straight. There are three openings on
your right. Go through the one in the middle and walk across the middle of the
grass to pick up two Green Rupees. Also, be aware of the boulder rolling
through this area, as it will hurt you if it comes into contact with you. At
the end, take a right and pick up the Blue Rupee (you should have over 40 by
now). From here, turn around and go all the way straight until you bump into
your wall. Now, head right and get to the big treasure chest across from you.
Open it and you'll find the Kokiri Sword!
To equip the sword, tap on the GEAR tab on the touchscreen and then just tap on
the sword again with the stylus. Also, with the sword, we can now cut through
grass, like the grass outside Saria's house, where we can sometimes find items,
hearts, and Rupees. To get out of here, simple head all the way straight. Go
around the corner to the left and then just head down the opening to your
right. Go through the hole and crawl through it.
With the Kokiri Sword out of the way, it's now time to get the Deku Shield.
Head back down the hill on the other side of this place. At the bottom, go
right. Don't completely follow the sand path that you see, instead, go a little
left of the path towards the water. You should be at a few tiles in the water
with a girl standing next to you. Now, jump across the tiles to get to the item
shop at the other side. If you jump across all of the tiles successfully,
you'll get a Blue Rupee. Now, right before you head into the Item Shop, the
girl sitting on the ledge up top will explain L-Targeting to her. If you want
to practice, you can press L to target here and then talk to her. Once you're
done, head inside.
Before you buy anything in this item shop, go around the corner to the right.
You should find a hidden Blue Rupee. Now, talk to the jumping man behind the
counter, who is apparently shorter than said counter. Here is a list of the
items you can by here.
|-------------------------|
|KOKIRI FOREST ITEM SHOP |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Deku Shield | N/A | 40 |
|Deku Stick | 1 | 10 |
|Deku Nuts | 5 | 15 |
|Deku Nuts | 10 | 30 |
|Deku Seeds | 30 | 30 |
|Arrows | 10 | 20 |
|Arrows | 30 | 60 |
|Recovery Heart | 1 | 10 |
|----------------|--------|--------|
NOTE: You must have a Slingshot in order to buy the Deku Nuts.
NOTE: You must have a Fairy Bow in order to buy the Arrows.
To buy an item, you don't need to talk to the shop owner. Just press left or
right and get to the item that you want. In this case, we need the Deku Shield.
If you somehow don't have enough money, you can collect Rupees by jumping
across the tiles outside, and going through the patches of grass around Mido's
House.
Once you have brought the Deku Shield, equip it and leave. Now, head left and
go across the water. Mido is still blocking the path, but if you talk to him
(you need to have your sword and shield equipped), he'll notice your newfound
items and let you through. From here, head down the path. Toward the end of the
path, you'll come across Deku Babs sprouting up from the ground. If you defeat
them while they are standing upright, you'll be rewarded with Deku Sticks.
Defeating them while they're bent over will give you Deku Nuts. Once you're
done, continue going down the path and you'll eventually get to the Great Deku
Tree.
The Great Deku Tree will tell you that he is cursed, and wants you to go inside
of him to break the curse. He'll ask you whether or not you are courageous
enough to do so, so obviously say Yes. He will open up his mouth and let you
inside. So from here, just head right on it.
---------------------
Inside the Deku Tree
---------------------
Note the big spider-web covering the hole in the floor in the middle of the
room; we'll need to go through that later. For now, go to the other side of the
room. You'll notice some vines up against the wall, so climb them (all you need
to do is hold Up on the Circle Stick) until you get onto the ledge above you.
Up here, head right and follow this path until you get to a large treasure
chest. Open it up and you will find a Dungeon Map. A Dungeon Map will reveal
the entire map of the Deku Tree to you, including every floor. Now, you'll
notice some vines on the wall behind the chest. You can climb up these, but
right now there are Skullwalltulas up on them, and they will certainly knock
you off if you try to climb up the vines. So for now, continue following this
path until you get to a gap.
You can easily jump across this gap by running into it. Once you're on the
other side of the gap, walk towards the door and Navi will tell you that you
can open doors using the A button. So do just that and open the door. When you
enter the room, you'll notice the door behind you will close, and bars will
also come down blocking the door! Uh oh.
There is a Deku Scrub in the middle of the room. He attacks you by shooting
Deku Nuts at you. If you get too close to him, he'll just go back underground.
In order to defeat him, you must use your Deku Shield to knock a Deku Nut back
at him. To do this, just L-Target the Deku Shield, hold down R to stick your
shield out, and then wait for him to attack. Once the deflected Deku Nut hits
him, run up to him. He'll talk to you and give you some advice. He'll mention
that if you jump off a high ledge, you can avoid taking damage by holding Up on
the Circle Stick while falling (you will roll forward once hitting the ground).
However, as he says, this will NOT work if the ledge you're jumping off of is
too high. Afterwards, he'll disappear and both of the locked doors in here will
open up. From here, just open up the door on the opposite side of the room.
In this room, you'll notice a pit in front of you. In the middle of the pit is
a stone platform that will sink and collapse when you step on it. There is also
a large chest at the other end of the room. To get there, you can either jump
across the stone platform and onto the ledge with the chest, or if you fall in
the pit, just climb up the vines to get back up top. Once you get to the chest,
open it and you will find the Slingshot! You will be using this weapon for
pretty much the entire tenure of the game as Young Link, so immediately go to
the ITEMS tab on your touchscreen and assign this item to a button. To do this,
just select on the item and press X and Y. Or if you want to assign it to I or
II, select the Slingshot and then tap on I or II with the stylus.
To get out of this room, turn around. You'll notice a ladder stuck in the
cobwebs above. You need to hit this ladder with your Slingshot in order to
bring it down. You can also have Navi L-Target the ladder if it helps.
Remember, to use your Slingshot, press the button that you have assigned to it
(X or Y) to draw out your Slingshot, and then press the same button again to
fire it (you can hold down the button too if you want to aim and ready a seed.
Once you hit the ladder, climb up it and go through the door to leave this
room. Back in this room, just simple open the door across from you.
Back in this area, head right and go to the vines that were behind the chest
that had the Dungeon Map. Use your newly-found Slingshot to knock out all of
the Skullwalltulas on the vines. Once you get to the top of the vines, move
over to the right and drop onto the ledge below you (to save time, you can get
off the vines instantly by pressing A). You're on the highest floor of the Deku
Tree. Follow this path until you get to a door and then open the door at the
end. The door behind you will lock when entering, but don't worry about that
for now. First off, step on the switch next to you. This will create a couple
of platforms in the large pit in this room. This switch is timed, and the
platforms will disappear after a while. You'll notice that when the "timer"
sound starts getting faster and faster. Jump across these platforms to get to
the other side of the room. Over here, defeat the Deku Baba for a Deku Stick,
and open up the large chest here for a Compass.
A Compass will add a few arrows onto the map on the touchscreen. The yellow
arrow will represent Link while the red arrow shows how you entered the room
that you are currently in. A Compass will also show any treasure chests on the
map and a skull icon for where the boss is located.
Once you have the Compass, jump back into the pit. To your right is a higher
ledge being guarded by a Big Skulltula. In order to defeat this Big Skulltula,
walk up to it, and it will drop down to the ground. Wait for a couple of
seconds and it will show its back. Attack its back and then it will turn around
and face you. Repeat this whole process one more time to defeat it (with Young
Link, you need to hit it twice with your items to defeat it). By now, the
switch should be de-activated. So let's go left from this ledge, climb back up
the vines, and hit the switch again to create the platforms. This time, use the
raised platforms to go into the area the Big Skulltula was blocking. There is a
little chest here that contains a Recovery Heart if you need one.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: This will be your first Gold Skulltula in the game. You will
see the gold spider moving about on the wall. It does not attack you, but
coming in contact with it does hurt you (it takes off a whole heart, in fact).
Hit the Gold Skulltula twice with your sword (to save Slingshot ammo), and then
it will turn into a white skull icon, which is a token. Pick this token up to
get "credit" for defeating the Gold Skulltula.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, go back to the front of this room. So, how
do we unlock the door? See that lighted torch in the corner of the room? Across
from it is an unlighted torch. Take out a Deku Stick and walk up to the lighted
torch. This will put your Deku Stuck on fire. Now, with your Deku Stick still
out, walk over to the unlighted torch and use the stick to light the torch up.
This will unlock the door, so open it and get out of here.
Back in this room, go to the right. Notice the spider webs in the middle of the
room. Walk up to the gap in between them and a Big Skulltula will drop down. We
need to defeat it, so like what we did earlier, wait until it turns around to
hit it. You need to hit it twice to defeat it. Now, once the Big Skulltula is
defeated, jump off the ledge and try to land on the spider web on the floor
below you. Also, makes sure you are holding Up on the Circle Stick in the
process. If successful, you will land on the spider web and break it, allowing
you to fall further into the Deku Tree. If not, you need to go all the way back
up to try again.
Once you fall through, you'll land in the water. There is a ledge to your
right. To get on this ledge, swim forward onto the more shallow water, where
there is a floor below you. Now get on the ledge.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the vines that you can use to
climb back up to the first floor. Hit the Gold Skulltula twice with your
Slingshot, and then climb up the vines to collect the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is another Gold Skulltula in this area. This time, it's
on the iron bars near the switch on the ledge. Hit it twice to defeat it. To
collect the token it leaves behind, just jump off the ledge and get it in mid-
air.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have collected both Gold Skulltulas, go onto the ledge and hit the
switch. This will cause a torch next to you to be lit. What we need to do now
is take out a Deku Stick and use the torch to light it on fire. Now, jump into
the shallow part of the water (so that you are still standing and not swimming.
This is so that your Deku Stick won't go out either). Now, RUN forward onto the
dry land across from you. There is a door across from you being blocked by
spider webs. RUN to these webs and use your stick to set these webs on fire and
remove them. If your stick burns out before that, take out another Deku Stick,
light it up at the torch, and try again. Once you get the spider web burned
down, open the door behind it.
There is a Deku Scrub in the middle of this room. Like the first one, use your
Deku Shield to bounce its Deku Nut back at it. When hit, it will start running
around the room. You need to corner it and get close to it in order to talk to
it. If not, he'll jump back into his little hole and try again. When he talks
to you, he'll tell you the correct way to defeat his brothers...2, 3, 1, so
remember that for later. Now, there is a locked door in this room. To open it,
look above it and you'll see an eye. Use your Slingshot to attack the eye and
it will close, unlocking the door in the process, so go through it.
There is a puzzle that you must solve in this room. There is a moving platform
that can take you across the water to the other side of the room, but a rolling
bar with spikes will stop you from getting over. What we need to do is jump in
the water. If you look to the left, you should see a switch under water. Now,
hold down A to swim underwater and press the switch. Pressing the switch will
temporarily lower the water level. Now go back to the beginning of the room and
get back to the surface. While the water is lowered, jump on the moving
platform and get to the other side of the room. The lowered water level will
allow you to safely travel underneath that spinning spiked bar. On the other
side, jump onto the ledge above you.
From here, defeat the Big Skulltula across from you. Cut the weeds to your
right with your sword to get Deku Nuts/Rupees Now, go back to where the Big
Skulltula was. See that block? We need to pull it towards us. In order to do
that, get up to it, and hold down A to grab it. Now, hold Down on the Circle
Stick to start pulling the block. Pull it until you are unable to do so. From
here, jump on top of the block. You can do this by holding Up against the block
and then pressing A. Up here, get on the ledge and open the door that you find.
In this room, you'll find a lit torch and two unlit torches. There are also
Deku Babas in this room. You can ignore them, but fight them if you need some
Deku Sticks for this part. Like we did earlier, use a Deku Stick against the
lighted torch to put the stick on fire. Then use your lighted stick to light up
both of the unlit torches. This will unlock the other door in this room, so
open it.
There is a Big Skulltula in front of you. However, its back is turned towards
you. Stay where you are and fire your Slingshot twice to defeat it quickly.
Now, press the VIEW icon on your touchscreen and look up towards the ceiling.
You'll notice three eggs. If you get below them, they will hatch into Gohmas.
You can destroy the eggs by firing your Slingshot at them, but you don't need
to worry about these too much. Now go into the middle of this area. You will
notice two openings being blocked off by spider webs. There is also a lighted
torch here. You can use a lighted Deku Stick to burn down both of the spider
webs (one of the openings is blocked off right now, we can't come back to there
until much later). Once both spider webs are burned down, go through the
opening in the eastern part of this room. In here, go into the hole and crawl
through it.
Back in this room, you'll notice a large spider web on the floor covering up a
hole. Ignore that for now. To the left is a block. You need to push this block
into the water. This will allow us to access this part of the room at any time
for now on. To push an object, get behind it, hold down A, and hold Up on the
Circle Stick. Now, once the block is in the water, use it to jump on the ledge
with the Lighted Torch. Take out a Deku Stick and set the stick on fire. Now,
RUN back onto the block and onto the ledge with the spider web. To burn the
spider web on the floor, run up to it and press A while running to roll. This
should cause the fire on your Deku Stick to make contact with the spider web.
It will burn off and you'll fall down into the pit below you.
You will land in some water. Get out of the water and onto dry land. You'll now
be in front of three Deku Scrubs. If you remember what the last Deku Scrub
said, you need to hit them in a certain order (2, 3, 1). So, when they attack,
make sure you hit the middle one first, then the right, then the left. After
you hit the last one, run up to it quickly to talk to it, before it goes back
into its bushes. It will talk to you and give you advice on how to defeat Queen
Gohma, which is to attack her with your sword while she is stunned. Afterwards,
the door in this room will unlock. Save your game, pick up a Heart or two from
the water if you need to, and then go through the door.
In this room, walk forward into the bigger area. You will be blocked off from
leaving this room. You'll then hear the sound of something moving around on the
ceiling. This is Queen Gohma, to start the fight, tap VIEW on the touchscreen
and look upwards towards the ceiling until you make direct eye contact with
Queen Gohmas.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS:
Parasitic Armored Arachnid
Gohma
Difficulty: Easy
You shouldn't have too much trouble with this boss. When the fight starts, L-
Target it and take out your Slingshot. Wait for Gohma's eye to turn red
and then hit the eye with your Slingshot. Just be sure to do this fast, or she
will attack you by lunging into you. This will turn her eye blue and stun her.
Now, hit her as many times as possible with your sword while she is stunned.
Unless you're fast enough, you won't hit her enough times to beat her after
stunning her once.
Queen Gohma will then go back up to the ceiling. She can drop Gohma Eggs on
you, which will make the battle more difficult, so take of this boss as fast as
you can. If she drops Gohma Eggs at you, quickly L-Target them and destroy them
with the Slingshot before they hatch, and do this before turning your attention
back to Gohma. While she's on the ceiling, hit her again with the Slingshot
when hey eye turns red. When she drops back to the ground, stunned, hit her as
many times as you can. She should be defeated by now.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
At the end of the fight, a Heart Container will appear. Pick it up to give
yourself an additional heart! You will now have four hearts instead of three.
Once you have that taken care of, step through the blue warp space in the
middle of the room.
--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------
You will be warped right in front of the Deku Tree, and now he will talk for
what will seem like forever. During this time, he will tell you how an evil
person cast a curse on him. This person is in search of the three Spiritual
Stones. He will also explain how three goddesses, Din, Farore, and Nayru,
descended onto Hyrule and created life. He also mentions that this person must
never get their hands on the Triforce, which rests in the Sacred Realm.
The Deku Tree will also mention that he will soon die, despite the fact that we
broke the curse that was cast upon him. You will be told to then go to Hyrule
Castle to meet a princess. You will also be given the Kokiri's Emerald, one of
the three Spiritual Stones needed to open the Door of Time. This was what that
evil man was looking for, and cast the curse on the Deku Tree for not giving it
to him. After the conversation, the Deku Tree will die.
When you are able to regain control of Link, you will be in front of Mido, who
is blocking your way out. Just talk to him and he will let you through, but he
now thinks you killed the Deku Tree (as does everyone else in the forest now).
To get out of the forest, we must go all the way to the opposite side of this
forest, where you'll see a large hole leading out. This is now unblocked. But
before we go through, let's do some side quests!
*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS
Both of our side quests involve going into the Lost Woods. To get to the Lost
Woods, climb up the ledges behind Mido's House. At the top, you will get to a
large hole leading into the Lost Woods.
Navigating the Lost Woods is a bit tricky, but we don't need to go too deep
into the woods. Simply put, if you take the wrong path, you will wind up back
outside the woods in Kokiri Forest.
INCREASED DEKU STICKS
When you enter the Lost Woods, you will find three paths in front of you. Take
the path to your left and you'll be in a larger area. There's not much we can
do here for now, so go into the other hole in this area. In this area, drop
down into the pit below you. Now go all the way to the other side of the area.
Over here is a Business Scrub. Like with Deku Scrubs, just knock a Deku Nut
back at it to defeat it. Now talk to him at the end. He'll offer you to upgrade
the amount of Deku Sticks you can carry (from 10 to 20) for 40 Rupees. If you
have 40 Rupees on you, do this deal. In addition, to having your Deku Stick
limit raised, you'll also be brought up to max Deku Sticks!
INCREASED DEKU SEEDS
From here, go back to the other side and climb up the ladder to the ledge above
you. Back here, go into the hole across from you again. In this big area, go
back through the hole on the other side. Now, enter the large hole across from
you. In this area, walk forward. You will notice a target board across from you
hanging from a tree branch. Hit bulls-eye (the middle of the target) three
times in a row using your Slingshot (which would be 100 points each). If you
don't get it, then adjust your Slingshot until you do. Once you hit bulls-eye
for the first time, don't move your Slingshot and then simply fire it two more
times.
If successful, a scrub will pop up from the top of the tree branch. He will
reward you with a larger Deku Seed Bullet Bag! This will increase the amount of
Deku Seeds you can carry from 30 to 40. Also, this will provide you with 40
Deku Seeds immediately! Once you're done, go through the hole to your right.
This is a wrong path, but we are entering it on purpose to get back to the
Kokiri Forest.
*******************************************************************************
Once you're done, side quests or not, go through the large hole to leave the
Kokiri Forest.
There will be a cut-scene. Link will be running across the bridge, but will be
stopped by Saria. She knew that someday you would leave this forest, but knows
that the two of you will be friends forever. Saria then decides to hand you her
Ocarina, which is called the Fairy Ocarina. Unlike the Nintendo 64, you do not
need to assign the Ocarina to a certain button. Instead, it has its own icon on
the touchscreen that you can tap to bring it out anytime. We can obviously use
this Ocarina to play music, but there are no songs that we know at this point,
so there's not much we can do with it.
Saria also wants you to think of her whenever you play the Ocarina. Link,
getting the feeling she is onto him, slowly backs away and runs for his life,
like any young boy would do. He runs across the bridge and through the next
hole.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4b. Meeting the Princess
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
Alright, we're out in the open now! One thing to note about Hyrule Field is
that the time does pass and advance, meaning it can go from day to night and
vice versa. When you are in a town or village, or even dungeon, the time
remains constant and will not change.
With that in mind, follow this path until you get out in the open. You will be
stopped by a large owl named Kaepora Gaebora. He will simply tell you to just
follow the path to get to the castle. Now, watch out. He will ask you at the
end "Did you get all of that?" We need to hit Yes to continue, but he decided
to flip the answers, so No is at the top and Yes is at the bottom. When you hit
Yes, he'll fly away.
As he said, all we need to do is follow that dirt path in front of you. Now
remember, the time is passing by in Hyrule Field, so keep press A to roll
constantly (which is a bit faster). Eventually, you'll make it to the Hyrule
Castle entrance. But sometimes, the sun will set and day will turn to night
when you get to the castle. This will cause the castle entrance to close, and
we will need to wait until morning for the castle to re-open. During this time,
Stalchilds will pop up from the ground, so you can entertain yourself by
fighting them while you wait for daybreak.
Once you're finally able to enter the castle, go across the drawbridge and do
so.
-------
Market
-------
The first thing we want to do is open the door right next to the entrance, and
we will be in some guardhouse.
Holy, that's a ton of jars in here! You can break the jars by using your sword,
and you will get a ton of Rupees by breaking all of them. If you ever need to
restock on money, you can come here for the time being. Now, before leaving the
guardhouse, notice those two crates.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Notice the two crates just to the right of the guard in this
place. Clear out any jars that are in the way, and then roll into the crate on
the right to break it (by running and then pressing A). This will cause a Gold
Skulltula to pop out, so defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Back outside, just continue into the next area of the Market. There's a ton of
stuff we can do around here. There are numerous buildings that I will go into
detail about, starting clockwise from the way we came in here:
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
HYRULE MARKET BUILDINGS AND GAMES
TREASURE CHEST GAME: This building is just to the right of the entrance that we
just came through. It is only open during the night, and it costs 10 Rupees to
play. You are given a Key at the beginning and you proceed into the next room.
There are two chests for you to open. One has a Key that will allow you to open
the next door, and the other has a Rupee. Opening the chest with the Rupee will
end the game, and you must pay another 10 Rupees to try again. You must open
five chests in a row containing Keys to get to the final room, which has a
Piece of Heart. Right now, you have a very low chance of winning this game
without a certain item, so I'd hold off on this game until later.
BACK ALLEY: There is an entrance to the Back Alley just past the Treasure Chest
Game building. There isn't much to do back there, but we need to go back there
for a Piece of Heart later on.
BOMBCHU BOWLING ALLEY: This is open during the day, and it costs 30 Rupees to
play. However, they are currently not open right now. This is the building to
the right of the crowd at one of the market stands. You can win prizes here
like a Bigger Bomb Bag and a Piece of heart.
SHOOTING GALLERY: This is the building just to the left of the path leading to
the castle (which has a sign of an arrow hitting the target just above the
door). It is open during the day and can be played for 20 Rupees. I do
recommend playing this game, as if you win it, you can get an upgraded Deku
Seed Bag.
When playing, you must hit all 10 targets in order to win using your Slingshot.
However, if you finish the game hitting eight or nine targets, the man will let
you play again for free. Hitting less than eight targets will require you to
pay another 20 Rupees to keep playing. Here are the order of the targets you
must hit:
1) A Green Rupee will pop up from the hole in the middle. It will remain where
it is before going back into the hole, so it should be easy to hit.
2) A Blue Rupee will come from the left side of the area. Just hit it while it
remains stationary.
3) A Blue Rupee will come from the right side of the area. Just hit it while it
remains stationary.
4) A Green Rupee will jump up from the hole and go back down. This is a moving
target. I personally find it easier to hit this target by NOT following it.
Instead, aim your Slingshot in a certain spot and wait for a Rupee to pass that
spot, then fire.
5 and 6) Blue Rupees will come from both the left AND right, and remain
stationary for a couple of seconds. Hit them both quickly.
7 and 8) Red Rupees will travel along the ropes in the back, going from right
to left. These are moving targets. What I like to do is just fire the Slingshot </pre><pre id="faqspan-2">
twice in succession, and if you aimed right the first time, you should hit the
second one.
9 and 10) Red Rupees will travel along the ropes in the back, going from left
to right. These are moving targets. What I like to do is just fire the
Slingshot twice in succession, and if you aimed right the first time, you
should hit the second one.
If you hit all 10 targets, you will be rewarded with an upgraded Deku Seed Bag!
If you got the upgrade from the Lost Woods (which brings you up to 40), your
new bag will be able to carry up to 50 seeds! Also, any subsequent win will
just give you a purple Rupee (worth 50 Rupees).
HAPPY MASK SHOP: This is the building to the right of the castle entrance. It
has a face mask on top of the door. Currently, the owner of the shop isn't
here, so there isn't a whole lot we can do now.
TEMPLE OF TIME: To the right of the Happy Mask Shop is a staircase leading up
to the Temple of Time. Which we don't have any reason to go there right now.
POTION SHOP: This is to the right of stairs leading towards the Temple of Time.
They sell Potions and bottled objects (so Empty Bottles, which we do not have,
are required to buy anything here). Most of it is very expensive. Right now, we
can only hold up to 99 Rupees, so we can't buy anything either (with the
exception of the Deku Nuts sold here). Anyhow, here is a list of what is sold
at this shop:
|-------------------------|
|HYRULE MARKET POTION SHOP|
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Bottled Bug | 1 | 50 |
|Fish | 1 | 200 |
|Deku Nuts | 5 | 15 |
|Poe | 1 | 30 |
|Fairy | 1 | 50 |
|Blue Fire | 1 | 300 |
|Green Potion | 1 | 30 |
|Red Potion | 1 | 30 |
|----------------|--------|--------|
BAZAAR: To the right of the Potion Shop is the Bazaar, another shop. This sells
a Hylian Shield for 80 (!) Rupees. We can come back here later to buy the
Shield for a discount of 40 Rupees (half the price), so if you want to, come
back later, otherwise, there's an area where we can get the shield for free.
|-------------------------|
|HYRULE MARKET BAZAAR |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Deku Stick | 1 | 10 |
|Arrows | 10 | 20 |
|Arrows | 30 | 60 |
|Arrows | 50 | 90 |
|Deku Nuts | 5 | 15 |
|Recovery Heart | 1 | 10 |
|Bombs | 5 | 35 |
|Hylian Shield | N/A | 80 |
|----------------|--------|--------|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: To get a Piece of Heart here, we need to come back to the
Market during the night time. What you can do is go towards Hyrule Castle (in
this area, time passes), and then return to the Market during the night (where
time does NOT pass).
During the night, you will see numerous dogs running around the Market. If you
get up close to one of them, they will follow you around. To the right of the
Bazaar is a white dog that is running around. Get this white dog to follow you
and then go to the Back Alley (the path is just beyond the Treasure Chest Game
building). Back here, you will notice two doors, one to your left and one
directly across from you. Go into the door across from you. In here, talk to
the lady and she will reward you for bringing her dog, "Richard", back to her
with a Piece of Heart.
If you collect four Pieces of Heart, you will earn an extra heart container.
Right now, this should be your first. Not only should you collect Pieces of
Hearts to get more hearts, but whenever you pick up a Piece of Heart, it will
restore you to full health, so keep that in mind when you are near one.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you're all set with the Market, go towards Hyrule Castle. The entrance
there is on the opposite side of the way you entered the Market.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
--------------
Hyrule Castle
--------------
Walk forward and you will be greeted by the owl, Kaepora Gaebora again. He will
explain to you how time works in this game, such as time passes by in an area
like this while standing still in towns. At the end, he will ask you "Do you
want to hear what I said again? Be careful here, we need to hit No, otherwise
we need to hear the whole conversation again. Afterwards, he'll fly away.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Roll into the tree the owl was standing on and a Gold Skulltula
will fall out. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After picking up the Gold Skulltula, wait for nightfall to come. Now, go back
to the Market and then come back here. There should be a girl singing to the
right. Talk to her. Her name is Malon. After the conversation, talk to her
again. She'll ask if you are headed to the castle and she wants you to find her
dad. She believes her dad has fallen asleep, so she will give you a Weird Egg
to help you out.
We need this Egg to hatch. Assign it to one of your touchscreen buttons. It
will hatch the next time the sun rises.
We also have to get to the castle, but there are numerous guards around the
area. If any of them catch you, you will be thrown back just before the gate
leading to the castle. This means that we have to sneak around.
To get around the gate, climb up the vines that are next to Malon. At the top,
run forward. Now, jump down to the ground on the other side of the gate. Beyond
the gate, you should notice a fork in the road. The straight path leads to a
dead-end, while the left path leads towards the castle. However, we CANNOT go
down the left path due to there being guards just around the corner. Instead,
look at the hills to the left. Climb up the hill just before the guards on the
path. You could be able to get around the guards.
At the top of the hill, you'll be out on an open field with a path leading to
the castle. Do NOT go down the path, as there are guards there. Instead, stay
to the left of the path and make your way to the stairs leading towards the
castle. Again, don't go up these stairs, as there are guards in the area. Go
left of the stairs and you'll find vines that you can climb. Climb up these
vines. At the top, run all the way forward and jump into the moat around the
castle.
While swimming down the moat, you should pick up some Green Rupees. When you
reach the corner of this moat, get to the raised ground and climb back up. Now,
follow this path until you get to a sleeping man and some crates. We need to
move the crates around to sneak into the castle, but we cannot due to the
sleeping man blocking the way.
Hopefully by now, morning has come, which means the Weird Egg that Malon gave
you should be a Cucco (a chicken) by now. In order to wake up the sleeping man,
walk up to him and tap on the Cucco with your stylus (or press X or Y, if you
assigned it to one of those buttons). If done right, the man will wake up. Talk
to him after he wakes up. He'll tell you that his name is Talon. When he finds
out his daughter, Malon was looking for, he'll bolt off.
After Talon leaves, we need to push the two crates around. One of them needs to
be pushed into the moat. After you do that, push the second crate so that it is
on top of the first crate. Now, we can sneak into the castle using a hole we
can crawl through. Do NOT enter the castle if it is nighttime. If it is night,
stand around and wait until morning comes. Once both crates are moved into the
right spot, use them to jump over the moat and onto the area where water is
coming from. Crawl through the hole to get inside the castle.
-----------------
Castle Courtyard
-----------------
Alright, we're in. As I said, you can't come in her during the night, otherwise
there will be two guards blocking your way. What we have to do now is get
around all of the guards walking around here. So, proceed left.
The first area has one guard patrolling around a square-shaped set of bushes.
Just wait until the guard goes to the back of the bushes, and then run down the
tiled path. This one shouldn't be a problem.
The second area has two guards walking around two square-shaped fountains. Like
last time, wait until both guards are in the back, and then you can easily run
by them.
The third area has a guard walking around a set of Green Rupees. Don't bother
going to get the Rupees, as you'll very likely get caught in the process. You
have two ways to get around this area. You can just run through the bottom part
when the guard is in the back, or climb up the staircase and walk across the
narrow wooden path to get to the other side. Don't worry, the guard can't see
you up there.
The fourth area has two guards walking around a rectangular-shaped platform
that has statues on it. You might need to be a little risky here. One way to
get through this area is to wait until a guard in the front goes to the bottom
left corner. Now, walk a little bit down the tiled path. Wait for this guard to
then start walking towards the back and then RUN down the tiled path. The
second guard should be following you, but keep an eye out for him.
The fifth area is the final area. There are two guards walking around a
rectangular bush. This time, we need to go up and down, as opposed to left and
right. To get past this area, stay on the left side of the rectangular bush.
When the guards are in the way back of the area, start walking up the left side
of the bush. Once they move off to the right side, quickly run down the left
side and get to the top left corner of this area. There is the opening leading
to the courtyard where the princess is, so hurry and go down it!
The princess is on the other side. Before talking to her, go up to the window
to your right. You'll see images from New Super Mario Bros! Fire at the window
towards the yellow warp pipe, and you'll be rewarded with a Red Rupee!
*******************************************************************************
MEETING ZELDA
Now, go ahead and talk to the princess. After asking how you got to this area,
she'll notice the fairy following you, and deduct that you're from the forest.
She'll ask you if you have the Spiritual Stone from the Forest (you do, so hit
Yes). The princess will then tell you about a dream she had, and then introduce
herself. She is Zelda, the princess of Hyrule, and then tell you about the
Sacred Realm (just hit Ok when she tells you to keep this a secret).
After she describes the Triforce and the Sacred Realm, she'll tell us that we
need to get the three Spiritual Stones in order to open the Door of Time at the
Temple of Time (as well as the Ocarina of Time). Just hit Yes at the end of
everything. Zelda will then offer you to look inside the window to see a man
named Ganondorf, who is the leader of the Gerudo. Zelda believes that Ganondorf
is after the Triforce and to rule the entire world. Again, hit Ok at the end to
answer her question.
She'll protect the Ocarina of Time for the time being, and will tell you to get
the other two Spiritual Stones. Before sending you off, she'll write you a
letter with her signature (we will need this for later).
If you talk to her last time, she'll tell you that her attendant, Impa, will
escort you out of the castle.
*******************************************************************************
After the conversation, go back to the entrance to this courtyard, and you'll
run into a lady named Impa (Zelda's nanny). Before escorting you out, she'll
teach you a song passed down by the Royal Family, Zelda's Lullaby.
ZELDA'S LULLABY:
X, A, Y, X, A, Y
Just hit those buttons in that order (you'll see them on the screen on the
musical staff), and you will have learned Zelda's Lullaby!
After learning the song, you'll be taken just outside the entrance to the
Hyrule Castle area, at Hyrule Field. Impa will point you to Death Mountain,
which is the location of the second Spiritual Stone. After a chat, Impa will
vanish in magic.
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
Before going to Death Mountain, there's a couple of things we have to take care
of first. Directly across from the entrance into the Market is a path leading
towards Lon Lon Ranch. Follow this path all the way straight, go up the hill,
and you'll be in Lon Lon Ranch. Just be sure it is daytime before going in.
--------------
Lon Lon Ranch
--------------
Before headed out to the ranch where all the horses are, open the door leading
to the white building on the left.
Talon is in here. Talk to him and he'll offer you to play a game for 10 Rupees.
He has 3 "Super Cuccos" on him that he will toss into the crowd of normal
Cuccos. If you can pick out the three Super Cuccos before time expires, you'll
win a prize.
When the game starts, he'll throw the Super Cuccos up into the air and they'll
land. Pay attention to the ones that fall onto the floor, as you can pick up
one of them instantly. From there, you'll need to guess where the other two
are. Just keep picking up Random Cuccos until you find the last two. If you
can't find them, try again.
Once you succeed, Talon will reward you with Lon Lon Milk. It comes in a bottle
that you can also keep. Drinking Lon Lon Milk will recover up to five hearts.
You can drink it twice before you get an Empty Bottle. If you ever want to fill
up your bottle with Lon Lon Milk, you can either come back to Talon to refill
it or play Epona's Song to get a refill for free!
Now, once you get the Lon Lon Milk, go back outside and head towards the ranch.
Before going inside, we've got a Gold Skulltula to pick up.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Before going to the ranch, head left and you'll find a lonely
tree in the corner. Roll into it for a Gold Skulltula to come out. Destroy it
and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, head into the ranch where you'll find Malon
singing. She is next to her little horse, Epona. Keep talking to Malon until
she says "My mother composed this song. Isn't it nice? Let's sing together." At
that point, pull out your Fairy Ocarina and Malon will teach you Epona's Song.
EPONA'S SONG
A, X, Y, A, X, Y
Just hit the buttons as they appear on the screen and you'll learn Epona's
Song!
There's not much we can do with this song for now, but it will become very
important later on. As Adult Link, we can use it to summon a grown-up Epona.
You can also play this song in front of a cow to get a free refill of Lon Lon
Milk (provided you have an empty bottle)!
From here, go outside the ranch. Walk around the path outside the ranch
counter-clockwise and you'll get to a tower in the back right corner. Enter it.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: There is a Piece of Heart that we can get inside this tower. In
order to get it, we must move the crates around to reveal a hole in the corner
of the room.
Start by facing the area of crates with your back towards the entrance. Move
the bottom right crate to the right (until you can't pull it back anymore).
Afterwards, get to the left side of the crate on the left and push it towards
the bottom right crate.
Now, pull the middle-left crate backwards until it's in the bottom left corner.
Jump over this crate and get in front of the top left crate. Pull it back once
and then jump over this crate. Push the top left crate to the middle-left area.
A hole in the top left corner should be visible now. Crawl through this hole
and pick up the Piece of Heart at the end.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you have the Piece of Heart, leave the tower. There is another Gold
Skulltula you can grab if you wait for night to fall.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Time doesn't pass in Lon Lon Ranch, so you'll need to go back
out to Hyrule Field and wait for night to fall. You know how the ranch with the
horses is surrounded by a fence? The top middle part in between the fence is
all wood. There is a Gold Skulltula here during the night time that you can
easily destroy and pick up.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once we're done with the Lon Lon Ranch, we need to go back home towards the
Kokiri Forest.
There's two ways to get back to Kokiri Forest. One way is to track through
Hyrule Field and get there by walking. The second way is to save your game,
shut off, and then reload. You'll wind up back in your own house in the forest.
<><><><><><><><><><><><>
4c. Visiting a Friend
<><><><><><><><><><><><>
--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------
If you came in during the night, there's a Gold Skulltula we can get to.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the back of the Know-It-All
Brother's house (the house at the top of the hill near the training grounds).
When defeating the Gold Skulltula, you'll realize the token is a bit too high
to grab for you normally. Instead, you can get the token by back flipping into
it (hold down L, Down on the Circle Stick to walk backwards, and then press A
to do a flip).
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
We need to go find Saria, who is in the Sacred Forest Meadow. She is in the
Lost Woods. If you haven't been to the Lost Woods yet, the entrance is behind
Mido's House. Climb up the ledge, then the vines, and you'll find the entrance
at the top.
-----------
Lost Woods
-----------
If you haven't been to the Lost Woods yet, be aware that you need to take a
correct path to navigate the woods. Taking the wrong path will lead you just
outside the Lost Woods Entrance, back at the Kokiri Forest.
We have to get to a place called the Sacred Forest Meadow. You'll start out in
the Lost Woods facing three different paths. Take the path to your right.
You'll be in an area that has a tree branch with a target board. If you haven't
done so already, hit the bulls-eye on the target board three times in a row
(100 points each) and you'll be rewarded with a Deku Seed Bag Upgrade. There's
also an opportunity for a Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: To get this Piece of Heart, jump down into the pit where the
target board is. To the right, you'll notice a stump. Get on the stump and take
out your Fairy Ocarina. Two skull kids will appear. What you have to do is
repeat the notes they play on their instruments. So if they press X, A, Y,
press the buttons in those order. Each time you're successful, they will tack
on one additional note. If you mess up, you have to restart from the beginning.
Your first prize will be a Green Rupee, after you successfully repeat five
music notes. Take out your Ocarina to start again.
The next prize will be a Blue Rupee, which comes after successfully repeating
six music notes in a row. If you want the Piece of Heart, continue playing.
If you want the Piece of Heart, you need to then be able to repeat eight music
notes in a row successfully.
Keep at it, and you'll eventually get the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
After getting the Piece of Heart, climb back up the ladder. You should have
three paths in front of you. Take the path to the right.
In this area, the path directly across from you will take you to Goron's City.
However, there are boulders on the other side currently blocking the path in,
so we can't go there yet. Instead, take the path that you see on the right.
However, you'll be stopped by the big owl, Kaepora Gaebora again. He'll tell
you that you can get to the Sacred Forest Meadow by just following the tune
that you hear (the song gets a little quieter when taking a wrong path). Say No
to his question at the end, and he'll fly away. Afterwards, just take the path
he was sitting on top of.
Remember the water in this area, as it will become important later. For now,
just take the path on your left.
You will have three paths in front of you in here. There is a path to your left
that you can take, but it leads to an area that we won't be able to do much in
for now. Instead, take the path directly across from you.
In the next area, take the path on the left.
From here, you'll find three more paths. Take the path on the right and you'll
arrive at the Sacred Forest Meadow.
---------------------
Sacred Forest Meadow
---------------------
The path leading into the rest of the area is blocked off. To resolve that,
walk forward and a Wolfos will pop up from the ground. To defeat it, L-Target
it. Now, follow it carefully. When it is about to attack you (its arms will
move back a bit), attack back with your sword. You shouldn't have too much
trouble defeating this enemy. Once the Wolfos is defeated, the gate will lower,
so go through.
In this area, you'll notice the camera will shift to a bird's-eye view. Now, go
to the right and follow this long path until you get to a body of water. Just
watch out for the Mad Scrubs in your way. Don't jump in the water when you get
to it. Instead, take the grassy path on the left just before that. On the other
side of the grassy path, go right until you get to another body of water. Watch
out for the Mad Scrub along the way.
Jump into the body of water when you get to it, and climb back up onto the
grass on the other side. From here, take the first path you see on the right
and go up the stairs. Up here, go forward. Take out the Mad Scrubs if you want
to and then head up the stairs across from you. At the top, we'll see a shot of
a building that we can't access right now (it's the Forest Temple). We'll see
Saria playing her Ocarina on the tree stump, and Link will walk up to her.
She tells us that she believes the Sacred Forest Meadow will be important to
the two of us one day. She'll also ask if you want to play the Ocarina with
her. We need to, so say Yes. She will then teach us Saria's Song.
SARIA'S SONG
R, Y, X, R, Y, X
Repeat those notes and you will have learned Saria's Song! We'll need it to get
by certain parts of the game, but you can also use it to talk to Saria (or even
Navi) anytime.
After learning the song, we need to head out of here. Go back down both sets of
stairs. Now, climb up the ladder you see at the bottom. You can jump across the
higher grounds to get to the other side without going through the maze. Before
moving forward, notice the square pit in front of you. Go into the pit and jump
through the hole at the bottom. You'll be at a Fairy Fountain. Walk into the
fairies floating around to be healed if you need to. If you have an Empty
Bottle, you can use it to capture a Fairy for later on (if you need to heal
yourself or if you die, a Fairy can resurrect you).
Anyhow, just get to the other side of the area and go back into the Lost Woods.
-----------
Lost Woods
-----------
We'll be immediately greeted by Kaepora Gaebora upon re-entering the Lost
Woods. He'll tell us about how we just learned a new song and how/when to play
them. This time, answer No at his question to make him go away. Come to think
of it, there is a spot where we can use our newly-learned song.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: This Piece of Heart is located in the Lost Woods. From our
current position, the fastest way to get there is to take a wrong path on
purpose (so we end up back at the Lost Woods entrance in the Kokiri Forest). Go
back into the Lost Woods and take the path on your left. Go to the small tree
stump. You'll notice a Skull Kid playing on the larger tree stump. Take out
your Ocarina and play Saria's Song. He'll like the fact that you know that
song, declare you two friends, and give you a Piece of Heart!
If you've followed this guide, this should be your fourth Piece of Heart, which
would give you a whole new Heart for your health!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
So, where to go to now? We need to go to a place called Kakariko Village. To
get there, let's go to Hyrule Field and meet at the castle entrance.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4d. Getting Goron's Ruby
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
To get to Kakariko Village, facing the castle entrance, go right and you'll see
a bridge over the river. Cross the bridge and then go up the staircase across
from you. This leads you into Kakariko Village. Simple, huh?
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
Let's start by going through the main gate. Across from you is a tree. Take
note of that tree.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA
Roll into that tree to get a Gold Skulltula to come out. Defeat it and collect
the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
There's many things we can do here now, so let's run down everything we can do.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
KAKARIKO VILLAGE BUILDINGS AND QUESTS
Let's use the tree where the Gold Skulltula was hiding as a starting point.
Right across from you is a building. There's nothing to do inside, but a lady
in there will tell you dinner's almost ready. Or something. This building does
become important later on, though. As always, any Gold Skulltulas listed here
only come out at night.
Next to the building is a staircase. At the top of the stairs, you'll find a
wooden tower with a ladder on it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the ladder on that wooden tower.
Defeat it using your Slingshot, and then climb up the ladder to collect the
Token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
There is a staircase right across from the wooden tower. At the top are two
houses. To the left is a house you can NEVER access as Young Link (you will be
able to as Adult Link). During the day, the woman inside will tell you that her
boy is playing in the Graveyard. At night time, she'll tell you that's he's
sleeping. So you can't go in either way.
The house on the right is largely vacant. There is a construction worker
blocking the entrance leading to the backdoor, though. This building does have
a little bit more as Adult Link.
There's a second staircase beyond the two houses. At the top is an entrance to
Death Mountain. It's locked right now, but while we do have the ability to
unlock it now, ignore it for just a wee bit later.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the house that we can access at
any time. It's just off to the side from the stairs. Destroy the jars in front
of the Gold Skulltula, defeat the Gold Skulltula, and grab the Token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From here, go back down and head back to the tree that we talked about earlier.
This time, go directly straight and up the stairs across from you. At the top,
head of the stairs to your right. You'll see a building under construction.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There's a Gold Skulltula on the bricks in the middle of the
foundation. Destroy it, climb up the bricks, and get the Token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From here, go back down the stairs. You'll notice a giant windmill in front of
you. You can go into it if you want (you'll find a man that is happy...too
happy), but you can't do much in here until later in the game). Instead, take a
right at the bottom of the stairs, and then take the next right you see.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Man, there's a lot of them in this village, huh? At nighttime,
you should see one on the building just across from you. You can easily destroy
it and take the Token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Just past this building is a staircase. At the top of the staircase is a house.
You can't do much in this House. You'll see a Piece of Heart and a cow blocked
off by bars, and we can't get to these until much later (although if you switch
to a Bird's Eye View by pressing the VIEW icon, you'll find a Red Rupee in the
place). Also interesting is all of the pictures of Zelda maps and items found
in this game.
Now, go back down the stairs. Right next to you is a building that had a Gold
Skulltula. If you go inside, you'll find it's called "The House of Skulltula".
This is a pretty significant house. This is where all your Gold Skulltula-
destroying efforts pay off. If you talk to the giant spider in the middle,
he'll tell you that they all look like this because of the Spider's Curse. But
it does weaken as you destroy more Gold Skulltulas and collect their tokens.
In fact, you MAY have destroyed at least 10 Gold Skulltulas at this point. If
you have, you'll notice a man to the right of the giant spider (don't worry,
none of them attack unless you decide to attack them). If you talk to him,
he'll reward you with an Adult's Wallet! This will increase the amount of
Rupees you can carry from 99 to 200!
Here's a quick list of the prizes you can get from this house.
10 Gold Skulltulas: Adult's Wallet (holds up to 200 Rupees)
20 Gold Skulltulas: Shard of Agony (goes off when near secret areas)
30 Gold Skulltulas: Giant's Wallet (holds up to 500 Rupees)
40 Gold Skulltulas: Bombchus
50 Gold Skulltulas: Piece of Heart
100 Gold Skulltullas: Yellow Rupee (worth 200 Rupees. You can get as many as
you want, just leave and re-enter the room.)
So, be sure to come back to this house as you collect more Gold Skulltulas to
grab better rewards.
CATCH THE CUCCOS FOR AN EMPTY BOTTLE
In order to do this quest, it must be daytime. Near the building that is under
construction is a lady. She is near a little den that is fenced in. If you talk
to her, she'll tell you that all of her Cuccos have ran off and she wants you
to bring them back to her. There are seven Cuccos. When you find one, pick it
up and throw it into the little wooden pen next to the lady (just press A to
pick it up and A to throw it again). Here are the locations of the seven
Cuccos:
1) There is one just outside the pen. Can't miss it.
2) The second one is a bit difficult to get, and requires another Cucco. Pick
up Cucco #1 and go up the steps leading to the Windmill. Run beyond the door
leading inside and you'll get to the end of the ledge. Now, see the fenced off
area across from you? There is a Cucco on the other side. What you have to do
is use the Cucco you are carrying so that you glide over to the fence just to
the left. You should land on top of the fence. Now throw the Cucco you are
carrying back down to the ground below you. Now, head down the stairs and pick
up the Cucco at the bottom.
Go back up the stairs and throw the Cucco over the fence onto the other side.
Do NOT jump back over the fence, as there is still one more Cucco in this area
that we need to pick up.
3) Remember where you picked up Cucco #2? Climb up the ladder that was next to
his original location. At the top of the ladder, you'll find Cucco #3, so pick
it up. Now, use it to float back down to the pen. Throw this Cucco into the
pen. In addition, Cuccos #1 and #2 should be walking around somewhere, so throw
them into the pen as well.
4) The next Cucco is just outside The House of the Skulltulla. However, you
cannot directly get to it because there is a fence in between you and the area
where the Cucco is (the fence is just outside the door leading into the house).
What you can do is fire your Slingshot to hit the Cucco. This shouldsend the
Cucco running off the ledge. Pick it up and toss it back into the pen.
5) From Cucco #4, go back to the area where the tree is. Facing the Windmill,
notice the house just across from you. In the corner of the house is a crate.
Roll into the crate to destroy it, and a Cucco will come out. Pick up the Cucco
and bring it back to the pen.
6) The sixth Cucco is just in front of the gate leading to Death Mountain. Pick
it up and bring it to the pen.
7) The last Cucco is found at the entrance of Kakariko Village (from Hyrule
Field). Pick it up and take it to the pen.
Once all seven Cuccos have been brought back to the pen, talk to the lady and
she will reward you with an Empty Bottle! This should be your second bottle
that you currently have. Also, you can do this quest any time you come into
Kakariko Village, but you will get a Purple Rupee (50) every time you do this.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Once you have gotten the Empty Bottle, go through the opening to the right of
the staircase leading up to the Windmill. Follow the path down here until you
get to The Graveyard.
----------
Graveyard
----------
In order to do anything here, you need to come here during the night. If you
come here during the day, a little kid will be walking around the graveyard and
will prevent you from pulling back any of the graves. Also, be sure to come
here "early" in the night so that you see a man walking around the Graveyard.
He will be available from 6:00PM to 9:00PM. Any later than that and he will be
asleep.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: This is why you need that man to be walking around the
Graveyard. Also, this can take a while (takes a bit of luck too), so be sure to
bring plenty of Rupees with you. If you talk to the man, you'll find that his
name is Dampe. He runs a business called "Dampe the Gravekeeper's Heart-
Pounding Gravedigging Tour!". If you pay him 10 Rupees, he'll dig up the spot
he is standing on. Sometimes, he'll find nothing, sometimes, he'll find Rupees,
and if you're lucky, he'll dig up the Piece of Heart.
You just have to be lucky and hope it comes up. My strategy is to have Dampe
only dig on the square dirt patches. Dampe will stop walking around if you walk
right up to him. In order to get him to move, you need to get far away from
him. Lure him to the next patch of dirt and have him dig there. Keep it up, and
you'll eventually get the Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you're done dealing with Dampe, there's a couple of other things to do
here. First, go to the first row of graves in this area. Facing the front of
them, get behind the second grave from the left (the one that has flowers in
front of it) and pull it backwards. This will reveal a hole, so jump down it.
Watch out if you pull back any other graves though, as a Poe might be revealed
and will attack you.
Down here, you'll find a mini chest across from you. Open it up and you'll get
a Hylian Shield! See, I told you we could get one for free as opposed to
shelling out a ton of Rupees at the Bazaar. I wouldn't put it on now, as we
don't need it until a bit later on. Also, it's a heavy shield for Young Link,
as he cannot use it at the same time with his sword. There's also a wall behind
the chest we can blow up later on with Bombs. It leads to a Fairy Fountain, if
you're curious. Once you're done, step on the tile at the entrance to be
brought back up to the surface.
Back up here, go to the back of the Graveyard where you'll find a large grave
with a giant Triforce in front of it. Before doing anything, if you examine the
graves on the left and right (just press A at the front of them), two ghosts,
named Sharp and Flat (the Composer Brothers) will come out and attack. If you
defeat them, they'll tell you the history of a song that they both composed,
and how they hid their research from Ganondorf. In order to defeat them, you
must hit them while they're visible. And you cannot L-Target them, otherwise
they will disappear and you will be unable to hit them.
Anyhow, once you're all set, play Zelda's Lullaby on your Ocarina on that large
grave. The grave will then be destroyed, revealing a hole, so jump down it.
Down in here, go down the slope and open the door at the bottom. The door will
then lock after going through it. In this room, just defeat all of the Keeses
that are flying around (they are bat-like enemies). They shouldn't be a problem
as long as you use L-Targeting. There are a total of four of them. The doors in
this room will unlock after they are defeated. From here, climb to the top of
the stone steps and open the door at the top. In this room, just run through
the acid pools in the middle of the room. You'll take damage, but you'll avoid
the deadly ReDead enemies who can be VERY dangerous. If one happens to grab
ahold of you, just mash every button possible to break them off. Go through the
opening at the other side of this area.
In here, walk forward and examine the writing you see on the wall by pressing
A. It will tell you of a song that you can play to control time, and teach you
how to play it.
SUN'S SONG
Y, R, A, Y, R, A
After playing those notes, you'll learn the Sun's Song!
The Sun's Song is pretty useful, as you can use it to change from day to night
and vice versa. This makes hunting down Gold Skulltulas much easier and saves
time of having to wait in an area where time passes by in order to get your
desired time. I should also note that when you play the Sun's Song in an area
where time does NOT pass (like Kakariko Village), you will be brought back to
the area that you used to enter said village or town. If you play the Sun's
Song in an area where time does pass, it will simply change from day to
night/vice versa without relocating you.
After you learn the Sun's Song, retrace your steps and go back to the entrance
to get out from this grave. Because of the fact that you played the Sun's Song,
it will be daytime out. This time, play the Sun's Song to change it back to
nighttime. This is so that we can collect a Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: From the grave that you just came out of, go down the slope in
front of you. Go left down the path and face the five graves to your left. Get
behind the second grave from the left and pull it back to reveal a hole. Jump
in it. Down here, go forward and you'll find a ReDead. Play the Sun's Song to
freeze the ReDead (you do NOT have to fight it). This will prevent it from
attacking you. Now, does the writing on the wall look familiar? Play the Sun's
Song in front of that wall and a large treasure chest will appear. Open it up
to get a Piece of Heart! Now, exit the grave.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When you're done with the Graveyard, go to Kakariko Village.
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
Back in here, go to the gate that leads up to Death Mountain (go up the stairs
near the central tree, and then up the next two staircases). The guard won't
let you through, as we need to show we're connected to the Royal Family
somehow. Show the guard Zelda's Letter (the one she wrote to you when you saw
her), and he'll open up the gate leading to Death Mountain.
Before going up, the guard will tell you that you'll need a stronger shield
(the Hylian Sheild). You should already have one, but he mentions that you can
buy one at the Bazaar at the Hyrule Markey (and we can get a special discount
if we tell him that this guard sent us here).
The guard will also tell us about the Happy Mask Shop, and how his son wants a
certain mask from that shop. The Shop is open now, but it's a little out of our
way right now, but let's save it for later. Go up the path to get to Death
Mountain.
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
Just so you know, time does pass on Death Mountain. Anyhow, all we need to do
here is a little bit of hiking for now. Just gradually climb up the slopes
until you get to a flagpole (just watch out for the Red Tektites along the
way). There are two paths we can take at that flagpole. We can either continue
climbing up the mountain or go into Goron City. Take the path on the right.
From there, just go all the way straight and you'll find yourself in Goron
City.
-----------
Goron City
-----------
There's only one thing we can do right now upon entering here. We need to get
to the lowest floor. You can either get down there using all of the staircases
or you can just jump off all the ledges until you land on the bottom floor
(just don't fall too far or you'll get hurt).
Once you get to the lowest floor, you should be in an area with a giant vase in
the middle. This will become important in a few minutes. For now, go to a door
in the corner of the room. It is closed, but we do have the ability to open it.
Stand on the carpet in front of the door and play Zelda's Lullaby to open up
the door (if you wanted a hint, you could talk to that Goron on the right).
Once the door opens, go into the next room.
We'll find a bigger Goron in here. His facial expression seems angry, and he'll
also sound pretty angry if you talk to him (he expected an actual person from
the Royal Family, not a little kid). We'll also find that his name is Darunia.
In order to get anything else out of him, stand in front of him and play
Saria's Song (there is a Goron near the entrance to Death Mountain that gives
you this hint. He's on that small, hanging platform in the middle of the top
floor). After playing Saria's Song, Darunia will break out into a dance and
become happy all of a sudden.
Once Darunia stops dancing, he'll introduce himself to you. He says he'll give
us the Spiritual Stone of Fire, also known as the Goron's Ruby, if we go and
destroy the monsters inside Dodongo's Cavern. What has happened is that Gorons
like to eat rocks, but the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern is blocked off (where
their favorite rocks are located). That and the place is crawling with monsters
now. At the end of the chat, Darunia will give us the Goron's Bracelet. This
will allow us to pick up Bomb Flowers without a problem now. Bomb Flowers are
just Bombs that grow around these parts.
Before headed off to Dodongo's Cavern, we have a couple of other things to take
care of. First, take out a Deku Stick and put it up against a torch in here to
light it up. Now go into the previous room and light all four torches in this
room up. Lighting up all four of the torches will cause the vase in the middle
to start spinning. There is also an Item Shop down here. It is blocked off by a
rocky wall though (this is the wall that is in between two Bomb Flowers). Since
these Bomb Flowers are up against the wall and not the floor, we can't pick
them up. What you can do is use a lighted Deku Stick and touch both Bomb
Flowers so that they drop to the ground and explode. This will remove the wall
in front of the item shop, so if you want to go in, go ahead.
|-------------------------|
|GORON CITY ITEM SHOP |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Bombs | 5 | 25 |
|Bombs | 10 | 50 |
|Bombs | 20 | 80 |
|Bombs | 30 | 120 |
|Red Potion | 1 | 40 |
|Recovery Heart | 1 | 10 |
|Recovery Heart | 1 | 10 |
|Goron Tunic | N/A | 200 |
|----------------|--------|--------|
As of now, you can only buy three of these eight items listed. You need a Bomb
Bag before you are able to buy any Bombs, and you cannot by a Goron Tunic until
you're an adult.
Back outside the Item Shop, take out a Deku Stick. Light it up using one of the
torches by the staircases. Once you have the lighted Deku Stick, go up the
stairs. At the top, run to the right and light up both of the torches. Now, go
into the tunnel. At the end, you'll start hearing Saria's Song. You'll also
find some Bomb Flowers and some boulders. Use the Bomb Flowers to blow up the
boulders, and now we have a path from Goron City to the Lost Woods! You can use
this as a shortcut between the two anytime. This is also useful if you start up
a saved game from your house.
Anyhow, head back out the tunnel towards the rest of Goron's City. Now, to take
care of that spinning vase. Heading out from the tunnel, go left. There will be
two openings to your left. The first one will take you downstairs while the
last one in the corner leads upstairs. Go into the second up. While going up
the stairs, you'll find a Bomb Flower in the corner.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: We can get a Piece of Heart by throwing that Bomb Flower into
that spinning vase. The Bomb Flower will explode, causing the vase to stop.
However, you'll notice three different faces on the vase. The vase NEEDS to
stop on the happy, smiling face in order for the Piece of Heart to come out. If
it stops on a different face, you'll get Rupees instead.
This does take practice and may take several attempts (especially at actually
getting the Bomb Flower into the vase. I'd do this now, as Bomb Flowers are
unlimited and can grow back, as opposed to waiting later and using your own
Bombs.
Pick up the Piece of Heart once it comes out.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you have the Piece of Floor, head up to the top floor of this city. To get
back to Death Mountain, just go through the middle opening of the three that
are up here.
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
Now that we have the ability to pick up Bomb Flowers, we can access Dodongo's
Cavern. Once you're outside, go down the path that you see to your right. You
should see a Bomb Flower in front of a fence. What you need to do is pick up a
Bomb Flower and throw it over the fence. If your throw was good, the Bomb
Flower will land in front of the rocky wall and blow it up, revealing the
entrance to Dodongo's Cavern. However, don't enter it just yet.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: There is a Piece of Heart just above the entrance to Dodongo's
Cavern. It's a little difficult to get now, but it's possible. If not, you'd
need to wait until Adult Link to get this Piece of Heart.
What you need to do is pick up the Bomb Flower and throw to get it out of the
way (don't through it off the edge, as that will waste time). Now, you need to
backflip off the fence where the Bomb Flower grows. You with back against the
fence, you need to backflip off on the LEFT side. While falling, hold down left
on the Circle Stick.
If you're lucky, you'll land on top of the entrance to the Dodongo's Cavern.
Pick up the Piece of Heart.
If not, you'll need to climb back up the mountain and try again.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you have the Piece of Heart, enter the Dodongo's Cavern.
-----------------
Dodongo's Cavern
-----------------
Upon entering, you'll notice a cracked wall in front of you. To get rid of it,
just simply pick up a Bomb Flower to your left or right, throw it at the wall,
and it will blow up, allowing us to go into the Cavern, so let's do just that.
We'll be in a larger room. Directly across from you his a large face of a
Dodongo. We eventually have to get that mouth open in order to proceed. For
now, run forward onto the center island, using the pillar moving up and down in
front of you. On the center island, watch out for the Beamos - its laser attack
can do one full heart of damage. As usual, watch out for the lava below too.
From here, go left and use the moving pillar to get to the area across from
you. You should be in front of a locked door, a Bomb Flower, and a cracked wall
(to the left of the Bombed Flower). Use the Bomb Flower to blow up the crack
wall, and it will reveal a large chest. Open it to get the Dungeon Map.
Now, go back to the center island. This time, with your back towards the
entrance to this place, go right and use the moving pillar to get to the area
across from us. Over here, this is a Bomb Flower to your right and a cracked
wall to your left. You don't really need to blow up this cracked wall, as it
will just reveal a Gossip Stone. There is also a Beamos in this area. If you
want to defeat it, pick up the Bomb Flower, L-Target the Beamos, and throw the
Bomb at it - if done correctly, the Bomb should explode on contact and defeat </pre><pre id="faqspan-3">
the Beamos. More importantly, there is a cracked wall just beyond where the
Beamos is/was, so you need to take a Bomb Flower to the cracked wall and blow
it up.
Once the wall is blown up, go down the opening. In here, just run all the way
to the other side of the room. Baby Dodongos will come up from the ground, but
they are pretty annoying enemies that can sap your health fast, so avoid
fighting them. When you get to the other side, looked for a cracked wall to
your right. We normally cannot blow this wall up without Bombs, but there is a
way to blow it up. Lure a Baby Dodongo to the cracked wall and defeat it. It
will explode, and the explosion will be strong enough to blow up the wall!
There will be a door here, so open it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall on the opposite side of
the room. Just defeat it and get the token right off the wall.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula defeated, leave this room.Back in here, go
right and climb up the little ledge and continue forward. You will notice two
statues, a locked door, and a blue switch. Stepping on the switch will unlock
the door, but the switch needs constant weight on it in order to stay
activated. This means the door will lock again if you step off the switch. So
what you have to do is push one of the statues onto the switch and it will stay
activated. Once you take care of that, the door will unlock, so go through it.
The next room is just a hallway with another door in it. Beware of the two
Keeses in here, but defeat them if you need health. Afterwards, just open the
door on the other side of this hall. When going into the next room, the door
behind you will lock, and we'll be in a large room with multiple islands. Mini-
boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Lizalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy
You have to fight two of these, but usually, it won't be together. These guys
aren't too much of a problem anyway. They attack you with their swords. It
helps to stay L-Targeted on these enemies at all time. When they attack you,
you can easily defend yourself with your shield. Afterwards, just hit them as
many times as you can with your own sword.
After a couple of hits, one of the Lizalfos will back out and the other one
will come in to fight you. Just hit this one a couple of times and the two
Lizalfos will swap out again.
After a total of six hits to each enemy, both of them should be defeated.
*******************************************************************************
After you defeat both of the Lizalfos, both of the doors in this room will
unlock. Don't worry, if you don't know which one you need to go through, the
camera will point you to the door that you need to go through next, so head
over to that door and go through it.
You will be in a curved hallway. You will pass by a cracked wall, which you can
blow up with a Bomb Flower just around the corner. You don't need to blow up
this wall, as it will just lead you to a room with a Business Scrub that will
sell you one lousy Deku Stuck. So continue past the hallway into the next room.
Watch out in here, as there are Dodongos walking around. They will breathe fire
at you if you go near them (but it takes a while for them to charge up, so you
can easily avoid them). If you want to defeat them, just hit their tails three
times with your sword. What we need to ultimately do in this room is light up
all three torches in this room. Go back to the front of the room and take out a
Deku Stick. Light it using the nearby torch. Now, run a straight line to the
other side of the room and you should be able to easily light up all three
torches. If done fast enough, the door on the other end will unlock. If you
were slow, one of the previous torches may have gone out and you would need to
light it up again. Once you have the door unlocked, go through it.
We will be in another hallway. This hallway leads back to the starting area in
this dungeon. Go down the hall and step on the switch at the end. This will
unlock a door on the other side of the room. With the door unlocked, use the
center island to get to the other side of this area and open the newly unlocked
door.
In here, go straight and you'll be in a bigger room. The center of this area
has a ton of Bomb Flowers surrounding a structure, buy ignore that for now.
There is a cracked wall to the left. Blow it up with a Bomb Flower and then go
through the door on the other side. The door behind you will lock when entering
this room. On the other side of the room is a large chest surrounded by three
statues. Attack the statue in the middle and it will attack back (it is called
an Armos). To defeat it, pick up a Bomb Flower, L-Target the Armos, and throw
the Bomb at it. If done correctly, the Bomb will hit the Armos and damage it.
From here, just keep your distance and the Armos will explode (it will start
spinning out of control). The door will unlock after the Armos is defeated.
Before leaving, open the large chest to get the Compass. Now head back to the
previous room.
Back in here, look towards the middle of the room. You should notice a gap in
between the Bomb Flowers. Pick up a Bomb Flower next to you, and place it in
that gap. When it explodes, it will cause a chain reaction and blow up all of
the other Bomb Flowers. This will cause the structure to lower into a
staircase, so climb up it. At the top, go either left or right and you'll
eventually come to an opening.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Across from the openings is a set of vines. There is a Gold
Skulltula and a Skullwalltula on these vines. Destroy the Skullwalltula first
and then defeat the Gold Skulltula. You can then simply climb up the vines to
pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, go through the opening and open the door at
the end. In this room, quickly equip your Hylian Shield. The reason for this is
that there are Fire Keeses in this room, which would burn off your Kokiri
Shield if they come in contact with you. The door will unlock behind you when
entering this room. There is another locked door in this room too. To unlock
both of them, go to the center platform in this room. On the other side is a
ladder. Push the statue in front of the ladder off to the side and climb up the
ladder. Hit the switch at the top to unlock both doors. You should be facing
the door leading you to the next room, so open it.
You will be back in the level's starting area, only this time you'll be on the
higher floor. Keep on your Hylian Shield, are there are Fire Keeses in this
area. All you need to do is run across the bridge, jump over the gap, and then
go through the opening on the other side of the bridge. In this room, jump down
into the gap below you. Just watch out for the moving Blade Traps, as they will
hurt you if you come into contact with them. Go to the other side of the room
and climb up the block. At the top of the block, climb up the ladder. There is
a cracked wall right in front of us. Turn around and jump onto the platform
with the Bomb Flower.
We need to blow up that cracked wall with the Bomb Flower. This can be a bit
difficulty. There isn't a good amount of space on the floor leading up to the
cracked wall, so placing a Bomb on that small area is hard. One trick is to
pick up a Bomb Flower, wait until it is about to explode (when it starts
flashing red faster), and then throw it towards the cracked wall. If it
explodes in mid-air, you'll bring down the wall with it too. This is pretty
tricky, so keep trying!
Once the wall is blown up, go through the new opening. In here, there is a
platform in front of you being blocked by fire. To remove the fire, take out
your Slingshot and fire at the yellow eye on the wall across from you. With the
fire gone, jump across the pillars into the next hallway. Baby Dodongos will
come out of the ground here, but ignore them and follow this hallway until you
get to a door. Open the door when you get to it and it will lock on the other
side. Mini-boss time again!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Lizalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy
This is exactly like your first encounter with this guys. If you still have the
Hylian Shield on, switch back to the Kokiri Shield. Use the shield to defend
yourself from the sword attacks from the Lizalfos. After three hits, the
Lizalfos will swap out and the other one will fight you. Just do what you did
last time, and again, it takes six hits each to defeat both of them.
*******************************************************************************
After the Lizalfos are defeated, both doors will unlock. Again, the camera will
point you towards the door you have to go through next, so get to it and open
it. Just like the previous room before the Lizalfos, you need to put out the
fires blocking the platforms, except this time, there's two of them. Use the
Slingshot to hit the eye across from you to put out the first fire. Now jump
onto the first platform, and turn left where you'll see another eye. Hit this
eye with your Slingshot and the second fire will be put out, so jump across the
second platform into the hallway.
In here, run forward and jump across the next gap that you see. Now, climb onto
the higher ledge to your right. At the top is a treasure chest and open it.
You'll get a Bomb Bag, with 20 Bombs inside! We now have Bombs for ourselves
and will no longer need Bomb Flowers! Yeah! Now, continue into the next
opening. You'll instantly find a switch, so step on it. Remember the pillars we
used to get to the center island in the dungeon's starting area? One of them
will now rise up to the floor we are on, so we can use it as a shortcut to get
up here!
Now, continue forward and go to the right. You'll come across a bridge with two
gaps in it. Drop a Bomb into both gaps. If thrown correctly, the Bombs will
explode in the eyes of that giant Dodongo head, turning both of them into red.
When this happens, the mouth of the giant Dodongo head will open up. Now, on
the other side of this bridge is a cracked wall. You can blow it up with a
Bomb, revealing the mini-chest. If you had lost your Deku Shield earlier due to
it burning off, this mini-chest will contain a Deku Shield. Otherwise, you will
find just a Blue Rupee. Now drop back down to the center island, go through the
open mouth of the Dodongo, and open the door at the end.
I would recommend switching back to the Hylian Shield for this area, as there
are Fire Keeses around. In this room, go straight into the central area. There
is a hole in the middle with a switch on it. Stepping on the switch will unlock
the door in here, but the switch needs constant weight and will deactivate when
stepping off of it. For now, climb up onto the higher ledge to your right. Up
here, head straight and follow this hallway into a bigger room. Drop down to
the floor below you and go left. Head around the corner and drop down to the
floor below you again. Down here, head to the other side of this area and climb
up the stone block at the end. Now, drop down to the ground below you. Down
here, go up the ledge across from you and use a Bomb to blow up the cracked
wall. Open the door on the other side of this wall.
In this room, there is a statue and a Gold Skulltula across from you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: To get to the Gold Skulltula, you must get rid of the statue,
which is actually an Armos. Attack the Armos to "activate" it, and then throw a
Bomb at it while L-Targeting it to defeat it. With that out of the way, destroy
the Gold Skulltula and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, leave the room.
Back in here, climb up to the higher ledge to your left. This time, climb up
the stone block to your right and use it to get to the walkway up top. Up here,
run forward and then jump off to the area below you on the other side. Down
here, destroy the two jars. One of them has a Fairy that you can use to heal
yourself (or capture in an Empty Bottle). Now, head down the opening and go
down the hallway. At the end, you'll find a stone block. Push the stone block
to the ground below you. Now, push the stone block (you might have to pull it
out a little first) into the hole in the middle of the room. This will activate
the switch and keep it activated, also unlocking the door in the process, so go
through the door.
In here, go forward and you'll find a cracked floor. Place a Bomb on this crack
to blow it up, revealing a hole. Before falling through it, open the mini chest
in this room for some additional Bombs. Now fall through the whole whenever
you're ready.
You'll feel loud footsteps. Link will turn around and there he is, King
Dodongo!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS:
Infernal Dinosaur
King Dodongo
Difficulty: Easy
This boss is arguably easier than Queen Gohma. I also recommend bringing your
Hylian Shield into this fight. When the fight starts, L-Target King Dodongo.
Wait for him to open his mouth. When his mouth is wide open, throw a Bomb into
this mouth and it will explode, stunning King Dodongo. While he is stunned, hit
him with your sword.
King Dodongo will then roll around the area. This area, by the way, has a large
lava pool in the middle and a path circling around it. To defend yourself from
this, you need the Hylian Shield. Since this shield is too heavy for Young
Link, he will simply crouch over. King Dodongo will roll over the shield and
not hurt Link in the process!
Before continuing, King Dodongo really only has two attacks. He can breathe
fire at you (which takes a while to charge up, and you should be throwing a
Bomb into his mouth during this time), and then rolling into you after he gets
hit.
When King Dodongo is rolling around, keep pace with him so that he will turn
around and face you again. When he stops rolling around, throw another Bomb
into his mouth. Hit him with the sword when he is stunned.
After four hits, King Dodongo will be defeated. He will roll into the lava in
the middle of the area, and the lava will also cool. Pick up the Heart
Container left behind, and step onto the blue warp area!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
We will be warped just outside the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern. Darunia will
great us, and give us a huge pat on the head, knocking Link over. The Gorons
can now eat rocks from the Dodongo's Cavern again! Darunia will also mention
that Ganondorf closed off access to the Dodongo's Cavern due to Darunia not
giving them the Goron's Ruby. Darunia then declares the two of you Sworn
Brothers, and gives us the Goron's Ruby! Two Spiritual Stones down, one more to
go!
Darunia also tells us to go up to the top of the mountain to visit the Great
Fairy, who has a power for us. In the meantime, three Gorons will also come
down, asking for a big hug. Run! Run away!
Before climbing up the mountain, go down to the bottom of the mountain. You
will find a cracked wall to the left. Blow up this cracked wall and wait for
nighttime/use the Sun's Song to turn into night.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula just beyond this cracked wall at
nighttime. Defeat it first. When you defeat it, you can climb up the wall it is
on to pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you get the Gold Skulltula, let's go back inside Goron City for a brief
moment. Also, on your way to Goron City, you will see a cracked wall to your
left. Blow up this cracked wall to reveal a mini chest. Open the chest up to
get a Purple Rupee, worth 50 Rupees!
-----------
Goron City
-----------
When entering Goron City, go forward and drop down to the floor right below
you. You should notice a large Goron rolling around this area. We can stop this
Goron with our Bombs, but we need to do it inside that tunnel on the other
side. Once you stop the Goron rolling (remember, you need to do it in the
tunnel, he'll reward you with a Big Bomb Bag. This will upgrade the amount of
Bombs we can carry from 20 to 30!
One other thing is to note the cracked wall on this floor that is in between
two Bomb Flowers. If you blow it up, you will find a series of cracked walls.
Eventually, you will get to a room with a larger than normal Goron. He will
tell you that he is working on something, and will have it ready in five or six
years. If you come back here as an adult, he will sell you a sword called the
Giant's Knife for 200 Rupees. This sword will break after several hits (even if
you are careful enough to not hit any non-enemies), and then you have to spend
200 Rupees to get another one. A Broken Giant's Knife by the way, is as weak as
the Kokiri Sword, if you want to give yourself a challenge. I would avoid this
area as an adult and go for the superior Big Goron's Sword instead.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Head back up to the top floor. You should notice an area
blocked off by rocks. Use your Bombs to blow up these rocks. Now, go down the
path and into the opening at the end.
In this room, you'll see three rocks in front of you. Blow up the rock on the
right with a Bomb. Go down the new path and follow it. You'll come across two
paths, one leading straight and one leading left. Take the one to your left and
you'll find another rock to the right. Blow up this rock and go all the way
straight beyond where the rock was. You should find a Gossip Stone, two mini
chests, and a crate.
Roll into the crate to destroy it and reveal a Gold Skulltula. Destroy the Gold
Skulltula and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have that taken care of, head back to the Death Mountain Trail.
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
Back out here, go all the way straight until you get to the flag pole. Go up
the slope to the left of the flag pole and climb up the ledge at the top. Blow
up the rock to your right with a Bomb. Now, there is another rock to blow up,
which is on the other side of the gap. To blow up this one, wait for a few
seconds when taking out a Bomb, so that it will explode in midair. Once the
second rock is blown up, jump onto the higher ledge (pick up the Red Rupee left
behind too). On here, climb up the ledge to your left. Up here, go up the slope
and equip your Hylian Shield. Now, RUN to the other side of this area. Be
careful of all the rocks falling from above! At the other side is a wall you
can climb up.
Before climbing up it, take out your Slingshot to defeat the Skullwalltula that
you see. Now climb up the wall and get on the higher ledge to your left. There
is another Skullwalltula just above you, so be sure to take it out with your
Slingshot. If you look all the way up, you'll see a third Skullwalltula. Get
rid of this one too! Once you're done, climb all the way up until you get to
the top. You'll be at the top of the mountain!
There's an opening to your right, but don't go into it yet. Instead, blow up
the cracked wall to the left using a Bomb and go inside.
----------------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Death Mountain Trail
----------------------------------------------
Walk to the other side of this place. Stand on the Triforce and play Zelda's
Lullaby to summon the Great Fairy!
She will restore us to full health, in addition to supplying us with a magic
meter. As of now, we can use the magic meter to do stronger spinning attacks
with your sword. To use this, you must hold down B with your sword to charge it
up. After a couple of seconds, release and Link will unleash a spin attack with
a much larger range! To restore your magic meter, simply collect green jars
that you see when out adventuring.
Before the Great Fairy leaves, she'll mention that another fairy lives near the
path that leads to Hyrule Castle, so let's go visit her next!
Before we do that, leave this fountain. This time, go into the opening to your
right.
----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------
NOTE: You need to be VERY fast in this place. This place is very hot for Link,
and you cannot stay here long enough without dying. A timer will show up on the
bottom of the top screen showing how long you can stay in here. The amount of
time depends on A) The amount of health you have left and B) Total hearts. So
please come in here with full health. There is a Gold Skulltula and a Piece of
Heart you can grab in here. If you do not feel confident about this, do NOT go
for the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: When you enter this place, run all the way straight. Keep
running until you get to the edge (in between those two brown rocks). Now,
climb down the wall and you'll find an opening with a Piece of Heart inside.
Quickly move in and pick up the Piece of Heart!
Now, climb back up, get to the top, run, and get out of here!
NOTE: If you have seven hearts, you will have 56 seconds on the clock to do
whatever. I can do this and get out with about 20-25 seconds remaining, but you
need to be quick!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: This one isn't as bad as the Piece of Heart that I made you
chase down. Just beyond the entrance leading outside is a crate. Roll into the
crate and a Gold Skulltula will come out. Defeat it and pick up the token. Now
leave.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
--------------------------------------
Death Mountain Trail/Kakariko Village
--------------------------------------
One last thing you should do is talk to Kaepoa Gaebora, who is up here with
you. He will offer to fly down the mountain. We can get a pretty good deal out
of this, so I recommend that you do it. Grab onto his talons and he'll fly us
down to Kakariko Village!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: Kaepora Gaebora will drop us on top of a house in Kakariko
Village. This is the house that has the Piece of Heart and a cow behind those
bars. After you land, turn around and face the wall. Now, walk up to the wall.
Go left and you'll get to the corner of the house. Look down and you should see
a wooden platform. Drop down into it. Next to you is a hole leading into the
house. Go into the hole and you'll find the Piece of Heart, so pick it up.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
With that in mind, let's go to the Hyrule Market.
-------
Market
-------
With the Bomb Bag, we can play a game at the Bombchu Bowling Alley. This is the
building with the staircase net to it, just before the Shooting Gallery
building.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
BOMBCHU BOWLING ALLEY
This is an expensive game, costing 30 Rupees per play. The prize you can win is
shown after you've paid. There's two important prizes here. A Piece of Heart
and a Bigger Bomb Bag (you can also win Bombs, a Purple Rupee, and Bombchus).
At the start of the game, you must drive a Bombchu into the center of the
target across from you. The first one is easy. Just stand in the middle and
release the Bombchu up the middle. Make sure you are perfectly straight. Even
the slightest angle makes the biggest deference in the game. Also, just be
aware of the moving Blade Trap, and try not to hit it.
The second target can be the most difficult. It will either be in the center,
to the right, or to the left. If it is in the center, you must release the
Bombchu while avoiding the Blade Trap and a little Cucco. If the target is on
the right of the left, it is much more difficult to hit. The best way is to run
a Bombchu up along the left or right wall, and let it ride the wall to the
target (which is easier said than done). If you miss, you'll need to readjust
the angle that you release it at and try again.
The third target is also difficult. It will always be in the center, however,
this time, you must release a Bombchu and make sure it doesn't hit a Blade
Trap, a little Cucco, and a giant Cucco! You'll need to time your Bombchu
release a little bit and just hope that a Cucco doesn't move back and hit the
Bombchu at the last second...
You will win after hitting the third target. Keep in mind that you have a total
of 10 Bombchus to work with, so use them economically.
Also, keep playing until you get the Piece of Heart and the Bomb Bag Upgrade.
If you got the first Bomb Bag Upgrade, this one will take you from 30 to 40
Bombs!
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
I also want to mention that there is a new shop open. If you go to the Back
Alley (on the left side), you will find two doors. Open the one on the left. It
is a Bombchu shop.
|-------------------------|
|BACK ALLEY BOMBCHU SHOP |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Bombchu | 10 | 100 |
|Bombchu | 10 | 100 |
|Bombchu | 10 | 100 |
|Bombchu | 10 | 100 |
|Bombchu | 20 | 180 |
|Bombchu | 20 | 180 |
|Bombchu | 20 | 180 |
|Bombchu | 20 | 180 |
|----------------|--------|--------|
Now, there is something different about this store. Each of the above items can
only be brought once. For example, there are 4 Bombchus that come in amounts of
10. Buying one of these four will remove it permanently.
Once you're done with that, head past the market towards Hyrule Castle.
--------------
Hyrule Castle
--------------
Like last time, climb up the vines to your right. Run forward and fall to the
ground on the other side of the gate. There are two paths in front of you. Take
the path straight towards the dead end. There is a rock. Blow it up with a Bomb
and the rock will blow up, revealing a little hole, so crawl under it and
you'll get to the Fairy Fountain.
---------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Hyrule Castle
---------------------------------------
Like last time, play Zelda's Lullaby while standing on the Triforce to summon
the Great Fairy. This time, she will restore you to full health AND give you a
new, important item, called Din's Fire. You can use Din's Fire to light up
torches without a Deku Stick. However, this does use a bit of magic power.
Also, when used, it can damage enemies in the process too. It has a large
range, so you can even use it to light up large groups of torches.
Once you have Din's Fire, head out of here.
We could proceed towards the third and final Spiritual Stone, but why not do
some Side Quests before that?
*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS
HAPPY MASK SHOP
The biggest thing we can do is sell some masks from the Happy Mask Shop, which
has been open for business for a while now. When you first go to the Happy Mask
Shop, only one mask will be available. You can borrow the mask for free.
Ultimately, what you want to do is find someone to sell the mask to, and then
pay that money back to the Happy Mask Shop. Each time you sell a mask, a new
mask will become available. Once you have sold all of the masks, you will be
rewarded.
KEATON MASK (10 Rupees)
The first mask that you must sell is the Keaton Mask, a yellow mask that
resembles a fox. The cost of the mask is 10 Rupees (remember, it's lent to you
for free). If you remember, the guard in front of the entrance to Death
Mountain in Kakariko Village brought this mask up, saying that his son wanted
it. So, what you need to do is go to Kakariko Village and talk to this guard
while wearing the mask. He will buy the mask for 15 Rupees, giving you a 5
Rupee profit!
Afterwards, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay them the 10 Rupees. The next
mask, the Skull Mask will become available. Take this mask next. We need to go
sell it, but first, we can use it to upgrade the amount of Deku Sticks we can
carry.
DEKU STICK UPGRADE
We need the Skull Mask in order to receive this upgrade. Go back to the Lost
Woods. When entering from the Kokiri Forest, take the right path, then left,
right, left, and then left again. You should be in a very grassy area with
several business scrubs. Go to the back of this area. You should see a small
group of butterflies right above the grass. Walk around this area and fall
through a hole. Down here, read the sign and you'll find that you are in a
place called the "Forest Stage", where you can win prizes based on what kind of
face (mask) that you are wearing.
So, what you need to do is put on your Skull Mask and walk to the front of the
stage. The scrubs should all pop out from the grass. They will all run up to
you and dance around you with Saria's Song playing! Afterwards, follow the
scrubs and they will lead you to their leader, who all agree that you look like
their sacred forest totem. They will reward you by upgrading the amount of Deku
Sticks you can carry! If you got the Deku Stick upgrade earlier (from the
Business Scrub in the Lost Woods), your capacity will increase from 20 to 30!
DEKU NUTS UPGRADE
We can get this upgrade now that we have Bombs. This upgrade is also located in
the Lost Woods. From the start of the Lost Woods (when entering from the Kokiri
Forest), go right, left, right, left, straight, left. You should be in an area
with a rock in the corner. Blow up the rock with a Bomb and it will reveal a
hole, so jump down it. Down here, you will find two Business Scrubs. Deflect
their Deku Nuts back at both of them and then talk to the one on the left. If
you pay him 40 Rupees, he'll upgrade the amount of Deku Nuts you can carry.
This should be your first upgrade, so your limit will go from 20 to 30.
SKULL MASK (20 Rupees)
With the upgrades out of the way, we can also sell the Skull Mask while we are
in the Lost Woods. From the start of the Lost Woods, go left. You should be in
the area with the Skull Kid that you befriended earlier. Equip the Skull Mask
and step on the little tree stump, and then talk to the Skull Kid. He will
recognize you underneath that mask, and want the mask for his own. Despite the
mask being worth 20 Rupees, he will only buy it for 10.
Once you sell this mask, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay the 20 Rupees
back (yes, you do have to have to pay 10 Rupees of your own since the Skull
Hand short-handed you). After paying back the money, the next mask, the Spooky
Mask, becomes available, so let's grab it.
SPOOKY MASK (30 Rupees)
This mask looks like the face of a ReDead. Go to the Graveyard during the day,
where you will see a little boy walking around the area. He will mention that
he wants a scary-looking face, so talk to the kid while having this mask on. He
will buy the mask from you for 30 Rupees (at full price!). So, with that in
mind, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay back the 30 Rupees.
The next mask to become available is the Bunny Hood. Pick it up. However, we
won't be able to do much with the Bunny Hood, as we cannot yet access the
person who wants this mask.
That's all for the Side Quests, for now. Come back after meeting Zelda later on
for more!
*******************************************************************************
So, where's the third Spiritual Stone! If you listen to Navi, she'll tell you
that Saria may know the location of it. If you play Saria's song to talk to
her, she'll mention that the Zoras have it. Or at least that's what the Deku
Tree told her.
The spiritual stone is located in a place called Zora's Domain. Well, how do we
get there? We need to go through Zora's River. And, where is that place
exactly? Let's meet in Hyrule Field, in front of the stairs leading up to
Kakariko Village.
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
As I said, you should be facing the stairs leading up to Kakariko Village. Head
right from these stairs and you'll see a small area of land across the river.
Swim through the river to get to that land. Follow the path on here and you'll
get to Zora's River.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4e. Obtaining Zora's Sapphire
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
-------------
Zora's River
-------------
Just so you know, time does pass in this area, but day and night shouldn't
matter too much for this part of the game. Across from you is a tree, a set of
rocks, and lots of grass to cut through. Kaepora Gaebora is also waiting for
you. Yay. He'll tell you that you must have a connection with the Royal Family
in order to enter Zora's Domain. Which we have. He'll then fly away.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula for the taking here. Just roll into
the only tree around here to make it fall out, defeat it, and then take the
token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, use your Bombs to blow up the rocks blocking
the way. With those out of the way, continue. Around the corner, you'll find a
man who will sell Magic Beans.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
WHAT ARE MAGIC BEANS?
Magic Beans can be planted in those patches of soft soil (which are shaped like
a square) around Hyrule. When planted, a little sprout will come out. If you
revisit these areas as Adult Link, the sprouts will become full-blown magic
leafs. When you step on them, they will lift up into the air and carry you
around the area. You can use them to get to previously un-accessible areas or
use them as shortcuts.
Now, you can buy up to 10 Magic Beans. The first Magic Bean will cost only 10
Rupees, however, the price increases by 10 Rupees for each purchase, so the
second Magic Bean will cost 20 Rupees, then 30, and so on.
Here is a list of all of the soft soil spots in which you can plant Magic
Beans:
1) Kokiri Forest - To the right of the Item Shop
2) Lost Woods - From the start, go left, then another left.
3) Lost Woods - From the start, go right, left, right, left, left. It is near
the flowers to the right.
4) Graveyard - In the corner towards the set of graves on the left
5) Zora's River - Right next to the person selling the Magic Beans
6) Lake Hylia - Just outside the laboratory.
7) Death Mountain Trail - Just outside the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern.
8) Death Mountain Crater - Next to the warp area.
9) Gerudo Valley - Found at the very bottom, on a stone platform next to the
river.
10) Desert Colossus - Next to the entrance to the Spirit Temple
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
For the time being, I recommend buying at least 6 or 7 Magic Beans. It gets
very expensive, but there are ways to pile up money in this game. One method is
coming up fast.
Now, we need to get to the other side of the river. From the Magic Bean
Salesman, turn around, and look to the left where the path curves. Jump from
that patch of sand and you should make it easily. However, before jumping, pick
up that Cucco walking around near the group of walks. We can use it to acquire
two Piece of Hearts in this area. With the Cucco in hand, jump to the area of
land across from you. Over here, head left until you get to the other side, and
then jump over the little gap onto the opposite side.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: We can get the first Piece of Heart nearby. Go up the slope in
front of you. At the top, head left and jump over the little gab. From here, go
right and follow this path until you get to a gap. Remember, you must be
holding the Cucco during this entire time. Now, to get onto the platform, use
the Cucco to float over it. However, you will fall short. Just as you get to
the platform, THROW the Cucco and you will now be able to climb up onto it. The
Piece of Heart is on another platform to your right. You can jump to this one
without the Cucco, so head over to it and pick up the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Chances are, the Cucco will have ran off and into the river, which will have
sent him back to the beginning of this area. Before we go back and get him,
jump down to the ground below you. Down here, continue forward. You should
notice a tree branch leading into the river. Jump onto the branch and you will
see that several frogs are watching you from the water (you need to go to the
other side of the branch in order for this to happen). Take out your Ocarina
and the frogs will come up.
Now, all of these frogs are little. Every time you play a song for the first
time, a frog will grow. Each time a frog grows, they will reward you with 50
Rupees! Remember, each frog can only grow once. So what you should so is play
Saria's Song, Zelda's Lullaby, Epona's Song, and the Sun's Song. Four of the
five frogs will grow, and as a result, you will earn up to 200 Rupees! There is
still one little frog, and we have to wait a bit longer before we are able to
make him grow. Once all of the frogs are grown up, there is another game you
can play with them.
After you have entertained the frogs, go back and use your newfound money to
buy more Magic Beans. Also, go back and get that Cucco while you are at it.
Once you have the Cucco, go back to where you found the frogs.
From here, go beyond the tree branch leading into the river and you'll see some
higher ground. Throw the Cucco up to this ground and then climb up to it. Pick
up the Cucco again and then turn right. You'll see some higher land on the
other side of the river. The water is shallow enough here, so you can step into
it without floating or losing the Cucco. Now, throw the Cucco up to the next
higher area of ground and then climb up it. Up here, head straight. The river
should be on your left. There should be more land on the other side of this
river. Float across the river with the Cucco in hand.
On the other side, go up the slope and cross the bridge at the top. Once you
get past the bridge, follow this grass path until you run into a wall.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: When you run into the wall, turn left. There should be a
platform with a Piece of Heart across from you. You need the Cucco for this.
Jump across the gap and the Cucco will allow you to float over to the platform.
Pick up the Piece of Heart. That's also the last time we'll need the Cucco in
this area. Yay!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula nearby. After picking up the Piece of
Heart, look down from the platform. You should see a ladder. There is a Gold
Skulltula on it at nighttime. Destroy the Gold Skulltula, jump down into the
water, and then climb up the ladder and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After destroying the Gold Skulltula, climb up the ladder. At the top, go
forward up the slope. At the top, you should notice a pool of water across from
you. This is a shortcut that can lead us back to the Lost Woods (great if
you're starting from home), but we don't have the proper item to dive that deep
into the water yet). So turn around. The waterfall should be to your right. In
front of the waterfall should be a Triforce symbol. Step on it and play Zelda's
Lullaby. The waterfall will open up, revealing a new opening, so go through it.
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
A bunch of stuff for us to do here. Follow this pathway until you get to two
paths, one leading straight and one to the right. Take the path that goes
straight and follow it. You should get to a giant Zora named King Zora, who is
worried about where his daughter, Princess Ruto went. Now, notice that there
are lighted torches to your left and right. Take out a Deku Stick and light it
up. Now, go back down the stairs and light the torch on fire that you see down
here.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: This is a tricky Piece of Heart to get. After lighting up the
first torch, I'd recommend putting away your lighted Deku Stick and taking out
a fresh one. Now, use the torch to light the Deku Stick. From here, head down
the slope and go down the path to your left. At the bottom, you'll find a torch
just before the water. Quickly light this up. Now, go to the right side of the
water, where it is shallow, and stay along the wall. Follow this wall until you
get behind a waterfall, lighting up the torch that you see along the way. When
you get behind the waterfall, light up the last two torches that are in the
little cave.
If you were very fast, a large chest should appear. Open it and get the Piece
of Heart. However, if the stick burnt out, or if any of the torches went out,
you need to try again. This is also touch due to the fact that you can't roll
forward to go faster in the water, as your lighted Deku Stick will just go out.
-_-
So, keep at it!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you have the Piece of Heart, go back to the other side of the water where
you lit up the first torch. There's the Item Shop next to the torch, if you're
interested.
|-------------------------|
|ZORA'S DOMAIN ITEM SHOP |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Deku Nuts | 5 | 15 |
|Arrows | 10 | 20 |
|Arrows | 30 | 60 |
|Arrows | 50 | 90 |
|Red Potion | 1 | 50 |
|Recovery Heart | 1 | 10 |
|Fish | 1 | 200 |
|Zora Tunic | N/A | 300 |
|----------------|--------|--------|
The Fish is a bottled item. However, you can get one for free just outside this
shop in the water, so there's no point in blowing 200 Rupees to buy a fish. In
addition, you can't get the Zora Tunic, and you can only wear it as an adult.
From here, go back up to where we found King Zora. This time, while standing in
front of him, go down the tunnel to your left. At the end, you will find a
Zora. Talk to her and she will ask you if you want to play the diving game for
20 Rupees. Say yes, and the Zora will then toss several Rupees into the water
below. So what you have to do is dive into the water and get the Rupees. To go
underwater, hold down A. You have 50 seconds to collect all five Rupees. These
are all Blue Rupees, so collecting all of them gives you 25 Rupees (remember,
you paid 20 to play this game, so you get a tiny profit)! 50 seconds should be
plenty of time to get all of the Rupees.
NOTE: With the Silver Scale, we can now use a shortcut to get from the Lost
Woods to the Zora's Domain entrance. In the Lost Woods, go right, left, right,
and you'll be in an area with a body of water. Swim down this water, go through
the opening at the bottom, and you'll be taken to Zora's River, just outside
the Zora's Domain entrance. Useful if you are starting from your own house at
Kokiri Forest.
Once you have completed the game, go all the way back up and talk to the Zora,
who has an award for you. She will give you a Silver Scale! This will allow you
to dive deeper underwater! After getting the Silver Scale, dive back into the
water. If you look around, you should notice an opening underwater. You can now
dive deep enough to get into this opening with your new Silver Scale, so head
underwater and go through that opening.
-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------
We'll be taken to Lake Hylia, which is south of Hyrule Field. You will
instantly notice many Rupees and some shiny object surrounding you. Dive to
pick up the shiny object. When you resurface, you'll find that it is a bottle
with a letter in it! If you read the letter, you'll find that it's from Ruto,
who is inside Lord Jabu-Jabu's belly. She also writes not to tell her dad. We
could go back to Zora's Domain, but there's a couple of things we should do in
Lake Hylia first.
If you go onto land, look to the left and you should notice a building. This is
the laboratory. There's not much we can do inside now, but there is a soft soil
patch next to the building. I highly recommend planting a Magic Bean here, as
it will become very useful for Adult Link.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Obviously, it needs to be nighttime. If you look at the lake,
you should see a large square-shaped island on the other side of the area. Swim
over here (yes, I know, it's a long swim), and you'll find two stone pillars on
this island. There is a Gold Skulltula on this island, so destroy it and take
the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, swim back to the other side of the lake,
where the entrance to Zora's Domain was. To the right of this area is a
scarecrow field. Talk to the scarecrow that's closer to the water and he'll
mention that he'll remember any tune that you'll play. Take out your Ocarina
and play an 8-note song (it can be any notes you like!). The eight notes that
you play out will become the SCARECROW'S SONG. If you want to change the
Scarecrow's song to something else, just take out the Ocarina in front of this
scarecrow and play a new eight-note song. The Scarecrow's Song is not useful
for not, but it can be pretty handy when running around as Adult Link.
There's one last thing we should check out at Lake Hylia. From the scarecrow
field, turn around and face the water. You should notice an area of land with a
building to the left. Swim to this building and open the door. We'll be at the
fishing pond!
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
FISHING POND
When coming in her, you need to pay the man to the right 20 Rupees in order to
fish. In order to fish, go to the pond and press B to cast your fishing rod. To
reel it in, hold down B. You can also hold Down on the circle stick to reel it
in faster.
When fishing, the best way to get a fish to bite is to keep tapping Down on the
Circle Stick. This will slowly reel the fishing rod in, and usually the fish
will follow it. Don't do it too fast, but if you're lucky, the fish will bite
onto it.
To reel the fish in, I prefer to hold down A, B, Down, and R. This usually gets
the fish in the fastest and gives you the most strength. If you're too weak in
reeling the fish in, the fish will just let go.
There is one area where a big fish is, and that's what we're coming in here
for. When going to the pond, go to the left side in front of that rock. Take a
couple of steps into the water. Now, face the middle of the pond. You can use
Navi to L-Target onto a certain fish. Use her to target a fish in the middle of
the pond. Usually, it is the fish near the grass and the tree log in the
middle. L-Target it, cast the rod out to this fish, and start slowly reeling it
in to attract the fish.
Sometimes, he won't bite, so what you need to do is just reel the rod in
completely and try again. Eventually, it'll bite. This is the heaviest fish, so
getting it in will be tough, as I said, hold Down, A, B, and R and put all your
muscle into it! If you're lucky, the fish will grab on just as you're about to
reel it in completely, and you won't need to put in any effort.
If the fish breaks free, you won't have a shot at catching it again, unless you
leave and re-enter this place (which costs you another 10 Rupees).
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: After you catch the biggest fish (it should weigh at least 10
pounds, bring it back to the fisherman. Talk to him and tell him to weigh your
fish. It if is big enough, he'll reward you with a Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you're done fishing (hopefully you have the Piece of Heart in hand), go up
to the fisherman and select "I want to quit." You'll turn in your rod and
you'll be allowed to leave. Also note that the fisherman will tell you to come
back when you're older, as the fish may be bigger as well.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
</pre><pre id="faqspan-4">
Back out here, get back into the water and go to where the entrance to Zora's
Domain is. Swim underwater and go through the opening, back into Zora's Domain.
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
Make sure you have that newly acquired bottle out. Head up to King Zora. In
order to talk to him, you must be on top of the platform right in front of the
water. When speaking to him, show him the bottle with the letter that you found
in Lake Hylia. He initially doesn't believe that Lord Jabu-Jabu would eat
Princess Ruto, but does remember that he has been acting a little strange when
Ganondorf came for a visit. King Zora will then send you to go find Princess
Ruto. In addition, he'll let you keep the bottle that the letter was in, so you
should now have up to three Empty Bottles! King Zora will also move over and
allow us to go behind him, to get to where Jabu-Jabu is (however, it does take
a while for King Zora to actually move over a couple of feet. Irritating,
right?).
Before doing that, head back down towards where the Item Shop is. If you go to
the water, you should notice some fish swimming around. Use your new Empty
Bottle to capture a fish. We'll need it for Jabu-Jabu. Once you have the Fish,
go back to where King Zora is. Facing King Zora, just head right and go up the
slope. You'll get to King Zora at the top, so just go past the fence and into
the next area.
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
Lord Jabu-Jabu, the giant whale, is here, but don't go up to him just yet.
Instead, get in the water and swim to the piece of land that is in the
southeast corner of this area (just look at the map). This land will have a
tree and several rocks.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Roll into the lone tree on this land and a Gold Skulltula will
fall it. Destroy it and then pick up the token that it leaves behind.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Now, look at the wall where there are two large rocks. Place a Bomb in front of
this wall and the whole wall will explode, revealing a giant opening! Let's go
through it.
-----------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Zora's Fountain
-----------------------------------------
As usual, go up to the Triforce in front of the fountain and play Zelda's
Lullaby to summon the Great Fairy. This time, she will heal you to full health
and give you a new item called Farore's Wind. You can only use this item in
areas that have a Dungeon Map. When you use Farore's Wind, it will create a
warp point nearby. When in that dungeon, you can warp back to that warp point
at any time. This is useful if you save your game and want to use it as a save
point. You can also use it when you want to instantly get to another part of
the dungeon without having to get there on foot, which may take long. If you
want to, you can also cancel the warp point at any time. Just be aware that
Farore's Wind uses up magic. Once you get Farore's Wind, go back to Zora's
Fountain.
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
This time, swim all the way back to the other side of this area. Get to Jabu-
Jabu and stand directly in front of him. Drop the Fish that you just picked up
right in front of it, and he will open his mouth to eat the Fish. By doing
this, he will inhale both you and the Fish, so we'll be heading inside him!
-------------------------
Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
-------------------------
NOTE: Despite the fact that it looks otherwise, you can leave Jabu-Jabu at any
time. Just walk up to his teeth and you'll be able to leave.
Once you enter, go all the way straight through the water. Don't worry about
the Octoroks in the water, you can easily avoid them. On the other side, you'll
find two Shaboms, bubble-like enemies. Get rid of them and then walk up to the
door, which has a web on it. To unlock this door, aim at the switch on the
ceiling just in front of the door and fire at it with your Slingshot. After you
hit the switch, go into the door.
There's not a whole lot we can do in this room. Just follow the path to the
door on the other side of this area and open it.
In here, walk forward and you'll find someone. She will tell you that she is
Princess Ruto, and that she won't believe you when you say that your dad sent
you to save her. She doesn't want to go home, so she'll turn around and fall
through a pit. So, do the same and go down the same pit she fell down. Down
here, talk to her and she'll mention all of the enemies around her have
suddenly appeared and her "precious stone" is missing. She'll still tell you to
go away. Now, talk to her one more time and she will let us carry her around.
Ruto will now crouch down on the floor, so walk up to her and pick her up by
pressing A.
You can also set Ruto down by pressing A or you can throw her by pressing A
while running. After you pick up Ruto, open the door right next to you. Watch
out for the Shaboms in this hall. Also, getting hit while carrying Ruto will
cause you to drop her, so just watch out for that. At the end of the hallway,
you will get to a pit with some water in it. Jump into the pit and go to the
other side. There is a ledge above you that's too high for you to climb up, but
we can throw Ruto up there, so do that. Once you throw Ruto up onto that ledge,
turn around and notice the switch in the middle of this area. This switch can
raise the water level for a few seconds so that you can't get onto that ledge,
but don't hit it yet.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Before you hit the switch, you should notice a Gold Skulltula
on the webs on the wall next to you. Destroy this Gold Skulltula. To collect
the token, hit the switch in the middle of the water to raise the water level.
You can now climb up on the vine and collect the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you get the Gold Skulltula, the timed switch may have expired, so the
water will lower back down and you will need to hit the switch again. Just be
aware of the Stingers and Shaboms in this water pit. This time, climb up onto
the ledge where you threw Ruto. Up here, pick up Ruto and go into the hallway
across from you. Follow this hall until you get to a locked door. Set Ruto down
and then use your Slingshot to hit the switch on the ceiling to unlock the
door. Just watch out for the Shaboms in this area. Pick Ruto back up and then
open the door.
In this room, set Ruto down and then deflect the rock back at the Octorok in
the water to destroy it. This is so that this Octorok won't annoy you. Now pick
up Ruto again and wait for a moving platform to come down. Once it comes down,
get on it and ride it to the top. You will be back at the room before the one
where you found Ruto. Back up here, jump back onto the walkway and open the
door leading to the room where you first found Ruto. Back in here, get to the
door on the other side of the room. Just watch out for the pits that lead you
back down below. Notice the pit being blocked by a green tentacle and then
continue. Open the door at the other side of this area.
In here, go forward and you will come to three different paths that you can
take. Go right and you will get to a door that is locked. To unlock it, you
must step on the switch on the floor. However, when stepping on it, Navi will
point out that you can't press down on it with your weight alone. But since you
are carrying Ruto, this shouldn't be a problem and the switch will activate,
unlocking the door, so open it.
In here, set Ruto down and then walk forward into the bigger area. You will
notice that there are numerous enemies in the ground. These are called
Stingers, and you can only attack them when they are above the surface. The
best way to get them above ground is to walk over them. Then, L-Target them and
hit them twice with your Slingshot to defeat them. Once the Stingers are
defeated, a large chest will appear in the middle of the room. Open it up and
you will get the Boomerang! Obviously, this weapon comes back to you after
throwing it, and can be used to attack some enemies, but this weapon is also
capable of grabbing objects and bringing them back to you, like Gold
Skulltulas. Set the Boomerang to X or Y, as you are going to be using it a lot.
With the Boomerang in hand, pick up Ruto and leave this room.
Back in here, go straight and follow this long hallway until you get to another
locked door. You can unlock this door by pressing the switch in front of it.
However, this switch needs constant weight on it in order for it to remain
activated, which means stepping off the switch will de-activated. So set Ruto
down on the switch to keep it turned on, and then go through the unlocked door.
Before opening the door, look down the hall to the right and notice the red
tentacle blocking the door. This will become important shortly. Now open the
door that you just unlocked.
You will notice a large, Red Tentacle hanging from the ceiling in the middle of
the room. In the middle of the Red Tentacle is a smaller area. You need to
attack this part of the Tentacle. L-Target it and throw your Boomerang at it.
The Red Tentacle will retreat into the ceiling, covering its weak point. To
bring it back down, just walk up to it. Now, attack again and repeat this until
you defeat the Red Tentacle. After the enemy is defeated, a large chest will
appear. Open it to get the Dungeon Map. Now leave the room. Back out here, Ruto
will now be standing up. She won't be all that pleased when you talk to her,
but she'll get back down to the floor and let you pick her up. So pick her up.
Now go down the opening to your left.
Remember that red tentacle blocking the door? It's gone. Navi will also point
that out, and it's obviously because you defeated the Red Tentacle in the
previous room. Now open the door that you can now access. The door behind you
will lock. There are numerous Shaboms in this room. You have 40 seconds to
defeat all of them, but you can defeat them very fast with your newly-acquired
Boomerang. Once all of the Shaboms are defeated, the door will unlock and a
large chest will appear in the room. Open the chest to get the Compass, pick up
Ruto, and then leave this room.
Back in here, turn left. Now go all the way straight to the other end of the
hallway. Remember that switch you pressed that both you and Ruto had to
activate? To the left is an opening. Go down the opening and open the door at
the end. This door was previously blocked because of the Red Tentacle.
In this room is a Blue Tentacle. Set Ruto down and then defeat the Blue
Tentacle the same way you defeated its red counterpart, by throwing the
Boomerang at its middle part. Now, once the Blue Tentacle is defeated, pick up
Ruto and leave this room. Back in here, head right and then go through the
first opening you see to your right. You should see a door across from you.
This door was blocked by the Blue Tentacle, but you can get to it now with that
enemy defeated, so open the door.
In this room is a Green Tentacle. The door will also lock behind you when you
enter this room. Set Ruto down and then defeat the Green Tentacle the same way
you defeated the previous two Tentacles. However, there are Biris surrounding
this tentacle, which are jellyfish-like enemies. You can only defeat these
enemies with the Boomerang. I'd recommend getting rid of these first so that
they won't bother you while attacking the Green Tentacle. You also need to
ultimately defeat the Biris in order to unlock the door. Once the Green
Tentacle and the Biris are defeated, pick up Ruto and leave this room. Back in
this hallway, just open the door across from you.
Back in this room, walk forward. Remember that pit that you couldn't get to,
because of the Green Tentacle? You can fall down it now. If you don't remember,
with your back against the opening you just came out of, go right until you get
to the corner. Now turn left and look forward, and it'll be the pit right in
front of you, so fall down it.
Down here, set Ruto down for a brief second. There are two Gold Skulltulas
pretty much right next to each other!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA (x2): The Gold Skulltulas are practically right next to each
other. One is right next to where you dropped, while the other is to the right
of the first Gold Skulltula. Defeat both of them. You'll notice that the tokens
are unreachable and up on the wall. You can collect the tokens by L-Targeting
them and throwing the Boomerang at them. The Boomerang will bring you back the
token, so use it to grab both tokens.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you have defeated the two Gold Skulltulas, pick up Ruto and then open the
door at the end of the hallway next to you. In the next room, Ruto will get
exicted, as she sees the object she was looking for inside of Jabu-Jabu. It is
in fact the third Spiritual Stone that we need! Throw her up on the higher
ledge and she will pick it up. She says that we can now take her home, now that
she found what she was looking for. Walk forward and the platform Ruto is on
will suddenly rise to the ceiling. It will lower again, but this time an enemy
will be there instead. Mini-boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Bigocto
Difficulty: Medium
This boss can get very annoying and depending on what you do, you can take a
decent amount of damage in this fight. There is the platform in the middle of
the area that you can't get onto because of the spikes. The mini-boss is fought
on a circular walkway around the middle of the room.
Now, the only way you can attack Bigocto is from the back. So what you have to
do is run around this area until you catch up to Bigocto, who is also running
around in a circle. Once you can see Bigocto's back, you need to throw your
Boomerang at him. If you hit him, he will become stunned, and a green ball will
be exposed for a few seconds, where you then have to hit him with your sword.
It does take time to keep running around the area until you get behind Octorok.
You also can't take tight turns because you'll hit the spikes on the circular
platform in the middle of the room. This is what makes this fight drawn out and
annoying.
There is a quicker way to defeat Octorok, but this does involve you taking
damage. Just run into Octorok and you'll get hurt. However, he'll turn around
and start to run in the opposite direction. Quickly hit him, as his back is
turned towards you. He'll be stunned, so hit him with your sword to damage him.
After four hits, Bigocto will be defeated.
*******************************************************************************
After the fight, the circular platform will lower to the floor. Step on it and
it will rise to the floor above you. Up here, there are jars against the wall.
One of them has a Fairy, in which I recommend capturing for the boss fight.
Anyhow, go down the hall in this area and open the door at the end. Just watch
out for the Biris. In this room, walk forward and the pillar in front of you
will start moving wildly. Hit it with your Boomerang to stun it. Now, jump onto
it and then stun the next moving pillar with the Boomerang. Be quick, as they
will start moving around after a few seconds. With both pillars stunned, jump
across them and open the door at the other side of this area. In here, walk
forward and you will see a platform up against the wall across from you. Jump
onto it and it will lower to the room below us, connecting us to a door we
couldn't access before.
This is the room near where we first met Ruto. You will notice a locked door in
the new opening we can access. There is a switch in front of the door to unlock
it, but this switch requires constant weight to stay active. So, turn around
and you'll see two small little boxes. Pick up one of the boxes and go to the
switch. Step on the switch and put the box down on the switch. This will keep
the switch pressed down and the door unlocked, so open the door. In here, go
forward and jump down into the pit below you. Down here, head to the left side
of this area. Look around and you should see some vines.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on these vines. Simply destroy it and
then climb up the vines to pick up the tokens. We have now destroyed all Gold
Skulltulas in Jabu-Jabu's Belly!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, continue climbing up the vines. At the top,
turn right. You should see a switch hanging from the ceiling, on the other side
of the transparent wall. To hit this switch, you need to use your Boomerang.
This can be a little tricky because of that wall. You can't be too close to the
wall or your Boomerang will hit the wall, and you can't be too far or else the
Boomerang won't reach the switch. So L-Target that switch and throw the
Boomerang from the right spot to hit it. Once you get it hit, a door down below
you will unlock, so open it.
Upon walking into the room, we'll immediately be greeted by the boss.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Bio-electric Anemone
Barinade
Difficulty: Medium
This boss can be outright brutal. There are many stages of this boss and you
are prone to taking a good amount of damage. This is where the Lon Lon Milk or
the Fairy comes in handy.
At the start of the fight, walk up to Barinade. There isn't one single target
at this point, but there are multiple targets. Navi will target the tentacles
connecting Barinade to the ceiling. Use your Boomerang to hit the tentacles and
detach them from the ceiling. During this time, watch out, as Barinade can
shoot electricity at you and knock you back.
Once the tentacles are destroyed, Barinade will then surround itself with
electric jellyfish. These jellyfish will spin fast around Barinade and can very
easily hit you. Once they stop moving, use your Boomerang to destroy them one
at the time. You probably won't get all of them in one swoop, but once you have
defeated enough, you can throw your Boomerang at Barinade to instantly stop the
jellyfish.
After the jellyfish are gone, Barinade will get a new set of Jellyfish, and
this time, he will rise up from the ground and start spinning everywhere. This
time, keep throwing your Boomerang at Barinade until you hit him. This will
stop the Jellyfish, and then you can destroy them one at a time. Just watch out
for the electricity that he shoots out during this time.
Once the second round jellyfish are destroyed, the only thing standing left now
is Barinade. Throw your Boomerang at him to stun him. While stunned, attack him
many times with your sword as you can. After a few hits, Barinade will go back
into the ground. Watch out and stand back, as he will start firing off
electricity. Wait for Barinade to start moving again. Hit him with the
Boomerang to stun him, and then keep attacking him with your sword until he is
defeated. I counted 10 hits to defeat him, so you'll have to go through this
process several times.
It may take a while if this is your first time, but hang in there!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container to give yourself an extra heart.
Now, walk into the blue warp space and we'll find Princess Ruto! Except this
time, she's blushing a bit. She'll start yelling at you because you took so
long, and that how she was only just a little lonely. Then both of you will be
warped out of here.
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
Link will be right in front of Ruto after warping, which surprises him and
falls back into the water. She says that you looked cool, but that she'll
reward you since you saved her. Just tell her that you want the Spiritual
Stone. Now, she says that her mother gave her that stone and should give it to
her future husband, but she'll give it to us anyway! We now have Zora's
Sapphire, and have all three Spiritual Stones! We must now go back to see
Princess Zelda!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: After you regain control of Link, it needs to be nighttime, so
just play the Sun's Song. You should reappear in the water again. Now, get onto
that log coming out of the water and look for the Gold Skulltula on the wall.
Destroy it and then pick up the token from the wall using your Boomerang.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
We've now got to go back to Hyrule Castle, where Zelda is waiting for is. To
get there, obviously, go to Hyrule Field.
Also, no side quests for now, but they're just being held off for a little bit,
as we've got something pretty important to do.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4f. Zelda and the Ocarina of Time
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
Work your way to the entrance leading to the Market. When you get there, you
will notice that the bridge leading in is closed, even during the daytime. Walk
up to this bridge and not only will the skies turn ominous, but a cut-scene
will happen.
It will start raining and thundering out. The drawbridge will open and we will
see Zelda and Impa on a white horse running from the castle. Zelda will spot
Link, and toss an object into the moat. Link will turn around and find
Ganondorf on a horse!
Ganondorf will say that she lost track of Zelda, and spot you. He will ask you
which direction the two of them went off in. Link, feeling bold, declines to
answer, and will draw out his sword and shield. Ganondorf, liking Link's
attitude, will fire a magic attack at Link and knock him back, declaring that
someday, he will rule the world. Ganondorf then gallops away, in search of
Zelda and Impa. Link looks off towards Ganondorf, giving him a pretty stern
look.
Once you regain control of Link, jump into the moat and dive under the water to
get the object that Zelda threw at us. It is the Ocarina of Time! After picking
up, another cut-scene will happen.
Zelda will tell us that she will no longer be around, now that we have the
Ocarina of Time. She wanted to wait for us, but couldn't due to the attack, so
she left us the Ocarina and a song to go along with us. Zelda is about to teach
us the Song of Time.
SONG OF TIME
Y, L, R, Y, L, R
As usual, just repeat the notes and you'll learn the Song of Time! This song is
required for opening the Door of Time, located in the Temple of Time.
In addition, we now have all of the required objects and items to open the Door
of Time! We have all three Spiritual Stones, the Ocarina of Time, and the Song
of Time.
We could go to the Temple of Time now, but this will be the last time you will
be Young Link for a while. I'd highly recommend taking care of several last-
minute Side Quests, to make our future journey as Adult Link a little easier.
*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS
As stated, these are all last-minute things that we can do before we jump ship
and become Adult Link.
GOLD SKULLTULA PALOOZA
Before becoming Adult Link, and before doing any of the follow Side Quests, I'd
recommend getting to at least 30 Gold Skulltulas, that way we can get a Giant
Wallet. There were numerous Gold Skulltulas around Hyrule that we had to skip
due to not having the proper equipment to defeat them and/or get their tokens.
Most of these were the result of not having the Boomerang. Here is a list of
all of the Gold Skulltulas we can grab now. You don't need to get all of them,
just enough to have over 30.
Hyrule Field:
-This Gold Skulltula is rather hidden. Get in front of the stairs leading up to
Kakariko Village. Now, go left and eventually you will get to a lone tree.
Place a Bomb near this tree and it should reveal a hidden hole in the ground
after exploding. Jump down into the hole. Down here, watch out for the Big
Skulltula. There is a Gold Skulltula up on the wall. Defeat it and then use the
Boomerang to grab its token which is high up on the wall.
Lon Lon Ranch:
-There is a Gold Skulltula on Talon's house at nighttime, but it is too high up
for you to get it without a Boomerang. Some come back here, defeat this Gold
Skulltula, and use the Boomerang to collect the token.
-There is another Gold Skulltula we can grab here, now that we have the
Boomerang. Go to that tower in the back corner of the ranch, to where that
tower is. To the right of the tower (and before the fence) is a wall. There is
a Gold Skulltula on this wall. Destroy it and then use the Boomerang to
retrieve the token. If you defeated the other three Gold Skulltulas across Lon
Lon Ranch, you will have now defeated all Gold Skulltulas in this area!
Graveyard:
-This one is in the top right part of the Graveyard. You may have noticed this
earlier, but was unable to get it. Go to the back right part of this area,
defeat the Gold Skulltula, and then use the Boomerang to pick it up.
Great Deku Tree:
-Believe it or not, there is actually a Gold Skulltula remaining inside the
Great Deku Tree. So, when you go there, jump into the hole in the floor at the
entrance. Back down here, climb up the stone block you pushed into the water.
Now crawl through the hole in the wall at the other side of the room. Back
here, you'll notice a cracked wall across from you. If there's still a web in
front of the cracked wall, use Din's Fire or a burning Deku Stick to get rid of
it. Blow up the cracked wall with a Bomb and open the door behind it. In this
room, ignore the Big Skulltula in front of you and turn left. Defeat the Gold
Skulltula and then retrieve the token with the Boomerang. We now all have Gold
Skulltulas inside the Deku Tree!
Dodongo's Cavern:
-There are two remaining Gold Skulltulas here, but only one can be picked up
right now. To get to it, we need to work our way backwards through this place.
When you enter the cavern, go to the center island where the Beamos is.
Remember that pillar that can now rise up to the top floor? Get on that pillar
and ride it to the top. Up here, go into the opening across from you. You'll be
back in the room where you obtained the Bombs. Jump off to your right and down
to the floor below you. Down here, climb up the ladder on the wall to your
right. Up here, go forward and cross the bridge and open the door at the end.
Hit the switch in the middle of this next room to unlock the doors. Now, open
the door leading to the previous room.
In here, go left and go down the walkway. At the bottom, you'll get to that
stone staircase with vines on it. Climb up the vines. This is the staircase
that you lowered by using the Bomb Flowers to cause a chain reaction. It has
now reset back to its original location. This is why we had to go through this
area backwards to get here. At the top, turn left and you'll find the Gold
Skulltula. Destroy it and then get the token by throwing the Boomerang at it.
Lake Hylia:
-There is a Gold Skulltula on that laboratory building in Lake Hylia. If you go
there, you'll find a bridge near the building. The Gold Skulltula is on the
side of the building closest to the bridge. Defeat it and then use the
Boomerang to get the token.
PLANTING MAGIC BEANS
One other important thing you should do is plant the Magic Beans in the soft
soil patches across Hyrule. You don't need to do all of them, but I highly
recommend planting Magic Beans in these patches:
-Lost Woods (past the area with the Skull Kid. Go left, then left).
-Lost Woods (in the area where the Forest Stage hole is. Go right, then left,
right, left, left).
-Death Mountain Trail (in front of the Dodongo's Cavern Entrance).
-Lake Hylia (next to the laboratory)
-Graveyard (bottom left corner of the graveyard).
There is also one in the Kokiri Forest and Zora's River, but these aren't
crucial when you're Adult Link. Go plant them if you want, though.
BUGS!
There is another way to get Gold Skulltulas. This requires capturing Bugs with
your Empty Bottles. Remember those patches of soft soil I mentioned with the
Magic Beans? If you dump the Bugs onto the soil, they will go underground and a
Gold Skulltula will pop out. You can then easily destroy it and collect the
token.
Now, to get Bugs, you can either buy them (not recommended, as it's pretty
expensive). You can also search the grass by cutting it or check under little
rocks. When you see the Bugs, capture them with your Empty bottle. Two places I
like to go for Bugs are:
The Graveyard: At the front of the place and to the right is a bunch of grass
and a small rock. Pick up the rock and you'll find Bugs underneath.
Lost Woods: In front of the entrance to Goron City is a large rock. Blow up the
rock to reveal a hole. Down here, cut the grass next to the Gossip Stone to
find bugs.
Now, again, like with the Magic Beans, we can dump the Bugs into the following
soft soil patches for Gold Skulltulas:
-Kokiri Forest (next to the Item Shop)
-Lost Woods (past the area with the Skull Kid. Go left, then left).
-Lost Woods (in the area where the Forest Stage hole is. Go right, then left,
right, left, left).
-Death Mountain Trail (in front of the Dodongo's Cavern Entrance).
-Lake Hylia (next to the laboratory)
-Graveyard (bottom left corner of the graveyard).
Now, the only patch of soil where this will NOT work is the one on Zora's
River, next to the person who sells you the Magic Beans. So by doing this, you
can get six more Gold Skulltulas!
GOLD SKULLTULA AWARDS
By this time, you should have plenty of Gold Skulltulas. Go back to the House
of the Skulltulas in Kakariko Village, and talk to the people to get your new
rewards. If you have destroyed at least 20 Gold Skulltulas, there should be a
man to your left. Talk to him and you will receive an item called the Shard of
Agony. This device will start alerting you when you are near a secret. One
example you can try this on is near the central tree just outside of here.
Now, if you have over 30 Gold Skulltulas destroyed, you will find a man in the
back of the house. Talk to him and you will get a Giant's Wallet. This will now
allow you to carry up to 500 Rupees! I recommend this for Adult Link, and for
an upcoming Side Quest.
BUNNY HOOD AND THE MASK OF TRUTH
So, remember the Happy Mask Shop? If you did the last round of side quests, you
should have least have the Bunny Hood mask. When you first got it, you weren't
able to sell it, as you couldn't yet access the person you need to sell it to.
If you don't have the Bunny Hood mask, go get it from the Happy Mask Shop. You
will have need to have sold the Spooky Mask to the little kid in the Graveyard
first.
So where is the person that we need to sell the Bunny Hood mask to? The man is
actually running around Hyrule Field. You can only find him after you have
collected all three Spiritual Stones. To find him, follow the paths that you
see in the middle of Hyrule Field that circle around Lon Lon Ranch. If you find
the man while he is running, you will not be able to talk to him. Just keep
running alongside with him and just follow him until he sits down on the ground
for a break. When that happens, talk to him and sell him the Bunny Hood mask.
Now, remember, this mask is worth 50 Rupees. Despite that, the running man will
max out your wallet when buying it! This is why I recommended doing this quest
with the Giant's Wallet, because you will get maxed out to 500 Rupees in the
process! Hell, with all this money, you can now buy all 10 Magic Beans from the
Magic Bean salesman.
After selling the Bunny Hood, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay the 50
Rupees for this mask. The saleswoman will notice that you have sold all the
masks. At this point, she will give you a special mask called the Mask of
Truth. You can use this mask to read all of the Gossip Stones around Hyrule. In
addition, there will be other masks available, like the Geurdo, Zora, and Goron
Masks. I'd keep the Mask of Truth for the time being, however.
DEKU NUT UPGRADE
Just one last thing before we head off to the Temple of Time. With your
newfound Mask of Truth, go to the Forest Stage in the Lost Woods (right, left,
right, left, left). This time, wear your Mask of Truth, walk up to the front of
the stage, and the scrubs will pop out of the ground. They won't do or
anything, but their leader will also pop out from the ground, so go talk to
him. He'll say that his Scrub brothers think you have a horrible face, but they
will reward you by upgrading the amount of Deku Nuts you can carry! If you got
the previous upgrade, you will now be upgraded to 30 to 40!
That's it for Side Quests for now. Let's go back to the Market.
-------
Market
-------
Before we go to the Temple of Time, want to have your mind blown away? Head to
the Back Alley. Now, the Back Alley is in the shape of an upside-down U. Head
down the long, narrow path in the back, and you will find a castle soldier on
the ground against one of the buildings? If you talk to him, he will ask if you
are the boy from the forest, and that Ganondorf betrayed the King of Hyrule
(remember, Zelda said he swears allegiance to him, but didn't believe
Ganondorf). Impa took Zelda and escaped from the castle. He also mentions that
Zelda was waiting for a "boy from the forest" and that she wanted to give
something to you (which we already have), and that to hurry to the Temple of
Time. Then he...dies! If you press A to check up on him, you'll get the message
"He's not moving anymore..." Ok then!
NOTE: You can only get to this scene before the Temple of Time.
Now, how do we get to the Temple of Time? There's a passage just to the right
of the Happy Mask Shop (and to the left of the Potion Shop), so go down here.
In this area, just follow the path to the Temple of Time.
---------------
Temple of Time
---------------
There's a Sheikah Stone in this area if you never need it. Otherwise, head to
the altar across from it. Stand in front of the altar and play the Song of
Time. This will place all three Spiritual Stones onto the altar and open up the
large door in front of you (known as the Door of Time). So, head up the steps
and go through it! Walk forward and you will see a sword on a pedestal. Navi
will point out that this is the Master Sword. So, what are we waiting for? Head
up the stairs and press A to pull out the Master Sword!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4g. Becoming Adult Link
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
*******************************************************************************
YOUNG LINK TO ADULT LINK TRANSITION
Uh oh, what's that music? Oh no, it's Ganondorf! He suspected we had the
ability to open the Door of Time, and we've let him into the Sacred Realm! And
now he's laughing evily! This isn't good.
After that, someone will tell us to wake up and call us "The Chosen One." We
get a first-person view of Link looking around the area that he is in.
Afterwards, he finds a man standing in front of him. He will introduce himself
as Rauru, one of the ancient Sages. He explains that the Temple of Time was
built to protect the entrance to the Sacred Realm. He also tells us that we are
currently in the Chamber of Sages (we'll be revisiting here a few times in the
future). The Chamber of Sages, found in the Temple of Light, is at the center
of the Sacred Realm, and is the last stronghold against Ganondorf, and the
final key to the Sacred Realm was the Master Sword. Rauru then tells Link to
look at himself.
Wow! Link is all grown up now! Rauru then tells us the Master Sword may never
be touched by evil, and only one who is worthy of the title "Hero of Time" can
pull the Master Sword out from the "Pedestal of Time" (so the pedestal has a
name too?). What happened was that Link, when he pulled out the Master Sword,
was too young to be the Hero of Time, so he was sealed in her for seven years
(hence, why you are now looking much older). So after seven years, Link is now
old enough to be the Hero of Time. And please, just hit Yes at the end of this.
However, while the Door of Time was opened in peace, Ganondorf used it to enter
the Sacred Realm, obtained the Triforce, and became the King of Evil, and now
Hyrule has been almost overtaken by monsters. What we can do to stop Ganondorf
is to awake the remaining Sages to contain Ganondorf's evil power in the Sacred
Realm. Rauru tells us to find the other sages, and he gives us a "Light
Medallion". We get a Medallion every time a Sage is awakened, so we have many
more to go.
BACK AT THE TEMPLE OF TIME
After that lengthy cut-scene, we are taken back to the Temple of Time. Navi
will really question whether or not seven years have passed. She will also tell
us that we can no longer use some of the items and weapons we have found as
kids. Here is a rundown of the items we can NOT use as Adult Link:
Slingshot
Boomerang
Deku Sticks
Deku Shield (Link has a Hylian Shield anyway)
Kokiri Sword (we have a Master Sword, plus another sword we can grab)
Magic Beans (no soft soil as adult Link)
Any Mask you have
Link then begins to walk out of the temple, and...now what?
There is a person standing behind us. Link, sensing that, pulls out his sword
and shield and turns around. The person mentions that the Sacred Voice will
call the people destined to be Sages, who are found in five temples. There is:
"One in a deep forest"
"One on a high mountain"
"One under a vast lake"
"One within the house of the dead"
"One inside a goddess of the sand"
The person then introduces themselves as Shiek. Shiek tells us to look for the
five Sages, and that one is waiting to be awakened in the Forest Temple, and
hints at it being a girl that we know. Shiek also warns us that we do not have
the proper equipment to get into the Forest Temple, and recommends that we go
to Kakariko Village.
*******************************************************************************
Alright, we can FINALLY control Link again. As stated, you won't be able to use
the items listed above. Also, with Link being older, the Hylian Shield is no
longer "heavy" and Link can use it to defend himself while using the Master
Sword.
One other thing is that as Adult Link, if you save anywhere outside a dungeon,
when loading up your game, you will be back at the Temple of Time. As Young
Link, your default starting location was your house in Kokiri Forest. If you're
Adult Link, you can start up at your house by saving the game while you're in
your house.
Another thing you should note is that you can't currently drop the Master Sword
into the pedestal and return to Young Link, as Shiek is standing in front of
the pedestal...
So, let's head outside.
-------
Market
-------
Whoa! It's cloudy, very windy, and barren out here. You can also notice some
red ring surrounding Death Mountain in the background. That surely wasn't there
before. Head out to the rest of the Market.
Yikes! This place is a ghost town! No one is here, save for a few ReDeads. You
don't need to fight them, as you have plenty of room to avoid them. In
addition, all of the buildings are destroyed! Most of these buildings however,
have relocated to Kakariko Village. Before doing anything else, head up north
to the castle area.
Oh no! The whole castle area is a wreck, too! Even worse, Hyrule Castle is no
longer here! Instead, there's Ganon's Castle! It's currently inaccessible at
the moment, but that shows you how much has changed over seven years.
Now go to the Market entrance. If you're interested, the guardhouse in the
corner is no longer a guardhouse. There's a person in there who will by Poes
from you. He will serve as important later.
Now, Shiek told us to go to Kakariko Village, but ignore that for now. Go to
Lon Lon Ranch, and be sure to have at least 100 Rupees on you.
--------------
Lon Lon Ranch
--------------
There have been some major changes here too. Talon no longer works here and has
been kicked out. The ranch is now run by the other worker, Ingo. If you want to
find Malon (all grown up now too), she is in the horse stable at the entrance.
The sad thing is, Malon will not recognize you at this time (she called you
"Fairy Boy" as a child). She explains that monsters are everywhere, towns have
been ruined, and people have left due to Ganondorf, and that Ingo is using the
ranch for Ganondorf. Talon was kicked out of the ranch by Ingo, and Ingo will
treat the horses badly if Malon doesn't listen to Ingo. Uh oh. Don't worry, we
can fix this! Head outside and talk to Ingo at the ranch.
Ingo says that Ganondorf gave control of the ranch to him, and will ask you if
you want to ride on a horse for 10 Rupees. Say Yes. Now, if you want to learn
about horse-riding, say Listen, otherwise, hit Don't Listen.
*******************************************************************************
WINNING EPONA
After paying Ingo, you have a minute to do whatever with the horses. But we
have an ace up our sleeves! Take out your Ocarina and play Epona's Song. Epona,
all grown up, will come towards you. So press A to get on her and ride her!
Now, to ride a horse, you will notice some carrots on the screen. Press A to
make the horse go faster. Pressing A uses up a carrot. The carrot will come
back if you don't press A for a second. If the carrots run out, you have to
wait several seconds for all of them to come back, which can slow down the
horse significantly, so try to keep at least one carrot lighted.
Also, the fences. You need to jump them on a straight line, not at an angle.
To stop the horse instantly, hold Down on the Circle Stick.
As I said, we have a minute to ride the horses. So, ride Epona for the entire
minute. Also, be sure to jump over both fences in here. Jumping over both of
them will give you a Blue Rupee each, so you can get the 10 Rupees you paid
back! After a minute, Ingo will call you back. Now, pay Ingo 10 Rupees to ride
on the horses again. Like last time, call Epona over with Epona's Song. Before
doing anything, jump across the two fences to get your 10 Rupees back. Now this
time, talk to Ingo who will say that you are getting better, and will challenge
to race you for 50 Rupees. Say yes to the challenge.
The race is just one lap around the perimeter of the ranch. The first race
isn't that hard. However, watch as Ingo will cheat a little bit. What you need
to do is press A as soon as the race starts to immediately get ahead out Ingo.
Now, during the first race, you only need to press A two or three times. Ingo
isn't that fast and shouldn't cut in front of you as long as you aren't going
ridiculously slow. Also, when making turns, make them sharp and to the inside
to cut Ingo off and make him go to the outside. After hitting A two or three
times, let your carrots refill. Near the end, just unload everything and go as
fast as you can to the finish line.
If you win, Ingo will challenge you to another race and will tell you that you
can keep the horse if you win again. Say Yes to this challenge. The second race
is a little harder, as Ingo is faster. Like the first time, he will cheat and
get a head start, so you have to be fast out of the gate. Get ahead of Ingo and
make inside turns. This time, hit A in intervals of three or four, and let it
refill. When you get to the end, just let out all of your carrots to get to the
finish line.
Ingo will keep his promise if we win, and we can keep Epona as ours! But Ingo
will NOT let us leave the ranch, and he'll close the gates on us! But, we have
a way of getting around this. You will see two fences on opposite sides of this
ranch. Just have Epona jump over them and we'll be back in Hyrule Field!
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
We now have Epona all to ourselves after that somewhat dramatic escape. A
couple of things about Epona:
1) She cannot be used in cities or towns, just in open fields.
2) You can call her over any time by playing Epona's Song.
3) You can only use a Fairy Bow while riding Epona, which we currently do not
have.
Also, you may run into Big Poes while riding around Hyrule Field as Epona.
Ignore them for now, as we cannot defeat them yet. Instead, go to Kakariko
Village.
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
Alright, lots of changes have happened here over seven years. Most notably:
1) Several of the people you saw at the Market will be in this village now.
2) That building that was under construction as Young Link is a Shooting
Gallery now.
3) The Bazaar and the Potion Shop have moved from the Market to here. Both
buildings are just in front of the entrance to Death Mountain Trail. The Bazaar
is the building on the left (which used to be the house of the little kid in
the Graveyard), and the Potion Shop is on the right (which used to be a vacant
building).
4) You can go through the Potion Shop to get to the area behind it.
We'll have a lot more to talk about here, but first, head to the central tree
and talk to the two people. One of them will mention how they saw the ghost of
Dampe with a treasure in the Graveyard. And we need that Treasure. So let's
head to the Graveyard!
----------
Graveyard
----------
There's not much that's different with the Graveyard as Adult Link, but we can
now move the graves during the daytime, as no one is here. Also, Poes do hang
out outside of their graves now.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: You can only get the Piece of Heart here if you planted the
Magic Bean in the soil as a kid. Go to where the soil was and you'll see a big,
giant leaf in its place. Step on the lead and it will take you upward. At the
top, get onto the ledge where there is a crate. Roll into the crate and you'll
find a Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Now, Dampe is dead, but his ghost does live on. To get to his grave, go left on
the stone path, then up, then to the left again. His grave is the furthest to
the left (the one with the flowers in front of it). Pull back the grave and go
into the hole that it reveals.
Down here, we'll find the ghost of Dampe. He will have a race with you. In this
"race", it doesn't matter who wins. Just follow Dampe the entire time. He
leaves behind a trail of flames. Just be careful not to touch the flames as
they will knock you back. If you get too far away from Dampe, you will be taken
back to the beginning of this place. So just follow Dampe the entire time and
don't take too long. During the first "race" it doesn't matter how long it
takes for you to get to the end.
At the end of the race, talk to Dampe. He will leave behind a large chest,
which holds his treasure. Open it to get the Hookshot. This is an item that you
can use to latch onto distant objects and be pulled to them (mostly wooden
objects, like crates). There are also targets that you can use for the
Hookshot. You can use the Hookshot to also attack and stun enemies. After you
have the Hookshot, proceed into the next room. You will be blocked by two blue
blocks that has the Door of Time engraving on them, so play the Song of Time to
remove the blocks. Now, climb up the ledge, up the stairs, and you'll find
yourself at the Windmill in Kakariko Village.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: We can also get the Piece of Heart in this windmill now. Just
jump onto the platform it is on (or use the spinning platform in the middle) to
get onto it and pick up the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Before leaving the Windmill, go talk to the man. This guy was overly happy as
Young Link, but now he looks pretty angry. He will mention that a little kid
came into his windmill and played a song on an Ocarina that messed up his
windmill. Now, pull out your Ocarina and he will play that song, which is
called the Song of Storms.
SONG OF STORMS
L, R, A, L, R, A
Just repeat the notes to learn the song. The Song of Storms obviously makes it
rain out, but it can be used to find secret holes too. And it will be important
for later on. After learning the Song of Storms, the windmill will be spinning
pretty fast, so get out of here.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: We can get another Piece of Heart now. If you want it, go back
to the Graveyard and race Dampe again. This time, you need to get to the end in
a minute or less, and Dampe will leave behind a Piece of Heart at the end. This
can be difficult. You need to be quick, so keep pressing A to roll around a
lot. However, you can't be too aggressive, as this increases your chances of </pre><pre id="faqspan-5">
rolling into a flame and slowing yourself down, so use it in spots where it is
safe.
This is difficult, but keep trying and you'll eventually get the Piece of
Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
*******************************************************************************
THE BIG GORON SWORD
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
We have the equipment we need to get to the Forest Temple, but we're not going
there just yet. Instead, how about a new toy?
While you're in Kakariko Village, talk to the Cucco Lady. She is in the same
spot as she was as Young Link. She tells you she's been breeding a rare kind of
Cucco, and one that won't give her goosebumps. She will ask if you want to take
her Cucco Egg, so say Yes.
Like the Egg you got from Malon, this Egg will hatch after a day. Unlike the
last time though, we don't need to wait, just play the Sun's Song twice to turn
day into night and then vice versa. After day, the Egg will hatch, turning into
a Pocket Cucco. However, the Cucco isn't very happy, and as the lady explains,
it can only be happy when it wakes up a lazy, sleepy person.
So, where is one? Go down to the house across from the tree. In here, you will
find Talon sound asleep on the bed. Use the Cucco in front of Talon to wake him
up. If you want to, talk to Talon who will say that he's heading back to
Lon Lon Ranch now.
Anyhow, once you're done, present the Cucco to the Cucco Lady. She will notice
that the Cucco looks very happy. She will then give us a blue-colored Cucco
named Cojiro, who apparently never crows. It was her brother's Cucco, and she
has no idea where her brother is. Her brother is in the Lost Woods, so let's go
there.
-----------
Lost Woods
-----------
At the start of the Lost Woods, go left into the area where the Skull Kid was.
You'll find a person sitting against the tree branch. Present Cojiro to this
person and he will ask to have him back. In exchange, this person will give you
an Odd Mushroom. He wants you to bring it to the old person who runs the Potion
Shop in Kakariko Village. However, you have a time limit to deliver this
mushroom. You have three minutes to do so. If the time expires, you'll wind up
back in front of this man and have to do this process again.
If you planted your Magic Beans in the Lost Woods, there is a shortcut out of
here. Go left into the next area and ride the giant leaf and jump onto the
bridge leading out of there. Otherwise, you'll have to go out through Kokiri
Forest.
Once you get to Hyrule Field, get on Epona and get to Kakariko Village as fast
as you can. If it is nighttime, play the Sun's Song BEFORE going into Kakariko
Village.
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
The potion shop the person mentioned wasn't the one that moved here from the
Market. Go into the Potion Shop (remember, it is the building in front of the
entrance to Death Mountain) and take the path leading to the backdoor. Out
here, go up the stairs and into the building. Present the lady the Odd Mushroom
and she will give you an Odd Poultice. She claims that "it is the strongest
medicine I have ever produced", while claiming "there is no potion that can
cure a fool." Wonder how many people in the real world would agree with that
statement...
With the Odd Poultice in hand, head back to the Lost Woods.
-----------
Lost Woods
-----------
Like last time, go Left from the Start of the Lost Woods into the area where
the Skull Kid was. However, we'll find that the man has been replaced by a girl
from Kokiri Forest. Present the Odd Poultice to the girl, who will want the
medicine as it comes from the forest. She will give us the Poacher's Saw that
the man left behind. We need to give this to a man in Gerudo Valley.
If you don't know how to get to Gerudo Valley, go to Hyrule Field. Go to the
western area on the map. You will see a brown area with some rocks up top. Go
up the slope into this area. The entrance is at the end. Be sure that you have
Epona with you!
--------------
Gerudo Valley
--------------
When you enter the area, use Epona to slowly cross that wooden board. Now,
ahead of you is a broken bridge with a large gap. You can use Epona running at
the bridge to leap over the gap. At the other side, you'll find a man standing
outside the tent. Give him the Poacher's Saw and he will give you the Broken
Goron Sword in return. We have to bring this to the Death Mountain Trail. So
get on Epona, jump across the broken bridge, and get to Death Mountain Trail.
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
The person that we need to give the Broken Goron Sword to is at the very top of
the mountain. However, if you planted a Magic Bean here as a kid, you can use
the new, big leaf (located at the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern) as a shortcut
to the top. Using the leaf, you can get as far as the area with the falling
rocks and boulders. If not, then you need to manually climb up the mountain.
Remember, before the top of the mountain is a wall you must climb up. This wall
still has Skullwalltulas, and you must defeat them with your Hookshot first,
otherwise they will knock you off.
When you get to the very top, walk a bit to the ride and a very large Goron
will get up. Notice that he is rubbing his eyes. If you talk to him, he'll
mention how his brother opened a shop in Goron City, but this Goron will state
that he makes better swords than he does. Present him the Broken Goron Sword
and he will mention that that sword is his. He would fix it, but is currently
having eye problems due to the recent eruption on this mountain. He will then
give you a Prescription to take to King Zora for new eye drops. So, head over
to Zora's Domain to get to King Zora. You can get there the same way as Young
Link. Go up Zora's River and play Zelda's Lullaby to open the entrance up.
However, heed this warning. Before going to Zora's River, place Epona at the
front of the river in Hyrule Field. This is so that you can immediately get to
Lake Hylia.
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
Go up to King Zora and you'll find that he is frozen. Well, that's a problem.
We can unfreeze the King using Blue Fire. You can get Blue Fire at the Potion
Shop at Kakariko Village for 300 Rupees. Um, yeah, sure. We can get it for free
in the Ice Cavern. How do we get there? Well, go behind King Zora to Zora's
Fountain.
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
Lord Jabu-Jabu has been replaced by numerous ice sheets acting as platforms. To
get to the Ice Cavern, jump across the first few ice sheets. You should then
see a spinning ice sheet to your left. Jump onto this ice sheet and then jump
across the next three. At the end should be a higher ledge and a cave entrance.
Go inside to get to the Ice Cavern.
-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------
There's a lot we can do here, but for now, we're only here for the Blue Fire.
Be sure to have an Empty Bottle. At the start of this place, follow the hall
until you get to a large room. You will be surrounded by several Freezards,
which are statue-like enemies. Defeat all of them to open up the path leading
to the next room. Just out for their icy breaths and attack very fast. In the
next area, destroy the icicles in your way and then follow the hall into the
next room. You must collect all of the Silver Rupees (worth 5 each) to solve
the puzzle.
1 and 2) The first two Silver Rupees are around that spinning blade fan. Watch
out for the fan.
3) The next one is on the outer edge of where the blade fan spins, so quickly
pick it up.
4) The fourth is behind a set of icicles. Just destroy the icicles with your
sword to get it.
5) The final Super Rupee is on top of the high ledge. Climb up there and jump
off the ledge to get it.
After all of the Silver Rupees are collected, some bars will open up at the top
of the ledge near the 5th Rupee, so go into the opening. In here, just follow
the opening until you get to a bigger room. Watch out for the Freezard along
the way.
When you get to the bigger room, climb up the ledges and jump across the
platforms until you get to a pit of Blue Fire. Watch out for the Freezards and
the Ice Keeses in this room. When you get to the fire, capture some of it using
an Empty Bottle. With the Blue Fire in hand, get out of here and go back to
King Zora. Just retrace your steps towards the entrance.
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
Just get up to King Zora and dump the Blue Fire on the ice next to him to
unfreeze him. Now, stand on the platform in front of the king. Talk to him and
he will give you a Zora Tunic! We can use this to go underwater and NOT drown.
Also, show him the Prescription and he will give us the Eyeball Frog. In order
to turn this into eye drops, we MUST give this to the lady at the laboratory in
Lake Hylia.
This is the most difficult part of the quest. You have 3 minutes to get to Lake
Hylia, and you don't have a whole of time to spare. Get out of Zora's Domain as
fast as you can. Follow Zora's River back to Hyrule Field. Now, get on Epona
and high-tail it to Lake Hylia. The entrance is in the southwest corner of
Hyrule Field, beyond two fences.
-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------
When you get to the laboratory, turn Epona around so that she is facing away
from the lab. Now, get off of her and head into the laboratory.
Give the Eyeball Frog to the lady. She will initially think it's for dinner,
but is disappointed to find out that it's going to be used as eye drops. She
will then give you the World's Finest Eyedrops. You need to deliver these back
to Big Goron on top of Death Mountain. You also have a time limit with this
item. You have 4 minutes to bring it back to Big Goron, so Epona is necessary.
Also, be warned that if you mess up here, you need to start all the way back in
front of King Zora with the Prescription.
So, get on Epona, get out of Lake Hylia, gallop across Hyrule Field, and get to
Death Mountain as fast as you can.
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
This is where that Magic Bean being planted REALLY helps out Adult Link. You
can use it to save a good amount of time by skipping about half the mountain.
If you didn't plant the Magic Bean, then you can still make it, but you'll have
less time to spare. Like last time, be careful around the falling rocks and
destroy the Skullwalltulas near the top of the mountain so that you can climb
the wall. At the top, quickly give the Eye Drops to Big Goron. You'll hear two
massive drops go into his eyes (which can be heard anywhere in the mountain)
and he'll let out a big "WOW!" With his eyes now back in top shape, he'll work
on fixing the broken sword. It will take three days for him to have the sword
ready.
What you can do is just play the Sun's Song six times in a row, which is the
equivalent of three days passing by. Afterward, if done correctly, present the
Claim Check to Big Goron, and he will give you Big Goron's Sword in return!
The Big Goron's Sword is arguably the most powerful weapon in this game. It is
even stronger than the evil-destroying Master Sword. I highly recommend using
this sword for fighting for the rest of the game. The only drawback to this
sword is that Link needs two hands to hold onto the sword, meaning he can't use
his shield at the same time.
Save your game. With the Big Goron's Sword in our hand, equip it. Now, let's
now get to the Forest Temple.
END BIG GORON'S SWORD TRADING SEQUENCE
*******************************************************************************
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4h. An Old Friend in the Forest Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
Let's start out by going to the Kokiri Forest.
--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------
Holy smokes! What happened to this place? It's been completely overtaken by
monsters! There are Deku Babas and Deku Scrubs everywhere! All of the kids have
moved indoors. Talking to them, you will find that Saria has gone to the Forest
Temple and hasn't come back, some of them will think you look very familiar,
and some will say that Link has left the forest and never came back (while not
recognizing you).
Also, you can't go into the Deku Tree as Adult Link, if you were wondering. The
entrance into the tree isn't even there.
If you planted the Magic Bean next to Item Shop as a kid, the leaf will take
you around the forest. The only new area you can get to is this little alcove
near the item shop that has several Rupees on it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula exclusive to Adult Link here. It is
found on the Twin Sister's house (the house across the from the item shop).
When you find this Skulltula, you can attack it with your Hookshot. After the
Gold Skulltula is destroyed, you can then use your Hookshot again to reel in
the token.
If you had gotten all of the prior Gold Skulltulas here as Young Link, you will
now have defeated all of the Gold Skulltulas in the Kokiri Forest.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
So, the Forest Temple is in the Sacred Forest Meadow, where we learned Saria's
Song. So let's go to the Lost Woods.
-----------
Lost Woods
-----------
We need to make our way to the Sacred Forest Meadow. Start by going right,
left, right. The entrance we need to go through is on the left, but Mido is
blocking it and won't let anyone through. If you talk to Mido, he says that he
promised Saria that he wouldn't let anyone go through this area. He will only
let us through if we can prove that we are friends with Saria, so play Saria's
Song.
Mido will be surprised, claiming that Saria only taught that song to her
friends. He also mentions that he remembers "him" (Young Link) when looking at
you. You know, what if Link ever admitted to these kids that he was all grown
up? Anyhow, proceed through the entrance.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: In the next area, go left to the area where the Forest Stage
is. If you planted the Magic Bean here, you can get a Gold Skulltula. Ride the
big leaf up to the ledge at the top. Destroy the Gold Skulltula at the top and
then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Go back into the previous area. With your back against the area leading towards
the Forest Stage, go left (or straight if coming from where you saw Mido). Go
left, and then right to get to the Sacred Forest Meadow.
----------------------
Sacred Forest Meadow
----------------------
Ok, you have to be pretty careful here. There are Moblins, which are giant-like
enemies patrolling the maze ahead. If they spot you, they will charge at you
with their spear and drive you into the water. Before entering the maze, Navi
gives you some pretty good advice on how to deal with the upcoming area. When
going through the maze, hold down L so that you are always looking straight,
and won't be caught off-guard by an off-camera enemy. So let's head into the
maze.
The first Moblin is around the corner. Wait until his back is to you. You can
destroy it in one hit with your Hookshot. With the Moblin gone, go right and
head around the corner. There is another Moblin here, so stay back and attack
it when it is safe. Head down the next path and go around the corner to the
right on the other side.
There is a Moblin down the next path, so defeat it when it is safe to do so. Go
down the path and then go through the opening you see on the left, through the
patch of flowers. In here, go right and head around the corner. There is a
Moblin here, so attack it when its back is to you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may also hear the sound of a Gold Skulltula swishing. It
will be up against the wall to your right. Look up and you should see it.
Defeat it with the Hookshot and then reel the token in with your Hookshot. This
should be the last Gold Skulltula found in the Lost Woods.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From the Gold Skulltula, jump into the water nearby. Do NOT climb up the ledge
to the next area just yet, as there may be a Moblin waiting for you. Climb up
to the ledge when it is safe, and then head up the stairs to your right.
At the top of the stairs is a Club Moblin. This one doesn't charge at you with
a spear, but instead smashes the ground with his club, creating a shockwave on
the ground that is coming at you. One strategy to avoid this is get on one side
(either left or right) and wait for the Moblin to raise his club. When this
happens, move to the other side as he will send the shockwave towards your
previous spot. Repeat this until you get to the Club Moblin, then defeat him
with your sword when you get up close. Get behind him, as he is unable to turn
around and continue attacking. When all is said and done, head up the next set
of steps.
We'll be back at Link and Saria's secret place. Link will walk up to the tree
stump and find that Saria isn't there. Shiek will then appear and teach us a
new song, the Minuet of Forest.
MINUET OF FOREST
L, A, X, Y, X, Y
Repeat the music notes to learn the song, as usual. The Minuet of Forest is a
warping song. We can use it to warp to that panel in the middle of the area at
almost any time. Afterwards, Shiek will leave, using I guess some super-awesome
Deku Nut.
Now, the Forest Temple is just above us. The staircase leading to it seems to
have crumbled, but we can get to it with the Hookshot. Just fire the Hookshot
at the tree branch hanging just above the stairs. Link will latch onto the tree
branch and be pulled to it. Now, enter the Forest Temple.
--------------
Forest Temple
--------------
To be honest, the Forest Temple music is probably one of my two favorite music
tracks in this game. Upon entering, turn right and climb up the vines you see.
Use them to get on top of the dead tree next to you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Well, that is fast. You probably noticed the Gold Skulltula
climbing up the vines. Just defeat it with the Hookshot and then reel in the
token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, walk across the tree branch. You will come
across another tree, which has a mini chest on it. You can either jump onto
this tree, or use your Hookshot to pull yourself to the mini chest, which I
think is safer. Open the chest to get the Small Key. Now, drop back down to the
floor below you. Watch out for the Wolfos that have appeared, and then open the
door. In this hallway, you will notice a Big Skulltula hanging from the
ceiling. Fortunately, these are easier to defeat as Adult Link (and faster).
Just fire your Hookshot at it to defeat it. Now, open the door leading to the
next room.
There is an elevator in the middle of this room. However, the four flames on
the torches surrounding the elevator will turn into Poes, and float away,
making the elevator inaccessible. So in order to use that elevator, we must get
all four torches lighted up again. Head to the other side of the room, head up
the stairs. Before opening the door, stop.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall to your right. Defeat it
with your Hookshot and reel in the toen with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
With the Gold Skulltula defeated, open the door. There is a Blue Bubble in this
hallway. Just run into it holding your shield out to get rid of the blue
flames, and then attack the skull with your sword. Anyhow, open the door on the
other side of the room. The door will lock when entering the next room.
*******************************************************************************
MINI BOSS: STALFOS (x2)
Difficulty: Medium
The only reason I give these guys a Medium rating is that they are a bit
strong. One hit from their sword attack takes away a full heart, so be careful.
Stalfos are skeleton-like enemies. They also have shields, making it difficult
to attack them. L-Target them and wait for them to attack. This is when their
shields will drop, so get a quick strike in there with your own sword.
Both of them should go down after a few hits with your sword.
*******************************************************************************
After the fight, a mini chest will appear, so open it and get the Small Key.
Now, head back to the room that had the elevator. Back in here, head down the
stairs and jump off the ledge. Turn right and head into the opening. You'll
find a blue block with the Door of Time engraving on it, so play the Song of
Time to remove it. Open the door that you find behind here.
Watch out for the Big Deku Baba when entering the room. Defeat it and then head
right, where you will find vines on the wall. Before climbing up the vines,
destroy the Skullwalltulas with your Hookshot. Now, climb up the vines. Climb
into the opening at the top. Up here, open the door in front of you. In this
room, the doors will lock when entering. Defeat the Blue Bubble in here by
running into it with your shield and then hitting the exposed skull with your
sword. After defeating it, a large chest will appear. Open it for the Dungeon
Map, and then open the door on the other side of this room.
Defeat the Deku Baba in front of you and then look left. You should see another
balcony. To get to this balcony, look above it and you'll see a white circle.
This is a target for your Hookshot. Use your Hookshot to pull yourself onto
that target and then to land onto the balcony. On here, hit the switch in front
of you. This will drain out the water in the well on the ground below us. So
jump off the balcony and onto the ground. Down here, defeat the Big Deku Baba
and the Octorok in the water.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: This one is a bit tricky to get. It is on the wall on the
higher ledge across from the water. Your Hookshot, depending on where you are,
can extend out just long enough to reach it. If you can't reach it, get as
close to the water's edge as you can. Also, making small adjustments to where
you are aiming the Hookshot can help defeat the Gold Skulltula and reel in the
token. We can get this with the Longshot later, but it's recommended to do it
now and not need a second trip.
Keep trying!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skullulta, go over to the well and climb down the
ladder. At the bottom, just run across the long, straight path and pick up the
Hearts if you need them. At the end, just open up the mini chest for another
Small Key. You should have three in your inventory by now. Now, climb up the
vines to get out of this well. Up here, get to the ground below you, and then
go up the stairs and open the door at the top. We'll be back in the elevator
room. From here, go straight and climb up the ledge to your right. At the top,
head up the stairs. You'll be in front of a locked door. Open it with a Small
Key.
This is another short hallway. Defeat the Big Skulltula on the ceiling with the
Hookshot, and then open the door on the other side of the hall. There is a
long, and sometimes confusing puzzle in this room involving pushing blocks
around. Start by climbing up the two ladders across from you. At the top, head
into the tunnel around the corner. Navi will point out that there are arrows on
the floor. These arrows show us where to push the blocks around. Head into the
first opening to your left, where you will find a large, blue stone block. Pull
the block out until it is out of the opening completely. Now, push the block
forward until it bumps into the wall. To complete this puzzle, go into the
opening where the block was. Use this path to get to the other side of the
block. On this side, push the block into the ditch and we will have solved the
first puzzle!
Even with this puzzle solved, don't climb up the blue block just yet. Instead,
facing the block, turn right and then go into the opening to your right, where
the blue block originally was. To the left is a ladder, so climb up it. At the
top, head right and then go through the tunnel to your right. Across from you
is a brown block. Push this all the way until it hits the wall and you can no
longer push it. Now, turn around, head back down the ladder, and go to where
the blue block is pushed into. Climb up the blue block and then climb up to the
ledge to your right. Up here, turn right and you will see the brown block. Just
push it forward and it will eventually be pushed into the little pit. Now, we
can climb up it and then climb up to the higher floor.
Up here, head right and go around the corner. You will get to a ladder, so
climb up it. At the top, go around the corner and you will get to a larger
room. Note the eye switch right above the door. We'll need to come back to this
later. For now, open the locked door in this room using the Small Key. We will
be in a twisted hallway (which Navi points out). Just get to the opening on the
other side of this hallway. Navi will then alert you to watch out for the
shadows of monsters that hang from the ceiling. Basically, there is an enemy
called a Wallmaster in this room. If you hang around too long, you'll notice
that a shadow appear above your head. If you don't move, the monster will pick
you up and bring you back to the start of the dungeon. Anyway, jump onto the
pillar and then get to the opening to your right. Open the locked door in front
of you using a Small Key.
You will notice a picture with a Poe in it across from you. It will disappear
if you get close to it, but ignore it for now. Instead, head down the flight of
stairs. At the bottom, open the door across from you. The door in the next room
will lock. Mini-boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: STALFOS (x3)
Difficulty: Medium
Watch out in the first part of the fight, as there is a pit in the middle of
the room. Let the first Stalfos come to you. Like the first fight, you can
attack it when it is about to attack you.
After the first Stalfos is defeated, a platform will lower to cover the gap in
the middle of the room. Then, two more Stalfos will appear. Defeat both of them
quickly.
*******************************************************************************
After the fight, both doors will unlock. More importantly, a large chest will
appear in the middle of the room. Open it and you will get the Fairy Bow! This
is Adult Link's equivalent of the Slingshot. Immediately assign this weapon to
X or Y, as we will be using this weapon a lot. To use it, press your assigned
button to take it out, and then press it again to fire an arrow. Your current
quiver, by the way (which can be upgraded), can hold up to 30 arrows, so keep
that in mind. With the Fairy Bow in hand, head back to the previous room. If
you don't remember, it was the door with the red carpet.
Now, there are three pictures here and one Poe. You must fire an arrow using
your Fairy Bow at the picture that has the Poe in it. If you see a Poe in front
of a picture, looking at it directly in most cases will cause the Poe to move
to another picture, so you have to be sneaky.
1) If the Poe is on the picture at the top of the second flight of stairs, stay
at the bottom of the stairs. Now, move a little to the right (out of the path
of the stairs), so that you aren't directly facing the picture. Fire an arrow
at the picture to make the Poe go away.
2) There are two more picture frames. One is at the bottom of the second flight
of stairs, while the other is above the first flight of stairs. Again, to
attack the picture with the Poe without having the Poe disappear, stay out of
the direct line of sight of the picture (as in, stay to the side)
3) Taking care of the last picture will be easy, as there is no place for the
Poe to go. Just stand in front of it and fire your Bow at the picture.
With all three picture frames gone, the Red Poe will go down to the bottom
floor, where we fight it face to face. This Poe's name is Joelle, one of the
four Poe Sisters. The only way you can defeat her is with a Bow. It is an easy,
but long and drawn out fight. L-Target Joelle and hit her with an arrow. She
will then disappear. During this time, keep track of her and dodge her as she
charges at you (while invisible) with her torch. She will then re-appear, so
quickly fire another arrow at her, and this whole process will repeat. Repeat
this entire fight until Joelle is defeated. Once she is defeated, you will
notice the red flame on the torch will move over to the torch next to the door.
This will also light up one of the four torches in the elevator room. Also, a
small chest will appear, so open it to get a Small Key. Now, head up the stairs
and open the door at the top. Backtrack back to the twisted hallway and open
the door at the end.
Remember that eye switch I mentioned? Fire at the eye to make it close. The
hallway in the next room will un-twist itself (which also moves around the
objects in the room right after). So, go back into the next room, head across
the hallway, and then jump into the floor below you. Down here, open the blue
chest and you'll find the Boss Key. This will allow us to get into the room
where the boss is located. Now, drop into the pit below you. Down here, destroy
both Blue Bubbles (hit the flames with your shield to get rid of them), and the
door in this room will unlock, so open it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Out in this room, turn left. Jump onto that narrow walkway that
has two hearts on it, and slowly walk to the other side. There is a Gold
Skulltula on the wall up above. Destroy it with the Hookshot and then reel in
the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you defeat the Gold Skulltula, turn around and get back onto the walkway
across from you. Back on here, turn left and defeat the Big Deku Baba. Across
from you is a door, but don't open it yet. Instead, go into the opening to your
right and open the door. The door will lock, and we will then have to fight an
enemy called a Floormaster. It is a hand-shaped enemy, and we cannot attack it
when it is green. When you hit it, it will split into three tiny hands. Quickly
destroy all of them before they regroup back into a Floormaster. One way to
defeat the little hands is to use a magic spinning attack so that the increased
range of your sword will hit all of them. When they are defeated, a mini chest
will appear in this room, so open it for the Small Key. The door in this room
will unlock too, so leave. Back out here, open the door to your right.
We'll be back in the room that had the stone block puzzles. Climb back up to
the top of the room. Before going through the door at the top, shoot the eye
switch again, which will open the eye. This will twist the hallway and allow us
to get into the hallway beyond that one. So, go through the door, go through
both hallways, and you'll be back in the room where you fought the Red Poe,
Joelle. From here,head into the room with the Fairy Bow. In here, open the door
across from you that has a blue carpet in front of it.
This room is exactly the same as the room we just fought Joelle. There are
three pictures and a Poe is in one of them. You must again shoot an arrow at
the picture with the Poe on this, eventually destroying all three pictures.
Again, avoid being in a direct line-of-sight from the pictures. Once you've
done this, the blue-colored Poe will go down to the bottom, so follow her. This
Poe's name is Beth. Like the first Poe, you must hit it with an arrow when it
is visible. Hitting Beth will cause her to go invisible, so wait for her to re-
emerge and then fire again. Once she is eventually defeated, the blue flame on
her torch will carry over to the torch in this room. A large chest will also
appear, so open it for the Compass. Now, head up both flights of stairs in this
room. At the top, open the locked door across from you with the Small Key.
In here, Navi will alert you again to watch out for the monsters from the
ceiling above. This time, climb up the ladder to your right to get into the
hallway. This is a non-twisted hallway. Unlock the door at the other end using
the Small Key and then open the door.
You will notice four pillars spinning around the torch in the middle of the
room. There is also a frozen eye switch in this room. What you have to do is
get on one of the spinning pillars. Take out your Fairy Bow, and then line up
your Bow so that when both the torch and the switch are in front of you, fire
the arrow. If done correctly, the arrow will go through the fire and then hit
the ice, causing the ice to melt and then for the switch to activate. This is
tricky, and can take several tries. Once you hit the switch, the hallway in the
previous room will be twisted. Go through the twisted hallway and then jump
into the pit at the bottom. Down here, you'll notice a hole in the floor, so
jump through it.
Down here, you will be in a long room with a checker-patterned floor. Walk
forward and Navi will tell you to watch for the falling ceiling. When the
ceiling falls, look for gaps in the ceiling. These are safe spots that you can
stand under when the ceiling falls. Also, watch out, as if you get hit by the
falling ceiling, you'll have to start this puzzle again. When progressing
through the room, also watch out for the Big Skulltulas that drop from the
ceiling. The fastest way to beat them is with the Hookshot, so quickly defeat
them before the ceiling falls. Remember to stand under an opening in the
ceiling when it falls, so you won't get hurt. While going through this room,
you also must hit the switch on the ride side of the wall to open up the locked
door across from you, so be sure to get to the switch and step on it.
Eventually, you'll get to the other side of the room. Open the door at the end.
In this room, there will be a picture with a Green Poe to your left. Shoot at
the picture and you will have to solve a puzzle. Five little blocks will drop
to the ground. Each block as a piece of the Poe from the picture. You must push
together four of the blocks to get the complete picture of the Poe. One of the
five blocks is NOT required for this, so push it off to the side. You also have
one minute to do this. If time runs out, the blocks will turn over, scrambling
the puzzle, and you will have to try this again.
Once the puzzle is solved (again, by pushing them together to form the complete
picture of the Poe), the Green Poe will come out of the picture to attack you.
Her name is Amy. You fight Amy the same way you fought her other two sisters.
Attack her with the Bow when she's visible, avoid her when he's invisible, and
repeat. After the fight, her green flame on the torch she was carrying will
carry over to the torch in this room. The door in this room will also unlock,
so open it. Three down, one to go!
Destroy the Big Skulltula hanging from the ceiling and then open the door at
the other end of this short hall. We are back in the elevator room. Head to the
middle of the area where you will find a purple Poe. Walk up to her and the
fight will begin.
******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Meg
Difficulty: Easy
The catch to this fight is that Meg, the purple Poe, will divide herself into
four Megs. You must find out which is the real one. Stand in the middle and pay
attention. The Meg that spins around at the start is the real one, so quickly
attack the one that spins. If you hit the real one, Meg will go invisible.
Hitting a fake one will cause it to disappear. If you take too long, Meg will
attack you.
When you hit the real one, Meg will go invisible. Wait for her to re-emerge,
along with her clones, and then attack the real, spinning one again. Just
repeat this process until Meg is defeated.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, Meg's purple flame will light the fourth and final
torch. The elevator will come out from the floor, so we can stand on it and
ride it down to the floor below.
Down here is one last puzzle. You will notice two blue carpets and two red
carpets, and a wall surrounding the area. The two blue carpets lead into
openings that are locked. To unlock them, we need to hit switches that are in
other parts of this room. We can access other parts of this room by moving the
wall around.
First, look at your map and make sure you are facing the northern part of this
room, which leads to the boss. Now, turn left. See the two parts of the wall
sticking out? Get to the right of this notch and push it to the left. This will
cause the walls to move around in this room. It will also cause the openings to
lead to other parts of the room. To put this in another way, push the walls
around so that they are moving counterclockwise around the area. Looking at the
map, the opening to the northwest room should now be available. There is a
switch in this room, so step on it. This will open up a locked gate behind one
of the red carpets. Now, push the notch on the wall so that it is moved. Both
notches should now be on the blue carpets, while the openings should be on the
red carpets.
Go through the opening in the east part of the room and hit the switch. This
should open a locked gate behind one of the rooms that has a blue carpet going
into it. With the switch hit, push the notches on the wall to that they are
moved once again. Using the map, the notches should be on the northwest and
southeast diagonal spots, while the openings should be on the northeast and
southwest spots.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: The final Gold Skulltula is down here. With the openings on the
wall on the southwest and northeast. Go into the southwest opening. In front of
you is a Big Skulltula, so destroy it. If you need Arrows for your Bow, open
the mini-chest. The Gold Skulltula is up on the wall to the right of the chest,
so destroy it and reel in the token with the Hookshot. We now have all Gold
Skulltulas in the Forest Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you defeat the final Gold Skulltula in this place, push the notches one
more time counterclockwise. The openings should now be on the blue carpets. Go
through the southern opening and hit the switch. Hitting the switch here will
unlock the final gate, on the northern opening in this place. Go into the
opening now on the north side. In here, go down the hallway. At the end is a
locked door. Unlock the door by using your Boss Key and we'll go through.
In this room, head up the stairs into the little arena up top. Now, try to
exit. Suddenly, spiked bars will rise up from the floor and we will be trapped.
Then we will see the boss, Phantom Ganon!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Evil Spirit from Beyond
Phantom Ganon
Difficulty: Medium
Yes, he is titled "Evil Spirit from Beyond." Did they take that name out of a
superhero comic book or something? At the beginning of the fight, he will also
remove his fake face and have the face of an actual ghost.
Anyhow, Phantom Ganon is floating in the air on his horse. There are two parts
to this boss. Note that the room is surrounded with pictures. At the beginning
of the fight, Phantom Ganon will jump into one of the pictures, and go down the
little path in this picture. During this time, take out your Fairy Bow and
closely monitor all of the pictures. Phantom Ganon will be coming down the path
and out of the picture. There are two Phantom Ganons, and one of them is real.
The real one looks a bit lighter, will have its horse making galloping sounds,
and comes out of the picture in a purple vortex. When you find the real Ganon,
quickly fire an arrow at it (shoot that purple vortex).
If you are not fast enough, Phantom Ganon will completely jump out of the
picture, and fire electricity at you. The only way to avoid this attack is to
get on one of the Triforce symbols in the corner.
Hang in there, and keep shooting at the real Phantom Ganon whenever he is about
to come out of the picture. After three hits, Phantom Ganon will ditch his
horse and the second part of this fight will start.
PART II
In the second part, Phantom Ganon will be floating in the way. He will use his
magic wand to fire an energy ball at you. You must use your sword to hit it
back at Phantom Ganon. Either the ball will miss Phantom Ganon or he will hit
it back at you, and in that case you must use your sword to hit it back at him.
After a while, the energy ball will eventually hit Phantom Ganon and will stun
him. During this time, attack him as many times as you can with your sword
before he gets up.
His energy ball can do a good amount of damage, so don't get hit by it too
much. Having Lon Lon Milk or a Fairy can help out a bit here too. And keep him
L-Targeted, otherwise it may be difficult to hit the energy ball again.
Hang in there, and after hitting him many times with your sword (it only takes
six hits with Big Goron's Sword), he will be defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
At the end of the fight, Phantom Ganon will mention that "it won't be easy"
when you fight the real him, and that his Phantom self was one of his worst
creations. He will eventually disintegrate, leaving behind a Heart Container,
so pick it up. Also, step into the blue warp area and Link will be transported
away in what looks like a blue glass (or a giant Blue Rupee, right?)
---------------------
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------
Link will be taken to the Chamber of the Sages, where Saria will emerge. She
will become the Sage of the Forest Temple. Saria will then give us the Forest
Medallion, adding her power to ours.
I will always be...your friend...
--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------
Link is then warped back to the Kokiri Forest, right in front of the Deku Tree.
He will suddenly be surprised from a sprout that pops up from the ground. This
is the Deku Tree sprout. He is now able to grow as we broke the curse in the
Forest Temple. The sprout also explains how none of the Kokiri kids could
recognize you, all grown up. Kokiri kids never grow up, and the fact that Link
was able to grow up is because Link is actually a Hylian, not a Kokiri. The
sprout reveals how Link ended up in this forest. Link was brought her by her
mother to escape the war in Hyrule, and left Link in the hands of the Deku
Tree.
Navi then comes in, telling us to go to the Temple of Time.
I should also note that all of the monsters crawling around this forest are
gone, now that the Forest Temple is cleared. Everyone is back outside now!
For another fun twist, if you go to the Lost Woods and talk to Mido, He will
realize that Saria isn't coming back, and then Saria kind of liked Link. Mido
also tells us that if we ever run into Link (seeing as he can't recognize Link
in front of him), to tell him that Mido is sorry for being mean to him.
Again, we need to go to the Temple of Time, but before we do that, who's up for
slaying some Gerudos? Take Epona and go to Gerudo Valley.
--------------
Gerudo Valley
--------------
Now, in Geurdo Valley, the bridge is cut off. Walk slowly over the wooden path
with Epona, and then run to the bridge at first speed. Epona will jump the gap
and land on the other side. On the other side is a tent. Outside the tent is
the boss carpenter. Remember him from Kakariko Village as Young Link? The guy
who said all his workers are useless? If you talk to him, he'll mention that
all four of his workers were tired of being carpenters, and wanted to be
thieves, so they ran off to Gerudo's Fortress. He wants us to go check out how
they're doing.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA (x2): There is a Gold Skulltula behind the tent up against the
wall. Just go behind the tent, defeat it, and then reel it in with the
Hookshot.
There is another Gold Skulltula in the area. From the first one, turn around.
Across from you should be a rocky pillar. On the other side of this pillar is a
Gold Skulltula. You can defeat it and reel in the token using your Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you get both Gold Skulltulas, continue going down the path, into Gerudo's
Fortress.
------------------
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------
You need to be VERY careful around here. There are Gerudos patrolling the area,
and if they spot you, you will be thrown to prison. If you are thrown to
prison, the entire area is wooden. You can escape by using your Hookshot above
you (or by warping out).
When entering the area, go all the way straight, past the staircase on your
right. Beyond the staircase is a slope leading upwards. Slowly walk up it. At
the top, there will be an opening leading into a building across from you.
Before running into it, carefully look to your right, where you will see a
Gerudo patrolling around. You can actually knock out the Gerudo by firing an
arrow at her, so hit her with an arrow. Once the Gerudo is down, go into the
opening across from you.
PRISONER #1
The building is called the "Thieves' Hideout". In here, just head right and you
will come to a prison area. A prisoner will call you over. Talk to him and you
will find out he is one of the prisoners. He will tell you to be careful, and
then watch out!
You will be ambushed by a Geurdo Thief! Quickly turn around, L-Target here, and
back off. She has two machetes that she will attack you with. Keep attacking
her with her sword. If you let her get too close to you, she'll capture you and
throw her into prison! Like Stalfos, attack right when they are about to
attack. If you are fighting her from a distance, you can also attack her using
your Fairy Bow.
After she is defeated, she will drop a Small Key. Pick it up and use it to open
the prison cell. Go inside and talk to the prisoner. His name is Ichiro. He
will explain that he and his buddies were interested in joining this all-female
group, but were locked out because they are men. So, he'll tell you that three
of his co-workers remain imprisoned, and then he'll wander off.
PRISONER #2
To get to the second prisoner, exit the building through the opening next to
the prison. You'll be back outside. Out here, just head back into the building
using the opening across from you. In here, head up the slope, now, peak to the
right and look to the other side of this hall. You should see a Gerudo
patrolling back and forth. She can't see you from here, so fire an arrow at her
to knock her down. Now, head carefully to the other side of the hallway. Over
here, look down the hall the Gerudo was patrolling, and you should see an even
bigger room. In there are two Gerudos, so wait for them to come into your sight
and then knock them down. Head into the bigger room afterwards.
There are two staircases you can take in this area. Take the staircase on your
left, and head outside at the top. Out here, there is an opening next to you,
so go into it and back into the hideout. In here, head down the ramp and you'll
come into a prison area. Like the last time, talk to the prisoner after he
calls you over and a Gerudo Thief will appear. Defeat her the same way you
defeated the first one and she will drop a Small Key after being defeated. Use
the Small Key to unlock the prison door, and then head inside to talk to the
prisoner. This prisoner's name, for whatever it's worth, is Jiro.
After he trots out of here, leave this building the same way you came out.
PRISONER #3
You should be outside. Across from you should be a set of vines. Climb down
them and go through the opening at the bottom leading back into the Hideout. In
here, smash the jars for Arrows if you need them, and then head down the ramp.
You'll be in another prison area. Talk to the prisoner, defeat the Gerudo
Thief, pick up the Small Key, and open the prison door and talk to the prisoner
again. The name of his prisoner is Sabooro. Three down, one to go!
PRISONER #4
This final prison area is usually the hardest for me to find. After saving the
third prisoner, leave the prison and exit the building the same way you entered
it. Back out here, climb up the vines across from you and then head into the
hideout opening to the left. You'll be back in that big room that had two
Gerudos patrolling around. They have come back, so be sure to knock them both </pre><pre id="faqspan-6">
out. You can easily take them out from your current position, as they won't see
you. When both are knocked down, go down to the ground below you. Just watch
out for the other Gerudo in the area. This time, take the staircase to the
right and leave the building at the top.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Facing the opening you came out of, there is a platform to your
left. Jump onto it. At night, there is a Gold Skulltula on the wall here. Just
defeat it and then reel in the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, drop down to the platform just below you.
Down here is another opening leading back into the hideout. Go into this one.
When entering, stay where you are. Draw out your Fairy Bow and wait for a
Gerudo to come around the area. Quickly knock her down when she comes on the
screen. Once she is down, you can safely come out. Go around the corner and
head right. Head left through the opening on the left and follow this hallway
into a prison area. The prisoner will call you over, so go talk to him and the
Gerudo Thief will appear, so defeat her. After the fight, she will leave behind
a Small Key, so pick it up. Use it to open up the prison door, and talk to
Shiro, the fourth and final prisoner! After the chat, he will leave, and we
have now saved all of the carpenters! He'll also give us a hint, saying that we
need the "eye of truth" in order to cross the Haunted Wasteland. That's nice
and all, but we'll save that for much, much later.
If you have noticed, the carpenters said they would repay the favor somehow if
you were to save all of them. Their little gift to you is that they will repair
the bridge at Gerudo Valley. Now you can cross it without Epona!
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
RACE WITH THE RUNNING MAN
One other note is that if you go back to the tent, you will find the running
man in there. Remember him? He was the one you sold the Bunny Hood mask to. He
was the guy running around Hyrule Field. With the bridge fixed, he will
challenge you to a race. The finishing point is the bridge leading back to the
Kokiri Forest. Your time is recorded and will show up at your house, but no
matter how fast you are, you will find the running man on the bridge when you
get there, where he will tell you that he beat you by one second. Raise your
hand if that irritated you as a kid!
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
After the prisoner wanders off, another Gerudo will appear. She tells you that
she noticed you sneaking around the guards and freeing the prisoners. Like all
Gerudos, she doesn't think too highly of men, but leaves you out as an
exception. She is also running the fortress instead of another Gerudo leader,
Nabooru. At the end of the chat, she will give us a Gerudo Token!
This will allow us to walk freely around Gerudo's Fortress. You won't be
captured by the Gerudos, and you can even go to the archery range and the
Gerudo Training Ground (which we don't have all of the proper equipment for).
Once you're done here, head back outside.
GERUDO'S FORTRESS ARCHERY RANGE
With our new Gerudo Token, let's go to the Archery Range. Be sure to bring
Epona with you, as she is required for this too. The Archery Range is just
beyond the hideout complex and up the slope at the top. Come here at night
first.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on a target in the very back of this
area. Just defeat the Gold Skulltula and use the Hookshot to reel in the token.
We now have all of the (albeit two) Gold Skulltulas in Gerudo's Fortress!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, play the Sun's Song to change it to daytime.
Come back to the archery range on Epona. Talk to the Gerudo while on Epona, and
she will let us play a game here called Horseback Archery for 20 Rupees. She
wants us to get at least 1,000 points.
So, here's how the game works. You will be riding on Epona. However, you can't
control Epona, as she is moving by herself. All you can do is look around and
aim/fire your Fairy Bow. There are jars you can destroy (100 points each) and
numerous targets. Hitting a bulls-eye on them will get you 100 points for each
one. Otherwise, you get less points the further away from the target you area.
When the game starts, you'll see a row of jars. I recommend getting all of
these first. It takes practice, but hitting them all can get you a quick 700
points, making the rest of the game much easier. Just line up your Bow for the
first jar and if you hit it, fire the arrows again in a consistent succession
to hit the next six jars.
After the jars, you'll loop around a target at the end. Hit the target a couple
of times and try to get bulls-eyes. Afterwards, you'll cross the rows of jars
again. This time, focus on the large targets behind them, and hit them as many
times as you can. After this, you will come to one last target before the game
ends.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: So, what happens if you finish this game with over 1,000
points? Well, the Gerudo will reward you with a Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you win the Piece of Heart, talk to the Gerudo again. This time, the
threshold is 1500 points, which is a bit more difficult. Again, hitting all of
the jars at the beginning will help immensely. You can also use this game to
help practice your aim. Also, you must be very accurate when firing at the
targets. You can't afford too many hits that only give you 30 or 60 points. If
you can't get to 1500 points, just keep at it.
So, what happens once you finally get to 1500 points? You are rewarded with a
larger Quiver for your Fairy Bow. If this is your first upgrade, the amount of
arrows you can carry will go up from 30 to 40!
With this in hand, we can go to the Temple of Time now, but why not some Side
Quests?
*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS
There's so much more that we can do as Adult Link with the Fairy Bow in hand.
LON LON RANCH OBSTACLE COURSE
With Epona, why not pay a visit to Lon Lon Ranch? Head to this area while
riding Epona. Things have changed a bit here. Ingo is now a nice guy, and Talon
will now say that he is turning over a new leaf and will work much harder. Head
out to the ranch and you will find Malon. She is no longer depressed, and will
ask for your name. She will realize that you are "Fairy Boy" and that she
must've thought it was you after Epona recognized you. She also explains that
Ingo went back to being a nice person, and that she will thank you for
everything.
Talk to Malon again and she will ask if you want to try out an obstacle course.
Don't worry, it's free. The goal is to lap around the perimeter of the ranch
twice, and do it under 50 seconds. However, if you miss a jump or go around a
fence, you immediately lose. You also have to jump over each fence, each of
which has a varying height. My hints here are that approach every fence at a
straight line, NOT at an angle. You risk Epona not jumping over the fence if
approached at an angle. Speed up at the beginning, and never run out of
carrots. I also recommend speeding up every time you approach a medium or a
large-sized fence. Another tip that I find helpful is that I usually don't use
carrots on the second lap when jumping over the small fences at the beginning.
This is so that I can let my carrots recharge for the final part of the course.
This can be a difficult game, but you should be able to get the hang of it.
So, what happens if you clear the obstacle course in under 50 seconds? Malon
says that a special prize will be delivered to your house. If you head back to
your house, you'll find a cow! Well, the only thing you can really do with it
is play Epona's Song to get free Lon Lon Milk.
QUIVER UPGRADE #2
We need to head to Kakariko Village. Remember that building that was under
construction as Young Link. It is now the Shooting Gallery, the name one found
at the Market as Young Link. Except this time, we use the Fairy Bow instead of
the Slingshot. You could have played this game earlier (the game would've
supplied you with a Bow), but without a Fairy Bow of your own, you would've
only won 50 Rupees as the grand prize. This time, with a Fairy Bow, we can win
a bigger quiver!
The game is pretty similar to what it was as Young Link. The biggest difference
is that the targets (the Rupees) appear in a different order). Again, when
dealing with the Red Rupees in the background, aim carefully and fire your
arrows in quick succession to hit them. When dealing with the jumping Green
Rupee, just keep your Bow in once place and fire when the Rupee crosses your
bow. Like last time, hitting all less than eight targets means you need to pay
20 Rupees to try again, hitting eight or nine means you get to try for free,
and hitting all 10 gives you the grand prize.
As I said, the grand prize is an upgraded Quiver. If you got the first Quiver
Upgrade from the Horseback Archery game, this will upgrade the amount of arrows
you can carry from 40 to 50!
BIG POE HUNTING
For this Side Quest, you need Epona and a Fairy Bow. I also recommend having
the Biggest Quiver (50 Arrows), as you will be going through a lot of arrows
during this side quest. In addition, I'd also recommend having three Empty
Bottles.
These Big Poes are out in Hyrule Field, and are colored yellow. You need to be
riding Epona in order to encounter them. They appear in certain areas. When
they appear, they will float backwards quickly. During this time, you need to
hit them with your arrows twice to defeat them. When defeated, quickly get off
Epona and capture them in an Empty Bottle. If you take too long, the Poe will
disappear and you will need to try to get them to re-appear again. Also, they
instantly disappear if they back into a wall. Whenever you capture a Poe, go to
the Market. Enter the door just next to the entrance. Present the Big Poe to
the person in here. He will add 100 points to your "card" and buy the Big Poe
for 50 Rupees (so if you need quick money, do this side quest). He will also
tell you that you will be a happy man if you get to 1000 points.
Also, if you ever run low of arrows due to this quest, I recommend buying them
in bundles from an item shop. That is the fastest way to get them. Don't worry
about the cost, you can make up for it when selling these Big Poes to the man
inside the Ghost Shop.
You need to come back to this person multiple times so that you can empty out
your bottles and continue Poe hunting.
With that said, where are the locations of the Poes? Now, in the following
list, I will show you how I personally got the Big Poes to appear. It may be a
little different from you, but each Poe is in the general area that I have
listed below.
1) This is probably the easiest one to find. With your back to the Hyrule
Castle entrance, follow the path forward. Usually a Big Poe will appear in this
area.
2) Facing the entrance to the Lon Lon Ranch, go right and past the tree. A Big
Poe will show up in this area. Sometimes he may show up to the left of the Lon
Lon Ranch entrance, too.
3) From the path leading into Kokiri Forest, go right and follow the path here.
You will get to a fence (with an opening in the middle) and a gray rock. Going
up to the fence, there is a Big Poe around here. Usually it will appear when
walking past that gray rock.
4) From the third Big Poe, go to the other side of the fence. To your left
should be a group of trees. Head into this area and go to the left side. A Big
Poe should pop up around here.
5) There is another Big Poe near Poe #4. When going into the group of trees,
this time, go right. A Big Poe should appear in this area.
6) Head back to where Big Poe #3 was found. Go to the other side of the fence.
You should see a stone wall across from you. Run alongside this stone wall
(keep it on your left side). At the end of the stone wall, a Big Poe should pop
up.
7) This can be a pretty difficult Big Poe to both encounter and defeat. Facing
the Lon Lon Ranch entrance, go all the way right and you'll get to a river with
several bushes. When you get to the river, notice the wall to your left.
Usually the Big Poe will appear around there. But what will happen sometimes is
that the Big Poe will appear too close to that wall, and will disappear almost
immediately, giving you no time to fight it. The best way I can get this Big
Poe to appear (with enough time to fight it), is to go to the right, turn to
the right, get close to the wall but keep it to your right. Then the Big Poe
may appear, and will have more space to move around in. Sometimes, this Poe
will appear at the river and cross it.
8) This is generally another difficult Big Poe, in terms of both getting it to
appear and defeating it. There are two different ways in which the Big Poe will
appear for me. Facing the staircase leading up to Kakariko Village, go right
and head towards the river. Sometimes, a Big Poe will appear here and float
backwards across the river. This is difficult become sometimes Epona will come
to a screeching halt in front of the river, which prevents you from firing your
Fairy Bow. If the Big Poe doesn't appear here, turn around. You should see a
little column. Go around the left side of it and the Big Poe may appear,
usually going across the river. If you can get it to appear in this spot, it
may be easier to defeat.
9) The final two Big Poes listed here can be a bit tricky. Go to where you
found Big Poes #4 and 5. Head to the fences that cut off the entrance to Lake
Hylia. This time, go right and follow the path. At the end of the path, you'll
notice a tree. Usually I can get the Big Poe to appear by walking around the
left side of this tree. You can also get the Big Poe to appear when coming down
the hill nearby (on the other side is the location of Big Poe #7).
10) You need to be a bit lucky with this final Big Poe. After Big Poe #9, go
back down the path that heads towards Lake Hylia. Sometimes, the Big Poe will
appear here. But what will happen is that he might immediately back up into a
wall (there's not a lot of space here), which would make him disappear quickly.
Hopefully, the Big Poe will just backtrack among the path, which would give you
more time to defeat him.
I know this can be difficult and at times frustrating, but hang in there!
So, what happens if you bring all 10 Big Poes back to the Ghost Shop? Well, you
will get 1000 points, and the man will reward you with an Empty Bottle! He only
really gives you one because he has too many bottles after buying all of the
Big Poes, but we'll take it. That means we have four Empty Bottles to work with
for now on.
GANON'S CASTLE GOLD SKULLTULA
There is a Gold Skulltula near Ganon's Castle that we can now get to. When you
get to the area, head right. You should see the location of where the gate used
to be. The stone arch is still there. On the other side of the arch is the Gold
Skulltula. Destroy it and then reel in the token with the Hookshot.
So, after you complete these side quests, get to the Temple of Time.
*******************************************************************************
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4i. A Brief Blast to the Past
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
---------------
Temple of Time
---------------
Head towards the pedestal where the Master Sword is and talk to Sheik. Sheik
will mention that there are several other Sages that we must awaken, and that
sometimes we must travel through time in order to awaken these Sages. Sheik
will mention that we can drop the Master Sword into the "Pedestal of Time" in
order to return to Young Link.
In addition, Sheik will also mention that we can now fight bosses we have
previously defeated by going to bed back at home in Kokiri Forest. Finally,
Sheik will teach us a song that will allow us to come to the Temple of Time,
called The Prelude of Light.
PRELUDE OF LIGHT
A, Y, A, Y, X, A
Learn the notes and you will learn The Prelude of Light, which will allow us to
warp to the Temple of Time, at any time!
There is an important quest we need to do as Young Link sooner or later, so
drop the Master Sword into the pedestal and we will become Young Link.
When we become Young Link, there is actually a new dungeon we can access. To
open it up, we need to head to Kakariko Village.
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
Once you get here, head over to the windmill and go inside. Remember how as
Adult Link, the man mentioned that a little kid played a song with his Ocarina
and messed up the windmill? And that he taught us that very song? Well, play
the Song of Storms while in the windmill. A cut-scene will happen and we will
see the well just outside the windmill drain, meaning we can go in it. Now the
windmill is spinning very fast, so get out of here.
Outside, just go to the well, climb down, and head into the darkness...
-------------------
Bottom of the Well
-------------------
So one thing to keep in mind about this place, is that there are many false
walls. You can walk through these walls, and there are even hidden holes that
you may fall down.
When starting, just crawl into the hole in the wall and get to the other side.
Over here, jump down into the gap below you. Down here, defeat the Big
Skulltula and go to the other side of the hall. You'll reach a dead-end. Or is
it? Just walk right through and you'll be in another area. In this large area,
walk forward and you'll notice a trail of water. Follow the water trail until
you find a Triforce mark on the floor. It will be on the opposite side of this
area. Play Zelda's Lullaby here and all of the water will drain out. Now, go
back to where the fake wall was that you crossed through to enter this area.
Back here, we can now jump in the gap now that the water has been drained out.
Down here, crawl through the hole in the wall. On the other side, walk forward
and defeatthe Big Skulltula. Now climb up the fence in front of you. At the
top, open the door in front of you. We're already at the boss of this place!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS: Dead Hand
Difficulty: Easy
This boss is more annoying than anything else, but it's still simple to beat
it. Notice all of the hands coming out of the ground? You MUST walk up to a
hand and let it grab you. This will cause a blob-like monster (who is actually
called a Dead Hand) to come out of the ground. When a hand grabs you, there are
two ways to escape. One way is to mash all of the buttons that you can, and the
other is to let the Dead Hand bite you. Once you're free, attack the head of
this monster using a sword. After a few hits, he will go back underground.
Once he goes back underground, you need to repeat this process. Let one of the
hands grab you, wait for the Dead Hand to come back up from the ground, and
attack him when you are free. Also, when he goes underground, watch out, as the
dirt that pops out can hurt you.
The Dead Hand will finally be defeated after 10 hits. Remember, you're Young
Link, you're only using the Kokiri Sword now. Don't you miss being Adult Link
already?
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
At the end of the fight, a large chest will appear in the room. Open it and you
will get the Lens of Truth! This is an item that can reveal fake walls, hidden
chests, and invisible objects. To use it and turn it on, just press the button
that you assigned this item too. Just press it again to turn the item off.
Also, watch out when using this item, as your magic power will slowly be
drained while using this. This means to keep an eye out on your magic meter and
to turn off the Lens of Truth when you don't need it. Heck, you can put this
new item to the rest already. Use the Lens of Truth in the back of the room and
you will find an invisible mini-chest. Open it to get a Yellow Rupee, worth 200
Rupees! Leave the room when you're done. Now, backtrack to the area that had
the water trail.
With the Lens of Truth, we're pretty much done with this dungeon, right? Well,
no. There's still plenty of Gold Skulltulas to be collected here. Once you get
out of that pit that previously had water in it, climb out. Now, get in the
path where the water used to be. You can either go left or right. Go down the
path on the left and turn on the Lens of Truth. A fake wall will be revealed on
your right, so go into the hidden room. There's nothing but a mini chest in
here, so open it to get the Small Key. Now, leave this hidden room and continue
following this path, with the Lens of Truth on. Around the next corner, you
should find another hidden opening to your right. This should lead to a room
with a large chest in it. Get in front of the chest carefully, as there is a
hidden pit right before the chest. Open this chest up to get the Compass. While
we're at it, fall in the hidden pit just in front of the chest.
Watch out down here, as there are ReDeads. Look for an opening that is in
between two torches. Go into this opening when you find it. Blow up the rocks
in this tunnel with a Bomb, and then continue. Avoid the ReDead and then you'll
come across a large chest. Open it for the Dungeon Map. Now, head back to the
previous area. There are also three Silver Rupees here. Collect them all and
then climb up the ladder in this room. At the top of the ladder, pick up the
fourth Silver Rupee and then climb up the next ladder. Up here is fifth and
final Silver Rupee. Picking it will unlock the door next to you, so open it.
You will now be in what looks like an empty room. Use the Lens of Truth to
reveal a fake wall in this room, and then go through it.
You'll be back outside where we got the Compass. Turn left and face down the
hallway. Go down this hall until you see an opening to your left. When you get
to it, go down it. In here, go forward and jump into the pit at the end. Open
the small chest at the bottom for a Recovery Heart if you need one. Now, climb
up the fence. At the top, open the door in front of you.
For this room, I recommend putting your Hylian Shield on. There is a Gibdo in
this room, which is a mummy-like version of the ReDead. Only that this one
shrieks more often and can paralyze you for a longer period of time. Play the
Sun's Song to freeze this enemy and defeat it. After defeating the Gibdo,
notice the tombstones in this room. Each of them has a torch next to them.
Lighting up a torch will open the tombstone. There is a lighted torch in here
that we can use as well. Take out a Deku Stick. Now, the tombstone we want to
open is in the top left corner of the room (from the door). Light up this torch
and the tombstone will open. Watch out, as two Keeses will come out of the
tombstone. Defeat them quickly before they fly through a torch and become Fire
Keeses. Afterwards, explore the inside of the tombstone to get a Small Key.
With the Small Key in hand, leave this room.
Back in here, jump into the pit and climb up the fence to get out. Back on this
side, go into the main area again. This time, head left. When you get to the
corner, watch out for the Big Skulltula that will fall from above. Defeat it
and then go around the corner. From here, go all the way to the other side of
this hall. You will notice a face up on the wall to the left. Do NOT step in
front of this face, as there is a hidden hole right in front of it. Instead, go
into the hole you see on the wall and climb through. At the other end, open the
door next to you and unlock it with the Small Key.
Couple of things before you even take a step. I recommend leaving the Hylian
Shield on, as there are numerous Fire Keeses. Second, do NOT walk around here
without the Lens of Truth on, as there are numerous invisible holes in the
floor. It's best to fight the enemies while staying in the spot that you are.
First, defeat the Fire Keeses, and then throw a Bomb at the Beamos to defeat
it. Once all of the enemies are defeated, turn on the Lens of Truth to reveal
the hidden holes in the floor. Carefully walk around them and open the door on
the other side of this room. There is a new enemy in this room called a Like
Like. It is a tentacle like enemy with a hole at the top. If it swallows you,
you will lose your Shield, and depending on what you're wearing, you're Tunic.
However, you can get your equipment back by simply defeating the Like Like.
Once the Like Like is gone, there's one more matter we have to attend.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on this room. Defeat it, and then use
the Boomerang to retrieve the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, get back to the main room. Again, please
watch out for the invisible holes in the previous room. Back in the main room,
with your back against the hole you just came out of, turn left. Head to the
other side of this hall across from you and turn on the Lens of Truth. You
should see a fake wall to your right, so go into the hidden room. In here, open
up the mini chest for a Small Key. With the Small Key, leave the hidden room
and go left. Keep the Lens of Truth on and you will find a hidden room to your
left, so go into it. In this room, you'll see a locked door to your right, so
use your Small Key and open it.
In this room, start off by destroying all of the Keeses flying around. Now,
you'll notice something. There is another area across from you, but you cannot
get to it due to the supposedly big gap in the room. However, turn on the Lens
of Truth and you will find a hidden walkway over the gap. Use the walkway to
get to the other side of the room.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: On the other side of this area is a Gold Skulltula up on the
wall. Defeat it and then use the Boomerang to get the token back to you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, walk across the hidden walkway again and
leave this room. Back in here, turn right. Turn on the Lens of Truth again and
head to the other side of the room (just watch out for the hidden hole in the
middle of the room). On the other side of the room should be another locked
door, so use your Small Key to open it. In this room, watch out for the Deku
Baba and the flying jars that will levitate and attack you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Like the first two Gold Skulltulas you found in here, all you
need to do is destroy it and then use the Boomerang to grab the token. This is
the last Gold Skulltula in the Bottom of the Well. Yay!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the last Gold Skulltula, leave this room.
Well, that's about it for the Bottom of the Well. There are many more hidden
areas if you want to explore, but we've pretty much squeezed this place out.
So, let's get out of here. Go back to the main room and go to where the fake
wall was that you used to enter it. Head back through and then get out of here.
Now, that was the major new quest we could do as Young Link. Right now, we need
to go back to the Temple of Time to become Adult Link. But before that, there
are a handful of new side quests we can do.
*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS
THE SINGING FROGS, CONTINUED
Remember the singing frogs out in Zora's River? Remember how you could play
songs to them for Rupees? Well, we can play more songs for them now. Head back
to the tree branch where they reside at Zora's River and pull out your Ocarina
to bring them out. This time, play the Song of Time to make the final frog
grow.
Now, all of the frogs will be grown up (assuming you played Saria's Song,
Epona's Song, the Sun's Song, and Zelda's Lullaby already). Now, play the Song
of Storms. They will tell you how much they really like water, and will reward
you with a Piece of Heart!
Now, there is a way to get ANOTHER Piece of Heart from these frogs, but it's a
little difficult. You will only be able to play this game if all of the frogs
are grown up (meaning play all of the songs listed above). First, notice how
whenever you played a song to the frogs, a certain frog would jump depending on
what note you played? Well, this is the new game they have for you. You will
notice a butterfly on top of the frog. When a butterfly is over a frog, you
need to press the button that corresponds to that frog.
One hint is to look at the five frogs and then compare them to the Ocarina
buttons on the 3DS touchscreen. Notice how it looks very similar?
1 2
3 4
5
1 = Purple (L)
2 = White (R)
3 = Yellow (X)
4 = Brown (A)
5 = Blue (Y)
Above is how the frogs are aligned on the screen. Below that is a key list of
what those letters mean, for example, the 1 is where the purple-colored frog in
the top left corner is located. To the right on that list also shows what
Ocarina note they are tied to. So for example, the Purple Frog will jump when
you press the L button. So, when the butterfly is above the purple frog, press
L.
Now, the game ends when one of two things happen. You press the wrong button
(make a frog other than the frog directly below the butterfly jump), or you
wait too long in between pressing buttons. Don't worry, the order of the
buttons you have to press will never change, so you can get away with either A)
Memorizing the button order or B) Writing down the correct button order as
you go along.
This can be very difficult, and for that, I have written the order that you
press the buttons in below:
Y, L, X, Y, R, X, Y, R, L, R, L, R, Y, X, L
Wow, you have to press 15 buttons in a row, pretty fast! But once you do it (or
you if want to cheat by pressing the buttons in order listed above), you'll get
a Piece of Heart!
HIDDEN PIECE OF HEART
Want a Piece of Heart? Go to Hyrule Field. Head over to Lake Hyrlia. Notice how
right before the entrance to Lake Hylia, there are four fences enclosed around
each other? You can jump over the small fences. Get into the middle of the
square inside the fence, and place a Bomb on the ground. A hole should open up
after the Bomb explodes. Down here, there is a Business Scrub. Defeat him by
knocking a Deku Nut back at him. Once he's defeated, talk to him. He'll sell
you a Piece of Heart for the small price of 10 Rupees! Whether or not to buy it
should be a no brainer...
GERUDO VALLEY
We haven't visited Gerudo Valley yet, as a kid. And there are some things we
should do there before going back to being an adult. Before going there, make
sure you have a Magic Bean on you and a bottle of Bugs.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: When you get to Gerudo Valley, walk onto the wooden plank. If
you look right, you should see a Gold Skulltula on top of where the water is
pouring from. Defeat the Gold Skulltula and then use the Boomerang to get the
token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As a kid, you can't access Gerudo's Fortress, as there is a gate on the other
side of the bridge, and there are Gerudos guarding it. Now, just before the
bridge is a Cucco. Pick it up.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: After picking up the Cucco, walk to the edge of the cliff. Look
to the left a little bit. You should see a ledge with a crate on it. Jump off
the cliff and use the Cucco to float to this ledge. When you get on the ledge,
roll into the crate to destroy it and pick up the Piece of Heart that is
revealed.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
There's some more stuff we have to do here, but chances are the Cucco has
decided to run off the ledge and into the river deep, deep, below. That means
you have no other choice but to jump into the river. Now, you will eventually
be taken to Lake Hylia. From there, go back to Hyrule Field. Gerudo Valley is
right next door.
Once you're back in Gerudo Valley, go to the Cucco and pick it up again. This
time, go to the right side of the bridge, and look down. You should see an
isolated area way below you, right next to the water. Use the Cucco to float
all the way down to this area. Once you get here, go over to the where the
Gerudo and the cow are. Behind them is a patch of soft soil. Plant a Magic Bean
into this soft soil. As Adult Link, we can use the giant leaf to get to a Piece
of Heart.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: This is why I said to bring a bottle of Bugs with you here. As
usual, just dump the bugs into the soft soil and a Gold Skulltula will pop out.
Destroy it and pick up the token. And that should be the last of the Gold
Skulltulas in Gerudo Valley!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HYRULE CASTLE GOLD SKULLTULA
There is a Gold Skulltula we can get in Hyrule Castle now. Sneak around the
guards until you get to the castle moat. Jump into the moat. When getting out
of the moat at the corner, note the tree in the corner. Walk up to the tree and
play the Song of Storms. This will reveal a hidden hole next to the tree, so
jump down it. Down here, you will be surrounded by several cracked walls. Blow
each of them up with a Bomb. Behind one of them is a Gold Skulltula. When you
find it, just destroy the Gold Skulltula and then get the token with the
Boomerang. This should now be your last Gold Skulltula for the Market!
TREASURE CHEST GAME
There is a game in the Market that is only open at night. It's called the
Treasure Chest game. It only costs 10 Rupees to play. You are given a Small Key
at the beginning, which you can use to unlock the door next to you. You will be
in a room with two treasure chests. One of them has a Small Key and the other
has a Rupee. If you find the Small Key, you can use it to unlock the door
leading to the next room. If you find the Rupee, then you have lost the game
and must try again. If you open up the correct treasure chest five times in a
row (all five Small Keys), you will get to the final room. However, you have an
actual low chance of doing this (1 in 32 if my math is right). This can be a
frustrating game, as you have a 50/50 chance in every room.
There is an easy way to win this now that we have the Lens of Truth. In each
room, equip the Lens of Truth. You can actually look into both treasure chests
before opening them. So just open up the one where you see the Small Key! All
you need to do is repeat this for the next four rooms and you win! The final
room by the way, has a large treasure chest. Once you get there, open it up for
a Piece of Heart!
*******************************************************************************
That's it for side quests. Let's meet back up at the Temple of Time.
---------------
Temple of Time
---------------
This time, just go to the Master Sword and pull it out to become Adult Link.
If you've noticed, Navi has been bugging you about how that red ring around the
top of Death Mountain looks strange. Which kind of hints at where we need to
go. Off to Goron City!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4j. Hot Times in the Fire Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
Wherever you are, start off by getting to Goron City through the Death Mountain
Trail. When going through the Death Mountain Trail, just be aware that there
are boulders now rolling down the mountain, which were not there as Young Link.
-----------
Goron City
-----------
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula here that we can only get as Adult
Link. On the top floor (when coming in from Death Mountain), notice the island
in the middle. Slowly walk up to the island using one of the ropes from the
side. You should notice a Gold Skulltula on the side of the island. Destroy it
when you are close enough and reel it in with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, notice something? Like how this place is
completely empty, save for one small Goron rolling around? Go down to the floor
where the Goron is rolling around. You need to stop him by placing a well-timed
Bomb near him. It doesn't have to be a direct hit, but he needs to be in the
range of the explosion. This is a bit tricky, as he will start rolling in the
opposite direction if he hits you or is nearly hit by the explosion.
After hitting the Goron, go up and talk to him. The Goron's name will be
whatever your name is. His dad is also Darunia, and explains that his dead went
to the Fire Temple, where a dragon exists. You will then be asked if you want
to talk to the Goron about the dragon or about the Gorons. When you say
dragons, he'll mention that the dragon's name was Volvagia, a Goron-eating
dragon at that. He was destroyed in the past using a "legendary hammer".
When you ask him about the Gorons, he will mention that everyone is in the Fire
Temple, as they were captured by Ganondorf's followers. In addition, Volvagia
has been revived by Ganondorf! This Goron wants you to help, so he will give
you the Goron Tunic! This is a red-colored Tunic that will allow us to go
through very hot areas, like the Death Mountain Crater, and shortly, the Fire
Temple. So it's best that you equip this now. The doors leading to the Item
Shop and Darunia's room will also open. Before leaving, talk to the Goron once
more. He'll mention that there is a statue we can push in Darunia's room. So,
head down to the bottom floor and into Darunia's room.
In here, you'll notice a statue at the other end. Pull it out and a hidden
opening will be revealed, so head into it.
----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------
Remember how we had a time limit here as Young Link because it was too hot?
Well, with the Goron Tunic, we don't need to worry about that anymore. Now,
head left and you'll get to a broken bridge. You can get to the other side of
the bridge using the Hookshot. When crossing the bridge, Sheik will appear in
front of you. Sheik will teach us the Bolero of Fire.
BOLERO OF FIRE
R, L, R, L, Y, R, Y, R
Just repeat the notes and you'll learn the Bolero of Fire. Now we can warp to
the Death Mountain Crater!
Link will then try to walk up to Sheik, but a sudden wall of fire will bar him
from going any further. Then Sheik disappears behind some magic Neku Nut. Now,
just head across the bridge. At the end, head across the bridge to your left
and go into the opening. In here, head to the other side of the hall and you'll
find a hole. Climb down the ladder in the hole. At the bottom, just go through
the entrance and you'll be in the Fire Temple.
------------
Fire Temple
------------
Again, in Fire Temple, you will need the Goron Tunic in most rooms, as many of
these areas are too hot for Link.
There's not a whole lot to do in the main room. Head up the stairs in front of
you. At the top, there is a door to your left and a locked door to your right.
Obviously, open the door on the left. Upon entering the room we'll find Darunia
on the other side of the room! He explains what the previous Goron has told us,
and warns us what will happen if Volvagia escapes this mountain. He then sends
you out to save the Gorons imprisoned in this temple. He then leaves and goes
into the boss's room (just where did he find that Boss Key though?)
Before going in the opposite direction, look left. You will see a prison cell
across from you. To get to this prison cell, just jump across the three pillars
that you see. To open up the prison cell, step on the switch in front of the
cell. It will open, so head inside. Talk to the Goron to free him. Each Goron
that you save will give you a hint for this place. This Goron mentions that we
have to do something about the pillar stuck into the ceiling to get into the
room where Darunia went into. But that's for much later. The Goron will leave.
Now, open up the mini-chest in here for a Small Key. With the Small Key in
hand, head back to the main room. Back in here, just unlock the door across
from you with the Small Key and open it.
In this room, there is a bridge across from you. Go about halfway across the
bridge and turn left. You should see a door on the other side of this room.
Jump across the rocks and the platforms to get to this door. Watch out for the
platforms, as some will sink into the lava when you step on them. When you get
to the door, open it. In this room, head around the curve and you will find a
prison cell. Step on the switch on the floor to open it up. Talk to the Goron
inside and he will give us a hint. He will mention that walls that can be blown
up with Goron's "special crop" (Bombs) will sound different than normal walls
when hitting them with a sword). He will then leave. Open the mini-chest in the
prison cell to get the Small Key and leave.
Back in this room, take a few steps forward and turn around. You will notice a
blue block with the Door of Time symbol on it. Play the Song of Time to move
the block down to the ground. Now, climb up the block to the higher ledge above
you. Up here, open the door. In this room, watch out for the spinning tiles
coming to attack you from the floor. You can easily defend these with your
shield. Also, be careful of the Like Like in this room, as it can eat your
Goron Tunic.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the side of the room opposite of
the door. Just hit it with your sword to defeat it, and then use the Hookshot
to get the token (you can also backflip into it, if you want).
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, leave the room. Back here, work your way to
the other side of the room, past the bridge. On the other side of the room, you
should be on a platform with a checker-tiled wall. The wall also looks a
little...unusual. You can put that Goron's hint to the test here. Hit the wall
with the sword and then hit the rocky wall next to it. You'll hear different
sounds with your sword. Place a Bomb in front of the checkered wall to blow it
up. It will reveal a door, so open it. There is a prison cell directly across
from you, so step on the switch in front of it to open it up. Talk to the Goron
in the prison. His hint is that there are switches in this temple that not only
can be activated with your sword, but with Bombs too. When he leaves, open the
mini-chest inside the prison for a Small Key. Now, leave the room.
Back in this room, get to the bridge in the middle. Now, head right and go to
the door on the other side of the bridge. This door is locked, so use the Small
Key to unlock it and open it. In here, you will notice a giant fence in front
of you. Use the Hookshot to latch onto this fence. Now, climb up the fence and
get on the fence walkway on the right. Up here, get rid of the Keeses and then
drop down to the ledge below you. Down here, push the block off the ledge and
onto the floor below you. It should land right on top of that fire sprout that
keeps shooting up from the floor. Once it's on the floor, jump on top of the
block. The fire sprout will then shoot both you and the block up onto the floor
above you.
Up here, open the locked room in this room using the Small Key. In here, go
left and get onto the higher ledges above you. Watch out for the Torch Slugs
here, which are slugs that are on fire. On the highest ledge, turn right. You
should see a platform with a block and a switch. This is a switch in the shape
of a light-bulb. Ignore it for now. Push the block off the platform and onto
the floor below you. Now, get in front of the block and pull it back as far as
you can. Afterwards, get on top of the block and use it to get onto the fence
to your right. Climb up the fence. At the top, head to the wall across from
you. Now, drop a Bomb onto the lower ledge to the left. The explosion should
activate the switch. Now, quickly jump onto the ledge to your right and climb
up the fence at the top. Hitting the switch removes a wall of fire around the
switch. This is a timed switch, so if you're not fast enough, the wall of fire
will re-appear. If you can't get it, drop another Bomb next to the switch and
try again.
Once you climb on top of the fence, slide a little to the right and get on the
platform. Open the door next to you. This room is a pretty annoying-like maze
on the floor. Also annoying is that the camera here is in a bird's-eye view. To
make matters worse, there are boulders rolling around this maze, and you will
more likely than not run into them several times. Facing the door, turn left
and follow the wall on Link's left until you get to a switch on the floor. Step
on the switch to open up the prison cell next to you. Talk to the Goron inside.
His hint is that there are doors that will fall down and attack you when you
try to open them. You can however, blow them up with Bombs if that happens.
When he leaves, open the chest in his cell for a Small Key. Now, head back to
the door you used to enter this room. This time, turn right and follow the wall
on Link's right until you get under a roof. The camera angle will then change
under this roof, so that it is behind Link, as usual. You should also hear the
sound of a swishing Gold Skulltula nearby.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: While under this roof, swing at the walls using your sword
until you get that unusual sound. The wall should be in the back left corner.
Blow up this wall and it will reveal a hidden room with a Gold Skulltula.
Destroy the Gold Skulltula and then get the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have defeated the Gold Skulltula, turn around. Continue following the
wall on Link's right until you get to another enclosed area with a lower roof.
In here is a door, so open it. In this room, go around the corner and you'll
find a prison cell. Step on the switch to open it up, and talk to the Goron.
His hint mentions that when you are on fire, you can put it out by either
swinging your sword or rolling forward. Um, yay. Open the mini-chest inside the
cell after the Goron leaves for another Small Key. Now, leave this room. Back
in the maze, continue following the wall on Link's right until you get to a
locked door. Unlock the door with the Small Key and open it.
Be very careful in this room. Falling off the walkways will cause you to fall
down the massive pit below you, and you'll wind up near the start. Slowly cross
the walkways until you get to the middle of the walkway. From here, turn right
and you will see a locked door in front of you. You can unlock it by shooting
an arrow at the eye switch that is up and to the left of the locked door. Open
the locked door afterwards. In here, head right and open the large chest for a
Dungeon Map. Now, leave this room. Back in here, get on the walkway again and
go right. You will get to another locked door. Open and unlock this door using
the Small key. In this room, follow this walkway to the other side and then
jump on the fence-like floor. Be careful and quick here. A wall of fire has
appeared behind you, and will chase you. Quickly get to the other side of this
room, jumping over the fence-like floors. At the end, you'll find some large
steps. Climb up the steps and at the top, you'll find a door to your left, so
open it.
You'll be on the second floor of the maze area. This area is much easier to
navigate. From here, jump across the gap onto the area across from you. Run
forward and you'll notice part of the floor looks a bit crumbled. In addition,
Navi will alert you of this floor and how she can hear Goron voices below.
Place a Bomb on this crumbled floor and it will blow up, revealing a hole.
Climb down the fence to go down the hole. At the bottom, head around the corner
and you'll find a prison. Hit the switch in front to open it up, and talk to
the Goron. He will tell you about monsters that dance when they attack. Your
arrows won't hurt them, but Bombs will. Once the Goron leaves, open the mini-
chest next to you for a Small Key. Also, note that you can use this passage as </pre><pre id="faqspan-7">
a shortcut the next time you need to come through here. Head back and climb
back up the fence.
At the top, face the door you used to enter this area. Now, turn around. You
should see a pillar with a switch on top of it. Jump over to this pillar and
step on the switch. This will open up a prison cell in the opposite corner of
the room! Make your way over to that prison, jumping over all of the gaps and
being careful, especially of the Torch Slugs. When you get to the prison, talk
to the Goron inside. He'll tell you to try playing your Ocarina if you get to a
spot that you see on your map but can't reach. Now, open the mini-chest in this
prison for a Small Key. Now, head back to the door you used to get to this area
and open it.
Back in this room, jump back on the fence-like floor. Like last time, a wall of
fire will appear behind you and slowly follow you. This time though, DON'T go
to the opposite side. Instead, jump to the fence-like floor in the middle, and
then jump onto the higher ledge across from you. On this ledge is a locked
door, so use your Small Key to unlock it and open it up. You'll be in a simple
hallway. Just open the door directly across from you.
This room is a bit tricky. It looks like a very open room, but there are
several areas that are blocked off by walls of fire that will rise from the
ground if you get close to them. When entering this room, go down the steps to
the right. At the bottom, run all the way straight until a wall of fire comes
up from the ground. When this happens, turn left. Notice all of the rows and
columns of poles around here? The firewalls will pop up in between most of
these polls. Facing the firewall you first encountered, turn left. Go in
between the first two poles that you see on the right. The fire shouldn't pop
up. Now, turn right again and you'll find a door, so get to it and open it.
There is a large chest across from you. Open it to get the Compass. Now, leave
this room.
Back in here, head back to the door you used to enter this room. Facing the
door, turn right and drop down to the wall below you. Down here, watch out for
the boulder around. The wall should be on your left. Run straight until you
encounter a firewall. This firewall should be in between a wall to your left
and a pole on the right. You can simply walk around this firewall (just walk
around the pole to the right). From here, follow the wall on the left until you
get to another firewall. When you find this firewall, turn right. Now, stay to
the left until you find an opening in between two poles that DOESN'T have a
firewall. It should be in between the second and third poles on your left. When
you find the opening, cross through.
From here, turn left. There should be three poles directly to your right. Go in
between and poles on the left and the middle. Now, turn right and head straight
towards another firewall. There is an opening to your left that you can cross
through, so go through it. From here, head right, and then left and you will
get to a locked door. Unlock it and open it using the Small Key. There is a
prison cell in this room, but we can't open it for now. Instead, just open the
door directly across from you.
Great, we need to do more of this firewall maze. When entering this area, turn
left and follow the set of firewalls to the left until you get to the pillar
shooting out fire. There is a switch near here. To get to it, notice the four
poles in front of you. Go in between the furthest two on the right. Now, step
on the switch on the floor. This will bring down a firewall blocking a door for
a couple of seconds. You need to be quick. To get to this door, head back in
between the two poles and go all the way right until you get to the ledge, and
then jump on it. If the fire comes back up, go back and hit the switch.
Once you get to the door, try to open it. It will try to attack you, so back
off. You can blow up the door using a Bomb, so do so. Also, the explosion will
reveal a hidden door, so open it. The door will then lock when entering the
next room, and you'll hear an evil laugh. Mini-boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Flare Dancer
Difficulty: Easy
This mini-boss kind of looks like a scarecrow. It is essentially a little black
creature inside of flaming clothes. First, you must throw a Bomb at the Flare
Dancer to remove its clothing and expose him. When he is exposed and running on
the ground, hit him a couple of times with your sword. He will then jump into
the fire in the middle of the room, and get new clothing. When he has new flame
clothes, just throw another Bomb at the clothes to get rid of them. Again, hit
the Flare Dancer's exposed self a couple of more times with your sword.
Now, at the start of the fight, he will stand in one spot, creating several
flames on the floor. This is the time to hit him. If not, he will then circle
around the perimeter of the area, becoming harder to hit.
All you need to do is repeat the above process and you'll eventually defeat
him.
*******************************************************************************
After the Flare Dancer is defeated, the fire around the block in the middle of
the room will go out. So, jump on top of the block and you'll be taken up to
the room above you. Up here, just open the door next to you. In this room, you
will notice a switch next to you. Ignore it for now. Instead, go around the
corner and climb up the fence. At the top, drop a Bomb to the floor below to
activate the switch. This will remove the fire blocking the next fence, so
climb up it. If you can't use a Bomb to activate the switch again. At the top
of the next fence, open the door that you come across.
In here, climb up to the higher floor above you. You should find a switch on
the floor, so step on it. This will remove the wall of fire surrounding a large
chest at the top of the curved staircase. So RUN up this curved staircase to
get to the chest. Although, you must run carefully, as you don't want to fall
in the large pit within the staircase. At the top, quickly get to the chest. If
the fire is back, go back and step on the switch again. Once you get to the
large chest, open it and you will get the Megaton Hammer! This is a heavy, but
powerful hammer that can be used to hit or destroy heavy or old, rusted
objects. With the Megaton Hammer, go back to the door you used to get to this
room. Near this door is a tile sticking out from the floor. Step on this tile
and swing at it using the Megaton Hammer. This will cause the tile to sink, and
you will fall down the pit as well.
At the bottom, you'll notice two parts of a totem pole in the corner of the
room. You can smash both of these totem pole parts with the Megaton Hammer, and
a door will be revealed, so open it. In this room, get rid of the Fire Keeses.
Now, walk forward and you will see a mini-pole to your right. Smash the top of
this pole with the Megaton Hammer and the pit will collapse, forming a
staircase. Before going down this staircase, pick up a little box in the corner
of the room. Now jump into the pit and head down the stairs. At the bottom,
you'll find a locked door and a switch on the floor. Step on the switch to
unlock the door, and then place the box on the switch to keep the switch
activated (and the door unlocked). Open the door.
In this room, step on the tile sticking out of the floor to your right. Smash
it with the Megaton Hammer and it will fall to the floor below. You will be
back in the room with the firewall maze. Don't worry, we don't need to go
through that maze again. Instead, jump up the ledge to your right. You will
find a locked door and a switch. If you try to step on the switch, you won't be
able to activate it, as Navi says it is rusty. So use your Megaton Hammer to
hit the rusty switch! This will cause the door to unlock, so open it. In this
room, walk forward to the edge. You will notice a blue block with the Door of
Time symbol on it. Play the Song of Time to move this block. After the block is
moved, look towards where the block originally was and you'll find a rusted
switch. Get to this rusted switch and hit it with the Megaton Hammer. This will
open the prison cell in this room. Go down and talk to the Goron. His hint is
that there is a hidden door found behind the statue in the main room of the
Fire Temple, and will mention that Bombs cannot blow it up. When he leaves,
open the mini-chest here for a Small Key. Now, climb back up the ledge and
leave this room the same way you came in.
Back in here, jump onto the platform across from you. You'll notice the tile
sticking out from the floor. Stand on this tile and smash it with the Megaton
Hammer. It (and you) will fall all the way down to the floor far below you
(don't worry, you won't get hurt when landing on the pillar). You'll find up
back at the room where you met Darunia. We still can't access the door he went
through earlier, so leave this room. You'll be back at the Fire Temple
entrance. Turn around and face the staircase. Go to the right of it. You will
find a statue up against the wall. Smash it with your Megaton Hammer until it
is completely gone, revealing a locked door. Unlock and open this door with the
Small Key.
In here, walk forward into the bigger room. You will find several Fire Keeses
and Torch Slugs. Destroy all of them and the door in the corner will unlock, so
open this door after the enemies are defeated. You be in another room that has
a Like Like and floor tiles that will come up from the ground and attack you.
You can defend off the floor tiles with the shield. Also, get rid of the Like
Like before it eats you and takes your Tunic and shield.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula on this room, up against the
wall. Simply destroy it and then get the token off the wall.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have defeated the Gold Skulltula, open the other door in this room. It
will lock as soon as you are in the next room. Mini-boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Flare Dancer
Difficulty: Easy
This Flare Dancer fights exactly like the first one. Just like the last time,
throw a Bomb at it to blow up its flaming clothes. Then, hit it a few times
once it is exposed on the ground. It will then jump back into the fire for a
new set of flaming clothes. Just repeat the process again of attacking it and
you should have it defeated in no time.
*******************************************************************************
Once the Flare Dancer is defeated, both doors in this room will unlock. A mini-
chest also appears in the middle of the room with Bombs, if you want it. Now,
exit the room through the door on the southern part of the room. You will be in
your final prison. Hit the rusted switch with the Megaton Hammer to open up the
prison. Talk to the Goron. He won't give you any hints this time, he'll just
tell you to help Darunia. Now, open up the yellow and blue chest in this room
for the Boss Key! From here, leave this room and we'll be back at the Fire
Temple entrance. Back in here, just head up the steps and open the door on the
left at the top. In this room, use the pillar in the middle of the room to get
to the locked door across from you.
Before unlocking it, I'd recommend turning right. Use your Hookshot to latch
onto that Hookshot target. Get on top of it and climb the ledges. At the top
are jars. Break them and you will find a Fairy in one of them. I'd capture this
Fairy as an insurance policy for the upcoming boss. Now, head back to the
locked door, and then unlock it and open it with the Boss Key. In this room,
jump onto the large island in the middle. The pillar behind you will lower and
sink into the lava, trapping us on here. Then the boss comes out of one of the
fire holes on here!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Subterranean Lava Dragon
Vulvagia
Difficulty: Easy
This is a fairly easy boss, as long as you stand out of its way. The fight will
start with Vulvagia diving into one of the fiery holes on this island. Now, pay
attention to the fire holes, and notice the smoke around them. Vulvagia will
come out from one of them. When he does, hit him with the Megaton Hammer to
stun him. Then, hit him again with the sword to hurt him. He will then go back
under, and come out of a fire hole. He will be flying around in the air
afterwards. During this time, Vulvagia will be shooting fire everywhere, so
stay out of his direct line of sight. In addition, don't get near him, as
sometimes, you could be trapped around him, with Vulvagia coiled around you.
During this time, you could take significant damage. Afterwards, Vulvagia will
dive back into a fire hole. When he comes out, like last time, stun him with
the Megaton Hammer and hit him with the Sword.
The next time he comes out of the fire, he will go up high into the air, off
the screen. This time, rocks will be falling from the ceiling, so be sure to
dodge them. Afterwards, he goes back into the lava.
You will then see one of those two attacks each time he's up in the air from
here on out. Just repeat this process and you will eventually defeat him. It
should take 8 hits from the Master Sword and 4 hits from the Big Goron's Sword.
Hang in there!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, Vulvagia will disintegrate, leaving his head behind. His head
will turn into a Heart Container, so pick it up and then step through the blue
portal to get out of here.
We will also see a brief cut-scene of Death Mountain Crater erupting, from
Kakariko Village. A man on a roof will get blown back, and watch as the red
ring around Death Mountain is removed. Blue skies are also around Death
Mountain again!
Also, with the Fire Temple cleared, in the Death Mountain Trail, we won't have
those nasty rock attacks near the top of the mountain as Adult Link anymore.
---------------------
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------
We will be greeted in the Chamber of the Sages by Darunia, awakening as the
Sage of Fire. He will then give us the Fire Medallion, adding his power to
ours!
Don't forget... Now you and I are True Brothers!
----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------
We will be teleported back to the Death Mountain Crater. There are still a
couple of things to do here. First, head right and go across the bridge. Use
your Hookshot to get to the other side. From here, head past the entrance to
Goron City and go across the bridge. Over here, go forward and smash the brown
rock twice with the Megaton Hammer to break us. This will allow us to get to
the top of the Death Mountain Trail from here. In addition, smash the rocks to
your right with the Megaton Hammer to break them, and then go through the
entrance they were blocking.
-----------------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Death Mountain Crater
-----------------------------------------------
Wow, there's a Fairy Fountain in here! As usual, go up to the Triforce symbol
and play Zelda's Lullaby to summon the Great Fairy. This is the Great Fairy of
Wisdom. She will give us an upgrade to our magic power! What she does is make
our magic meter twice as long! This will come in handy for the rest of the
game, I'll say that much. Now, we could go along our way to the next temple,
but why not do some side quests first?
*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS
Most of these Side Quests come within Death Mountain.
DEATH MOUNTAIN TRAIL GOLD SKULLTULAS
Back out from the Great Fairy Fountain, jump onto the area to your right. Down
here, climb up the ladder. At the top, head right and go through the opening,
and then head back out to the Death Mountain Trail. From here, climb down to
the area below you. Make sure it is nighttime. As I said earlier, we don't need
to deal with those rock attacks anymore with the Fire Temple cleared. Down
here, you'll notice a brown rock to your left. At nighttime, there is a Gold
Skulltula behind here. Destroy the rock with the Megaton Hammer to reveal the
Gold Skulltula, then destroy it and pick up the token.
There is another Gold Skulltula around here. Head to the area where you used a
Bomb Flower as a kid to reveal Dodongo's Cavern. There is a brown rock around
here. At the night, the Gold Skulltula is behind this brown rock, so destroy
the rock with the Megaton Hammer. Defeat the Gold Skulltula behind the rock and
then pick up the soil.
THE DEATH MOUNTAIN CRATER SOFT SOIL
Believe it or not, there is a patch of soft soil in the Death Mountain Crater.
So, head to the Temple of Time and become Young Link. Now, be sure you have a
bottle of Bugs before warping. We can now get to the Death Mountain Crater as
Young Link, thanks to the Bolero of Fire. So, as Young Link, warp to the Death
Mountain Crater. Don't worry about the time limit for the extreme heat, as we
won't be here very long.
The soft soil patch is right near the warping spot. Plant a Magic Bean into the
soft soil. Then, dump the bottle of Bugs into the patch to form a Gold
Skulltula. Defeat the Gold Skulltula and collect the token. If you have gotten
all of the other previous Gold Skulltulas listed here, then you should now have
all Death Mountain Gold Skulltulas!
Now, warp back to the Temple of Time. Become Adult Link again, and then warp
back to the Death Mountain Crater. This time, ride the magic leaf formed by the
Magic Bean. It should take you around the area. You should eventually circle
around one of the craters. On top of this crater is a Piece of Heart. So, jump
onto this crater and pick up the Piece of Heart when you see it!
HYRULE FIELD GOLD SKULLTULA
There is now a Gold Skulltula in Hyrule Field that we can now access, thanks to
the Megaton Hammer. In Hyrule Field, work your way to the entrance at Gerudo
Valley. Now, turn around and head straight and to the left. You should find a
brown rock surrounded by little rocks. Smash the brown rock twice with the
Megaton Hammer to destroy it. Then, smash the ground with the Megaton Hammer. A
hidden hole will be revealed, so go down it.
Down here, you will be surrounded by many spider webs. You can burn them all at
once using Din's Fire. The Gold Skulltula is behind the cow that you'll find.
Destroy the Gold Skulltula and then reel in the token with the Hookshot. And
that should be the last Gold Skulltula in Hyrule Field! Well, in fairness,
there were only two of them anway...
GERUDO VALLEY PIECE OF HEART
While we're in the area, head to Gerudo Valley. Note, in order to do the next
part, you must have planted a Magic Bean in the soft soil as Young Link. When
you get to Gerudo Valley, jump all the way down to the platform far below you
near the top waterfall. Down on this platform, head over to the magic leaf.
Ride it until it gets to the top waterfall. You should see a Piece of Heart in
an alcove behind the waterfall. If not, then you should see a ladder right
behind the waterfall. Jump onto either the ladder or into the alcove, and then
pick up the Piece of Heart once you get to it.
*******************************************************************************
That's all there is, for now. Navi might be telling you about an arctic wind
coming from Zora's River, so that's where we need to go next. Or more
specifically, Zora's Domain. So head on over to Zora's River.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4k. Bone-Chilling Cold in the Ice Cavern
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
-------------
Zora's River
-------------
When you get to Zora's River, head to where the singing frogs were as Young
Link. They're not there anymore. So for now, jump in the water. Don't worry,
it's shallow enough that you can walk in it as Adult Link. Next to the tree
branches are a waterfall. Facing this waterfall, head right. You'll find
another waterfall to your left. Turn right and you'll see some land, so jump
onto it. On here, head up the ladder. At the top, turn left and you should see
a platform with a hole in the ground.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula near that platform on the wall. Jump
over to that platform and get to the right of the hole. You should see the Gold
Skulltula. Defeat it and then reel in the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you get that Gold Skulltula, go back to where the frogs were found. This
time, just progress Zora's River until you get to the bridge.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is another Gold Skulltula over here. This one is a little
tricky to get, but it's still possible. Just after crossing the bridge, turn
left to face the fence. Now, look way up and you should find a Gold Skulltula.
To get it with the Hookshot, you need to stand on top of the fence and be in a
good position. Otherwise, it will be a little difficult. You shouldn't have
that much of a problem defeating it though.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
With both Gold Skulltulas taken care of, head to the Zora's Domain entrance and
play Zelda's Lullaby as usual to open it up.
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
What in the world happened to this place? It's completely frozen over! There
are no Zoras to be found anywhere either! Even the Item Shop is blocked off by
ice at this time.
Now, if you had done the Big Goron's Sword quest earlier, King Zora should
already be unfrozen. Had you talked to him after un-freezing him (instead of
just presenting him the Prescription for Big Goron), he would've given you a
Zora Tunic (which allows you to walk underwater without drowning). A Zora Tunic
isn't the only thing we need for the upcoming Water Temple, but we also need a
special item found in the Ice Cavern.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: We can also get a new Gold Skulltula here as Adult Ling. Facing
King Zora, head down the tunnel to the left where you played the diving game.
At the end of the tunnel, look to the wall on the left. You should see a Gold
Skulltula. Defeat it and then reel in the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
So, if you don't remember where the Ice Cavern is, go to Zora's Fountain, right
behind King Zora.
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
Even Lord Jabu-Jabu is gone! All that's here are ice sheets in the water! Head
to where Lord Jabu-Jabu was and jump on one of the ice sheets. Now, jump on the
big ice sheet across from you and then use it to jump onto the next, smaller,
ice sheet.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: Before heading into the Ice Cavern, there is a Piece of Heart
out in the open. You should notice two rotating ice sheets across from you.
Jump onto either of them and then use them to get onto the next ice sheet,
which has the Piece of Heart, so pick it up.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
With the Piece of Heart, use the rotating ice sheets to get back to the
previous ice sheet. Now, turn right and you should see a spinning ice sheet.
Jump onto this one. Now jump onto the next couple of ice sheets and you'll find
higher ground. Get onto this higher ground. This is the entrance to the Ice
Cavern, so go on in.
-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------
Again, if you came here earlier for the Big Goron Sword quest, the first couple
of puzzles may already be solved. If not, then watch out for the falling
icicles from the ceiling. In addition, if you find icicles in your way, just
slash away at them with your sword.
At the start, just follow the hallway until you get to a big room. If you came
here earlier, the opening across from you should be opened up. If not, then you
have to defeat several Freezards in order to advance into the next room. Either
way, head into the opening across from you. In here, just follow this hallway
to the next room, breaking the icicles in your way.
Now, if you have come here earlier, you should have already solved the puzzle
here. If not, there are five Silver Rupees you need to collect to unlock the
opening into the next area. There are three Silver Rupees in the middle of the
area, one behind a set of icicles, and one just off a higher ledge you can jump
off of. Just watch out for the spinning blades in the middle of the room.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula in this area. When entering this
room, turn left and you should see a set of icicles that you can break. Above
these icicles is a Gold Skulltula. Destroy it and then reel in the token with
the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula (and the Silver Rupees if you haven't come
here already), climb up the ledges on the other side of the room. At the top,
go through the opening. Now, follow this hallway into another bigger room.
Watch out for the Freezard along the way. When you get to the bigger room, go
forward and climb up to the walkways above you. Beware of the Freezards and the
Ice Keeses up here. Now, you should have at least two Empty Bottles on you.
Destroy the Freezard and the Ice Keeses so that they will not become a problem.
Now, jump across the pillar onto another walkway. You will find an area of Blue
Fire. You can capture this Blue Fire by using your Empty Bottle on it. Be sure
to have at least two bottles of this stuff. Now, walk along the walkway and you
will find a frozen chest. Use the Blue Fire to melt away the ice. Open the
chest up to get the Dungeon Map. Before leaving, refill the now Empty Bottle
(that you just used to melt the chest), with some more Blue Fire. From here,
get back to the room with the Silver Rupee puzzle.
When you get back to the Silver Rupee room, you should see some red ice to your
left and right. Go to the red ice to your left and melt it away with the Blue
Fire. Now, go through the opening it was blocking. In here, follow the hallway
and you will get to another room. Across from you is a set of Blue Fire. First,
go right and shatter the icicles with your sword. Now, melt away the frozen
chest with your Blue Fire. Open it up to get the Compass. From here, use the
Blue Fire to refill your Empty Bottles.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: There is a frozen Piece of Heart in this room. Just use the
Blue Fire to melt the ice surrounding it and then pick up the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula right near the Piece of Heart.
Turnaround from the Piece of Heart and look up on the pillar slightly to your
left. Destroy the Gold Skulltula that you find and then reel in the token with
your Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have done everything in this room, refill your two Empty Bottles with
fire and then leave this room. Back in the Silver Rupee room, melt the ice
across from you using the Blue Fire. Now head into the opening. Follow this
hallway into another big room, destroying the icicles in your way. Head into
the big room when you get there.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. Turn left and you
should see the Gold Skulltula on the wall. Destroy the Gold Skulltula and then
reel in the token with the Hookshot. You now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in
the Ice Cavern!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This is a fairly annoying room. I recommend destroying all of the Ice Keeses
before doing anything in this room. Like the previous room, you must collect
all of the Silver Rupees in order to advance to the next room. But most of
these Silver Rupees are up in the air, and you need to push blocks in a certain
path in order to get them.
1) To get the first Silver Rupee, just push the block forward up against the
pillar. Climb up the block and climb up the pillar to get the Silver Rupee.
2) The second Silver Rupee is easy. Just head forward and get the Silver Rupee
sitting on the short little ice stump.
3) To get the third Silver Rupee, get to the block and push it north (use the
map for reference. You should be facing a higher ledge that has an ice block on
the top of it. After pushing the block towards it, climb up the block and onto
the higher ledge. Use the Blue Fire to melt away the ice and to pick up the
Silver Rupee.
4) We can't move the block anymore, but we can reset it to its original
position. Just push the block in either direction into the deep pit below, and
it will appear where you first saw it. Now, push the block towards the south
(again, use the map. This time, it should be up against an ice stump with a
Silver Rupee on top.) Climb up the block and get the Silver Rupee on top of the
ice stump.
5) To get the last Silver Rupee, just push the block to the west. It should
bump up against another ice stump. Climb up onto the block and pick up the
final Silver Rupee. The ice bars blocking an opening will move up.
Before getting to that higher ledge, jump off the pillar and onto the ledge
with the Blue Fire. Take two or three bottles of Blue Fire with you. If King
Zora is already melted, you need two. If not, you need three.
Now, to get to that unlocked area, push the block north to a short ice stump,
then east to another ice stump, and then finally, south to the new opening. Get
to the block, climb up it, and get on the higher ledge. Follow this hallway
until you get to a set of red ice, destroying the icicles and the Freezards in
your way. When you get to the red ice, use one bottle of Blue Fire to melt it
away, and to clear a path. Now, open the door just behind the red ice.
*******************************************************************************
MINI BOSS: White Wolfos
Difficulty: Easy
A White Wolfos is for the most part the same as a normal Wolfos. It will block
most of your attacks. You can usually attack it right when it is about to
attack you. Also, low, vertical shots can usually hit the White Wolfos (by
pressing Up + B. Just keep hitting the Wolfos until you defeat it.
*******************************************************************************
After defeating the White Wolfos, a large chest will appear. Open it up to get
the Iron Boots! These are boots that we can use to walk on the bottom of the
water. We can now get into the Water Temple using these boots. Iron Boots are
very heavy, so it's best to not wear them outside of water (although there are
a few exceptions to that rule). One change from the Nintendo 64 version in this
game is that the Iron Boots are listed as a normal item. That means you can
assign it to a button (X, Y, or a touchscreen button I or II). This makes
taking the Iron Boots on and off much faster and easier.
After getting the Iron Boots, Sheik will appear. Sheik mentions that all but
one of the Zoras are frozen under this ice. The one Zora that Sheik managed to
rescue was Princess Ruto, who has ran off to the Water Temple. In addition, the
ice around here was created by a curse from a monster in the Water Temple.
Finally, Sheik will teach us a song that can take us to Lake Hylia, where the
Water Temple is located.
SERENADE OF WATER
L, R, Y, Y, X
Just repeat that simple five note song and you'll learn the Serenade of Water!
Sheik then magically disappears through the use of that Deku Nut again.
Before heading to Lake Hylia, there are a couple of things we need to take care
of. Let's first head back to Zora's Fountain. Behind the chest that had the
Iron Boots is water. Equip your Iron Boots and jump into the water. Without the
Zora Tunic, you do have a time limit before you drown, but you don't need to
worry about that. Just open the door at the bottom of the water. On the other
side, take off your Iron Boots and then float back to the top of the water.
Jump off the ledge and you'll be back in the first Silver Rupee puzzle room.
From here, get back to the entrance of this place and leave.
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: There is another Piece of Heart in this area. We can now get it
thanks to the Iron Boots. Jump into the water and put on your Iron Boots. Now,
sink all the way down to the bottom of the water. At the very bottom, you'll
find the Piece of Heart, so pick it up.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
After finding the Piece of Heart, take off the Iron Boots and float back to the
top of the water. Head towards Zora's Domain now.
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
If you haven't done so already, use the Blue Fire to melt out King Zora. Then,
stand on the platform and talk to him to get the Zora Tunic for free. Again, we
also need this item for the Water Temple. You should now have one bottle of
Blue Fire left. Head down to wear the Zora Item Shop is. Use the Blue Fire to
melt away the ice blocking the entrance. And that's all we can do for now.
Let's warp to Lake Hylia using our newly learned song!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4l. Swimming Around in the Water Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------
So if you haven't been to Lake Hylia yet, you should notice that the entire
lake is drained of water. This also means that the fishing pond is normally
inaccessible at the moment. However, if you planted a magic leaf in the soft
soil patch near the laboratory as a kid, you can actually use the magic leaf to
get to the fishing pond. You can also use it to get to the top of the
laboratory. But we'll worry about that later.
Instead, jump into the lake. There still is a small area of water left. Equip
your Zora Tunic and your Iron Boots and sink to the bottom. You should see the
entrance to the Water Temple, which is currently locked. Above the locked gate
is a little Hookshot-like target. Hit this with the Hookshot (this is the only
item you can use underwater, by the way), and the little target will come out,
unlocking the entrance to the Water Temple, so head inside.
-------------
Water Temple
-------------
You're in the Water Temple now! Time for an unenthusiastic hurray. This can be
a very frustrating and annoying temple, as the enemies here are very annoying
and some areas can be easily overlooked. There are three water levels in this
Temple, and to help out, I'll break this walkthrough up by water level, so that
you know which water level you should have it set to.
When entering the temple, take off your Iron Boots and surface upward. Now,
head forward. You'll mean in the main area. Jump into the water and put on your
Iron Boots again. When you get to the bottom, look for an opening that is in
between two unlit torches (you're underwater, why wouldn't they be unlit?).
When you find this opening, go through. Head down the hallway in here. At the
end, you'll find Princess Ruto, all grown up! She will even say that she is
your fiancee, and that she never forgot the vows the two of them made (as
kids). Ruto even goes as far to say that Link is a terrible man to have kept
her waiting for seven years!
Back to business. Ruto will obviously mention that Zora's Domain is frozen
over, and that a "young man" named Sheik saved her from under the ice. Ruto
then makes a request from the "person who is about to be your wife" to destroy
the monsters in this temple. She will also mention that there are three areas
where we can change the water level here. Ruto will then float away to show us
where one of the areas is, so take off your Iron Boots and float up to the top
of the water.
Hey, where did Ruto go? Not only that, but you won't see her again for the rest
of the temple. For now, open the door in this room. It will lock when you are
in the next room. To unlock it, you must defeat all of the enemies in this
room. These enemies are called Spikes. When their spikes are out, you can't
hurt them. However, hitting them will cause them to retract their spikes,
leaving them completely exposed. At that point, one hit with your sword will
defeat them. Once the Spikes are defeated, the door will unlock and a large
chest will appear in this room. Open it to get the Dungeon Map. Now, leave this
room.
Back out here, notice that little Triforce symbol on the wall. This is one of
the areas where we can change the water level in this temple. Playing Zelda's
Lullaby will take us to WATER LEVEL 1, which drains out the water in this
temple and you can walk across the bottom. So, play Zelda's Lullaby.
Afterwards, jump down back to the floor below you, where you met Princess Ruto.
WATER LEVEL 1
Down here, you'll notice a locked door. To open it, you must light up the two
torches in the corners of this room. There are two ways of doing this. You can
use Din's Fire or fire an arrow through the torch in the middle, which is
lighted up. The former method is easier, but uses magic power, while the latter
method is more difficult, but saves magic. Either way, once you get both
torches lit, the door will unlock, so open it.
In this room, you will find annoying enemies called Shell Blades. They are
clam-like enemies with iron shells, and you can only attack them when their
mouths are opened up. You can usually get them to open up their mouths by
walking up to them. Once the Shell Blades are defeated, a mini-chest in this
room will appear. Open it up for a Small Key and then leave this room. Back in
here, just head to the main, central room. Back in here, head left and you will
find an opening across from you, so go through it. Follow this hallway until
you get to a dead-end. At the end of the hallway should be a cracked floor.
Place a Bomb on this cracked floor to blow it up and to reveal water. Jump into
the water and stick on your Iron Boots to go down.
Watch out for the Shell Blade down here. Also note that the only item you can
use when walking underwater is your Hookshot. Head to the other side of this
hallway and then take off your Iron Boots to float back up. You'll be in a
bigger room. Swim forward and get onto the ledge that has a switch on the
floor. Step on this switch and the water in this room will raise a bit. This
will also raise up a Hookshot target that we can use. Get onto the higher ledge
and you'll see the Hookshot target on a statue. Fire the Hookshot at this
target to pull yourself to it. On here, get rid of the Tektites and then go to
the other side of the statue. You'll find a switch. Hit it with your sword and
a gate will open up in this room.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula behind that open gate. Just destroy
it and then either backflip to get the token or use the Hookshot to reel it in.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, jump back into the water and leave this room.
Make your way back to the main room. Back here, head left. You will find a
block, so climb up it. On top, you'll find a stone block blocking the opening.
Push this block all the way forward until it falls into water. When it does,
jump into the water and go down using the Iron Boots. Down here, head to the
other side of this hallway and then use your Iron Boots to float back up. Get
on the land once you get to the top of the water. Up here, head forward and
you'll find a large gap. To cross it, hit the switch on the right with your
sword. This will cause a water sprout to appear. Jump across it to get to the
other side of the gap. Once you get to the other side, just open the door next
to you.
This room is a bit tricky. The water here has a very strong current, so you'll
be moving around constantly. First, jump into the water and use the Iron Boots
to go down. You will see a locked gate. To open it, you must hit the switch
inside that dragon statue's mouth. Before hitting it, get on the statue of the
dragon's body, which is to the right of the locked gate. To do this, just take
off your Iron Boots until you are floating right above the body, and then put
your Iron Boots back on. Now, hit the switch with your Hookshot and it will
activate. Now, turn towards the opening and use the Hookshot target to get you
to where the gate is. You have a very short time limit before the switch
deactivates. There are Shell Blades on the other side of the gate, but ignore
them! Take the hit and take off your Iron Boots.
At the top, you'll find a switch and a mini-chest. Open up the mini-chest to
get the Small Key. Now, hit the switch to open up the gate again. Jump back
into the water, put your Iron Boots on, and get across the gate before it
closes. From here, we need to head all the way back to the main area. Just be
aware that right before the main area, you can't float back up completely to
the land after taking off your Iron Boots. If you look up, you'll see a
Hookshot target. Just use the Hookshot to pull yourself upwards to that target,
and then get on the ledge.
Once you're back in the main area, go towards the large tower in the middle of
the room. On one of the sides of the tower is a block. Get on top of the block
and you'll find a locked door. Unlock and open the door using the Small Key.
You'll be inside the tower now. Take note of the brown block you are standing
on when entering this tower. Now, walk to the other side of this room and turn
around. Now look up and you should see a Hookshot target to the right. Use the
Hookshot to pull yourself to this target, and climb up to the platform. On
here, you'll find a Triforce mark on the wall. This Triforce will change us to
WATER LEVEL 2. The water in the center area will be about halfway filled when
raising it to this level, so play Zelda's Lullaby in front of the Triforce to
raise the water level.
WATER LEVEL 2
You'll be able to leave this room from this floor after raising the water
level, but do not do it just yet. Instead, remember how I told you to take note
of that brown block when entering at the bottom of this tower? The block has
raised up to you. In the process, it has revealed a hole on the bottom of this
tower (the game also shows you that hole for a brief second). This hole is very
easy to miss and overlook (and no doubt caused much frustration in the Nintendo
64 version of this game). So, stick on your Iron Boots and drop to the water
below you. Drop down through that hole as well that the brown block was
standing on top of.
Down here, follow this hallway into a bigger room. You'll find a switch in the
corner of the room. Since you're underwater, use the Hookshot to activate the
switch. The gate will open above you, causing numerous Shell Blades and Spikes
to be released. Destroy all of these enemies with the Hookshot. After the
enemies are defeated, another gate will open in the corner of the room. Get to
that corner, and then take off the Iron Boots so that you can swim through the
open gate. At the top, go forward and open the mini-chest for a Small Key. From
here, go all the way back to where you raised the water level to WATER LEVEL 2.
Once you're at the surface, swim onto the platform that has a door. Open the
door to exit the tower.
You'll be back in the main area. Before exploring the second floor, jump down
into the water and use your Iron Boots to sink to the bottom. Now, head back to
the room where you first saw Princess Ruto. Once you get there, take your Iron
Boots off and float up. You should stop at the second floor. Get onto the land
here. Now, in front of you, you'll notice a wall that's cracked up. Drop a Bomb
into this wall to blow it up, revealing a room. Go into this room and open up
the mini-chest to get the Small Key. Once you have this Small Key, go back to
the main area, and get onto the land near the central tower.
Back on here, go back to the door that you used to get out of the tower. It is
locked now. With your back towards this door, go right and go around the
corner. To your left, you'll see an opening on the other side of the water. You
can either swim towards this opening or use the Hookshot target up top. Once
you get to the opening, go into the hallway. Follow the hallway until you get
to some large spikes. Just past the spikes is a higher ledge with a Hookshot
target. Use that target to get onto the ledge. Now, look up towards the ceiling
and you'll find several Hookshot targets. Use any one of them to get to the
room above you. Up here, you'll find a switch and a large chest guarded by a
water sprout. Don't hit the switch yet. First, stand in front of the chest (be
sure to stand on the side that you open it from), and then use your Fairy Bow
to shoot an arrow at the switch. This switch is only activated for a matter of
seconds, so quickly open the large chest to get the Compass. Once you have the
Compass, leave this room and go back to the main area.
Back in the main area, get on the central walkway surrounding the tower. Now,
head to the opposite side of the tower. Across from you, on the other side of
the water, should be a locked door. Get on the block in front of it and unlock
and open the door using a Small Key. In this room, head left and get on top of
that waterspout. Now, fire an arrow at the switch in the corner of the room to
activate the switch and raise up the waterspout. It will take you to the room
above you. At the top, avoid the Blue Tektite and then open the door in the
corner of the room. You'll be in a little alcove on the top floor. The Triforce
symbol next to you can be used to change the water level to WATER LEVEL 3,
which will completely fill this room up with water. So, play Zelda's Lullaby to
raise the water level.
WATER LEVEL 3
After raising the water level, go to the central platform surrounding the
tower. Using your map, head to the east side of the tower and look across the
water. You should see an opening on the other side, so go across the water and
go into the opening. In here, follow the hallway until you get to a pit of
water. Jump into the water and use your Iron Boots to go down. Down here,
you'll be back on the second floor. Directly across from you is a block. What
you have to do for now is pull out the block one full tile (notice the tiles on
the floor). Make sure the block is covering the 4-way intersection. You'll know
you have pulled it far enough after it drops a little bit. Once you do that,
turn back around. Use your Iron Boots to get back to the main area and this
time, go to the west side of the tower. On this side, across from the water,
should be a locked door. Open up the locked door using a Small Key.
This is a fairly annoying room. Head forward to the edge of this hall. Jump
down to the block below you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall to the right. If you
stand on the corner of the block, you can reach it. Defeat it and then reel in
the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, jump down to the stone block below you. Now,
across from you is a waterfall. There are also these platforms coming out of
the top of the waterfall. All of these platforms have Hookshot targets that can
latch onto. What you have to do is use your Hookshot to pull yourself to one of
these falling platforms. Now, QUICKLY use the Hookshot to get up to the
platform above you. If you're too slow, you'll end up falling into the pit and
will have to try this room again. Work your way upward, using the Hookshot to
"climb" up the falling platforms. Eventually, you'll make your way to the top.
At the top, use the Hookshot to latch onto the target and climb up into the
alcove. There is a locked door here, so unlock and open it with your Small Key.
We have another puzzle to work through in this room. In the center of this room
is a pit of water. There is a switch in this water too. Before doing anything,
try to get rid of the Blue Tektites in the water so that they won't annoy you
while you are working on this puzzle. Hit the switch with an arrow to activate </pre><pre id="faqspan-8">
it. This will raise up the water, in addition to raising all of the dragon
statues around here. These dragon statues have Hookshot targets. Use your
Hookshot to get to the dragon statue directly across from you. You'll be on
another platform. On here, you'll see another dragon statue across from you.
You CANNOT latch onto it, as you'll fall in the water below. Instead, fire
another arrow at the switch in the water to deactivate it and lower the water.
All of the dragon statues will lower as well.
Looking across the water, there is a Hookshot target to the left of the dragon
statue. Use your Hookshot to then bring you over to this platform. Now, climb
over the head of the dragon statue on the other side. Hit the switch in the
water with an arrow again to raise the dragon statues. Now, use the Hookshot on
the target on the dragon statue across from you. When you get to the next
platform, hit the switch in the water again with an arrow. When the dragon
statue lowers, jump on top of its head. Now, shoot at arrow at the switch one
more time to raise up the dragon statue. At the top, head into the next room.
In here, walk forward and get rid of the Blue Tektites. In front of you is a
set of spikes. Behind the spikes is a door and a Like Like. You can use a magic
attack from your sword to safely get rid of the Like Like without having your
equipment eaten. Now, to get to the other side of the spikes, look up at the
ceiling. You'll see a Hookshot ceiling. Use your Hookshot to get to this target
and you'll fall down on the other side of the spikes. Now open the door in
front of you.
The door will then lock behind you when entering the next room. Head to the
door on the other side of the room. Now, go back to the lone tree in the middle
and you'll find an enemy. Mini-boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Dark Link
Difficulty: Medium
Yes, this is Dark Link. Almost a mirror of yourself. Dark Link won't really
hurt you, but usually you'll have trouble hurting him, which is what makes this
battle a bit difficult. What happens is that he will mirror your exact moves.
So if you try to attack him with your sword, he'll do the same and block your
attack. There are a couple of ways of hitting them. One is the Megaton Hammer,
which will cause damage to Dark Link every time you hit him. The other is to
use Big Goron's Sword. When attacking with Big Goron's Sword, use Up + B to do
a straight attack. This will hit Link low and at his legs, and will hit him
more times than not. In order to pull off this attack, L-Target Dark Link.
Don't stand too close to him. Instead, back up a few steps and THEN use Up + B.
The key to hitting Dark Link is not to stand right in front of him, but to be
several steps back from him. In addition to Up + B, you can also try Left + B
or Right + B and hit him with varying degrees of success.
Whenever Link is hit, he'll vanish and then come back after a couple of
seconds. He won't appear in front of you, so be on the lookout. After he comes
back, hit him again using one of the two methods above.
Hang in there. This is a tough fight, but you'll eventually take him down!
*******************************************************************************
After the fight, both of the doors in this room will unlock. Open the door that
is leading to the next room (Link should automatically face this door).
In this room, open the large chest in front of you, and you'll get the
Longshot! The Longshot is an upgraded version of the Hookshot. The difference
now is that the range of the Longshot is as twice as long! If you have the
Hookshot out, there's no need to equip the Longshot, as it will automatically
be replaced by the Longshot.
After getting the Longshot, go behind the chest. You will find blue blocks with
the Door of Time symbols on them, so use the Song of Time to remove them. They
will disappear, revealing a hole, so jump down it.
Down here is a fairly annoying room. You will have to swim through a river that
has a very strong current. In addition, there are vortexes that you can fall
through. Falling through any of these vortexes will bring you back to the start
of river. To get through this river, you must use a combination of your normal
boots and the Iron Boots.
Start by jumping into the river. Follow the river until you see the first
vortex. To get around the vortex, stick on your Iron Boots and walk along the
wall on the left side. If you start falling towards the vortex, roll out by
pressing A. Now, head towards the next vortex.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula just above the second vortex.
Standing in the water, you can use your Longshot to defeat the Gold Skulltula
and to reel in the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, continue walking towards the next vortex. You
can get around the vortex by staying along the wall to the right. Again, if you
start to fall in, use A to roll out. Now, there is a ledge across from you with
jars on it. In front of it is a vortex. To get to this platform, run to the
right of the vortex. You are likely to start falling it, so start rolling to
get out. When you get to the ledge, jump on it and turn around. You will see
another higher ledge. There's nothing on it, but we need to get to it. Jump
back in the water and walk in between the two vortexes. You should be able to
get to this ledge and climb up it without a problem.
Once you climb on the ledge, take off your Iron Boots. Across from you is an
eye switch. Shoot an arrow at this switch with your Fairy Bow to activate it.
This will open up the gate to your left. Behind the gate is a mini-chest. Watch
out, this switch is only activated for a few seconds, so you need to be quick.
What you can do is use your Longshot on the mini-chest to latch and pull
yourself onto it. Once you get to the mini-chest, open it up to get a Small
Key. After getting the Small Key, head right. You'll come back to the room that
had strong currents (that you had to get by for a Small Key). You should know
where you are, so get back to the main room from here.
Remember, we are on WATER LEVEL 3. We need to change this back to WATER LEVEL
1. Go to the room where you found Princess Ruto (on the bottom floor, it's the
room with two torches in between the opening leading in), and then float up to
the room that she showed us. Use Zelda's Lullaby to drain out the water.
WATER LEVEL 1
With the water level lowered, go back to the tower in the main room and head
inside. In here, go to the other side of the room. Turn around and look
upwards. Use your Longshot to latch onto the target, and then play Zelda's
Lullaby to change to WATER LEVEL 2.
WATER LEVEL 2
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this tower that we can now get
with the Longshot. After raising the water tower, get on the brown block next
to you. Now, face the door in front of you and look up and to the left. You
should see a Gold Skulltula on the wall in the corner. Defeat it and then reel
it in with the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave the tower. Back in the main area, go to
the opposite side of the tower. You should find a locked gate with an eye
switch below it. Hit the eye switch to open up the gate. Now you need to be
very quick, as this gate will only be open for a couple of seconds. While the
gate is open, use the Longshot to latch onto the target just beyond the gate.
We are doing this now, as that gate was too far away for the Hookshot to get
to. If done right, you'll be in a hallway. Follow this hallway until you get to
a block. Remember the block earlier that you pulled out and just left it there?
We are now on a different side of it. Push this block forward as far as you can
and then go through the opening to your right. You will find a mini-chest
across from you, so open it for a Small Key. Remember, you can only complete
this puzzle if you pulled out the block earlier. To do so, go up to the third
floor, raise the water level, and drop into the room with your Iron Boots to
pull it out. Then you would need to alternate the water levels back up to this
water level. Sounds fun, huh?
After you get the Small Key, you can't leave this room the same way you came
in. Instead, turn around and go all the way straight. At the end of the hall,
look up and latch onto the target with the Longshot. Now head forward into the
main room. Once you get back to the main room, jump back down to the second
floor. Enter the door on the west side and go back to the room to change the
water level. When you get to that room, play Zelda's Lullaby to change the
water level to WATER LEVEL 3.
WATER LEVEL 3
We don't need to do anything on this floor, but we need to keep the water level
this high for later on. After raising the water level, I recommend using
Farore's Wind here. That way we can quickly get back to the main room after
completing the next area. From here, jump into the water in the main room, and
then use the Iron Boots to drop all the way down to the bottom of this place.
At the bottom, face the hallway leading into the room where we saw Princess
Ruto. From here, head left and you'll find another opening, so go into it. In
the opening, you'll drop into a pit below you.
Down here, walk forward into a bigger room. Walk forward and then turn around.
You should see a target on the ceiling across from you. Use your Longshot to
latch onto this target and to pull yourself out of the water. Now, take off the
Iron Boots and then turn around. You'll see a locked door across from you. To
get to this door, just latch onto the target above the door using the Longshot.
Now, unlock and open this door using a Small Key.
This can be a fairly tricky room. You need swim to the ledge on the other side
of the water, but avoid being sucked in by the vortexes. You shouldn't need the
Iron Boots, but just swim to the other side. Remember, you can swim faster be
constantly tapping B. You also need to watch out for the Blue Tektites and the
boulders falling into the water. When you get to the other side of the water,
get out and open the door.
In this room, walk forward. Below you is a big room. Jump into the water below
you and climb up to the platform on your right. Before doing anything, get rid
of the Stingers in the water. If they attack you, just use your sword. If
they're in the water, fire arrows at them. Ready for another puzzle? In front
of you should be a cracked wall. Place a Bomb in front of it to open it up.
Now, head over to the opposite platform and blow up the cracked wall on this
side with a Bomb too (although the crack isn't as obvious on this side, keep
that in mind).
After the second wall is blown up, head into the new hallway. There is a block
here. Push the block until you are no longer able to push it. Once it hits the
wall, head to the other side of the water and get onto the other platform.
Start pulling the block out as far as you can. Your final step is to swim back
to the other side, go through the hallway, and then push the block until you
push it into the water. The block will land on a switch on the floor and
activate it. This will raise the water level and now we can get to the alcove
up top in this room. Up here, just climb up the steps and open the door at the
top.
In this room, step on the switch on the floor in the corner. This will cause
three vortexes to raise up in the gap next to you. Jump across the vortexes to
get across the gap and onto the other side of the room. Over here, avoid the
Blue Tektites and open the door next to you. In here, walk forward and jump
into the river. This river has a current, so stick on your Iron Boots to stay
put.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in here. After jumping in the water,
turn right and you'll see it on the wall. Use the Longshot to defeat it and
reel in the token. This is the final Gold Skulltula in the Water Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Now, watch out for the rocks falling down. After defeating the Gold Skulltula,
jump into the hole in front of you. Down here, follow this hallway until you
get to a dead-end. At the dead-end, take off the Iron Boots and float yourself
back up. At the top, climb up onto the land. Now unlock and open the door up
here using a Small Key. In this room, open up the blue chest in front of you
for the Boss Key!
All that's left now is the boss. From here, you need to get back to the main
room. There are three ways of doing so. If you used Farore's Wind earlier, you
can use it and warp back to the main room. You can also play the Serenade of
Water to get to Lake Hylia, and then to re-enter the Water Temple. Or you can
just backtrack there from your current room, which will take a while.
Once you are back in the main room, get on the central platform surrounding the
tower. Now, head to the north side. Across from you should be a dragon statue.
Use the Longshot on the target to get you towards that area. There are jars
here too. One of them has a Fairy, if you want to capture one in a bottle. From
here, open the door near you.
This is a very annoying room. There is a steep slope that you need to run up.
However, there are three Blade Traps moving left to right (although not in sync
with each other), that you must avoid. You CANNOT stop when going up the slope,
otherwise you'll slide right back to the bottom. Also, getting hit or rolling
with A will send you sliding towards the bottom. So what you have to do is
start running up the slope. Keep going forward at all times. You can go left
and right, as long as you are going forward in the process. Do you best to
avoid all 3 Blade Traps. Once you get to the top, unlock the door with the Boss
Key and then open it up.
Walk up to the pool and Navi will warn you that the water doesn't look normal.
Now, jump onto one of the pillars in the pool to start the boss fight.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Giant Aquatic Amoeba
Morpha
Difficulty: Medium
Once the fight starts, jump off the pillar and onto the floor surrounding the
pool. Morpha, you should know, is just that small, red nucleus. When Morpha is
in the water, it can create water tentacles that can attack you. Sometimes, the
Tentacle will pick you up, hold onto your for a few seconds, draining your
health in the process. It will then throw you up against the wall.
The only thing you need to hit is the red nucleus. When Morpha is in the water,
keep firing the Longshot at it. You may miss several times, as it is moving
around constantly. Try not to stay in one place, otherwise a water tentacle
might get you. Move around a bit every few times that you fire your Longshot.
If you know you missed Morpha with your Longshot, quickly press your Longshot
button again to fire it, so you don't stand there waiting for the whole
Longshot to shoot out.
Morpha is obviously easier to hit with the Longshot the closer it is to you,
and if it is at the edge of the water. In addition, it's also easy to get
Morpha when it is out of the water and inside the tentacle. Hitting Morpha with
the Longshot however, will NOT damage it. Instead, it will reel in Morpha
towards you. Once you pull it out of the water, hit it with your sword as many
times as you can, before it goes back in the water.
Afterwards, you need to then repeat that process again. Do your best to reel
out Morpha with your Longshot, and then hit him with your sword once it's out
of the water. Keep at it and you'll eventually defeat it! It should take about
6 hits with the Big Goron's Sword.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
At the end of the fight, jump into the pool. The warp portal is in the middle
of the room, so watch out for it. First, find the Heart Contain and pick that
up for an additional Heart. Then, step into the blue warp portal to get out
here. Congratulations, you have finished the Water Temple!
---------------------
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------
Link returns to the Chamber of the Sages, where we find Princess Ruto. She has
awoken as the Water Sage. Ruto mentions that Zora's Domain will return to its
original state. Ruto then asks if you are searching for Zelda, saying that Link
can't hide anything from her. But what Ruto does tell us is that Zelda is alive
and out there, somewhere. At the end, she will give you the Water Medallion and
have her power added to ours!
"If you see Sheik, please give him my thanks, ok?"
-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------
Before Link warps back to Lake Hylia, we see Sheik overseeing Lake Hylia, as it
is now completely re-filled with water! Now, despite Lake Hylia being
completely refilled, Zora's Domain remains frozen as Adult Link, even after
clearing this temple. So much for it "returning to its original state." And I
would've loved to see an unfrozen Zora's Domain too. Link then is warped back
to Lake Hylia and runs up to Sheik. Sheik will point out that the lake is now
completely restored, thanks to the efforts of you and Ruto. While Link is
looking at the water, Sheik slowly backs off, climbs up the tree (unbeknownst
to Link), and jumps in the water to escape.
There's many things to do in Lake Hylia, with the water now refilled. Notice
how the sun is coming up? Go up towards the edge and face the sun. That square-
shaped island should be directly across from you. When the sun is rising, shoot
the sun with an arrow. This will create a Fire Arrow, which will land on that
little island. Swim over to that island and pick up the Fire Arrow! This is a
new arrow that you can use for your Fairy Bow. It costs magic power to use, so
watch out for that. But you can use the Fire Arrow to light up torches, as
opposed to Din's Fire. And you can use it to attack wooden enemies too. Once
you get the Fire Arrow, swim back to the land that you previously were at.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Remember that tree that Sheik jump off of? There is a Gold
Skulltula on top of the tree. This is a little tricky, but you must use your
Longshot to latch yourself on top of that tree and onto the tree branch. Once
you're up there, you'll find the Gold Skulltula. Destroy it and then pick up
the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
With the water back, we can also swim over to the Fishing Pond. There's a new
item that we can get there as Adult Link, so let's head over there!
*******************************************************************************
THE FISHING POND, PART II
When you walk in, talk to the fisherman and he'll recognize you, even after
seven years. He'll also tell you that he's almost out of business! So, pay him
20 Rupees to start fishing.
As he stated seven years ago, the fish ARE bigger as Adult Link. The biggest
fish found usually weighs between 18 and 20 pounds.
Once you start fishing, go over to the left side and face the pond. The biggest
fish is near the middle. It is also near the grass and a couple of tree
branches. Take a couple of steps into the water and L-Target that fish with
Navi. Again, to get the fish to bite, keep wiggling the lure using Down. Don't
stay in one spot, as the fish will swim away. Keep trying to bait the fish
while bringing the lure back to you. If he doesn't bite on by the time the lure
is back to you, just L-Target it again with Navi as he's swimming back towards
his original location. This can be tricky, so you may need to try several
times.
Once you have the fish, use every combination imaginable to reel it in. Hold
down A, Left and Up, on the Circle Stick, and R. This is a heavy fish and it
will be a drag reeling it in. If the fish breaks away, you need to leave and
re-enter the pond (and pay another 20 Rupees) to have another shot at it. Given
the abundance of Rupees in this game, it should never be a problem, anyway.
Just hang in there and you'll eventually get the fish.
Once you finally catch that huge fish, go to the fisherman and tell him to
weigh it. The fish should be much bigger than your current fish caught as a
kid, and as a reward, you'll get the Golden Scale! This is an upgrade from the
Silver Scale, and we can now dive up to 9 (instead of 6) meters underwater!
Once you're done, head out of the pond. Just be sure to tell the fisherman that
you want to Quit, so you return the fishing rod to him.
*******************************************************************************
Back in Lake Hylia, swim over to the scarecrow field. Remember these guys from
Child Link? Only one scarecrow is here. Talk to him and then take out your
Ocarina. Play the song that you created as a Scarecrow's Song. After playing
the Scarecrow's Song, he will mention that his friend, Pierre, is around, and
then we can play the Scarecrow's Song to make Pierre appear. We can only do
this in certain spots, however. Usually, you can use it in areas where Navi
heads over to with a green marker. This will become useful for getting to areas
we previously couldn't access. When Pierre appears, you can use him as a target
for your Hookshot or your Longshot.
Now, head over to the laboratory.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: You can get this Piece of Heart if you planted a Magic Bean in
the soft soil as Young Link. Get on the Magic Bean and ride it. When you have a
chance to jump on the roof of the laboratory, do so. If you didn't plant the
Magic Bean, you can use the Scarecrow's Song. Notice how Navi creates a green
marker on the roof? If you play the Scarecrow's Song, Pierre the Scarecrow will
appear. You can use him as a target for your Longshot to get onto the roof.
On here, climb up to the ladder leading to the top tower. You just need to be
really careful of the Guays (the purple crows) flying around, otherwise they'll
knock you off the ladder. At the top, pick up the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Now, head inside the laboratory.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Jump into the pool using your Iron Boots. At the bottom is a
crate. Roll into it to break it and reveal the Gold Skulltula. As you're
underwater, you can only use your Longshot to defeat it. Defeat the Gold
Skulltula and pick up the token. This should be the last Gold Skulltula in Lake
Hylia!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: You are able to get this Piece of Heart thanks to your newly-
acquired Gold Scale. Take off the Iron Boots and surface back to the top of the
water. Now, dive all the way down to the bottom of the water. If you touch the
bottom, you'll hear the "puzzle solved" sound effect. Now, go back up and talk
to the lady. She'll notice that you touched the bottom of the pool, and will
reward you with a Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Now, we could head towards the next temple, but there are plenty of Side Quests
to do.
*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS
HYRULE FIELD PIECE OF HEART
With the Iron Boots, there is a Piece of Heart we can get out in Hyrule Field.
To get to the secret area, face the Lon Lon Ranch area and head to the right.
You'll get to a river with a lone tree near it. Plant a Bomb next to the tree
and it will explode, revealing a hidden hole, so head down it. Down here,
you'll find a body of water. There is a Piece of Heart at the bottom. You can
get the Piece of Heart by either diving to it (you can now with the Golden
Scale) or just using the Iron Boots to sink to the bottom).
GERUDO'S FORTRESS PIECE OF HEART
With the Longshot and the Scarecrow's Song, we can get a Piece of Heart at
Gerudo's Fortress as well. To get there, we need to work our way through the
Thieves' Hideout. When in the Thieves' Hideout, get to the room that has two
staircases leading to different directions. Take the one on the right and exit.
Out here, clip up to the roof next to you. From here, head to the other side of
this roof and turn right. Jump across the gap and onto the roof slightly below
you. Now, head around the corner and you'll find vines, so climb up them. At
the top, follow this roof to another gap. You'll see Navi go out and put out a
green marker. Play the Scarecrow's Song to make the scarecrow appear, and then
use your Longshot to latch onto the scarecrow to get across the gap. From here,
head around the corner and open up the large chest for a Piece of Heart.
FIRE TEMPLE GOLD SKULLTULAS
Yes, there are some Gold Skulltulas in the Fire Temple that we weren't able to
get, so warp back to the Fire Tempe. Once you're in, get to the top of the maze
that had all the boulders rolling around. At the top, head to the door. Facing
the door, look up and to the left. You should see a higher platform with a
green marker by Navi. Face this higher platform and play the Scarecrow's Song
to summon the Scarecrow. Use the Longshot to latch onto the Scarecrow and to
get onto the platform. Now, turn around and look across from you. Now use the
Longshot to latch onto the target on that floating platform. When you land on
the platform, you will be taken upward into small room. Open the door once you
get to the top.
In this room, go around the corner and climb up the fence. At the top, you'll
see another fence. There is a Gold Skulltula on this fence. Destroy it and then
pick up the token while climbing up the fence. Believe it or not, there is
still one more Gold Skulltula. At the top of the second fence, open the door
near you.
You'll be in a room similar to the room where you got the Megaton Hammer. The
next Gold Skulltula is nearby. It is on the wall surrounding that large gap in
the middle of the room. Walk towards the gap and look to the left. Defeat the
Gold Skulltula and then reel it in with the Longshot. You should now have all
of the Gold Skulltulas in the Fire Temple!
Also, if you want to, you can step on that switch in the floor to remove the
fire surrounding a chest at the top of the room. If you can get to the chest,
you can open it to get a Yellow Rupee, for 200 Rupees!
DODONGO'S CAVERN GOLD SKULLTULA
And yes, there still is still one more Gold Skulltula in Dodongo's Cavern.
And we can actually access the place as an adult. Just don't go to Kakariko
Village to get to this place.
When you get to Dodongo's Cavern, go to the center island. Now, head right onto
the pillar, and use it to get to the platform across from you. From here, head
into the opening at the end. In this hallway, look up and to the left where you
should see a higher ledge. Navi will turn green and go up there. This one can
be a little tricky to get. Walk directly below that higher ledge and play the
Scarecrow's Song to summon the Scarecrow. Now, back up and use the Longshot to
latch onto the Scarecrow and to get onto that ledge. On this ledge is a Gold
Skulltula. Just defeat it and pick up the token off the wall. We now have all
of the Gold Skulltulas in the Dodongo's Cavern!
That's it for side quests now.
*******************************************************************************
With three temples completed, we now have the proper equipment to go to the
Gerudo Training Grounds and get to the prize hidden in there. Head over to
Gerudo's Fortress.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4m. The Gerudo Training Grounds!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
------------------
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------
The entrance to the Training Grounds are near the Thieves' Hideout. To get
inside, you must pay the Gerudo at the gate 10 Rupees. Note that this is not a
one-time fee, you must pay up every time you want to head inside.
------------------------
Gerudo Training Grounds
------------------------
There is a prize to be found in this area, but you must find seven Small Keys
to get to it. There are nine Small Keys in this training ground. While we do
not need to find all of them (nor do we have the proper items for some of
them), we do have enough equipment (Iron Boots, Zora Tunic, Longshot, Fairy
Bow, Lens of Truth, and Megaton Hammer) to find enough keys.
When you start the area, there is a door to your left, across from you, and to
your right. The door across from you leads to the area with the prize, where
all of the locked doors are. Let's start out by opening the door to the right.
SMALL KEY #1
-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time!
This is fairly simple. You have a minute and a half to defeat two Lizalfos and
a Beamos. Defeat the Lizalfos using a couple of hits with a sword, and then
defeat the Beamos by throwing a Bomb at it. Don't go near the ledges
surrounding this room though, as a firewall will appear when walking up to it,
which will knock you back. If you want to go up the ledges and get the Hearts,
you must climb up on the ends of the ledges, which are found near the doors.
After defeating the enemies in this room, a mini-chest will appear, so open it
for the first Small Key. The other door in this room will unlock, so open it.
SMALL KEY #2
-Cross the sea of fire!
We must collect the Silver Rupees in this room to unlock the door across from
us, but that's not what we're aiming for. Go down the stairs. At the bottom,
you'll notice a large lava pool with pillars in it. These pillars have Silver
Rupees, however, some of the gaps between the pillars are too large to jump
across normally (you can get to these using the Hover Boots from the next
temple).
At the bottom of the stairs, look up and you'll see a higher ledge to the left.
There is a Small Key that you currently cannot see on that ledge. Jump across
the first gap and pick up the Silver Rupee. If you notice, Navi will turn green
and fly to the middle of the lava. Play the Song of Time and two Door of Time
blue blocks will appear! You can use these blue blocks as steps to get to that
higher ledge. Climb up the blocks and pick up the Small Key at the top!
THE SILVER RUPEES
Also, with the blue Door of Time blocks, we can also safely collect the other
Silver Rupees in this room. One of the Silver Rupees is surrounded by a wall of
fire. To remove that wall of fire, step on the switch on the floor just below
the ledge that had the Small Key. This is a timed switch, so be careful and
quick and getting to that Silver Rupee. The best way to get to that Silver
Rupee is to jump off the ledge where you got the Small Key. For the final
Silver Rupee, look up on the door on the other side of this room. Above the
door is a target you can hit with a Longshot. Pull yourself to that target and
get the final Silver Rupee. This will unlock a door in this room.
To get to that door, you can use your Longshot to latch onto and pull yourself
to that lighted torch in front of the door. Open the door when you get to it.
SMALL KEY #3
-Collect the underwater gems!
This one is a little annoying. This requires the Iron Boots, the Zora Tunic,
and the Longshot. On the floor in front of you are Door of Time blocks, so play
the Song of Time to remove them. A pit of water will be revealed, so put on
your Zora Tunic and Iron Boots and jump in the water. Down here, you must
collect all of the Silver Rupees. Don't take off your Iron Boots as there is a
strong current under this water, so you will move around very fast if you do.
If you have to, take out the Shell Blades before they become incredibly
annoying.
1) The first Silver Rupee is in the dead middle of the room, at the very
bottom. Can't miss it.
2) For the second Silver Rupee, turn around and face up. You should see a
target on the wall with a Rupee below it. Use the Longshot to get to that
target and you will then fall down, collecting the Silver Rupee along the way.
3 and 4) There are two silver Rupees in the corners of this area. There are two
ways to get them. One way is to align yourself so that you are facing a Silver
Rupee and a Longshot target behind you. Then, fire the Longshot at the target
and you will get the Silver Rupees while being pulled towards the target. The
second way is to get near the Silver Rupees, remove your Iron Boots, and
collect them as you are floating upward. This can be a little difficult, but
you have to kind of swim with the current.
5) The final Silver Rupee is up on the roof. Take off the Iron Boots and swim
up to the roof (not to the surface of the water). Then, swim around until you
get the Rupee.
Once all of the Silver Rupees are collected, a mini-chest will appear above the
water. Head up to the chest and open it for the Small Key.
SMALL KEY #4
After getting the previous Small Key, head back out to the previous room. There
is a door to your right on the other side of the lava. To get there, just use
the Longshot to latch onto either the target or the lighted torch. Open the
door once you get to it.
-Find the secret hidden in this room!
In order to complete this room, the Megaton Hammer is required. First, defeat
the Fire Keeses and the Torch Slugs in this room. Defeating all of the enemies
will cause the door leading to the previous room to unlock and a mini-chest to
appear (which has a Bundle of Arrows). There is another mini-chest in the
middle of the room surrounded by fire. To remove the fire, go up to one of the
totem pole statues (it's underneath one that's only one block tall) and smash
the statues with the Megaton Hammer. You'll eventually find a switch on the
floor, underneath where the statues used to be. Hit the switch to remove the
fire, and then open the mini-chest for the Small Key.
Now, there is another door in this room, which is locked. To unlock it, smash
the three-block statue using the Megaton Hammer and you will find an eye
switch. Shoot this switch with an arrow and the door will unlock, so open it.
SMALL KEY #5
-Blind the eyes of the statue!
There is a statue with three faces in the middle of the room. Surrounding the
statue is a rotating floor, which will allow you to get to all of the statues.
Shoot the eye of each statue with an arrow. If all three are hit quickly, a
mini-chest will appear in the middle of the room. You can get to the mini-chest
by using your Longshot to latch onto it. Open it to get the Small Key. If not,
then you need to be a little quicker. Try moving around to the next statue
instead of waiting for the moving floor to bring you to the next one.
To leave the room, just use the Longshot on the target above the door.
SMALL KEY #6
To get to this key, go all the way back to the entrance of the Gerudo Training
Ground. Remember how there were three doors you could open? This time, open the
door on the left.
-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time!
Like the first Small Key, we just have to defeat all of the enemies in this
room within the time limit. You have a minute to defeat the two Stalfos in this
room. After defeating both of the Stalfos, the door to the next room will
unlock and a mini-chest will appear. Open the mini-chest to get the Small key.
Now, head into the door leading into the next room.
SMALL KEY #7
-Gather the jewels of white while avoiding traps and danger!
There is no Small Key in this room, but we must collect all of the Silver
Rupees in order to advance to the next room. You have a minute and a half to
get all of the Silver Rupees. But you must watch out, as there are falling
boulders and hidden firewalls to deal with in this room.
1) To get the first Silver Rupee, go down the first opening to your left. In
here, head left and you'll find the Silver Rupee at the edge of the hall. What
you have to do though is watch out for the boulders rolling behind you, as you
could get hit and then fall into the pit next to the Rupee.
2) After getting the first Silver Rupee, turn around. Head all the way up to
the other side of the hall, where the boulders are falling from. You'll find
the Silver Rupee over here, so pick it up.
3) Now, head back to the door you used to enter this room. With your back
against the door, go through the second opening to your right. You'll see a
Silver Rupee behind the first opening, but you'll be cut off by the firewall,
so go to the second opening instead. Head up the slope in front of you. At the
top, go down the slope and to your right. You'll find the Silver Rupee, and you
can pick it up on this side.
4) For the next Silver Rupee, turn around and head up the slope to the left at
the other end of the room. At the top, turn left. You'll see the Silver Rupee
in mid-air. Jump off the edge to get to it.
5) After getting the third Silver Rupee, look up at the ceiling. You'll see a
target. Use the Longshot to pull up to that target, and you'll get the Silver
Rupee while falling down.
The door on the other end of this room will unlock after getting all of the
Silver Rupees. To get to it, turn around and look up where you got Silver Rupee
#4. You'll see a target on the ceiling, so use the Longshot to pull yourself up
to it. The door will be right across from you, but a firewall will pop up if
you walk to it. Instead, look up the ceiling and you'll see another target. Use
your Longshot to get to the target and you'll fall down on the other side of
the firewall. Open the door from here.
-Without the necessary items, one will be confounded by impossible mysteries.
There are two puzzles in this room. One of the puzzles we cannot solve without
an item from later in the game. See that big, stone block across from you? It
is too heavy to move, and you need a certain item to move it. In addition,
there are a couple of Wolfos and White Wolfos that will appear in this room.
Defeating all of them will cause a mini-chest to appear, which has a Bundle of
Arrows. Facing the block, turn right and face the wall. Turn on the Lens of
Truth and you'll see a hidden opening in the wall. If you look into the
opening, you'll see a target on the ceiling, so use the Longshot to get to that
target. In here, step on the switch on the floor. This will unlock the door
behind that giant stone block (that we can't push). Instead, just open the door
in here.
You'll be back in the room where you got Small Key #5, except you'll be on the
second floor. Just follow this walkway to a door. Open the door at the end.
You'll be in a room with a mini-chest. Open the chest up to get to the Small
Key.
SMALL KEY #8
With seven Small keys in hand, head back to the main room in this area. This
time, open the door directly across the entrance leading outside. This is the
room where we will empty out all of our Small Keys.
There is a locked door to your left and the right. Ignore the one on the right
and open the one on the left.
There is one more Small Key you can get. When entering this room, turn left and
look up. Turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll find a hidden hole in the
ceiling. Use the fence to climb up into this hole. At the top, open up the
mini-chest for an extra Small Key. Now, head back down.
THE FINAL PRIZE
There is another locked door in this room. Just follow the locked doors until
you get to a room with a large chest. If you got all eight of the Small Keys
listed, you should have one Small Key to spare when you get to the chest. Open
up the large chest when you get to it to get the Ice Arrow! As you may figure,
hitting any enemy with this arrow will cause it to freeze solid. It does use
magic power, so watch out. With the Ice Arrow, you can leave this room and get
out of the Training Ground.
So, what about the locked door I told you to ignore? There is another locked
door beyond it, but that area leads to a dead end. That's why you use all of
your keys on the left side. If you went on the right side, you would have
needed to come back here with the Silver Gauntlets to get the ninth and final
key.
With the Ice Arrow in hand, we can now head to Kakariko Village.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4n. Floating through the Shadow Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
Whoa, what's going on here? We see smoke, a building on fire, and Sheik
standing in front of the well. Link will run up to Sheik, who will tell Link to
stand back. Some shadow-y creature comes out of the well and throws Sheik to
the ground. Link then sees the shadow, pulls out his sword to attack it, but
gets swallowed up and thrown to the ground by the shadow. Sheik will tell us
that an evil spirit, contained in the Bottom of the Well, has been released.
Sheik also tells us that Impa was the one who sealed the monster in the well,
and has gone to the Shadow Temple to try and see it again. What Sheik will do
now is teach us the Nocturne of Shadow so that we can access the Shadow Temple.
NOCTURNE OF SHADOW
X, Y, Y, L, X, Y, R
Learn the notes and you'll learn the Nocturne of Shadow! Now we can warp to a
place in the Graveyard that has been inaccessible this whole time. After
learning the song, Sheik will apparently take care of the village, but then
decides to vanish in a magical Deku Nut. Uh, thanks, Sheik...
Now, before heading to the Shadow Temple, let's take care of a couple of things
in this village.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: There is a Piece of Heart that we can now access much easier
with the Longshot. Head up the stairs and stand between the Bazaar and the
Potion Shop. Now, turn around and face the watch tower. To the left is the
other Magic Shop. On top of the building is a man. You can use your Longshot to
latch onto the roof of the building where the man is. Talk to him to get a
Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: After getting the Piece of Heart, there is also a Gold
Skulltula we can get in this area too. Use your Longshot to go from rooftop to
rooftop, until you get to the top of the building that has the cow inside it.
Once you get to this building, you'll find a Gold Skulltula on the wall. Defeat
it and then reel in the token with the Longshot. This should now be the final
Gold Skulltula in the Kakariko Village/Graveyard area!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
With those taken care of, use the Nocturne of Shadow to warp to the Graveyard.
And yes, it is now raining like crazy in Kakariko Village, and it'll remain
that way until you clear the Shadow Temple. So beat the Shadow Temple to stop
the rain! Oh yeah, and we have to beat the Shadow Temple to awaken some Sage,
but that's less important, right?
----------
Graveyard
----------
You will be warped to a higher ledge that oversees the Graveyard. After
warping, turn around and head down the stairs. You'll be in a room with
countless torches. How are we ever going to light up all of them at once? Stand
on the stump in the middle of the room. Take out Din's Fire and use it. The
fire will spread to all of the torches, lighting them all up. This will now
open up the entrance to the Shadow Temple, so head on inside!
--------------
Shadow Temple
--------------
Just so you know, I'm not all too fond of this place. Seems like that this
temple was really dragged out. Before doing this temple, it's highly
recommended that you come in here with the Lens of Truth. If you don't have the
Lens of Truth, then you must get it in the Bottom of the Well as Young Link.
The Bottom of the Well walkthrough is found in section 4i, if you want to go up
there.
So when entering the Shadow Temple, go around the corner. You'll find a gap
that is too large for you to jump over. Don't worry, you can just use the
target on the edge and pull yourself to the other side with the Longshot. Now,
it looks like you have run into a dead-end, but the wall will talk and again,
recommend that you have the Lens of Truth. Speaking of which, turn on the Lens
of Truth and a fake wall will be revealed, so walk forward into the next room.
Keep the Lens of Truth on in this room. Head left and go to the corner. You'll
find another hidden opening revealed by the Lens of Truth, so go through it.
Open the door in front of you in here. Walk forward to the wall with the blue
skull, and you'll again be reminded to have the Lens of Truth on you. Turn on
the Lens of Truth and you'll discover that this wall is fake, so go through it.
You'll now be in a square shaped room. Head right and go around the corner,
keeping the Lens of Truth turned on. You'll find another fake wall, so go
through and open the door. The door will then lock behind you.
In this room is a ReDead and two Keeses. Quickly destroy the ReDead and then
take out the Keeses. Also be sure to take the magic jar left behind by the
ReDead, as you'll need a lot of magic in this temple. Once the enemies are
defeated, the door will unlock and a large chest will appear. Open the large
chest to get the Dungeon Map. Back in here, run through the fake wall (you
don't need the Lens of Truth on to run through it, as you know that it is fake
anyway). Back in this square hallway, turn on the Lens of Truth and go around
the bend to your right. You'll find another fake wall, so go through the
revealed opening. There is another fake wall across from you, so just run
through it and you'll be in another square hallway. From here, keep the Lens of
Truth on. Go around the corner to the right and you'll see a hidden room
revealed in the corner. In this hidden room is a door, so open it. The door
will lock when entering the next room.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: DEAD HAND
Difficulty: Easy
Remember this from the Bottom of the Well? It is much easier to defeat now,
seeing that Link is an adult and has more powerful weaponry. To get the Dead
Hand to appear, let yourself get grabbed by one of the hands sticking out from
the ground in this room. The Dead Hand, a blob-like monster, will come out from
the ground. To break free from the hand, either press A or B as fast as you
can, or let the Dead Hand bite you.
Once you are free, attack the head of the Dead Hand until it goes back
underground. Then, let yourself be grabbed by one of its hands to get the Dead
Hand to come back up. Then, attack the Dead Hand with your sword and repeat the
process until you defeat the enemy. Again, it should be much faster and easier
as Adult Link.
*******************************************************************************
After defeating the Dead Hand, a large chest will appear. Open it up and you
will already get the key item in this temple, the Hover Boots! The Hover Boots
allow you to walk in mid-air, and you can use them to run across gaps. Just be
careful with this boots though, as they do not have any traction and you can
slip very easily and sometimes lose control. Also, like the Iron Boots, you can
assign the Hover Boots to a touchscreen button and take them on and off fast.
With the Hover Boots in hand, head back to the large room that was just beyond
the Shadow Temple's starting point.
In order to proceed, we need to solve a puzzle. In the middle of the room,
you'll notice the statue of an eagle and several poles with skull heads
surrounding the statue. What you need to do is turn on the Lens of Truth.
You'll notice that all but one of the skull heads around the pole are fake and
will all disappear with the Lens of Truth turned on. You need to turn the eagle
so that it is facing the skull head that DOESN'T disappear when looking at it
with the Lens of Truth. Careful though, as if you leave the statue pointing at
the wrong poll, the floor you're on will open up and you'll fall into a
bottomless pit, sending you back to the start of the temple.
Once you have the eagle facing the correct pole, a gate on the other side of
the pit will open up. To get to the platform in front of the opened gate, you
must run across the gap with your Hover Boots on. Once you're on the tongue-
shaped platform, head through the opening. In here, head down the slope. At the
bottom, you'll come to a room with several cracked walls and a Beamos. Get rid
of the Beamos using a Bomb before it becomes a problem. Now, you'll notice that
some of the cracked walls are fake, if you look at them with the Lens of Truth.
With your back against the opening that you just came from, turn right. This is
a fake cracked wall (looking at it with the Lens of Truth), so go through it </pre><pre id="faqspan-9">
and open the door on the other side.
The door will lock when entering this room. To unlock it, you must defeat the
two Gibdos. You can either freeze them using the Sun's Song and defeat them
individually, or walk up to the middle and use a magic attack from you sword to
defeat both of them. After defeating both of the Gibdos, the door will unlock
and a large chest will appear in this room. Open it up to get the Compass. Now,
leave this room. Back in here, run through the fake cracked wall and you'll be
back in the area with the Beamos. This time, run through the fake cracked wall
directly across from you. Open the door on this side.
There are numerous Silver Rupees in this room. We need to collect all of them
to solve the puzzle. Just watch out for the spinning blades in this room.
-The first two Silver Rupees can be found in the center of the room, so pick
them up.
-The third Silver Rupee can be found in an alcove.
-The fourth Silver Rupee can be found in another alcove.
-The last Silver Rupee can be accessed using the Longshot target in the corner
of the room.
Collecting all of the Silver Rupees will open up a gate in this room. Go
through the open gate and open the mini-chest inside to get a Small Key. Now,
leave this room.
Back in this room, there is still one cracked wall we need to deal with. The
last cracked wall is a real one, so just drop a Bomb in front of it to blow it
up. After the wall blows up, unlock and open the door behind it using the Small
Key.
In this room, run down the hall and a Big Skulltula will appear. You can use
the Longshot to easily knock it out in one hit. Now continue following this
hallway until you get to the edge, knocking out the Big Skulltulas along the
way. When you get to the edge, put on your Hover Boots and run forward in mid-
air. This is so that you can get over that guillotine dropping from the
ceiling. If it hits you, you then need to try and get past it again. Once you
are past the guillotine, defeat the Big Skulltula that falls from the ceiling
and then get past the next guillotine. From here, follow this hallway and Navi
will warn you of the monster shadows from the ceiling.
You'll be in a much larger room. It's recommended that you stick on the Hover
Boots. Use them to get across the gap and to get past the first three
guillotines and a couple of gaps. You should eventually get on a platform that
spawns a Stalfos. Now, turn left and you'll see a platform across from you.
It's too far for you to hover over, so what do to? Turn on the Lens of Truth
and you'll see a hidden platform just before it? Run across these platforms
until you get to a door, and then open the door when you get to it.
In this room, head around the corner and into the larger room. The room looks
suspiciously empty, but if you turn on the Lens of Truth, you'll find a blade
spinning in the middle of the room, so watch out. What we need to do here is to
defeat all of the enemies, which includes a Like Like and three Keeses. Once
all of the enemies are defeated, the gate in this room will open, so head into
the little room.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall here. Just defeat it and
reel in the token with the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Now, get back to the
platform where the Stalfos appears. This time, facing the wall, turn right. You
should see a square platform moving up and down, so get onto it. Now, use it to
get to the land where you will see several Silver Rupees. It's best that you
take off your Hover Boots for this part, if you haven't done so. You need to
collect all of the Silver Rupees here to open up the iron bars blocking the
nearby opening. There is a Beamos and two Blade Traps, so watch out for them.
In addition, one of the Silver Rupees is right under the Beamos, so destroy the
Beamos first that you can get it. Once you have gotten all of the Silver
Rupees, head through the new opening.
In here, just follow this hallway until you get to a bigger room. This room
looks pretty daunting. There are spiked ceilings falling down pretty fast, and
will cause you to restart this room if you get hit. Before walking under them,
turn on the Lens of Truth. Look to the right and you should see a hidden stone
block. Pull it out and get it onto that rectangular path. Now, push it forward
and it will protect you from being hit by the falling spikes. Push the block to
the middle, so that both falling spiked ceilings will land on the block.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You might be hearing the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula. To
the left is a prison-like room. Head into it and you'll find the Gold
Skulltula. Just defeat it and pick up the token using the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Now, head back out to the stone block. This time, get on the other side and
start PULLING it. This is so that you won't be hit by the first spiked ceiling
while pushing it from the front, as one the block is pushed far enough, the
spiked ceiling will no longer hit it and just drop to the floor again. Once you
get the stone block to the other side, climb up the block. At the top, get onto
the higher ledge to your left. Now, jump over the spiked ceiling and onto the
opposite platform. You'll find a switch on the floor, so step on it to activate
it. This will cause a mini-chest to appear on the opposite corner of the room,
in between two jars. Use your Longshot to get to this mini-chest (latch right
onto it, and then open it to get a Small Key). Once you have the Small Key, go
back to where you just did the last Silver Rupee puzzle.
Back in here, head to the narrow path across from you. Use it to get up to the
guillotine to the left. Beyond the guillotine, you'll notice a large, daunting
gap across from you. But if you turn on the Lens of Truth, you'll notice two
platforms that are hidden. The one in front of you will stay where it is, while
the other one is moving left and right. So, once it is safe, stick on the Hover
Boots and get to those hidden platforms. Again, keep the Lens of Truth turned
on to help you during this process. Use them to get to the door directly across
from you. Unlock and open the door using the Small Key when you get to it.
We have another Silver Rupee puzzle to solve in this room, but this one does
look deceptive. Turn on the Lens of Truth and you will find many hidden spikes
and ledges in this room. Get around the spikes to get the Silver Rupees on the
ground. In addition, you can also find hidden Hookshot/Longshot targets in this
room when the Lens of Truth is turned on. Use those targets to get the Silver
Rupees that are in mid-air. Once you have collected all of the Silver Rupees,
the door on the side of this room will unlock, so open it. Also, just be aware
of the two ReDeads in this room, and try to defeat them quickly before they
become a problem.
The door behind you will lock again when you enter this room. To unlock the
door, just defeat the four Keeses in this room. But we still have a couple of
other things to take care of, too.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula behind that giant skull-shaped vase
in the middle of the room. Defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, head up to the top of the room. Either
throw a Bomb (or even a Bomb Flower, I guess) into that giant skull-shaped
vase. The vase will explode, revealing a Small Key, so go down to the ground
and pick it up. Once you get the Small Key, leave this room. Back in here,
you'll notice that locked door up on the higher ledge to the left To be able to
get to it, turn on the Lens of Truth. If you look up at the ceiling, you'll
also see a hidden Longshot target. Fire the Longshot at the target and you'll
be taken to it, and then you'll be dropped to the floor below you. Now, unlock
and open the door with the Small key.
In this room, you'll need to get your Iron Boots out. Walk around the corner of
this hallway and you'll see a fan blowing across from you. The fan is strong
enough to blow you back. But if you put your Iron Boots on, you'll be so heavy
that the fans won't do anything to do. So, slowly walk down this hallway using
the Iron Boots, avoiding the Blade Traps in the process (and even taking down a
Big Skulltula too). Eventually, you'll get to a large, rectangular gap. On the
other side of the gap is a fan. Keep your Iron Boots on until the fan stops
spinning for a couple of seconds. Then, quickly switch to the Hover Boots and
RUN across the gap. Afterwards, drop into the area below you.
Down here, you'll be on a narrow walkway, with fans blowing at you from the
left and the right. Put the Iron Boots back on before crossing this walkway. If
you get blown away by the fans, you'll fall into the gaps on the side, so be
careful. At the other end of this walkway is a door, so open it. The door will
lock behind you when entering the room. To unlock it, just defeat the two
ReDeads in here. Also, you'll notice a face on the wall. L-Target it with Navi
and then press the Navi icon on the touchscreen. It will say "Those who have
sacred feet should let the wind guide them. Then they will be led to the hidden
path."
That hint by the way, is referencing to this last room, so leave this room.
Stick your Iron Boots back on. Now, turn on the Lens of Truth and turn to the
right. You'll find a hidden room on the other side of the gap. You can either
get to that hidden room using your Hover Boots or let the fan near you blow you
into that room. Either way, once you get into the hidden room, open the door
inside.
The door will lock behind you when entering the room. To unlock the door behind
you, just defeat the Gibdos in the middle of the room. Defeating them will
unlock the door and reveal a chest in the middle of the room. Open the mini-
chest to get...a Blue Rupee? If you haven't noticed, there's another door in
this room that is locked, and can only be unlocked by a Small Key. The problem
is, we don't have a Small Key! However, if you look carefully at your map,
you'll see a treasure chest icon in this room. That means there is one more
chest in this room that we have yet to open, and it is hidden. Face the door
that you used to enter this room, and then look in the corner to your left.
You'll notice a pile of cracked rocks. Drop a Bomb on top of this pile and it
will explode, allowing us to see the ground beneath it. But we still don't see
a chest, despite there being one in this room. Now, turn on the Lens of Truth
and you'll find a mini-chest. Open it to get the Small Key! Now, use the Small
Key to unlock and open the other door in this room.
When you enter the next room, you'll notice a stone block and a rectangular
path. Pull out the stone block onto the rectangular path. Now, push the stone
block to the ladder on the other side of the path. Keep pushing it until it
falls into that little ditch. Now, you have also opened up a shortcut to this
room. You can now get to this room from near the beginning of the Shadow Temple
(from the room that had the first Silver Rupee puzzle), instead of having to go
through all these rooms. Now, climb up the stone block and get onto the ladder.
Now, get onto that impressive-looking ferry.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have heard the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula when
pushing that block around. Once you're on the ferry, head to the front of the
ferry and look up and to the left. You should see an isolated area with a Gold
Skulltula on it. We don't need to go over there. The Longshot is plenty long
enough to both defeat the Gold Skulltula and pull in the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you get the Gold Skulltula, it's time to get this ferry moving. So how do
we do that? Just stand on that Triforce symbol and play Zelda's Lullaby. The
ferry will now start moving to a different part of the temple. While the ferry
is moving, some Stalfos will come aboard to keep you company, so fight them
during the ride. At the end of the ride, the ferry will crash and start to
sink. So facing the front of the ferry, jump onto the land below you and to
your left. On here, head to the door across from you and then open it.
You will be in a room that has three other doors, one on each side of the room.
Watch out here, as there are Floormasters waiting for you. IN addition, there
are many invisible walls in this room, so use the Lens of Truth to guide you
around. You came out of the eastern door. Work your way up to the northern door
on the map, and then open it when you get to it.
Watch out! There are two spiked walls closing in on you. If you notice, the two
walls are wooden, so you can burn them using Din's Fire. Once the spiked walls
are gone, go to the end of the room. Defeat the ReDead and then open up the
large blue chest for the Boss Key. Now, head back into the previous room.
Back in here, use the Lens of Truth to reveal the invisible walls again. Now,
work your way to the western door on the map, and then open the door when you
get to it. In this room, you will find three of those large skull-like vases
spinning around.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Like the first time, there is a Gold Skulltula on the wall
behind those large vases. Defeat the Gold Skulltula and then use the Longshot
to reel in the token. You should now have all of the Gold Sklltulas from the
Shadow Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Now, you can leave the room, as you won't get anything too good from blowing up
those vases like the last time. Back in this room, use the Lens of Truth to
navigate to the southern door seen on the map, and then open it when you get to
it. The door will lock behind you when entering this room.
All you need to do is defeat the Floormaster. However, it is invisible, you so
must use the Lens of Truth to reveal its location. And because you have the
Lens of Truth turned on, you CANNOT use a magic attack from your sword to get
rid of the little hands that are spawned. So after hitting the Floormaster, be
quick in getting rid of the little hands that appear! After defeating the
Floormaster, the door will unlock and then a mini-chest will appear. Open it up
to get the Small Key. Now, head back into the previous room, and work your way
to the eastern door on the map, and open it when you get to it (which is the
door we originally came through to get to this area).
Back in here, head to the other side of the room. Now turn right and you will
see a giant eagle statue, with several Bomb Flowers in front of it. Take out
your Fairy Bow and shoot one of the Bomb Flowers with an arrow. This will cause
a Bomb Flower to explode and set off a chain reaction, bringing down that large
eagle statue too. It will fall across the river separating these two land
areas, so we can use this as a bridge to cross the river! On this side, open up
the locked door with the Small Key.
In this room, stick on your Hover Boots and use the Lens of Truth to reveal all
of the hidden platforms in this room. Now, cross the gaps using the Hover Boots
and get to the other side of the room. Unlock the door on the other side with
the Boss Key and then open it. In here, just fall into the bit below you and
you will start the boss fight.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Phantom Shadow Beast
Bongo Bongo
Difficulty: Medium
This fight takes place on a drum-like arena. Bongo Bongo has two hands that
will constantly bang on this drum. I recommend keeping the Hover Boots on for
this fight, so that Link can constantly L-Target Bongo Bongo and not be thrown
off in mid-air.
Bongo Bongo's face is generally invisible, and will go invisible at the start
of the fight. It is also recommended that you keep the Lens of Truth turned on
for this fight. Bongo Bongo has a face and two giant hands. What you need to do
first is stun the two hands. This means to shoot an arrow at both of them.
While Bongo Bongo tries to shake off the pain, his red eye will be explosed.
Keep the Lens of Truth on and shoot the red eye with an arrow. This will now
stun Bongo Bongo. Hit him with your sword as many times as you possibly can.
Afterwards, just stun the two hands, stun Bongo Bongo, and then attack again
until Bongo Bongo is defeated.
If you want to make this fight a little more entertaining, hit one of Bongo
Bongo's hands with an Ice Arrow. The hand will freeze solid, and Bongo Bongo
will use the other hand to break the ice off of his frozen hand. During this,
you can hit Bongo Bongo's exposed eye.
Bongo Bongo has several attacks with his hands. He can grab you with his hands
and throw you or crush you. To get up, you need to tap the A button as fast as
you can. Otherwise, most of his hand attacks are just charging at Link with the
hands. If both of Bongo Bongo's hands are stunned, he will simply charge at you
using his face.
Also, if you're real fast, you can defeat Bongo Bongo with Big Goron's Sword
after stunning it only once. It should take around 10 hits with the Big Goron's
Sword, and 20 with the master Sword, to defeat this boss.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container left behind and head into the blue
warp portal. We've now finished the Shadow Temple!
---------------------
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------
Impa will appear before Link, who will awaken as the Shadow Sage. Impa does
explain that Hyrule did surrender after being attacked by Ganondorf seven years
ago. As Zelda's attendant, Impa also had to protect Zelda from Ganondorf. In
some good news, Impa tell us that Zelda is safe, and that soon we'll meet her
face-to-face, where she will explain everything to us. At the end of the chat,
Impa will give us the Shadow Medallion, and add her power to ours!
"Please look out for the princess!"
----------
Graveyard
----------
Well, there's just one more temple we have to clear! And with the Shadow Temple
taken care of, it's no longer raining like crazy at Kakariko Village. Yay!
There's no side quests we can really do now. Just about everything has been
done up until this point. So let's head out to the final temple of this game.
Head to Gerudo's Fortress.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4o. Time Traveling in the Spirit Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
------------------
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------
NOTE: In order to be able to access the desert, you MUST have the Gerudo's
Token, which I covered much earlier in my walkthrough. Without the Token, you
will be thrown into prison when caught by a Gerudo. For a walkthrough on this,
I covered it just after the Forest Temple.
When entering Gerudo's Fortress, head all the way straight to the locked gate
on the other side. To open it up, climb up the ladder to the right. Talk to the
Gerudo up on the top of the tower, and while she'll open up the gate for us,
she tells us that there are two obstacles courses to get through in the desert.
The first is to follow the flags, and the second part requires the Lens of
Truth. Afterwards, the gate will open, so climb back down the ladder and head
into the gate.
------------------
Haunted Wasteland
------------------
As the Gerudo pointed out, you must take a certain path when crossing this
desert. Taking any wrong path will take you back to the beginning of the
desert, almost like the Lost Woods. At the start of this place, head forward
and you will get to a river of quicksand. To cross the quicksand, either use
the Hover Boots or use the Longshot to latch onto the wooden crates on the
other side.
After crossing the quicksand, what you have to do is start following the flags.
You'll notice an arrow sign near the beginning. This arrow will take you to a
shop. To get to the shop, which is a man on a carpet, you'd need to float over
to the carpet with the Hoover Boots. The person sells Bombchus for 200 Rupees!
Sure, no thanks. Now, head back to the start of the flags. Again, just follow
the flags and head into the direction of them. Eventually, you will get to a
building surrounded by flags. We need to get to the top of the building, but
before doing so, jump down into the bottom of the building. The entrance should
be directly across from you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula down here, right across from you.
Just defeat it and pull in the token with the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
There are also two torches down here. You can light them up with either a Fire
Arrow or Din's Fire, and a mini-chest will appear. It has Purple Rupee if you
want it, especially if you think you got ripped off by the Bombchu Salesman.
Anyhow, after getting the Gold Skulltula, climb back up outside. Now use the
staircase surrounding the building to get to the top. Once you get to the top,
turn on a Lens of Truth and you will find a Poe! This Poe will tell you to
follow it and be quick. Keep the Lens of Truth focused on this Poe so that you
don't lose sight of it. Go back to the ground and follow this Poe, which will
guide you through the second half of the distance. Try to keep up, otherwise
you may take a wrong turn and end up back at the start.
At the end, just head towards the double flags and get to the Desert Colossus.
----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------
As you enter this place, be careful of the Leevers that pop out of the ground.
They come in groups and will easily attack you, draining your health. When
entering this area, stay along the wall on the right. You'll come across two
palm trees, with a cracked wall in between them. Blow up this cracked wall with
a Bomb and it will reveal an opening, so head into it.
-----------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Desert Colossus
-----------------------------------------
Wow! A Fairy Fountain! Head up to the Triforce symbol and play Zelda's Lullaby
to summon the Great Fairy. This Fairy will give you an item called Nayru's
Love. This item will make Link invincible while in use. When this is being
used, while Link cannot take damage from enemies, he can still be knocked back
and whatnot. In addition, the Fairy will also restore your health, which is
much needed as you're probably beat up from crossing the desert. Head back
outside.
----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------
After leaving the Great Fairy's Fountain, go directly straight to the palm
trees across from you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula that appears on one of the palm trees
at night time. Defeat it and then reel in the token with the Longshot. Be
careful here, as you will be under siege by the Leevers, who will no doubt
interrupt you using the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, turn around. You should see the entrance to
the Spirit Temple all the way across from you, so head inside.
--------------
Spirit Temple
--------------
Alright, we've got one more Sage to awaken, so let's conquer this place! Head
up the stairs directly in front of you. Hm, we can't go right, as there's a big
giant stone block that we're not strong enough to push blocking the way, and we
can't go left, seeing there's a hole in the wall that is too small for Adult
Link to crawl through. If you go to the bottom of the stairs though, and read
the writing on those cobra statues, it tells us that we must come from the past
to advance in this temple. So, let's head outside.
----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------
Sheik is here, and will teach us a song for us to warp back here, called the
Requiem of Spirit.
REQUIEM OF SPIRIT
L, R, R, Y, R, L
Learn the music notes and you'll learn the song.
While the melody of the song is playing, you'll see that owl, Kaepora Gaebora,
looking down at you from above. Afterwards, he'll fly off. Link will then walk
forward to Sheik, who will disappear behind a little sandstorm.
Alright, so we have to come back to the Spirit Temple as Young Link if we want
to go anywhere, so head back to the Temple of Time and become Young Link. Also,
please bring along a bottle of Bugs and a Magic Bean. Got it? Ok, I'll be
waiting here.
*Plays elevator music during this intermission*
YOUNG LINK
All set now? You should now be in the Desert Colossus as Young Link.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: To the left of the Spirit Temple entrance (just before the
stairs) is a patch of soft soil. Dump the Bugs I told you to bring here to get
a Gold Skulltula to come out. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In addition, plant the Magic Bean into that soft soil patch too. That magic
leaf will come in handy as Adult Link. Now, head back into the Spirit Temple.
---------------------------
Spirit Temple - Young Link
---------------------------
As Young Link, we can go climb through that hole up and to the left, so let's
do that! But there's a little problem. A Gerudo is blocking this hole, so talk
to her. She will ask you what you are doing here and you have three options: To
see the temple, Looking for the Sages, and Nothing, really. She won't believe
the first two options if you pick them, so the way to advance the conversation
is to say "Nothing, really." After that, she will ask you to do her a favor.
But before she tells you the favor, she asks if you are one of Ganondorf's
followers. You get two options: "What if I am?" and "I hate Ganondorf!" The
conversation will proceed regardless of your answer.
The Gerudo will introduce herself as Nabooru. She explains that despite being a
thief, she is different from Ganondorf, who stole from women, kids, and killed
people. We also find out that the Gerudo race is an all-women race, and that
only one man is born every 100 years. Gerudo laws also declares that the man
born every 100 years becomes King of the Gerudo, but she still won't bow to
Ganondorf. Nabooru will then ask you to go through the hole and get her a
treasure called the Silver Gauntlets, an item that can help push around heavy
objects. She also explains that these Gauntlets cannot fit a kid, so that's
also another reason to get it to her. Nabooru says that Ganondorf and his
followers are using this temple as a hideout, so she plans to use the Silver
Gauntlets to steal their treasure and mess up their plans. She also promises
something great for us if we give the Silver Gauntlets to her. So, head into
the hole and crawl through it.
I would immediately slip on the Hylian Shield in this room due to the Fire
Keeses. Defeat the four Keeses and the Armos and a door in this room will
unlock, so open it. In here, there are two unlit torches. Light up both of them
using Din's Fire. This will cause a mini-chest to appear on the other side of
the room. We can't get to it now, but we have this little problem out of the
way.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Before leaving this room, there is a Gold Skulltula on that
fence that we can get to. Just defeat it and then use the Boomerang to get the
token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
With the Gold Skulltula in hand, leave this room. Back in here, open the door
to the left of the hole in the wall. In this room, defeat the Stalfos to get it
out of your way. Now, look across the gap. You should see a fence and a switch
behind the fence. To activate that switch, aim your Boomerang a little to the
right of the fence and release it. Just make sure you don't hit that Green
Bubble in the gap. Once you hit the switch, the fence will fall across the gap
and act as a bridge, so cross it. On the other side, just open the door to your
right.
The door behind you will lock when entering this room. Walk forward and you
will see a floating wooden statue. This enemy is called an Anubis. There are
two ways to defeat this enemy. One is to use Din's Fire to get rid of it
instantly. Now, an Anubis will move in the option direction as you. So what you
can do is get to the other side of the room, and then use the Slingshot to
activate that glass switch. You can then maneuver the Anubis into the wall of
fire created by the switch. Once the Anubis is defeated, the doors in this room
will unlock, so open the door leading into the next room.
You'll be in the same room where you burned the torches and got the Gold
Skulltula. Navi will warn you of the Wallmaster above, so let it drop down to
the floor and then defeat it. Then, open the mini-chest for a Small Key. Now,
you need to collect all of the Silver Rupees in this room. They are all out in
plain sight and shouldn't be too much of a problem to collect. Just be aware
that two of them are on the top of the fence that you have to climb. Once all
of the Silver Rupees are collected, the middle of the fence will fall down over
the gap and created a bridge. Cross the bridge and then open the door on the
other side.
Back in this room, head down the steps and then crawl through the hole next to
you. On the other side, unlock and open the door in this room using the Small
Key. In here, there is a wall that you can climb. Before climbing it, destroy
both of the Skullwalltulas on the wall, and then climb up the wall.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: At the top, turn around and face the gap below. There should be
a Gold Skulltula on the wall across from you. Defeat it and then get the token
using the Boomerang.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, head to the middle of the room. You will see
a sun switch on the floor. You need light in order to activate this switch. To
get light, look at the wall directly across from the door. Look up and you will
see an opening in the wall with some light coming through. What you have to do
is L-Target that wall and then send a Bombchu up there to blow it up. Don't
have any Bombchus? Well, there is a glass switch to the right of the door on a
higher ledge. Use your Slingshot to activate this switch to cause a mini-chest
to appear, and then open it for Bombchus. Once the wall is blown up, light will
shine directly on the sun, activating it, and then unlocking the door, so head
through it.
This is the large, central room that will become pretty important in the Spirit
Temple. When coming into this room, drop down to the floor to your left. In the
middle of the room should be two torches. Light up these torches using Din's
Fire and a large chest will appear. Open it for a Dungeon Map. Now, turn around
and climb up the ledge to get back to where you entered the room. Next to you
is a statue. Push this statue to the ground below you. It should land on a
floor switch (that requires constant weight) and will unlock a door in this
room. Now, head up the stairs next to you and open the locked door at the top.
There's nothing to do in this room, except just open the next door at the top
of the steps.
The door behind you will lock when entering the next room. We have a few
puzzles to take care of in this room. First off, use Bombs to get rid of the
Beamos in this room. Second, you will find a couple of gray blocks. One of them
has a sun switch. What you need to do is get the front gray blocks out of the
way, and then pull out the block with the sun switch. Move this block to that
area of shining light near the corner. This will unlock the door leading to the
next room. Before opening the door, there's still two more things we have to
do. Now, collect all of the Silver Rupees scattered around this room. None of
them should be too difficult to get to. Getting all of the Silver Rupees will
light up one of the torches in this room. Now, go to that lighted torch and use
a Deku Stick on it to set it on fire. Quickly light up all of the other torches
around the perimeter of this room.
Lighting all of the torches will cause a mini-chest to appear in this room, so
open it and get the Small Key. Now, we can go through the door we just unlocked
because of the sun switch, so head to it and open it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this little hallway. Head up the
stairs and turn around. Facing the door you used to enter this room, look
upward and you will see a Gold Skulltula above the door. Defeat it and then get
the token using the Boomerang.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, head to the top of the stairs. Unlock and
open up the door here with a Small Key. Head left and you will see a knight
sitting on the throne. Attack it to start the mini-boss fight.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Hard
This is probably by far and away the toughest enemy in this game. It attacks by
swinging its axe at you, and it deals a significant amount of damage. You can
lose up to four hearts on a single attack! I recommend coming into this fight
is a bottled Fairy. If you also really struggle, start using Nayru's love so
that you avoid taking damage.
There is a way to avoid this enemy's attacks. While L-Targeting, you can
backflip right when it is about to attack (by holding Down and then pressing
A). During this time, you can deal in several hits with your Sword.
This will still be a tough fight. Remember, you are Young Link, so it will take
numerous hits with your Kokiri Sword to defeat this enemy.
After enough hits, some of the armor will fall off the Iron Knuckle. After
this, every time you attack this enemy, it will be stunned for a second,
allowing you to repeatedly attack the Iron Knuckle without it attacking you.
Just be aware for when he does sneak in an attack.
Also, if you need health, have the Iron Knuckle swing its axe at one of the
pillars in the room. Several hearts should come out.
This is obviously a tough fight. Just hang in there and you'll eventually
defeat this enemy!
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open
it. In here, just head towards the entrance.
----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------
Whoa, it's Kaepora Gaebora! He'll give us his last advice to us. There are two
witches in this temple, and to defeat them, we need to turn their magic power
back against them. Hit No to his question, as usual, and he'll fly away.
We will be on that hand of the giant statue in front of the Spirit Temple. On
here is a large chest. Open it up to get the Silver Gauntlets! As explained
earlier, this can let us move very heavy objects, like that big stone block at
the entrance of the Temple. But again, we promised to give these Silver
Gauntlets to Nabooru, right?
Speaking of her, a cut-scene then happens. Near the entrance to the temple,
we'll see Nabooru falling into a little black magic, surrounded by the two
witches Kaepora Gaebora was referencing. She'll spot you, telling you to get
out of here, before being sucked completely into the trap.
So, with Nabooru gone, we can keep these Silver Gauntlets to ourselves. But to
use them, we must be Adult Link. So, head to the Temple of Time, become Adult
Link. I'll be waiting again!
ADULT LINK
Before heading back into the Spirit Temple, ride on that magic leaf near the
entrance.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Make sure it is night time while riding the magic leaf. Near
the entrance to the Great Fairy's Fountain is a large rock. On top of this rock
is a Gold Skulltula. Jump onto the rock when you see it. From here, defeat the
Gold Skulltula and then pick up the token. You should now have all of the Gold
Skulltulas in the Haunted Wasteland and the Desert Colossus!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Go back to the magic leaf and ride it again.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: In front of the Spirit Temple entrance is a large structure.
The magic leaf will come to this structure near the end of the right. When the
leaf goes up to the top of the structure, jump on it and pick up the Piece of
Heart. This should also be the final Piece of Heart in the game!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
With that settled, let's go into the Spirit Temple again.
---------------------------
Spirit Temple - Adult Link
---------------------------
This time, head up the stairs and go to the right. With the Silver Gauntlets,
we can finally push that large gray block. Push it forward and it will fall
into a hole, allowing you to cross the hallway. On the other side, throw a Bomb
at the Beamos to defeat it. Then, look up at the ceiling. You will see a glass
switch. Shoot an arrow at it to unlock the doors in this room. There are three
doors. The middle one is still locked, so open the door on the left first.
In here, watch out for the Wolfos and then stand on the Triforce mark. Play
Zelda's Lullaby and a large chest will appear on the other side of the room.
Use your Longshot to latch onto it, and then open the chest to get the Compass.
Now, leave this room. Back in here, open the door on the right side. To unlock
the door on the other side of this room, we must collect all of the Silver
Rupees.
All of the Silver Rupees are in that pit with the rolling boulders. To get the
first Silver Rupee, run off the gap with your Hover Boots on and you should
fall onto it. Afterwards, the remaining four Silver Rupees are in those alcoves
in the pit. Once you have all five of them, the door down here will open.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You probably heard the sound of a Gold Skulltula swishing while
in this pit. It is right behind that Door of Time block in one of the alcoves.
Play the Song of Time to move that block, and then you'll see the Gold
Skulltula on the wall. Just defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, open the newly unlocked door. In this room,
just quickly open the mini-chest for the Small Key and then quickly get out, so
you don't have to deal with the Like Like. Back in this room, just climb out of
the pit and leave to the previous room. There is one remaining door in this
room, so unlock and open the door using the Small Key. In this room, head down
the hall. Watch out for the flying jars and the Like Like that drops from the
ceiling. At the end, climb up the wall to your right. At the top, head right
into the bigger area.
The door here is locked, and to unlock it, we must shine light onto one of the
sun switches on the wall. What you have to do is push the cobra statue that has
light reflecting off of it so that it is facing the correct sun switch. If you
point it towards the wrong sun switch, the sun will burn away and a mini-chest
will appear. In addition, watch out for the invisible Floormaster in this room.
Once the statue is pointing towards the correct sun switch, it will light up
and the locked door will open, so go through it.
We'll be back in that central room that I told you would be important. Head up
the stairs in front of you. At the top, put on your Hover Boots and float
across the gap to the platform across from you. On this platform is a rusted
switch. Hit the switch with your Megaton Hammer to unlock a door below you.
Now, see that giant shrine in the middle of the room? On the shrine's left hand
is a Triforce symbol. Jump onto the hand and play Zelda's Lullaby. This will
cause a mini-chest to appear on the other hand. You can use the Longshot to
pull yourself to this mini-chest. Open it up to get the Small Key.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula nearby, on the higher ledge to our
left. To see it, walk up the arm on the shrine. At the end, turn left and you
should just see the Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then pull in the token with
the Longshot. You should now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in the Spirit
Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Now, jump off the shrine and head back to the other side of the room. To get
back to the door that you used to enter this room, look near the door and
you'll see a target on the ceiling, so use it to pull yourself back up to the
door. From here, just head up the stairs and unlock and open the door at the
top using the Small Key. You'll be in a small hallway, so just head up the
steps and open the door at the top. Watch out for the Beamos too.
In this room, you'll find another Anubis. With Adult Link, you can easily
defeat it by shooting a Fire Arrow at it. There are two more Anubis in this
room, so defeat those and the Beamos. Afterwards, a door will unlock in the
corner of this room, so open it. This is a pretty tricky room. There is a blue
switch on the floor which requires constant weight to be activated. Stepping on
this switch unlocks the door close by. There are four Armos in the room and all
will attack you when you touch them. What you need to do is touch all of them
and stand by the door. With some luck, one of them will step on that blue
switch, and stay on it long enough for you to open the door. If you go too far
from them, they'll go back to their original positions, so activate them all
again and try to hope they step on the switch.
Once you have the chance, open the door while it is unlocked. In the next room,
just open the door on the top of the steps. In the next room, head right and
attack the Iron Knuckle sitting on the throne. Mini-boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Medium
This fight should be a bit easier as Adult Link, mostly because you have more
powerful weaponry and can defeat the Iron Knuckle quicker. Like last time, L-
Target it and then backflip out of the way when it is about to attack. If you
need additional health, have the Iron Knuckle swing its axe at one of the
pillars in this room to make several hearts come out. If you're still having
trouble with the Iron Knuckle, you can use Nayru's Love to not take any damage
during the fight.
If you're using Big Goron's Sword, the Iron Knuckle should lose its armor in a
matter of hits, and then you can defeat it right afterwards.
*******************************************************************************
After the fight, the door behind the throne will unlock, so head through it.
Head up the slope and out the entrance. We'll be outside the Spirit Temple
again, this time, on the opposite hand where we got the Silver Gauntlets as
Young Link. A large chest will drop down from above. Open it up and you'll get
the Mirror Shield! This shield can be used to reflect light or energy. I
recommend keeping the Mirror Shield on for the rest of the game, as it cannot
be eaten by Like Likes. Equip the Mirror Shield and head back to the room where
you used the Armos to step on the switch.
The door will lock behind you, but we don't need to worry about that anymore.
Instead, head to the other side of the room. Over here is a sun switch in the
wall. Stand on that shining area of light. Now, kneel down and use your Mirror
Shield to reflect some light back on the sun switch. It will activate,
unlocking the door next to you, so open it. In this room, quickly open up the
mini-chest for a Small Key and then leave. Back in here, open the door on the
right, leading back to the room with the Anubis. This time, just unlock and
open the door across from you using the Small Key.
In here, I would get rid of the two Beamos on the pillars before they become a
problem. To your right is a wall you can climb up. However, it is difficult to
climb this wall as it is constantly moving from left to right. What you can do
to get past this is to fire your Longshot up to the top of the wall, and then
just climb up above from there, skipping all of the moving walls. Once you get
to the top, just ignore the Beamos and open the door in front of you. In here,
walk up the steps. At the top, play Zelda's Lullaby on the Triforce mark on the
floor to open up the locked door in front of you.
In this room, defeat all of the Torch Slugs to get them out of your way. Now,
there is a blue chest in here surrounding by fire. There are also several fake
doors around the walls of this room. Blow up each fake wall with a Bomb until
you find an eye switch behind one of the fake walls (it is behind the door in
the back left corner). Shoot the eye switch with an arrow. This will create an
extra floating platform in the air. To get to this floating platform, look up
at the ceiling and shoot at the target with the Longshot. Once you're on the
floating platform, jump to the other platform and step on this switch. This
will remove the fire around the blue chest, so open it up for the Boss Key.
After you get the Boss Key, leave this room.
Back in here, head up the steps to your right and open the door at the top. In
here, look down towards the gap to your right. You should find a glass switch
in there. Shoot at the glass switch to unlock a door next to you. Open the
door. In this room, head to the left where the shining light is coming from.
Watch out for the Lizalfos and the White Bubbles. In this room, there is a
cobra statue that is shining light. If you look to the left of the statue,
you'll see a part of the wall that is sticking out. You can blow up this wall,
so place a Bomb in front of it and it will reveal an opening. Now, move the
statue so that it is facing down the new opening, shining light in that
direction. The light will now hit another cobra statue, allow that one to
reflect light as well.
Watch out for another Lizalfos in the next area. Now, grab one of the
handlebars on the cobra and move the statue so that it is pointing beyond the
arrow bars. It should be facing the previous room, shining light into it. Once
you have that taken care of, leave this room. Back in here, drop down to the
pit to your left. You should see light shining at you from above, so use the
mirror shield to reflect light onto that sun switch. It will activate, and the
floor you're on will lower to the central room with the giant shrine. What you
have to do now is reflect light against the face of the giant shrine.
The face will eventually and you will see a gate behind the face. Use the
Longshot to pull you to that gate. It will open up, and then unlock the door
behind it with the Boss Key.
We will find the two witches, Koume and Kotake. The two witches will then wake
up the Iron Knuckle in this room. He will then snap to get his axe, and the
fight will start!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Medium
If you use Navi to get a description of this certain Iron Knuckle, she will say
that this Iron Knuckle is not an "ordinary enemy". Hm...
Either way, you will still fight this Iron Knuckle the same way you've fought
other Iron Knuckles. Just attack it with your sword, L-Target it, and then
backflip when the Iron Knuckle is about to attack. If needed, have the Iron
Knuckle attack one of the pillars so that hearts will appear.
With the Big Goron's Sword, it should only take a matter of this before the
enemy is defeated.
*******************************************************************************
The Iron Knuckle will fall apart once it is defeated. And wow, it was Nabooru
inside of that Iron Knuckle! The two witches will appear again, and will make
Nabooru disappear again. Now, head to the other side of the room and open the
door behind the throne. In the next hall, just open the door across from you.
You will be in a large arena-like room. Climb up the corner of the platform in
the middle and get on top of it. Head to the middle and the boss fight will
start.
One witch says she will burn Link "to the bone" with her flame. The other will </pre><pre id="faqspan-10">
"freeze him to his soul" using her ice.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Sorceress Sisters
Twinrova
Difficulty: Medium
This is probably my favorite boss in the game. Now, the fire witch's name is
Koume while the ice witch's name is Kotake.
PART I
There are two parts to this boss fight. In the first part, the two witches will
be flying around you. Watch them carefully. Eventually, one of the two sisters
will shoot either a fire or an ice beam at you (depending on the witch). What
you have to do is use your Mirror Shield to deflect that ice or flame back to
the OTHER sister. For example, if the ice witch, Kotake, is shooting ice at
you, then you must use your Mirror Shield to deflect the ice back at Koume, the
fire witch and try to hit them. The same goes for the opposite (using fire to
hit the ice witch). Eventually, after a couple of hits, the sisters will join
together and the second part of the fight will start.
PART II
In the second part, the two sisters will merge together, becoming a woman, who
creepily winks her eye at Link (Kotake and Koume's double dynamite attack).
This fight is a little tricky. After a while, Twinrova will fire either an ice
beam or a fire beam at you. What you have to do is stick out your Mirror
Shield. When the beam hits the shield, your Mirror Shield will be "charged."
You need to be a bit careful once your shield is charged. You need to charge up
your shield three times using the same element in a row (so if she fires an ice
attack at you, let three ice attacks hit your Mirror Shield in a row, making
sure not to let a fire attack hit your Mirror Shield). This shouldn't be a
problem the first time around, as she should fire the same element at you three
times in a row. After the third charge in a row, you can then fire the ice or
fire beam back at Twinrova using your shield. If you hit Twinrova with this
beam, she becomes stunned. Quickly get over to her and hit her as many times as
you can with your sword before she gets back up. Now, if your Mirror Shield is
charged with one element and you decide to let the opposite element hit your
Mirror Shield, you will get hurt and your Mirror Shield will no longer be
charged at the same time.
After that, you just need to repeat the process again. Watch out though, as she
may not fire the same element at you three times in a row, so if you have a
charge on your shield and she fires the opposite element that you have on your
shield, get out of the way until she fires the correct element (and so that you
won't be hurt by the attack either). Once you get the three charges of one
element on your shield, fire it back at Twinrova to stun her. Then, hit her
with the sword several times.
Hang in there, and she should eventually be defeated! It should take about 6
hits with Big Goron's Sword and 12 with the Master Sword.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
So after the fight, the two sisters will appear again, ready for their next
attack. However, both have halos appear above their head. They will argue that
they are "only" 400 and 380 years old. Then the two of them start fighting
about their age, accusing them of lying about their age when they are twins.
Then, the two of them head up to heaven...or for them, maybe hell?
Afterwards, pick up the Heart Container left behind. If you have collected all
of the Pieces of Hearts, you should now have up to 20 hearts! Now, step on the
blue warp portal to get out of here.
---------------------
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------
Link will then appear in the Chamber of the Sages, where Nabooru will also
appear, awakening as the Sage of Spirit. In the past seven years, Nabooru
explains that she was brainwashed by the witches and then was used by
Ganondorf. She will then reward you with the Spirit Medallion, instead of
keeping the promise she made seven years ago. She will then add her power to
ours!
"If only I'd known you would become such a handsome man...
I should have kept the promise I made back then..."
Afterwards, we'll get a message from Rauru (remember him?). He will tell you
that all six Sages will have been awakened, and that now is the time to fight
Ganondorf. But before that, he tells us that there is somebody waiting for us
at the Temple of Time.
So the Temple of Time is our next place to go to, but before that, I just have
one tiny, little side quest left for you.
*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS
THE LAST GOLD SKULLTULA
We now have the proper equipment to get the last Gold Skulltula. To get to it,
head over to Zora's Fountain. Go to where the entrance to the Great Fairy's
Fountain is. You'll find a gray rock just in front of the entrance. The only
way to remove and destroy this rock is by picking it up, which you can now do
with the power of the Silver Gauntlets. Just press A to pick up the rock and
then A to throw it again. After throwing the rock, you'll find a little rock
stuck in the ground. Just use a Bomb to blow it up, and then go down the hole.
Down here, watch out for the Big Skulltulas that are invisible. You can use the
Lens of Truth to reveal them, or you can just have Navi L-Target them and you
can then just fire your Longshot at them to defeat them. Head to the other side
of this tunnel and climb up the ladder. At the top, look to the left and you'll
find the Gold Skulltula on the wall. Reel it in with the Longshot after
defeating it.
Now, if you have been following this guide, this should be your 100th, and
final Gold Skulltula! Congratulations! So, what is your reward? Well, head to
the House of the Skulltula in Kakariko Village. The big spider that was in the
middle is now a human again. Talk to him and he will give you a Huge Rupee,
worth 200. However, you can leave and re-enter the room to get as many as you
want!
Also, if you haven't claimed any other prizes from the people in here yet, now
is the time to do so.
*******************************************************************************
Alright, we're done with all of the side quests now. Head over to the Temple of
Time. You can even warp there. Even if you do that, it will still show Link
running into the Temple of Time.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4p. Everything, Explained
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
---------------
Temple of Time
---------------
Link will run into the Temple of Time. Someone will tell us that they have been
waiting for you, which turns out to be Sheik. Sheik wants to tell us a couple
of things.
So, we're back to that raining background again, where Sheik will tell us more
about the Triforce, which is separated into three parts: Wisdom, Courage, and
Power.
Seven years ago, Ganondorf entered the Sacred Realm after the Door of Time was
opened by you. Ganondorf was able to obtain the Triforce. Since Ganondorf's
heart was not properly balanced, the Triforce was then separated. Ganondorf
obtained the Triforce of Power, which allowed him to become an evil king. But
in order to rule the world, Ganondorf had to find the other two pieces of the
Triforce (those two people are chosen by destiny).
Sheik reveals that it is Link who holds the Triforce of Courage! As for the
Triforce of Wisdom, it is possessed by the person who is also the seventh Sage.
Sheik then blinds Link, and reveals themselves to be...
Holy smokes, it's Zelda! All grown up too! Zelda apologizes us for meeting us
in disguise, as Sheik, but it was done so that she could remain hidden from
Ganondorf. Zelda does some more explaining, on how she was escaping with Impa
the day Hyrule was attacked. She gave the Ocarina of Time to you, as she
thought you were their best chance, thinking Ganondorf could never enter the
Sacred Realm. What Zelda did not expect was for the Master Sword to seal you in
the Sacred Realm for seven years (as you were too young to become the Hero of
Time). This allowed the Triforce to fall right into Ganondorf's hands.
During the seven years, Zelda passed off as Sheikah, hoping for you to return.
What will happen now is that the six Sages will seal Ganondorf into the Sacred
Realm. Zelda will then give you a weapon that can help defeat Ganondorf, called
the Light Arrow. Like the Fire and Ice Arrow, this arrow uses magic, but it's
our only chance against the Evil King.
After obtaining the Light Arrow, an earthquake happens. Zelda is then captured
and trapped in a purple glass. And now we start hearing Ganondorf! At least
Ganondorf is classy enough to praise Zelda for hiding from him for seven years.
He then accuses Zelda of letting her guard down, and that he knew she would
appear if he let "this kid" run around (hey, we have a name, Mr. Ganondorf). At
least Ganondorf admits that he made a mistake in underestimating the power of
Link. Well, ok, not Link, but the power of the Triforce of Courage. He then
says after obtaining the Triforce of Wisdom and Courage, he will become ruler
of the world!
Ganondorf then tells us to come to his castle if we want to rescue Zelda, and
then laughs evilly. So, you remember how to get to his castle, right? Just go
back to the Market and head up to where Hyrule Castle used to be.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4q. Invading Ganon's Castle
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
---------------
Ganon's Castle
---------------
When in this area, run forward to the edge of the pit, and get in front of the
entrance to the castle. Rauru will then talk to you, and then he and the other
Sages will use their power to create a bridge, so we can access Ganon's Castle.
He warns us that the central tower (known as Ganon's Tower), is protected by
six barriers, which we must bring down first.
The six of them, using colors that look like they came out of a Froot Loops
box, will form a bridge leading us over the pit and into Ganon's Castle. So run
across and head on in!
----------------------
Inside Ganon's Castle
----------------------
Ready? When entering the castle, just go down the stairs and open the door at
the bottom. Watch out for the Beamos down there too. You'll be in the central
room of Ganon's Castle. The entrance across from you leads into Ganon's Tower,
but as you can see, it is blocked off. The only way to remove it is to bring
down the six barriers supporting it. Each barrier represents a different Sage
(Forest, Light, Fire, etc), and you can get to each room, which is found around
the perimeter of this room. Because of an item that we do not have yet, we
currently cannot access the room leading to the Light Barrier, or complete the
puzzle to bring down the Fire Barrier. You can also tell based on the color and
the symbol above the door. I would start off by bringing down the Shadow
Barrier first, so look for the door with the purple symbol above it and open
it.
SHADOW BARRIER
We can actually find the key item of Ganon's Castle in this room. When entering
the room, note the large gap in front of you. Look to the right and you'll see
an unlit torch across from you. Lighting this torch up will create floating
platforms, allowing you to cross the gap and onto the central platform in this
room. Be quick, as there is a time limit before the torch goes out. When on the
central platform, turn back around. Shoot another Fire Arrow at the torch to
light it up again. This will create a floating platform allowing you to get to
the next platform. On here, quickly use the floating platforms on the right to
get down to a floor switch. If time runs out beforehand, look towards the
locked door across from you. There is a torch next to that door, which is
closer, so fire a Fire Arrow at that once instead. On here, step on the floor
switch. This will cause a large chest to appear on the previous platform.
You can get to the chest by latching onto it with your Longshot. Now open the
chest up for the Golden Gauntlets! This is an upgrade over the Silver
Gauntlets, and can even lift very tall objects! Now, you'll notice a platform
with a rusted switch to the left. You can get to this platform by rolling
forward across the gap with your Hover Boots on. When you get to the rusted
switch, hit it with your Megaton Hammer to activate it. This will unlock the
door leading to the next room. To get to that platform, use the Longshot to
latch onto the torch next to the door. On this platform, just open the door.
In this room, you will find the power source of the Shadow Barrier. It is that
red ball in the middle. To deactivate it, fire a Light Arrow at it. Impa will
appear, and will tell you that the Shadow Barrier has been dispelled, and will
tell you to save the princess.
We will be taken back to the central room, where we see the energy coming from
the Shadow Barrier going away. One down, five to go!
Before continuing, there is another upgrade we can get, now that we have the
Golden Gauntlets. Head back outside Ganon's Castle.
-----------------------
Outside Ganon's Castle
-----------------------
Out here, cross the bridge. On the other side, head all the way left and you
will come to a dead-end. You will notice a tall, gray-like pillar. You can
remove this pillar with the Golden Gauntlets. Pick it up using A and Link will
throw it all the way behind him! This will reveal an entrance, so head inside.
----------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Ganon's Castle
----------------------------------------
Alright, it's the last one in the game. As usual, play Zelda's Lullaby on the
Triforce mark to make the fairy appear. This is the Great Fairy of Courage. She
will give us an upgrade to our defense power. If you notice, you will see gray
outlines around your heart. This means your defense has been upgraded, and you
will now only damage half the damage from enemy attacks! This is useful
especially for the upcoming boss fights. In addition, your health and magic
will be recharged, so head back to Ganon's Castle.
----------------------
Inside Ganon's Castle
----------------------
Alright, we still have five more barriers to bring down. I will list them
below, in the order of annoyance. So, that means we're going to bring down the
Water Barrier next.
WATER BARRIER
It's not so much the Water Barrier as it is the Ice Barrier, as the rooms
resemble the Ice Cavern more than the Water Temple. In the first room, break
the icicles in the middle and then use your Empty Bottles to get a couple
bottles of Blue Fire. Now, defeat both of the Freezards in this room to unlock
the door leading to the next area. That door, though, is blocked by ice, so use
the Blue Fire to get rid of that ice. Just be sure to refill that empty bottle
with more Blue Fire. Now open the door leading into the next room.
In the next room, we have an annoying puzzle where we must push the ice blocks
in a certain order to get to a switch. We have a time limit, 2 minutes, in
fact, too. There are two blocks in this room. One of them has to be pushed into
the hole in the floor. Do NOT push the one in that is directly across from the
hole. Instead, go to the other ice block. Push it up against the ice stump next
to it, and then push it again into the hole. Now, go to the other ice block,
and push it across the filled hole to the ice stump across from it. Now, push
it so it goes up against the nearby ice stump. From here, you can then push
this ice block all the way forward to that higher ledge with the ice. Climb up
the edge and melt away the ice using Blue Fire. You can now access the rusted
switch up here. Hit the switch with the Megaton Hammer to activate it, and the
door in this room will unlock, so quickly get to that door and open it (the
timer is still running, if you haven't noticed).
You will be in the room with the power source of the Water Barrier. Shoot the
circle in the middle with a Light Arrow to dispel it. Prince Ruto will appear
and tell you that the Water Barrier is dispelled, and to hurry up.
Back in the main room, we'll see the energy source coming from the Water
Barrier go away. Now, onto the Forest Barrier, which is also fairly annoying.
FOREST BARRIER
The first room isn't as bad. Just get rid of the Wolfos so that it won't get in
your way. Now, walk up to the middle of the room. There are four unlit torches
around you. You can light them all up instantly using Din's Fire. Afterwards,
shoot the torch above you with a Fire Arrow to light it up. After all of the
torches are lit, the door to the next room will unlock, so open it up.
We now have a fairly annoying puzzle in which we collect Silver Rupees.
However, you also have to deal with those blowing fans that you encountered in
the Shadow Temple (so let's put them in the Forest Barrier course, right?).
1) The first Silver Rupee is directly to your left, above the gap. To get it,
wait for the fan in front of it to stop blowing. Now, stick on your Hover Boots
and quickly run across the gap and get it, and then QUICKLY get back to the
platform.
2) You can see the second Silver Rupee on the platform to the right of this
room. Quickly run over the gap using the Hover Boots (when the fans aren't
spinning), and then pick up the Silver Rupee when you get on the platform.
3) There is a Beamos on the central platform. Before doing anything else, throw
a Bomb at it to get rid of it. Now, get onto the platform where the Beamos is.
A platform with a Silver Rupee is directly across from you, so just jump to
that platform to get to it.
4) After collecting Silver Rupee #3, turn left. You should then see a platform
with a floor switch on it. Carefully get to the platform after the nearby fan
stops finning and step on the switch. After stepping on the switch, get your
Iron Boots on, so that you aren't blown away by the fan into the gap (thus
requiring you to restart this whole puzzle) when it starts spinning. After
stepping on the switch, turn around. Stepping on this switch created a target
on the platform behind you, which allows you to get the next Silver Rupee.
Latch onto the target and then pick up the Silver Rupee on the top.
5) To get to the final Silver Rupee, carefully work your way over to the other
side of the room, where the locked door is. The Silver Rupee is on a platform
to your right, just in front of a fan. When the fan stops blowing, pick up the
Silver Rupee and then quickly get back to where the locked door is. If you want
to be a little more careful, you can put on the Iron Boots, wait for the fan to
start spinning (so you won't be blown off), and then jump back over when it is
safe.
Once all of the Silver Rupees are collected, the door leading to the next room
will unlock, so open it. In this room is the power source for the Forest
Barrier. As usual, hit it with the Light Arrow to dispel it. Saria will appear,
telling you that the Forest Barrier has been dispelled, and will tell you to
hurry up.
We'll be back in the main room, where the energy source for the Forest Barrier
will go away. We're halfway there now! Next up, the Fire Barrier!
FIRE BARRIER
If you are doing this list in a different order, just be aware that you need
the Golden Gauntlets in order to deactivate the Fire Barrier. Also, wear the
Goron Tunic for this part, as you will be in a very hot room.
In this room, you must collect all of the Silver Rupees to unlock the door at
the other end. The platform in the middle of the room will also sink into the
lava when you step on it. However, you can prevent this by using your Hover
Boots to walk over the barrier.
1) To get the first Silver Rupee, walk onto the central platform. You'll then
see it off to the right on another platform, so go and get it.
2) For the next Silver Rupee, head to the other side of the central platform.
Go left and you'll see a tall, stone pillar, like the one blocking the entrance
to the Fairy's Fountain. You must have the Golden Gauntlets to lift it up.
Press A to pick it up and Link will throw it to the other side of the room. The
second Silver Rupee was underneath this pillar, so pick it up.
3) After getting the second Silver Rupee, turn left. You'll see a platform with
spinning fire and a Silver Rupee. Get over to this platform (using the Hover
Boots), avoid the fire, and pick up the third Silver Rupee.
4) From the third Silver Rupee, get to the central walkway again. This time, go
up to the top right corner. Run across the gap to get onto the platform with
the Torch Slug and the Silver Rupee, and then pick it up.
5) Next to you should be that stone pillar that you threw. You can use it to
cross over to the platform across from you that has the final Silver Rupee on
it.
After collecting all of the Silver Rupees, the door leading to the next room
will unlock. Be quick though, as the platform that has the final Silver Rupee
will sink into the lava, so get off of it fast. To get to where the locked door
is, get to the top of the central walkway. You can then latch onto the target
to the right of the door using your Longshot. Once you're near the door, open
it.
Unlike the past few barriers, we only had to solve one puzzle here. Fire a
Light Arrow at the source of the Fire Barrier to dispel it. Darunia will then
appear, telling you that the Fire Barrier has been dispelled, and will tell you
to hurry (calling you "brother" in the process).
Back at the central room, we'll see the Fire Barrier energy source go away.
Just two more barriers to bring down!
For the next barrier, I recommend taking down the Spirit Barrier.
SPIRIT BARRIER
In the first room, you have to collect all of the Silver Rupees to get to the
next room. Most of these Silver Rupees are in plain sight and shouldn't be a
problem, but some of them are in between narrow gaps with Blade Traps. You can
widen the path for the Blade Traps by moving the statues that they keep
touching, but if you want to make this faster, just collect the Silver Rupee
and take the hit from the Blade Trap in the process. There is one final Silver
Rupee up in the air in the middle of the room. To get to it, get rid of the
Beamos first right below it. Then, latch onto the target on the ceiling using
the Longshot, and you'll get the Silver Rupee falling down. After getting the
Silver Rupee, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open it.
In the next room, get rid of the Torch Slugs in front of you first. Also, get
the magic jars they drop, as you surely need them at this point. To solve this
puzzle, we must use a Bombchu to activate the glass switch on the other side of
the fence. What you need to do is run a Bombchu up the fence, where it will
crawl up the fence and through the hole at the top, then run down and across
the floor, blowing up on that glass switch. This can take a few tries, so if
you miss, just adjust your position slightly each time. Now, if you need
additional Bombchus, hit the glass switch on your side and a min-chest will
appear, containing Bombchus. Once the glass switch is activated, the door next
to you will unlock, allowing you to get to the other side of the room, so open
it.
On the other side of the room, head left. You'll get to an area with sun
switches and a locked door. To unlock the door, you must aim your Mirror Shield
at the correct sun switch using light. But we don't have any light right now.
Look up at the ceiling and you'll see spider webs covering the ceiling. Get rid
of these spider webs using a Fire Arrow and the light will be able to shine
into this room, where then you can then use the Mirror Shield to shine light at
the sun switches. To find the correct sun switch, face the door and then turn
around. It will be up on the wall to your left. Once you light up this sun
switch, the door next to you will unlock, so open it. Just be aware that
turning on the wrong sun switch will cause it to disappear, and then a
Wallmaster will drop to the floor, so be careful.
This room contains the power source for the Spirit Barrier, so fire a Light
Arrow at it to dispel it. Nabooru will then appear, telling you that the Spirit
Barrier has been dispelled. We will then go back to the central room, watching
the energy source for the Spirit Barrier disappear. Just one more barrier to
bring down! Head over to the door leading to the Light Barrier.
LIGHT BARRIER
Note that in order to access the door leading to the Light Barrier puzzles, you
must have the Golden Gauntlets. In front of the Light Barrier door is a large,
gray pillar that you can pick up using the Golden Gauntlets. Link will then
throw the pillar behind him, and the door will be accessible, so open it.
In the first room, use the Lens of Truth to reveal a Big Skulltula in the
middle of the room. Defeat it. There are also several Keeses flying around that
are invisible, so defeat them too. Now, you'll notice that there are several
mini-chests around the center of the room. Don't open any of them, as some of
them contain ice traps that will freeze Link and hurt him. After defeating all
of the enemies, a mini-chest will appear in the middle of the room. Open it for
a Small Key. Now, unlock and open the door leading to the next room using the
Small Key.
This is a pretty easy room. In front of the locked door is a Triforce mark.
Play Zelda's Lullaby on it and a mini-chest will appear. Open up the mini-chest
for a Small Key, and then use that Small Key to unlock and open the door
leading into the next room.
For the next room, you must collect all of the Silver Rupees in this room. You
have one minute to do so. Also, you need to watch out for the boulders circling
around this small room. Two of the Silver Rupees can be found in alcoves around
the perimeter of the room, while two more can be found underneath the
triangular platform in the middle of the room. The final one can be found on
top of that triangular platform. To get to it, use the Longshot to get onto the
target on the ceiling, and you'll be brought to on top of the platform. Once
you have all of the Silver Rupees, the door leading to the next room will
unlock, so open it.
This room can actually trick you a bit. This looks like a room that would
contain the power source for the Light Barrier, however, you don't see it. If
you turn on the Lens of Truth, you'll find a fake wall with an opening across
from you, so go through it. Now we'll be in the room with the Light Barrier.
Deactivate it as usual by firing a Light Arrow at it. Rauru will then appear,
telling you that the Light Barrier is dispelled, and will tell you to hurry, of
course.
So, we'll be back in the central room, where the Light Barrier energy source
will disappear. With all six barriers removed, the barrier in the middle of the
room will be removed. We can now go into the entrance leading into Ganon's
Tower in the middle, so hurry and go through!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4r. Ascending Ganon's Tower
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
--------------
Ganon's Tower
--------------
We're getting closer to the Evil King...can you feel it? Also noteworthy is
that while you are climbing Ganon's Tower, you'll hear an organ playing the
theme of Ganondorf (being played by none other than Ganondorf himself), which
gets louder as you get closer and closer to the top of my tower. This song is
probably my favorite tune in this game.
So, start be heading up the long staircase to your left, and then open the door
at the top. The door behind you will lock when entering the next room, and you
will have to fight two Dinolfos. At this point of the game, they really
shouldn't be any problem. A couple of hits from your sword will knock out the
two of them. Once the two are defeated, the door leading to the next room will
unlock, so open it.
We have another long staircase to climb up, so start running up it. At the top,
open the door leading to the next room. The door behind you will lock again.
This time, you must defeat two Stalfos. In addition, you need to watch out for
the little area of fire in the middle of the room, which is guarding a blue
chest. Once the two Stalfos are defeated, the fire around the chest will
disappear, so open it to get the Boss Key. In addition, the door leading to the
next room will unlock, so open it. Like last time, just climb up the staircase
next to you and then open the door at the time.
Again, the door behind you will lock. This time, you need to defeat two Iron
Knuckles. If you need Nayru's Love for this fight, use it. Otherwise, it should
take several hits from your sword to defeat the two of them. Remember to
backflip to get out of the way and attack when their axes are stuck in the
ground. Like other Iron Knuckles, they will lose some armor after getting hit
several times, so just hit them repeatedly after that. Afterwards, the door
leading to the next room will unlock, so open it. Again, just head up the
staircase. At the top, open the unlocked door using your Boss Key.
There are plenty of jars here, if you haven't noticed. They contain things like
hearts and magic jars. Save them for now, as you currently don't need them.
Instead, just open the door in this room to the right of where you entered.
Just one more staircase to climb! This one is actually the longest one. At the
top, you'll find a door and that organ blaring. Open it.
Well, here we are. Link gasps at the sight of Ganondorf and Zelda, who is still
trapped in that purple glass above Ganondorf. We also find that Ganondorf
enjoys playing the organ as a hobby and is a fine organ player. Did he practice
playing the organ for the past seven years, waiting for Zelda or Link to show
up? Did he practice while Link was running around awakening the Sages? Who
knows, but he's damn good at playing his own theme song at the organ.
Anyhow, Link is restored to full health. Triforce marks will appear on both
Link and Zelda's hands. Ganondorf will stop playing the organ and mention that
the Triforce parts are combining into one again, and didn't expect the Triforce
of Wisdom and Courage to be held by Zelda and Link. Ganondorf turns around and
a Triforce mark will then appear on his fist, demanding you to return the
Triforce of Courage to him. He tries to pry it from Link, and Navi says that
she can't get close to Ganondorf due to the waves of darkness. Ganondorf then
ditches Zelda and *gasp* the organ, and now the fight begins!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Great King of Evil
Ganondorf
Difficulty: Medium
Ganondorf will stay around the middle of the room. He will then pound the
ground, causing the floor around the middle of the room to disappear. This will
create a gap between the middle of the room and the perimeter of the room. If
you ever need more health or magic, climb down the pillar in the middle of the
room and you can get to the floor below you. You can then smash the jars for
hearts and magic jars.
Onto Ganondorf himself. I recommend staying in a corner of the room. Sometimes,
Ganondorf will create a shockwave, which can cause some floor tiles to fall and
disappear. The corners, however, are safe. Now, face Ganondorf. He will create
an energy ball and throw it at you. Like the fight with Phantom Ganon in the
Forest Temple, use your sword to hit the ball back at him. He will then hit it
back at you, and so on. Repeat this until the energy ball hits him. While he is
stunned, shoot at him with a Light Arrow, and he will fall to the ground. While
on the ground, jump over to the middle of the room and hit him with your sword
as many times as you can. After a few hits, he'll get back up. Then, repeat the
process of getting his energy ball to hit himself, hitting him with a Light
Arrow, and then attacking with the sword.
When Ganondorf is almost defeated, he may use another attack on you. He will
release this big, massive magic attack that sends several little energy balls
at you. To defend yourself from this attack, hold B and charge up the magic
attack on your sword while Ganondorf is charging up his attack. When the energy
balls get close to you, let go of B and the magic spin attack will deflect all
of the energy balls back at him, hitting him in the process. Then hit him again
with the Light Arrow and use sword attacks.
You'll also see his cape gradually at torn as he is taken damage. Hang in there
and you will eventually defeat the Evil King!
Note: For all the talk about how the Master Sword is so awesome at destroying
evil and it's the best sword ever according to the Sages, Big Goron's Sword
will still defeat Ganondorf in half the hits. It should take about 10 hits with
the Big Goron's Sword to defeat the Evil King.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, Ganondorf will start breathing very heavily. That can't be
healthy, right? He'll cough up some blood (definitely not healthy), stand
upright, and use the last of his power to shatter the walls around us, before
dropping dead. Link, during this time, just stands there, thinking "Uh, ok..."
Zelda will then drop down from the sky, being released from the purple glass.
She'll start talking about Ganondorf (hey, Zelda, you're welcome for saving
you, by the way), and then we'll feel an earthquake. Zelda will inform us that
Ganondorf has used the last of his power to collapse his castle and crush the
two of us within it. So run, run away!
You know, couldn't we just warp out of here or something? That would make too
much sense, right?
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4s. Escape from Ganon's Castle!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
We only have three minutes to escape. Follow Zelda down the staircase around
the perimeter of this place. At the bottom, you'll come to some iron bars,
blocking the entrance. Stand near Zelda and she will use her powers to get them
open. Head inside! You'll be back in the room that was below Ganondorf's room.
Just follow Zelda to the next set of iron bars and she will open them when the
two of you get there. Go through the entrance and head back outside.
Back out here, carefully jump over the gap and follow Zelda down the stairs.
Again, jump over the gap near the bottom. At the bottom, stand near the iron
bars and wait for Zelda to open them up. Then, head back inside. In this room,
just avoid the middle of the room, which is filled with fiery rocks, and get to
the other side. Wait for Zelda to open up the iron bars and then head back
outside. Out here, again, just go down the stairs, wait for Zelda to get the
iron bars opened up, and then head back inside.
This room is a little different. Zelda will walk forward, but will be trapped
by a wall of fire. You will then have to battle two Stalfos. Quickly get rid of
them (remember, you have a time limit). When the two of them are defeated,
Zelda will be freed, and will leave behind hearts if you need them. Get to the
iron bars where Zelda is at, and let her open them up, and head back outside.
Out here, head down the stairs, jump across the gap, and get to the bottom.
Zelda will then open up the iron bars leading inside.
Back inside, get to the other side of the room. Zelda will open up the iron
bars. We'll remain inside. Go down the stairs. At the bottom, wait for Zelda to
open up the next set of iron bars, and then go through. Cross the bridge (just
ignore the ReDead), and Zelda will open up the iron bars at the other side.
We're almost there! Get to the top of the steps and you'll find the entrance.
Wait for Zelda to open up the entrance, and head on outside!
Link and Zelda make it outside. Instead of getting further to safety, Link
decides to turn around and watch the rest of the castle crumble. Zelda and Link
look at each other, smiling, with Zelda declaring that "it's over". Navi will
also apologize for not being able to help in the previous battle. Suddenly, we
hear a sound come from the middle of the castle ruins. Zelda sends you to
investigate. When Link gets to the middle, a firewall will appear around the
perimeter, blocking Zelda out.
Ganondorf then breaks out of the rubble! And he looks mad! He's also still
breathing heavily! He will use the Triforce of Power to then transform into a
giant beast, named Ganon! Link will pull out his Master Sword, and Ganon will
use his sword to knock the Master Sword out of Link's hand, sending it flying
to Zelda (which remember, she's boxed out of this fight). Navi will also tell
us that she's going to help you this time.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
FINAL BOSS: Ganon
Difficulty: Medium
This is it. Again, Ganon has wielded two swords, which are very powerful and
can cause significant damage. If you need additional hearts or magic, let him
smash some of the castle ruins with the sword. Heck, even some Fairies may come
out of the rubble, which you can then use to heal yourself or capture as life
insurance. If you need to, you can also use Nayru's Love to insulate yourself
from the damage.
There are two parts to this fight (which they're pretty much the same, anyway).
During the first part of the fight, you will not have your Master Sword. You
can use an alternative, like the Big Goron's Sword again (which you have to re-
equip it for this fight). If for some reason you don't have the Big Goron's
Sword, you can use a weapon like the Megaton Hammer. Even weapons like your
Fairy Bow and Longshot will work on his tail.
So, Ganon's weak point is that rainbow-colored tail of his. So, how do we
exactly get behind Ganon? There's two ways. You can roll right underneath him,
in between his legs, and then quickly strike the tail before turning around. If
you have trouble performing this stunt, remember, Ganon is still vulnerable to
Light Arrows. L-Target his face and fire a Light Arrow. This will stun him,
allowing you to get behind him. Then, attack his tail. Repeat this entire
process. Just either roll through his legs or stun him with a Light Arrow. Just
make sure that is face isn't being guarded by his swords and that you have a
clear shot when shooting a Light Arrow. And then hit his tail when you get the
chance.
After numerous hits, Ganon will be stunned in the ground. The firewall around
the edge of this place will be removed, allowing you to get the Master Sword.
Quickly get to it before the fire comes up again. Once of you have the Master
Sword, get back into the arena, where Ganon should be getting back up.
PART II
For the second part of the fight, you MUST use your Master Sword to defeat
Ganon. When he gets back up, you should have a free shot at his tail. Now, you
can use other weapons during the second part, but the final hit on Ganon must
be from the Master Sword, so it's best that you keep that out during the fight
(believe me, I hit him so many times with Big Goron's Sword wondering why he
would not go down, then the next Master Sword hit brought him down for good).
Fighting him in the second part should not be any different from the first
part. You can either roll through his legs to get to his tail or stun him by
shooting a Light Arrow into this face. Then, hit the tail with the Master Sword
when given the chance.
Once Ganon goes down after so many hits, Zelda will fire a beam at him to hold
him down. From here, you must hit Ganon one final time. Stand in front of his
face and deliver one final hit. Ganon will go psycho, whereas Zelda will summon
the Sages to seal the Evil King. Now, enjoy the ending! Although I think it's
sad if you ask me...
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
=====================================
5. Master Quest Dungeon Walkthroughs
=====================================
There is another mode in this version called Master Quest, which you can unlock
after beating the game once. In Master Quest, everything is mirrored. For
example, when you leave Link's house, you go left to get to the Deku Tree
instead of right. You also go right from Link's house to exit the forest. The
entrance to Kakariko Village is now to the left of the Hyrule Castle entrance,
and so on. Even Link uses the opposite hand (his left hand) for using his
weapons, which can initially throw your aim off for a weapon like the
Slingshot.
In addition, when you get hit from an enemy, you will take double the damage.
You would generally lose half a heart when getting hit from an enemy. That
means you can lose up to a full heart when getting hit! You need to be very
careful of this, especially at the beginning of the game, when you only have
three hearts and can be killed very quickly.
Another big change is that all of the dungeons and temples are redesigned, with
much more difficult enemy placements and puzzles. This is largely what this
section is for.
As mentioned in the section, this is only a walkthrough for the dungeons and
temples in Master Quest. Given that the rest of the game is just mirrored (with
nothing outside of the dungeons changed), there would be no point in a full-
blown walkthrough. All I would be telling you to do is to go left in an area
where you would normally go right, and so on.
<><><><><><><><><><><>
5a. Great Deku Tree
<><><><><><><><><><><>
Once you enter the Deku Tree, climb up the ladder to your right. At the top,
follow the path and jump across the two gaps until you get to a large chest.
Also, watch out for that sneaky Keese near the gap. When you get to the chest,
quickly destroy the egg next to it before it hatches into a Gohma Larva.
Afterwards, open the chest for the Dungeon Map.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Next to the chest is a crate. Roll into the crate and break it,
revealing a Gold Skulltula. Destroy it and then pick up the token. Watch out,
as getting hit from one of these will cause two hearts of damage on Master
Quest!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Dungeon Map and the Gold Skulltula, climb up the vines on the
wall next to you. At the top, head right and drop down to the floor below you.
From here, follow this path until you get to a switch on the floor. Step on the
switch and all of the unlit torches in this room will light up. The torch near
you will also light up, burning off the web on the wall. This will allow you to
access the door behind the web, so open the door.
The door will lock behind you when coming in here. To unlock it, you must
defeat all of the enemies in this room. That includes a Deku Baba in the pit
below and all of the Gohma Eggs around the room. You need to walk up to them to
get them hatched, and then quickly defeat them after they are hatched. To get
to different parts of the room, use the floor switch near the locked door to
raise up some platforms in the pit. Once all of the enemies are defeated, the
door will unlock and a large chest will appear. To get to it, hit the floor
switch to raise the platforms in the pit, and then jump over to it. Open the
chest for the Slingshot! Now, head back and leave this room.
Back in here, use the vines to get down to the floor below you. Back down here,
facing the chest, take out a Deku Stick and light it up with the torch to the
right. Now, head left and you'll get to some spider webs on the wall. Run into
the webs with your lighted Deku Stick to burn them. We can now access the door
behind here, so open it.
This can be a pretty difficult room. There is a Big Deku Baba in the middle,
along with two Gohma Eggs. Stay where you are and shoot the Gohma Eggs using
your Slingshot to destroy them from a distance. This will also prevent them
from hatching. The Big Deku Baba may be a problem. I recommend using a Deku Nut
to stun it and then quickly attack it with the sword. Try doing a jumping slash
attack to deal more damage (while L-Targeting, have your sword out and press
A). There are Hearts in this room if you need them. Once the enemies are
defeated, head to the locked door on the other side of the room. Above it is an
eye switch, so shoot at it with the Slingshot to activate it and unlock the
door, and then open it.
In this room, destroy the Gohma Eggs using your Slingshot and get rid of the
Skullwalltulas on the vines across from you. Now, avoid the platform on the
middle, because a Big Skulltula will come down and surprise you. Get to the
vines across from you and climb up them. At the top, open the large chest for a
Compass. One thing to note is that to the right of the large chest is a wall
with vines. There are rocks blocking the entrance at the top, however. You need
to come back with Bombchus to get rid of these rocks, as there is a Gold
Skulltula in the back of the area. Anyhow, after getting the Compass, turn
around and face the other side of this room. You should see a ladder caught up
in the spider webs. Shoot it to bring it down, and then climb up that ladder
and open the door to leave this room.
Back in here, the enemies have respawned. This time, you don't need to defeat
all of them. Just quickly destroy the Gohma Eggs using the Slingshot and use
the Deku Nut to stun the Big Deku Baba. With it stunned, just run to the other
side of the room and open the door. Back in this room, jump down to the first
floor. Remember the giant spider web in the middle of the room? This time, to
burn it, just take out a Deku Stick and light it using the nearby torch. Then,
roll across the web to burn it, and then fall down to the floor below you.
Down here, face the vines leading back up. There is a higher ledge to your left
and right. Get on the higher ledge to your right and defeat the Deku Babas.
Now, step on the switch on the floor here. This will light up a torch on the
opposite ledge. Now, get to the opposite ledge and defeat the Deku Babas here.
Don't worry about the switch behind the web, stepping on it just makes a mini-
chest with a Blue Rupee appear, if you take your time to burn off the web.
There is a locked door on here. To get this door unlocked, just shoot your
Slingshot at the eye switch just above the door to activate it. Once the door
is unlocked, open it.
The door behind you will lock. To unlock it, defeat all of the enemies here.
Stay at your current position and fire your Slingshot at the Gohma Eggs to
defeat them, and then, finish off the Deku Scrub in the middle of the room.
This will unlock the door leading to the previous room. However, this will NOT
unlock the door leading to the next room. Note the two torches in front of the
locked door. Head back to the previous room and take out a Deku Stick. Light it
up using the torch and then head back through the door. Light up both torches
with the Deku Stick and the door will unlock, so open it.
In this room, look up at the ceiling and destroy the Gohma Egg so that it will
not hatch later on. Now, this is the water puzzle room that you may remember
from normal mode. Except the puzzle you have to solve this room is MUCH
trickier. There is no switch in the water to lower the water level, to defeat
that rolling spiked bar in the middle. In front of you is a blue floor switch.
Stepping on the switch will light up the torch next to you. Remember, this is a
blue switch, which means it requires constant weight on it to remain activated,
so stepping off of it will deactivate it and un-light the torch. Before
stepping on the switch, make sure the moving platform on the water is close to
you, and then step on it. After stepping on the switch, quickly take out a Deku
Stick and light it on fire before that torch nearly goes up.
Now, jump on the moving platform in the water. You need to be very careful
here. Stay on the front edge of the platform. When it is approaching the
spikes, run forward and ROLL under the spiked bar to avoid it. You should get
from one end of the platform from the other, not getting in the water. Your
Deku Stick should also still be lit up. Get on the land on the other side of
the water and quickly light up the two torches. This will unlock the door on
this side of the room. Now, defeat the Big Skulltula and climb up the Door of
Time block. Get onto the higher ledge and open the door at the top.
The door will lock behind you when entering the room. You need to defeat all of
the enemies in order to unlock the doors here. Stay where you are and defeat
the Deku Scrub and the Gohma Eggs. Now, don't move. Look up at the ceiling and
you'll find more Gohma Eggs. Destroy them using your Slingshot so that they
won't hatch, causing you more problems. Also, look around the room for a Keese,
which is hiding near the ceiling somewhere, and be sure to defeat that too.
Once the enemies in this room are defeated, the door leading to the next room
will unlock, so open it.
</pre><pre id="faqspan-11">
In this room, destroy the Keeses across from you from your current position.
There is a Gold Skulltula on the roof here, but we currently cannot get it.
Now, once all of the enemies are defeated, head to the middle of the room and
step on the blue floor switch. This will light up all four of the switches
surrounding you. Remember, this is a blue switch, so without constant weight,
it will deactivate when stepping off of it. Quickly take out a Deku Stick and
light it up using one of the torches. Now, go to the western part of the room.
Burn down the spider web using the lighted Deku Stick and then crawl through
the hole on the wall.
On the other side, you will be back in the main basement room. There is a Big
Deku Baba here and a Business Scrub. I'd defeat the Business Scrub just so it
stops attacking you. He will sell you a Deku Shield for 50 Rupees, if you ever
need one. Now, defeat the Big Deku Baba to get it out of the way. Again, Deku
Nuts are a great help against these guys. There is also a spider web on the
floor here that we need to burn. Now, go to the right and push that stone block
into the water. We can now use that to get to this side of the room. Now, get
to the land area that has the lighted torch on it. Take out a Deku Stick and
light it up. Climb up the stone block, get to the spider web, and roll on it
with the lighted Deku Stick to burn it. You will then fall into the room below
you.
Down here, you will fall in the water. Swim onto the land and you will find
three Deku Scrubs. Remember these guys? Except this time, the order is
different. You need to defeat them in a certain order. Instead of 2, 3, 1, it
is now 1, 3, 2 (left, right, middle). Once the last Deku Scrub is defeated, run
up to it and talk to it. He will then give you the usual hint on how to defeat
Queen Gohma. The door leading into the next room will unlock. If you need to,
go back in the water and pick up the Hearts, and then open the locked door.
In this room, walk forward into the area. The door behind you will be blocked
off. Now, look up directly at the ceiling at Gohma, and the fight will start
when the two of you make direct eye contact.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Parasitic Armored Arachnid
Gohma
Difficulty: Medium
I really only gave the difficultly a Medium as you only have three hearts, so
you don't have a whole lot of room for error when fighting Gohma. Besides that
though, the boss fight is no different in Master Quest. L-Target here and fire
a Slingshot seed at her eye when it turns red. She will be stunned, so hit her
as many times as you can with the sword. Keep her L-Targeting when she climbs
up to the ceiling, and watch closely at her eye. Quickly hit it when it turns
red to stun her again. And try to defeat her before she releases Gohma Eggs,
which can make this fight much more difficult. If it happens, quickly L-Target
the eggs and destroy them before they hatch and make the battle much more
difficult. She should be defeated after several hits with the sword.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container and step on the blue warp portal.
<><><><><><><><><><><>
5b. Dodongo's Cavern
<><><><><><><><><><><>
At the beginning, there is a cracked wall in front of you. Take a Bomb Flower
to either the left or the right and use it to blow up that cracked wall. Head
through the opening and you'll be in the main room. Jump over to the central
island, where you'll notice that there is a Bomb Flower in the middle as
opposed to a Beamos. From here, pick up the Bomb Flower on the middle. Head
left and jump onto the platform across from you. Quickly throw the Bomb Flower
at that cracked wall to blow it up, revealing a chest. Open it to get a Dungeon
Map. There is another cracked wall over here, but we cannot blow it up yet. The
Bomb Flower in the central island can NOT reach it right now, as it will blow
up before you can get to that cracked wall. Now, head back to the central
island.
When you get onto the central island, go to the top left corner (to the left of
the Dodongo face) and look down. You'll see a little area of land below with a
rock. What you have to do is pick up the Bomb Flower in the middle and throw it
at that rock to blow it up. When it blows up, a floor switch will be revealed,
so go down and step on it.
Stepping on that switch will make the pillar next to you go all the way up to
the second floor! So, climb the ladder next to you and get onto that pillar.
Then, ride it on to the top floor. Up here, turn right and you should see a
bridge. Cross the bridge, jumping over the two games. On the other side is
another floor switch, so step on it. This will cause a door on the floor below
us to open. So head back to the pillar and use it to get back to the central
island. Now, use it to jump across the other pillar and onto the area to your
right. On here, you will find the unlocked door next to you, so open it. In
this room, head forward. You will find the giant staircase surrounded by Bomb
Flowers. Before setting it off, pick up one of the Bomb Flowers and use it to
blow up the cracked wall in this room.
After the wall blows up, go inside. You will find a door, but don't open it. It
leads to a room with a maze of Door of Time Blocks, which we cannot move around
until later. Instead, notice the Bomb Flower on the wall. To get it off the
wall, take out a Deku Stick and go to the torch nearby to light it up. Now,
walk up against the Bomb Flower with the lighted Deku Stick to bring the Bomb
Flower down. Now, quickly pick it up and place it in between the rest of the
Bomb Flowers. This might be a little difficult. If you want to sacrifice some
health, just run up in between the gap in the Bomb Flowers and let it explode.
This will cause a chain reaction of explosions, causing the giant staircase to
lower.
Before going up the stairs, pick up a Bomb Flower and use it to destroy the
Beamos on the right. This will reveal a Silver Rupee (#1) so pick it up. Now,
roll into the crate to the right of the stairs to break it and reveal another
Silver Rupee (#2). Once you have collected both of these Silver Rupees, head up
the stairs. At the top, riding that little pillar up will take you to a
Business Scrub who will sell you a Deku Shield for 50 Rupees, so you can come
back here in the event you lose yours to fire. Anyhow, go right and roll into
the crate in the corner to destroy it, revealing another Silver Rupee (#3).
From here, go up the ramp to your right and follow it until you get to a Big
Skulltula. Destroy it and then climb up the right and pick up Silver Rupee #4.
Now, climb back down and turn around. Facing the locked door, destroy the Big
Skulltula to your right and roll into the crate to destroy it and pick up the
5th and final Silver Rupee. This will cause the door nearby to unlock, so open
it.
There are three Dodongos in this room. You can defeat them by hitting their
tail three times with your sword. Get out of the way to avoid their fire-
breathing attack. If it hits you, it can burn off your Deku Shield. Also, when
hitting them, quickly back up, as they will spin around, which can hurt you
easily. And when they are defeated, get out of the way, as they will explode.
Once they are defeated, a chest will appear and the doors in this room will
unlock. Open the chest to get the Compass. Now, open the door leading to the
next room. You'll be back in the main room. Just run across the bridge and get
to the other side of the room, and then go through the opening on the other
end.
In here, we have a little puzzle. Start by dropping down to the pit below you.
You will see three torches in mid-air. In between the torches are two stone
blocks. Pull out the block on the left first, so that it is next to the torch
on the left. Now, go to the block on the right. Pull it back out and then to
the left, so that it is right underneath the middle torch. From here, go to the
right torch and head around the corner. You will find another stone block here.
Pull it out and around the corner so that it is right next to the torch on the
right. From here, go back up the ladder to the previous area. There is a
lighted torch here, so take out a Deku Stick and light it up. Now, jump down to
the blocks and use them to light all three torches. If done correctly, two
things will happen. Another torch in this room will light up, and a door on the
northern part of this room will unlock. First, open the door in the northern
part of the room. To get to it, climb up onto the higher ledge and run
straight.
The door will lock behind you when you enter the room. To unlock it, you must
defeat all of the Gohma Larvae in this room. To make the room easier, just look
up at the ceiling and destroy the Gohma Eggs. Defeating all of them will cause
the door to unlock and a mini-chest to appear. Open the mini-chest for a Blue
Rupee. Now, don't open the door just yet.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You probably have heard the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula
while in this room. It is in one of the crates on the left. Once you have
everything taken care of, just roll into the crates until you find the one with
the Gold Skulltula in it. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, head to the
southwest corner of this room. You should find a ladder and a stone block right
below it. Pull out the stone block and then climb up it so you can reach the
ladder, and then climb up the ladder. Up top, turn around and you should see a
platform with a lighted torch on it. Jump onto this platform. Take out a Deku
Stick and use the torch to light it up. Now, turn around and jump back on top
of the ladder. Be sure not to land on the latter, otherwise Link will put the
Deku Stick away, and you'll have to try again. Head straight and you will come
to a large spider web. Use the lighted Deku Stick to burn it. Near you are two
torches, so light them up quickly too. Defeat the Big Skulltula while you are
at it.
This looks tricky at first. We need to get to the other side of the room, but
we can't due to the stone blocks on the central platform. What you have to do
is drop down to the right. You will find a stone block over here. Pull it out
and then move it to the other side of the room. Once you get it to the other
side of the room, climb up it and use it to get on the ledge to the left. Up
here, defeat the Big Skulltula and head into the hallway. Defeat all of the
Keeses and the Big Skulltula before doing anything in this hallway. You'll come
to a cracked wall and a Bomb Flower on the wall. Take out a Deku Stick and
light it up using the nearby torch, and then use it to make the Bomb Flower on
the wall drop. Throw it at the cracked wall to blow up that wall, and then open
the door.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Lizalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy
These two shouldn't be a problem. When you fight one, it will jump away after
three hits, and the other one will come in to attack. Hit that one three times
and then that one will jump away. Both of the Lizalfos will be defeated after
six hits. Use L-Targeting, and defend with your Deku Shield when they attack.
*******************************************************************************
Once the Lizalfos are defeated, the doors in this room will unlock, so open the
door leading to the next room. In here, walk forward and you will find two
pillars being blocked by fire. Now, look in the back corners of the room. To
the left, you should see a rock, and to the right, you should see a glass
switch. Shoot the switch using your Slingshot and the first firewall will go
away, so jump onto the first pillar. Now look to your right and you will see an
alcove with a Bomb Flower in it. Jump into the alcove and pick up the Bomb
Flower. Now take it to the rock you saw earlier and use the Bomb Flower to blow
up the rock. This will reveal a switch on the floor, so step on it. Stepping on
this switch will remove the fire on the second pillar.
Quickly turn around and use the ledges to get back to the area above you. By
now, the first wall of fire should be back, so shoot at the glass switch again
to get rid of it. Now quickly jump across the pillars (before the second switch
deactivates) to get to the other side of the room. Once you're on the other
side, head forward. You'll be back in the room that had the torch puzzle. Just
jump across the gap and go through the opening across from you. You'll come to
a set of rocks, which you can easily blow up using the Bomb Flower in front of
it. Afterwards, continue forward and you'll be back in the main room.
This puzzle is a bit tricky. With that Bomb Flower, we can now reach the
cracked wall on the floor directly below us. Pick up the Bomb Flower and then
drop down to your right. Down here, quickly run forward and throw the Bomb
Flower to the cracked wall at the end. If you couldn't get to it, you have to
go back on the pillar, head back up to the top floor, and try again. Once you
have that wall blown up, head through and down the hallway. In this room, go
forward and you'll find two little platforms. Jump on the one on the right and
it will head up. At the top is an alcove with a Bomb Flower. Pick up the Bomb
Flower and drop to the floor below you. Use it to blow up the nearby rock. When
the rock blows up, a Bomb Flower will be revealed. Pick this one up and use it
to blow up the cracked wall next to you. A door will be revealed. You don't
need to open this door, but inside is a Business Scrub who will sell you a Red
Potion for 40 Rupees.
From here, pick up the Bomb Flower and proceed forward. If you look on the
higher ledge, you should see some Bomb Flowers running up the wall to your
left. Throw the Bomb Flower so that it is underneath the Bomb Flowers on the
wall. If done right, when the Bomb Flower explodes, it will also make the Bomb
Flowers on the wall and ceiling explode, causing a chain reaction. This will
ultimate blow up a rock on the wall on the right, revealing an eye switch. Now
get onto the higher floor and shoot the eye switch with the Slingshot to
activate it, unlocking the door to the left, so open it. In this hall, just
avoid the Baby Dodongos and open the door on the other side of the area.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Lizalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy
Again, this fight shouldn't really be a problem. Both Lizalfos will go down
after six hits each, they will retreat after three hits, and use L-Targeting to
attack. Use your Deku Shield to defend from their sword attacks.
*******************************************************************************
After the Lizalfos are defeated, the doors in this room will unlock, so open
the door leading into the next room. In here, head down the hall and into the
bigger room. If you look forward, you should see some Bomb Flowers running up
the wall and onto the ceiling again. Pick up the Bomb Flower from the previous
hallway and throw it underneath the Bomb Flowers on the wall. This should cause
a chain reaction and blow up all of the Bomb Flowers, unlocking the door in the
previous hallway. We don't need to open that door, as there is a Gold Skulltula
in that room that we currently cannot get to. Instead, head into the big room.
You will find some Poes in this room. On the other side of the room is another
set of Bomb Flowers running up the wall. There is also a Bomb Flower on the
floor you can pick up, so pick it up and place is below the Bomb Flowers on the
wall. The explosion will cause another chain reaction, which will unlock the
door in the corner of the room, so open it. In here, walk forward and open the
large chest at the end for Bombs! With the Bombs, jump back into the main room.
Head to the pillar and use it to ride up to the top floor. Up here, head to the
bridge on your right. Drop Bombs into both of the gaps so that they fall into
the eyes of the Dodongo and light them both up red. Once both eyes are red from
the Bomb explosions, the Dodongo's mouth will open up. So head back to the
central island, head into the mouth of the Dodongo face, and open the door at
the end.
In this room, jump into the pit below you. Now climb up on the ledge to the
left and head forward. Be careful of the Baby Dodongos popping up from the
ground. From here, go down the hallway. At the end, drop down to the floor
below you. Down here, head right and climb up the higher ledge. Now, go into
the floor below you, where you will find three gravestones. Defeat the Lizalfos
here first. Now, pull back the furthest gravestone and then get on top of it.
There is a ledge that you can't jump onto because of the fire surrounding it.
However, you can see a glass switch on the other side of the ledge. To activate
it, L-Target it and throw a Bomb at it. The explosion will cause the firewall
to disappear, so climb over the ledge onto the other side.
Over here, turn right and you will see a large group of Armos. Stand back and
set them all of at once using a Bomb. Then, while they are in motion, defeat
them by throwing another Bomb against them. To the left should be a wall with
Bomb Flowers running up it. Place a Bomb underneath this Bomb Flowers to cause
a chain reaction of explosions. This will make a clear platform appear next to
you, so climb up it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Using the clear platforms, get on top of the walls to your
right. Follow this walkway to a Gold Skulltula at the end. Defeat it and then
pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, turn around and drop down to the floor below
you. Head forward and follow this hallway until you get to a gravestone. Pull
back the gravestone to reveal a floor switch, and then step on it. This will
unlock a door in this area, so open it.
In this room, use a Bomb to blow up the cracked floor in the middle of the
room. If you need to, open up the mini-chest for some Bombs. Then, fall through
the hole to start the boss fight.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Infernal Dinosaur
King Dodongo
Difficulty: Easy
This boss shouldn't be any different in Master Quest. Throw a Bomb into King
Dodongo's mouth when it is wide open. This will stun him, so hit him with your
sword. When he starts rolling, duck down with your Hylian Shield on and he will
roll right over you without hurting you. Afterwards, hunt him down and throw
another Bomb into his mouth before he gets off his flamethrower attack. King
Dodongo should be defeated after four hits with your sword.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container left by King Dodongo, and then
step through the blue warp portal.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
5c. Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
NOTE: Before starting this dungeon, I recommend that you bring Bombchus into
here. You can get some from the Bombchu Bowling Alley or from the Bombchu Shop
in the Back Alley. Also be sure that you have Din's Fire and a magic meter from
the Great Fairy Fountains.
Ok, so this place is a little weird in Master Quest. You'll find cows in here.
So Jabu-Jabu has been eating cows whole? When you start this place, you'll
notice a rock in the middle of the room. Blow up the rock with a Bomb to reveal
a switch. Step on the switch and a large chest will appear. Open up the large
chest to get a Dungeon Map. Wow, that's a bit early. We also have to deal with
the locked door in here. You should notice two cow faces on the wall. Shoot the
one on the right with your Slingshot to unlock the door. Shooting the cow on
the left will cause a mini-chest with Deku Nuts to appear. Once you have the
door unlocked, open it.
In this room, the door across from us is locked. There are also moving pillars
blocking the walkway. In the gap is a platform, so ride it down to the floor
below. Down here, you'll see a door blocked off by a waterspout. What we can do
now is jump into the water. There is an opening underwater, so dive underwater
and go through the opening. You'll also see a cow underwater too. Won't that
cow...drown? On the other side, get onto the land and step on the switch on the
floor. This will unlock the door on the floor above us. Before leaving this
place, look down into the water where the cow is. Shoot the cow with your
Slingshot (might need to try a couple of times) and a large chest next to you
will appear. Open this chest up to get the Compass. Now, jump back in the
water, go back on the moving platform, and take it to the next floor up. Up
here, get on the land, get to the unlocked door, and open it.
Walk forward and you will come to a big room. You will also find Princess Ruto.
Talk to her and she will not believe you when you say that King Zora sent you
here to rescue here. She will then walk into a pit, so follow her down to the
room below. Talk to her twice and she will let you carry her around. Pick up
Ruto and then drop down to the pit below you. Step on the floor switch and a
waterspout will lift you up. Use it to get to the platform with the floor
switch on it. This will cause the nearby door to unlock. Since this switch
requires constant weight to remain activated, drop Ruto onto the switch to keep
the door unlocked. Now, step on the floor switch in the pit to reactivate the
waterspout, and then use it to get onto the other platform. Open the unlocked
door.
In here, follow this hallway until you get to a pit. Defeat the Lizalfos if you
have to. When you get to the water pit, jump in it. Defeat the two Stingers and
the Like Like in here. After the enemies are defeated, a large chest will
appear. To get to it, step on the switch in this pit. This will raise up the
water. Now climb up the spider webs on the wall near the Door of Time block.
Open up the chest here to get the Boomerang! Wow, that was early, much earlier
than in the original! Be quick though, as if the time runs out with the switch,
a waterspout will appear and block the chest, meaning you need to go and step
on the switch again. Once you have the Boomerang, jump back into the pit and
step onto the switch. Climb out of the pit on the other side, and then head
into the hallway. Follow the hallway until you get to a door, and open it.
Back in this room, wait for the moving platform to get down to you. Get on it
and then ride it to the top floor. Back up here, open the door leading to the
room where you met Princess Ruto. In this room, head forward and then turn
left. Look up and you should see some rocks on the wall. Run some Bombchus up
the wall to blow up these rocks. You should find the face of a cow. Shoot the
cow face with your Slingshot and it will unlock the door on the other side of
the room. To get to this door, walk up to that pillar that's moving around.
Throw the Boomerang at it to stun it, and then climb over the pillar. Open the
door when you get to it.
In this room, go through the opening to your left. Head down this hall until
you get to some spider webs blocking a door. You can remove these spider webs
using Din's Fire. Once the webs are burned down, open the door in front of you.
You will find a blue tentacle in this room. L-Target it and throw the Boomerang
at its smaller midsection to damage it. When the tentacle retreats into the
ceiling, walk up to it to bring it down again and then throw the Boomerang at
it again. Repeat this process until the tentacle is defeated. After you defeat
the tentacle, leave this room.
Back in here, run all the way forward to the other side of this room. You
should get to a door, so open it. This room has a green Parasitic Tentacle.
Again, throw the Boomerang at its midsection to damage it, then walk up to it
to bring it back down from the ceiling. Repeat this process until the Green
Tentacle is defeated. Once the tentacle is defeated, leave this room. Back in
here, go through the opening to the right. Open the door at the end of this
hall. In here, defeat all of the enemies using the Boomerang.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. To get to it, look up
on the wall to the left (when entering this room). You should see a rock on the
wall. Run a Bombchu up to the wall to blow up the rock. You will then find the
Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then use the Boomerang to grab the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, head right
and then go through the next opening to your right (at the 4-way intersection).
In here, head down the hall and a Lizalfos will appear. Defeat the Lizalfos.
Now you should find two rocks. Blow them up with a Bomb and you will find a
locked door and a floor switch. Stepping on the switch will unlock the door,
but the switch needs constant weight. Head back to the previous area that you
came from and you should find boxes on the floor. Pick up one of the boxes and
take it to the floor switch. Step on the floor switch and then place the box on
the switch to keep it pressed down. This will keep the door unlocked as well,
so open the door.
In this room, you will find the Red Tentacle. Four hits with your Boomerang
should finish it off. Once you have defeated it, leave this room. Back in here,
just open the door directly across from you. Back in here, stun the moving
pillar with the Boomerang and then climb over it. Now, fall down the pit that
Princess Ruto fell down earlier. She should be right next to you when you fall
down below. Talk to her and she will let you pick her up again. Now pick her up
and jump into the pit below you. Down here, head up the slope. At the top, turn
left and you will see a higher floor. You can't climb up there, but you can
throw Ruto up there. Now jump back into the pit and step on the floor switch to
create the waterspout. Now, use it to get onto the highest platform, where Ruto
is. Pick up Ruto and then head down the hall. Open the door at the end.
Ruto will see the Zora's Sapphire up on the higher platform. Throw her up on
the platform and she will pick it up. Then walk towards the platform and it
will rise up into the ceiling. It will then come down, this time with a mini-
boss!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Bigocto
Difficulty: Medium
The weak point in this boss is in the back. There are two ways to get to the
back. The first way is to run around the perimeter of the room until you catch
Bigocto, who is also running around the room. The second way is faster, but
will cost health. Just run into Bigocto. You will get hurt, but he will turn
around, leaving his back to you. In either case, quickly throw the Boomerang at
Bigocto to stun him. Once you hit him, a green eye will be revealed in the
back, so hit it with your sword. Repeat this process several times until
Bigocto is defeated.
Also, when running around the room, watch out for the spinning middle platform.
There are spikes on its side, so you will get hurt if you get too close to the
platform.
*******************************************************************************
Once Bigocto is defeated, the platform will then lower to the ground. Get onto
it and ride it to the floor above you. Up here, there is a locked door in the
hall across from you. To unlock it, shoot the cow face on the wall to the left
using the Slingshot. Once you have the door unlocked, open it. In this room,
shoot the cow face on the wall all the way across from you using the Slingshot.
This will make two boxes appear in front of you. Before picking on up, walk
forward. You will find two moving pillars. Stun both of them using the
Boomerang. Now pick up a box and jump across the pillars while they are
stunned. On the other side, step on the floor switch to unlock the door. This
switch needs constant weight, so place the box on it and then open the door.
In this room, jump onto the platform across from you. It will then lower to the
room below us, allowing us to access a door we were previously unable to get
to, so open it. In this room, head forward into the larger room. Turn left and
you should see a cow on the wall. Shoot the cow face twice and a Fairy should
appear. You might want to capture it in an empty bottle for the upcoming boss
fight. Hit this cow a third time and the door leading to the next room will
unlock. Before opening the door, climb up the vines to the higher platform.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula we can get here, but it is a little
tricky. It is behind the other side of that glass. To get it, aim your
Boomerang up and to the right of the glass. If you aimed right, you should hit
it. If not, adjust your aim and try again. Aim at it again and hit it again to
defeat it. Once it is defeated, L-Target it and collect the token with your
Boomerang.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you get the Gold Skulltula, open the unlocked door. The boss fight will
then start.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Bio-electric Anemone
Barinade
Difficulty: Medium
Since you are playing on Master Quest, you may take significant damage during
the fight. This is why I recommended bringing in a Fairy to this fight. Now,
this boss has several parts.
For the first part, use the Boomerang to destroy the tentacles connected it to
the ceiling. During this time, watch out for the electricity that Barinade is
firing at you. Use L-Targeting to make hitting the tentacles easier.
For the second part, Barinade will surround itself with Biris, which will spin
around Barinade very fast. What you need to do is throw the Boomerang at
Barinade and stun him. This will stop the Biris in their tracks, where you can
then just use the Boomerang to destroy them one by one. Repeat this process
until all the Biris are destroyed.
For the next part, Barinade will surround itself with Biris again, but this
time it will be moving around the room. Keep throwing the Boomerang at Barinade
until it is stunned, then take out the Biris one by one. Repeat this process
until all of the Briis are destroyed.
The final part will have Barinade moving around the room, without any Biris.
Throw the Boomerang at Barinade to stun it, then hit it with the sword several
times. It will sink into the ground, where you cannot hit it any longer. Just
dodge the electricity until it gets back up.
Once Barinade is back up, hit it with the Boomerang again to stun it, hit it
with your sword, and then repeat the process until Barinade is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container and step through the blue warp
portal, where Princess Ruto is waiting for you.
<><><><><><><><><><>
5d. Forest Temple
<><><><><><><><><><>
So the beginning of the Forest Temple is a bit trickier than from original
mode. If you look to the left, you can see the vines you can climb up. However,
there are several Skullwalltulas on these vines. Some of them are too high up,
and are out of range for your Hookshot. To get around them, go to the right of
the tree and you'll find more vines. Climb up these to get to the top of the
tree. Once you're on top, turn around. Before doing anything, destroy the Big
Skulltula in the air with your Hookshot. Now walk over the tree branch and get
to the tree across from you. Step on the floor switch here and a mini-chest
will appear on the tree behind you. You can use your Hookshot to get back to
that mini-chest, so open it to get the Small Key. Once you have the Small Key,
get back to the ground below you, and open the door leading to the next room.
There are three Big Skulltulas in this hallway. Destroy all of them first using
your Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Get to the other side of the hallway. Look up and to the right
of the locked door and you should see a Gold Skulltula in the corner. Defeat it
and take the token using your Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, unlock and open the door leading to the
next room using your Small Key.
In this room, walk forward and the four torches in the middle of the room will
go out, and you'll see four Poes walk away. This also makes the elevator in the
middle of the room inaccessible for the time being. For now, get to the
opposite side of the room. Climb up the ledge and go up the stairs. Open the
door at the top. There is a Door of Time Block in this hallway. Play the Song
of Time to remove it, giving you access to the door leading to the next room,
so open it.
The door will lock behind you when entering this room. Walk forward and two
Wolfos will appear. Defeat both of them and a mini-chest will appear (the doors
will also obviously unlock). Open it to get a Small Key. If you need a Fairy,
there is one in a jar behind the mini-chest. Once you have the Small Key, head
back to the central room where the elevator is. Back in this room, get to the
center, head left, climb up the ledge and the stairs, and then open the door at
the top. The door will lock behind us when entering this room, and we have a
brief mini-boss fight.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos
Difficulty: Easy
You only need to fight one of these, so this shouldn't be too much of a
problem. Usually the best way to hit it is to attack low. Just attack the
Stalfos when it drops your shield and is about to attack you. The Stalfos
should be defeated after a couple of hits.
*******************************************************************************
After the Stalfos is defeated, the doors in this hall will unlock, so open the
door leading into the next room.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. When entering, go right
and head around the corner. You'll find the Gold Skulltula on the floor, where
you can easily defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you defeat the Gold Skulltula, turn back around. Head right and climb up
the ladder near you. At the top, climb up the ladder to your left. From here,
here around the corner and you will find the arrows painted on the floor.
Like in original mode, we need to push some stone blocks around. There are two
in this area. One is in the tunnel to your right. If you walk forward, you'll
find a second blue block to your right. What you need to do is pull out the
second blue block until you are no longer able to. Afterwards, go back right
(there should still be enough room). Head into the tunnel and pull out the
first stone block until you are no longer able to. Now, push this stone block
forward, in the direction of the arrows on the floor. Push it until you can get
into the tunnel to your right. Head into the tunnel. Go forward and loop around
the area (head left at the edge). There is a tunnel to your left, so enter it.
You should be behind the second stone block. Now push it forward until it falls
into the little pit.
From here, turn around. Go back into the tunnel where the first stone block was
located. There is a ladder in here, so climb up it. At the top, turn left and
then head into the tunnel to your left. There is a brown stone block across
from you. The only direction you can move this block in is backward, so pull
the block down the hallway. Once you're done, head back down the ladder. Now go
to the second blue block that you pushed into the pit, and then climb up it.
Then climb up onto the higher ledge to your left. Up here, you will find
another brown block in front of you. Just push it forward until it falls into
the little pit. This is a different brown block than the other one you first
pulled. The first brown block was blocking the way of the block you are pushing
now, so unless you moved the first block, you would be unable to push this
block forward.
Once you get the block into the pit, climb up it. At the top, just jump up the
ledge in front of you. From here, step on the floor switch in front of you.
This will create Hookshot targets and clear platforms that you can now use as
shortcuts in this room. Now head left and go around the corner. You will find a
ladder, so climb up it. At the top, head around the corner and you will find a
locked door. Unlock and open the door using a Small Key.
You will be in a non-twisted hallway. Run down the hallway and into the room
across from you. In here, drop down to the floor below you. Open the blue chest
down here to get the Boss Key (wow, that was early), and then jump into the
hole in the floor. Down here, just defeat the Floormaster to unlock the door in
this room. Remember to defeat the little hands it spawns as well. Once the door
is unlocked, open it. In this room, follow the walkway until you get to a door.
Don't open this door yet. Instead, go through the opening to your left and open
the door you find in here. The door will lock behind you when entering the
room. Defeat the ReDead in here and the door will then unlock again. In
addition, a mini-chest will appear. Open it to get a Small Key. Now, leave this
room.
Back in here, open the door to the left of you. You will be in the room that
had the stone block puzzles. Hit the glass switch in front of you to activate
it. This will cause that non-twisted hallway we crossed through to twist up,
which will move everything around. In addition, the clear block in front of you
will be removed. From here, drop down to the floor below you. Now work your way
up back to the twisted hallway. Once you're in the twisted hallway, head into
the room across from you. Because of the twisted hallway, the objects in this
room have moved around. Jump onto the central pillar and then jump to the left.
You will get to a locked door, so unlock and open it using a Small Key.
You will be in the room that has the Poe in the pictures. As we can't solve
this puzzle just yet, head to the bottom of the room using the stairs. Open the
door at the bottom. The door will lock behind you, and we must now fight a
mini-boss.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos (x3)
Difficulty: Medium
What makes this fight difficult is the double damage on Master Quest. Each time
you get hit by a Stalfos, you lose two hearts, so you will lose health very
quickly in this fight if you get hit. At first, you only need to fight one
Stalfos. Because of the pit in the room, let the Stalfos come to you, and then
fight it. Remember to attack it when it drops its shield, and to attack low
when it jumps.
After the first Stalfos is defeated, the platform will lower to the middle of
the room, covering up the pit. Two more Stalfos will appear, so quickly defeat
them before they cause too much trouble.
*******************************************************************************
After the fight, the doors will unlock and a large chest will appear in this
room. Open the chest to get the Fairy Bow. With the Fairy Bow in hand, head
back to the previous room. We can now fire at the Poe in the pictures.
Remember, it will disappear into another picture if you are in a direct,
straight line-of-sight of the picture with the Poe in it, so it's best to stay
off to the side, like behind a railing on the staircase. Once the three
pictures are destroyed, the Red Poe, Joelle, will appear and go to the bottom
of the room. Defeat it by firing an arrow at it each time it appears. It
disappears for a few seconds when hit, so you'll need to be patient.
After Joelle is defeated, the red flame on her torch will light the torch in
this room. In addition, a large chest will appear, so open it to get the
Dungeon Map. Now, head into the room where you got the Fairy Bow. From here,
open the door on the other side of the room. We have another Poe-in-the-picture
puzzle to solve. Again, the best way to hit the picture with the Poe in it is
to stay out of a direct line-of-sight. Once the three pictures are destroyed,
the Blue Poe, Beth will appear and go to the bottom of the room. Defeat Beth
the same way you defeated Joelle. After the fight, the blue flame on her torch
will light up the torch in this room. A large chest will also appear, so open
it to get the Compass. Now, we can't progress further in this room. There is a
door that is locked, and we don't have any Small Keys. What you have to do is
backtrack all the way back to the central room where the elevator is. You can
do this faster by just using the Minuet of Forest to warp just outside the
Forest Temple entrance, and then get to the room from you.
Once you are back in the central elevator room, go to the opening in the
northwest corner of the room. The door in this opening is locked. However,
above the opening is an eye switch. Shoot the eye switch with your Fairy Bow to
activate it. This will also unlock the door across from you, so open it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. To get to it, walk
forward a couple of steps. Now, turn around and face the door. Look up and you
should see a Gold Skulltula on the structure. Defeat it and then reel in the
token using your Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, defeat the Big Deku Babas in this room. Head
right from the door and you should see some Door of Time Blocks in the air. Get
near them until Navi turns green, and then play the Song of Time to create a
Door of Time block. To get to it, go to where the Gold Skulltula was. The Gold
Skulltula was actually on a Hookshot target. Use the target to get on top of
the structure above you. Now, jump off here and jump across the Door of Time
Blocks. Now turn left and you should see some vines on the wall. Before
climbing them, defeat the Skullwalltula on the vines using your Bow. You can
get to the vines by using your Hookshot to latch onto them. Once you're on the
vines, climb up them and then land on the balcony to your left. You will find a
mini-chest on here, so open it to get a Small Key.
After getting the Small Key, turn around and you'll see another balcony to your
left. You can get to this balcony by using the Hookshot target above it. When
you get to the balcony, open the door here. In this room, defeat the Big
Skulltula. Now there are two ways to remove that spider web blocking the other
door. You can either use Din's Fire or shoot an arrow through the torch to
light up the arrow. After the web is burned, don't open the door. Instead, head
back to the previous room. Back in here, get down to the ground below you. Head
to the other side of the room where the well is. Look into the well and you
will see an eye switch. Shoot the eye switch with an arrow. This will drain the
water, so climb down the well.
At the bottom of the well, open up the mini-chest to get a Small Key. Now, head
to the other side of the well.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You can find a Gold Skulltula on the other side of this path.
Just to the left of the vines are some bars in the river. The Gold Skulltula is
on these bars. Just defeat the Gold Skulltula and use the Hookshot to get the
token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, climb up the vines and out of the well.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. To get to it, just
climb up the vines coming out of the well. Climb up the vines until you get to
the top. At the top is a ledge. There is a Gold Skulltula on the ground, so
just defeat it and pick up the token. We now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in
the Forest Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, get onto the ground below you. Go through the
door in this room and you will be back in the central elevator hallway. From
here, go back to the stone block puzzle room and then work your way all the way
back to the room where you defeated the Blue Poe, Beth.
Once you get back to the room where you defeated Beth, go up the flights of
stairs. At the top, unlock and open the door using the Small Key. In this room,
Navi will warn you of the Wallmaster hanging from the ceiling. To get to the
next room, jump into the pit and climb up the ladder next to you. At the top,
head into the un-twisted hallway. At the end of the hallway, unlock and open
the door using a Small Key. You will be in the room with the rotating pillars
and the frozen eye switch. To light the torch up in the middle of the room,
pick up the box beneath the eye switch. Place it on the blue switch in the
middle of the room. This will light up the torch. Now get on a spinning
platform and shoot an arrow through the torch so that it hits the ice. This
will melt the ice and activate the eye switch, twisting up the previous
hallway. Alternatively, you can stand below the eye switch and use Din's Fire
to melt the ice and activate the switch.
However, you may now notice a clear block blocking the door leading out. To
remove this block, take the box off the blue switch and it will deactivate. The
torch will no longer be lit, but that isn't a concern to us. The block will now
be removed, so open the door and leave this room. Back in here, run across the
twisted hallway. At the end, drop into the pit below you, and then drop down
into the hole in the wall. Down here, walk forward and Navi will alert you of
the falling ceiling. When the ceiling falls to the floor, take note of where
the holes are in the ceiling. On the other side of this room is a locked door.
We need a Small Key, which we don't have right now. Work your way to the other
side of the falling ceiling. You will find two floor switches on the other
side. One of them will cause a mini-chest to appear, which contains Arrows if
you want them. The other floor switch will unlock a door near the start of the
falling ceiling.
Once you get the door unlocked, go back to the beginning of this room. In the
corner is an opening. Head into the opening and open the door up top. Back in
this room, walk forward and look down. You should see a floor below you. Drop
down to this floor. Defeat the Deku Baba and then open the mini-chest down here
for a Small Key. To get back up to that door, stand in the corner and Navi will
go green. Play the Song of Time to make a Door of Time block appear. Climb up
the two Door of Time Blocks and Navi will turn green again. Play the Song of
Time to make another Door of Time block appear, and then use it to get back
onto the higher ledge. Back up here, get across the falling ceiling, using the
holes in the ceiling to protect yourself. On the other side of the room, unlock
the door and open it using the Small Key.
In this room, shoot the picture of the Green Poe to the right using an arrow.
This will cause five blocks to fall onto the floor. You need to push the blocks
together so that they match the picture of the Green Poe. One of the blocks
isn't needed, however. You have one minute to solve this puzzle. If the time
runs out, the blocks will turn over and you will have to solve the puzzle
again. Once you form the picture of the Poe, the Green Poe, Amy, will appear.
Defeat her like you defeated her two other sisters, by shooting arrows at her
when she is visible. After she is defeated, the green flame on her torch will
light up the torch in this room. The door next to the torch will also unlock,
so open it. In here, just open the door on the other side of the hall.
We will be back in the central elevator room. Head to the middle where you will
find the Purple Poe, Meg. Walk up to her and a mini-boss fight will start.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Meg
Difficulty: Easy
At the beginning of the fight, Meg will divide herself. There will now be four
copies of Meg surrounding you. Only one of them is real. The one that is real
is the one that spins at the start, so shoot an arrow at that Poe. If you shoot </pre><pre id="faqspan-12">
the wrong one, it will just vanish. Once you hit the real Meg, they will
disappear. Wait for them to all re-appear and watch closely for the one that
spins around.
After a few more hits, Meg will be defeated.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the purple flame on Meg's torch will light up the
torch in this room. We now have all four flames back! This will let the
elevator rise up from the floor. Step into it to get down into the floor below
you.
Down here, you will find two locked gates. One of which is blocking the door
leading to the boss. Remember that the locked gates are on the openings where
the blue carpets are. You will notice a wall surrounding this room. There are
two parts of the wall sticking out, that you can use to push the wall. This
will cause the two openings in the room to also move, allowing you to access
different parts of this room. The best way to solve this puzzle is to use the
map. Ironically, the puzzle is shorter and easier in Master Quest than it was
in the original mode. Here is a step by step walkthrough to get this puzzle
take care of.
1) Move the wall twice, in either direction. The openings on the walls should
be where the red carpets are.
2) In the west opening, you'll find a locked gate, with a glass switch on the
ceiling. Hit this switch with your Hookshot or Fairy Bow to activate it. This
will open up the gate next to you, so hit the floor switch.
3) This will open up a locked gate on the blue carpet, so push the wall twice
in either direction so that the openings are back on the blue carpets.
4) Once the openings are on the blue carpets, head through the southern
opening. This area looks empty at first, but turn around, look up, and you
should see an eye switch. Shoot this switch with an arrow to activate it. This
will unlock the gate across from you, so run forward to the opening across from
you. In here, unlock and open the door using the Boss Key.
In this room, head up into the arena. Walk into the middle and try to walk out.
Some bars will rise up, preventing you from leaving, then the boss, Phantom
Ganon, appears.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Evil Spirit from Beyond
Phantom Ganon
Difficulty: Medium
PART I
Like in the original mode, there are two parts to this boss. In the first part,
Phantom Ganon will jump into one of the pictures surrounding this room. Take
your Bow out, stand in the middle, and check each picture. Phantom Ganon will
eventually come out of one of the pictures. Be careful, though, as there are
two of him, and only one is real. The real one looks a bit lighter, his horse
makes galloping sounds, and you'll see a purple shadow surround him when coming
out of the picture. When you find him, shoot an Arrow at him.
If you were too late, he'll fire an electrical attack at you, which you can
avoid by standing on one of the Triforce marks in the room. Watch out, as this
is Master Quest, so you can take significant damage in the fight.
PART II
After hitting him three times, Phantom Ganon will ditch his horse and fight you
head-to-head. He will fire an energy ball at you. Deflect this using your
sword. He will hit it back at you, so deflect it back at him again. Repeat this
until he is hit by the energy ball. This will stun him, so hit him as many
times as you can with your sword. Afterwards, repeat this process until Phantom
Ganon is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
At the end of the fight, pick up the Heart Container and step through the warp
portal.
<><><><><><><><><><><><>
5e. Bottom of the Well
<><><><><><><><><><><><>
You don't really need to worry about falling through fake holes into the room
at the bottom, which is probably the biggest difference in this dungeon in
master Quest.
At the start, crawl through the hole in the wall. At the other end, climb down
the ladder and head down the hall. Avoid the ReDead and then go through the
opening into the next room. You'll be in the main, central area. Get in the
trail of water and go right. Go around the corner and you should see an opening
to your left, blocked off by rocks. Blow these rocks up with Bombs and then go
through the opening. In this room, defeat the Big Skulltula and then step on
the floor switch. This will unlock a nearby door, but we currently cannot get
to it right now. For now, head back onto the water trail.
From the previous room, go left and follow this trail of water until you get to
a Triforce mark on the floor. Play Zelda's Lullaby on the Triforce mark. This
will open up the gates leading into the central room. You might notice that the
water trail did not dry up. Look at the face on the wall. In the hand on the
left is a glass switch. Shoot the glass switch with a Slingshot and it will
activate, emptying this place out of water. Now, turn around and go into the
central room. Open the big chest across from you to get the Dungeon Map. From
here, turn around and leave this room. Now head back to the starting area. Near
here is a pit that we can now jump in, with all of the water gone. Jump into
the pit. Down here, crawl through the hole in the wall.
On the other side, climb up the fence in front of you. At the top, open the
door. The door on the other side will lock once you are in the next room. Mini-
boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Dead Hand
Difficulty: Easy
There shouldn't be too much trouble with this boss. Let one of the hands grab
you. This will cause the actual monster to come out from the ground. You can
escape by pressing B as fast as you can, or by letting the monster bite you.
Once you are free, hit the face of the monster a couple of times. The Dead Hand
will go back underground. Let a hand grab you and then repeat this process
until the Dead Hand is defeated.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the door will unlock and a large chest will appear.
Open the chest to get the Compass. Don't lie to me, you were expecting the Lens
of Truth too. Before leaving this room, note the pile of dirt in the back right
corner of this room (surrounded by those weeds). There is a crack on top. Place
a Bomb to blow up this pile of dirt. After the explosion, you should find a
Small Key on the ground, so pick it up. From here, head back to the level's
starting area.
Back here, use the map to get to the northwest corner of the water trail. Once
you get there, you should find a hole in the wall, so crawl through it. At the
other end, you will find a locked door and a face on the wall. Fire your
Slingshot at the face and a glass switch inside will activate, unlocking the
door, so open it. Navi will alert you of the Wallmaster in this room, but
ignore it and head to the other side. Unlock the door using the Small Key and
then open it. In this room, turn right and you will see a mound of dirt that is
cracked. Blow up this dirt using a Bomb and a floor switch will be revealed.
Step on the floor switch and a gate will open on the floor behind the chest in
the central room. This is the chest that had the Dungeon Map. Now, work your
way back to the central room. When you get there, drop into the new hole in the
floor right behind the chest.
Down here, you will land on a wooden board with a floor switch. Step on the
floor switch and a large chest will appear. To get to the chest, look at the
map. Notice how it is in the shape of the hand with four fingers. Before doing
anything, let the Wallmaster drop down to the ground, and then defeat it. This
is so that it won't bother us while we are dealing with the rest of this room.
After defeating the Wallmaster, go into the furthest "finger" on the left (it
is the path that has the blue flames). Follow this hallway until you get to the
end. You should find several ReDeads. Play the Sun's Song to freeze all of
them. From here, defeat them one at a time. Once all of the ReDeads are
defeated, open the large chest to get the Lens of Truth.
After you have the Lens of Truth, head back to the bigger room. Now, go to the
furthest "finger" in this room. Over here, use the Lens of Truth to reveal some
invisible Big Skulltulas. Defeat all of them.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: At the end of this finger, you will find a Gold Skulltula on
the floor. Just defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, head back to the "palm" of this hand-shaped
room. To get out of here, climb up the ladders and open the door at the top.
You'll be back at the main area, in the southeast corner. Now, head back into
the central room. In here, head to the western side of the room. You should
notice a locked door. To unlock it, turn around and look into the caged area.
You should see a glass switch above you (it's facing horizontally this time),
so shoot at it with your Slingshot to activate it. This will unlock the door,
so open it. In this room, use the Lens of Truth to reveal a hidden walkway in
that gap. Use the walkway to cross over the gap. On the other side, pick up the
Small Key on the floor, and then leave this room.
Back in here, head to the eastern side of this area. The door here should
already be unlocked, because of the floor switch that you pressed earlier, so
open the door. In this room, you will find several Keeses and Big Skulltulas
that are invisible. Use the Lens of Truth to reveal them, and defeat them.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: After defeating the enemies, pull back the gravestone in the
middle of the room. You will find a Gold Skulltula on the floor, so defeat it
and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, leave this
area by going left, back onto the water trail. From here, go all the way
straight and drop into the pit across from you. Down here, climb up the fence
and out of the pit. At the top, unlock the door in front of you with the Small
Key and open it. You will be in the room that has tombstones. You can open them
by lighting the torches next to the tombstones. However, all of them contain
Gibdos and none of them contain any useful items, so don't open any of them up.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULAS: There is a Gold Skulltula here. You can find it on the floor
in the back left corner of the room. Defeat it and then pick up the token. You
should now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in the Bottom of the Well!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From here, you are now free to leave the Bottom of the Well.
<><><><><><><><><>
5f. Fire Temple
<><><><><><><><><>
You need to use a good amount of magic at the beginning. For that, I recommend
bringing in an item like a Green Potion.
In Master Quest, the game has thrown you a few curveballs right off the bat at
the start of the Fire Temple. You can't go up the stairs directly from the
front, otherwise a firewall will appear. What you have to do is climb up the
ledge to the right of the stairs, and then you will be able to go up. While on
the stairs, you should notice two torches barely sticking up from the ground.
Use Din's Fire to light up both of them. Now, at the top of the stairs, there
should be three statues across from you. You may notice that only the one on
the left has a flame behind it. Use Din's Fire to create flames behind the
other two statues. This will unlock the door on the right, so open it.
On the other side of the room, you'll see Darunia, standing in front of the
door that leads to the boss. After the chat, we have a tricky puzzle to solve
in this room to open up the prison cell. Oddly enough, there is no Goron to be
found in the prison cell. Jump across the pillars to your left, and then use
the Hookshot target at the end to get to the other side of the room. Notice the
torch sticking out of the Hookshot target. Now, climb up the two ledges to get
to the highest one. At the top is a crate. Roll into the crate to destroy it,
and a torch will be revealed. To light up both of these torches, drop down to
the ledge below you. From here, use Din's Fire to light up both of these
torches. However, we're not done yet. There is still one more torch on the
other side of the room we have to light up. To light it up, look at the torch
through the lighted torch on the Hookshot target. Fire an arrow through this
torch and if it reaches the other torch, it will light up. This will open the
prison cell on the other side of the room. If you need any help, the nearby
jars contain a Magic Jar and some arrows.
To get to the prison cell, climb back up to the highest ledge near you. Now
jump on the pillars to get back to where you entered the room. From there, jump
across the pillars to the right and you'll get to the prison cell. Head inside
and open up the mini-chest for a Small Key. Once you have the Small Key, head
back to the entrance of the Fire Temple. To the left of the stairs is a locked
door, so unlock and open the door using the Small Key.
In this room, walk forward and a mini-boss fight will begin.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy
You shouldn't have too much of a problem with these now. Just quickly defeat
them before the amount of damage they deal to you adds up quickly. Remember to
attack them when they are about to attack you. They are also more vulnerable
when they jump in the air.
*******************************************************************************
After the fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open it. In
this room, use your Shield to deflect all of the spinning tiles. Then, attack
the Iron Knuckle sitting on its throne. It's time for another mini-boss!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Hard
That's right, we're fighting an Iron Knuckle this early in the game. And you
better watch out, as it can deal up to eight hearts of damage on Master Quest!
Please be careful. A Fairy here also wouldn't be a bad idea. It should be
defeated after several hits with your sword, and remember to L-Target it and
backflip when it is about to attack. After a couple of hits, it should lose
some of its armor, and your attacks will then stun it for a couple of seconds,
allowing you to get in numerous hits and finish it off.
If you do need a fairy, there is one in the jar to the right of the Iron
Knuckle's throne.
*******************************************************************************
After this fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open it.
That's right, it's the third mini-boss in as many rooms!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Flare Dancer
Difficulty: Easy
This fight shouldn't be too much of a problem. While the Flare Dancer is
spinning around, throw a Bomb at its head to get it out of those fire clothes.
Then, it will start running circles around the room. From that point, hit it
twice with your sword before it jumps back into the fire. Afterwards, just
repeat this process until the Flare Dancer is defeated.
*******************************************************************************
Once the Flare Dancer is defeated, the door leading to the next room will
unlock. In addition, a large chest will appear on the platform in the middle of
the room. Open it and you will get the Megaton Hammer! Wow! That's pretty early
in this temple! Afterwards, open the door leading into the next room. This room
contains a prison cell with a Goron in it. Hit the rusted switch with the
Megaton Hammer to open up the prison cell. Now, talk to the Goron, who will
just tell you to help out Darunia. Now, open the large chest in the prison cell
to get a Dungeon Map. From here, head through the door and you'll be back at
the Fire Temple entrance.
NOTE: With the Megaton Hammer in hand, and given that you are at the Fire
Temple entrance, I highly recommend going to the Great Fairy's Fountain in the
Death Mountain Crater to get the upgraded, twice-as-long magic meter. So, just
head out to the Death Mountain crater and destroy the rocks at the Great Fairy
Fountain's entrance using the Megaton Hammer.
After getting the magic meter upgrade (hopefully), back in the Fire Temple
entrance, again, get to the stairs by climbing up the ledges from the side. At
the top, go left and you will see a statue blocking the door. Use the Megaton
Hammer to destroy the statue, and then open the door behind it. In this room,
cross the bridge and go left. You will eventually get to a part of the room
that is blocked off by a firewall. To get onto that ledge, get onto the moving
platform in the lava. Now, use your Hookshot to latch onto that torch on the
ledge. Once you're on, you'll notice a tiled wall. Place a Bomb in front of the
wall and it will blow up, revealing a door. You'll come to a prison cell. To
unlock it, notice the two torches next to the prison cell. The one on the left
is NOT lit up, so use Din's Fire to light it up. This will open up the prison
cell. Talk to the Goron and he'll tell you about glass switches that you can
activate using Bombs. Now, open the mini-chest in the cell for a Small Key.
From here, leave this room.
Back out here, there are three torches in this room we have to light up. Light
up the torch in front of you using Din's Fire. Now, get all the way to the
other side of the room across from you. On this side, you will find two doors.
The one on the higher floor is locked. Also, you will notice two square tiles
in the lava. Step on the one that isn't directly across from the area with the
two doors. It will shoot up in the air. While in the air, you'll notice an
alcove with a torch in it. Jump into this alcove and use Din's Fire to light up
the torch. Now, to light up the torch next to that locked door, stand behind
this torch and shoot an arrow through it, so that the arrow will hit the torch,
lighting it up. This will cause the door to unlock. To get to that door, use
the Hookshot target to get onto the ledge. From here, open the door.
In this room, avoid the spinning tiles coming off of the floor. Now, you'll
notice a blue chest behind that firewall. You can use the Hookshot to latch
yourself onto that chest. Once you get to it, open it to get the Boss Key. To
get back across the firewall, use the Hookshot to latch onto the torch in the
middle of the room. From here, leave. Back in here, jump down to the ledge
below you and open the door. In this room, follow the hall to a prison cell. In
front of the prison cell is a rusted switch. Hit it using the Megaton Hammer
and the cell will open. Talk to the Goron who will tell you that a wall you can
blow up with a Bomb will sound different than a normal wall when you hit it
with your sword. He'll then leave.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in the prison cell. Just defeat it
and take the token from the wall.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, get to the
bridge in the middle of the room and go right. At the end, unlock and open the
door using the Small Key.
In this room, there is a spout of fire shooting up a block to the room above
us. Getting onto this bock is a little tricky. You can't jump on it when it is
at the ground, otherwise you'll get hit by the fire surrounding the block. What
you have to do is climb up the fence and get to either side. Then, drop down to
one of the ledges just before the fire spout. Now, you need to time the jump.
Just before the block gets shot up into the air, jump and you'll land on it
while the block is going up. Another way is after the block hits the ground,
count to about three seconds and run into the middle, and you should catch the
block on its way up.
Once you are on the floor above you, open the door next to you. In this room,
head right and climb up to the ledge across from you. From here, climb up the
ledge to your left. At the top is a torch. Light it up with Din's Fire. This
will cause a Hookshot target to appear on the ledge across from us. Latch onto
the Hookshot target and then climb on top of it. From here, climb up the next
few ledges and then climb up the fence at the top. Watch out for the Lizalfos
that appears. At the top of the fence, open the door next to you.
In this room, turn right. Now follow the wall on the left until you get
underneath a roof. When you get to this area, you should start hearing the
sound of a Skullwalltula swishing. Place a Bomb against the wall in the right
corner and the wall will blow up, revealing a hidden room. Hit the rusted floor
switch using the Megaton Hammer. This will cause Hookshot targets to appear in
this room, allowing you to get to the room above you. From here, continue
following the wall. Just around the corner is a wall that looks lighter that
its surroundings. Place a Bomb in front of this wall and it will blow up,
revealing a hidden room. This room has a locked door and a hidden floor switch.
Ignore them for now. Instead, get back to the door that you used to enter this
room.
This time, turn left. Now follow the wall to your right until you get to a
prison cell. You don't need to get this prison cell opened, but if you want to
open it up, use a magic spin attack from your sword, and it will activate a
glass switch within one of the boxes, opening up the prison cell. There is
nothing important in here, but there is a mini-chest that contains Bombs inside
one of the crates you can break.
From here, continue following the wall until you get to a prison cell in the
corner of the room up above you. You will notice a glass switch inside the
cell. You can activate the glass cell by running a Bombchu up the wall. It will
explode, activating the glass switch and opening up the cell. You can then get
up into this cell by using a Hookshot to latch onto one of the crates inside
the cell. Once you are inside, destroy the crates by rolling into them. Now
pick up a little box and then drop back down to the floor below you. From here,
go all the way to the other side of the room. Go into that hidden room that had
the locked door and the blue floor switch. Since this switch requires constant
weight, step on the switch and place the box on the switch to unlock the door
and to keep it unlocked. From here, go through the door.
In this room, go around the corner and you'll find a prison cell. Step on the
floor switch to open up the prison cell. Talk to the Goron who will tell you
that you can roll forward or swing your sword whenever you are on fire to put
yourself out. Afterwards, open the mini-chest in this room to get a Small Key,
and then leave.
Back in here, use a Hookshot target to get to the ledges above you. Up here,
there is a locked door. Get up to the locked door, but don't open it yet.
Facing the locked door, turn around and jump onto the area across from you.
You'll notice some cracks in the floor. Place a Bomb here and it will blow up,
revealing a hole. Climb down the hole. At the bottom, follow the hallway to a
prison cell. You will notice several crates in front of the cell. Break the
crates by rolling into them. Eventually, you will find a rusted floor switch.
Hit this switch with the Megaton Hammer to open up the prison cell. You can
also use this as a shortcut for later on. Now open up the large chest inside
the prison cell for a Compass. From here, go back down the hall and climb up
the fence. Back up here, use the Hookshot to get on top of the target next to
you.
Face the locked door and Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time and a Door
of Time Block will appear. Get on top of the Door of Time Block and then latch
onto the Hookshot target on the higher ledge. Once you're on the ledge, turn
around and you'll see a floating platform with a Hookshot target. Use the
Hookshot to latch onto this floating platform and it will go u into a room
above us. At the top, just open the door next to you.
In this room, Navi will turn green and go to that face at the wall. Shoot your
Hookshot at the face and it will unlock a door at the top of this room. Go
around the corner and climb up the fences. Watch out for the Torch Slugs along
the way (I'd recommend defeating them for some much-needed magic). Once you've
climbed both fences, open the door at the top of the room. In here, go around
the perimeter of this room and you will get to a block surrounded by fire. Next
to this fire is a rusted floor switch. Hit the switch with the Megaton Hammer.
This will create some Hookshot targets in this room. Now, jump back down to the
floor below you. Step on the floor switch and the fire around that block will
be removed.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Underneath that block is a Gold Skulltula. The fastest way to
get to it is to use the Hookshot target that is on the higher floor, above the
door we used to enter this room. From here, run to the block and swing your
Megaton Hammer at it to defeat the Gold Skulltula. Now quickly move the block
out of the way and pick up the token on the floor.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you get the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, just go down
the two fences and open the door at the bottom. From here, jump into the hole
and get down to the room below you. Back in this room, work your way to the
locked door. If you need to, use the Hookshot targets to get back onto the
higher ledges. Once you get to the locked door in the northeast part of this
room, unlock and open it using the Small Key.
In this room, go right and jump over the fence and down to the floor below you.
Down here, go to the other side and you'll see a crate above you. Use the
Hookshot to latch onto the crate. Now pick up the small box and jump back down
to the floor below you. This time, step on the blue floor switch and place the
box on the switch to keep it activated. Activating this switch will light up
two torches in the middle of the area. If you look directly up from the blue
switch, you will see an unlit torch above the door.
Figuring out how to light this torch up took me forever. Go to the center of
the room where the two torches are. To get there, get out of the pit by
latching yourself onto the crate using the Hookshot. Now, stand directly behind
the pillar that has the torch closest to the fence. You need to be right up
against it. Take out your Fairy Bow, look up at the torch, and fire an arrow
through the lighted torch so that it hits the unlit torch. You need to be RIGHT
BEHIND this pillar. Remember, the arrow doesn't need to go directly through the
flame, it can go through that heat circle surrounding the flame.
Man, that puzzle would have been so much easier with a Fire Arrow.
Once that torch is lit, a door in the eastern part of the room will unlock. To
get to it, just turn around from the torches and jump across the pit and onto
the ledge. Open the door once you get to it. You'll be in a hallway, so just go
to the door on the other side of this hall.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
NOTE: If you want to go directly to the boss, just jump onto the platform and
smash the floor tile in the middle sticking out with the Megaton Hammer. It
will lower into the room where you saw Darunia. Otherwise, if you want to get
the final three Gold Skulltulas in this place, read the walkthrough below. Just
meet me at the end of the following walkthrough, which is surrounded by the
asterisks.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*******************************************************************************
GET THE GOLD SKULLTULAS?
In here, go left and get to the floor below you. You'll get to a Door of Time
Block being blocked off by a firewall coming up. Play the Song of Time to move
this Door of Time block. Now turn around and get back to where you entered this
room. When you get back to the door, jump across the pillars to get to the
other side of the room. You should be in front of a door. Turn left and you
should see a Door of Time Block in the air. Climb onto it. Now jump down into
the firewall maze below you. Be sure to land in the path right in front of the
door. Once you drop in, head to the door and open it. In this room, walk
forward and defeat the Lizalfos.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula at the other end of this room. Defeat
it and take the token from the wall.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, you may seem
trapped in this firewall maze. To get out, go right and Navi will turn green.
Play the Song of Time to make a Door of Time Block re-appear in this area. Once
it appears, climb on top of the block and use it to get over the firewall maze.
From here, go back to the door you used to enter this room.
Once you get back to the door, jump across the pillars to get to the door
across from you, and then open it. You'll see a ledge with a rusted switch
across from you. However, it is being blocked off by a firewall. Just use the
Hookshot target on that ledge to get over there. Hit the rusted floor switch
with the Megaton Hammer. This will cause a door below us to unlock. Now, get
back to the other side of this room (use the Hookshot to get across), and then
leave.
Back in here, drop down to the floor to your left. Time to navigate another
firewall maze! In front of you are four pillars. Go in between the first and
second pillars on the left. Now, run straight until a firewall pops up. From
here, turn right and go in between the next set of pillars, where a firewall
shouldn't appear. From here, go all the way right until you reach the wall.
Turn left and follow the wall on the right until you reach a firewall. When you
get to the firewall, go in between the two pillars to the left of it. Now go
left and then right to reach the door, and then open it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. Head into the alcove to
your left and you'll hear the sound of a Gold Skulltula swishing. It is behind
that wall. You can blow up the wall by placing a Bomb in front of it. After it
explodes, defeat the Gold Skulltula and then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After you get the Gold Skulltula, go through the door on the other side of this
room. Back in here, go right and follow this path (keep the firewall on your
right) and you will get to a floor switch. Step on the switch to remove the
firewall across from you. Jump onto the ledge and then open the door at the
end. Mini-boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Flare Dancer
Difficulty: Easy
Fighting this Flare Dancer shouldn't be any different than the first time.
Throw a Bomb at it to get rid of its flaming clothes, and then attack it twice
with your sword while it is running around. After it jumps back in the fire,
repeat the entire process again until the Flare Dancer is defeated.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the door will unlock. Before going through the door,
step on the platform in the middle of the room. While the platform is going up,
JUMP OFF. Go underneath where the platform was and you'll find a Small Key, so
pick it up. When the platform then comes down, go back on it and ride it up. It
will take you to a room above us. Up here, open the door next to you. In this
room, go around the corner and climb up the fences until you get to the top of
the room. Once you get to the top, unlock and open the door in front of you
using the Small Key.
This can be a pretty difficult room. Go to the spiral staircase across from
you. Now, jump into the pit to your right. Follow this path until you get to a
floor switch. Step on the floor switch and the firewall surrounding the mini-
chest will disappear. Now QUICKLY turn around, and jump onto the staircase
where you can. Run up the staircase and then RUN to the mini-chest before the
timer runs out and the fire comes back. If you were fast enough, open the mini-
chest for a Small Key. Now, go back to the beginning of the room. Hit the glass
switch to make Hookshot targets appear. Now step on that floor tile that is
sticking out and use the Megaton Hammer to smash it into the ground. You'll
fall into another room. Down here, unlock and open the door across from you
using the Small Key.
In this room, go forward and defeat the Stalfos. Now, use the Megaton Hammer to
smash the mini-floor tile sticking out to the left. This will form a staircase
leading downward. While going down the stairs, defeat the next Stalfos. You'll
also notice a face on the wall while going down the stairs. Fire the Hookshot
at this face and the door at the bottom will unlock, so open it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. Just turn left and
you'll see it on the wall. Defeat it and then reel in the token with the
Hookshot. You should now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in the Fire Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, step on that floor tile sticking out and
use your Megaton Hammer to smash it. It will fall down to the room below you.
You'll be back in the firewall maze room. Back in here, climb up the ledge in
front of you. Facing the door, turn around and jump to that platform in the
middle. You should see a floor tile sticking out. Smash it with your Megaton
Hammer and it will lower into the room below you. Don't worry, you won't get
hurt.
*******************************************************************************
Back in the room where you found Darunia, you can now get to the door leading
to the boss. Jump across the lava, and then unlock and open the door using the
Boss Key. In this room, jump into the arena in the middle and the boss fight
will begin.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Subterranean Lava Dragon
Volvagia
Difficulty: Medium
You shouldn't have too much if a problem with this boss. Just be aware that
this boss can deal significant damage on Master Quest, so don't do anything
stupid.
At the beginning of the fight, it will go into one of the lava holes. Watch the
lava holes carefully to see which one Volvagia will come out of. When it comes
out, smash it with the Megaton Hammer to stun it. Then, hit Volvagia with your
sword. He will then retreat and come out of the lava hole. Volvagia will then
fly around, breathing fire, so be sure to stay out of the way. After a while,
it will then go into one of the lava holes. When it comes out, hit Volvagia
with your Megaton Hammer to stun it and then use your sword to hurt it.
This time, Volvagia will go high up into the air, causing rocks to fall down
and hurt you, so try to get out of the way.
Afterwards, just repeat the entire process until Volvagia is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container and then step through the blue
warp portal to get out of here.
Well, that was a lousy temple...
<><><><><><><><>
5g. Ice Cavern
<><><><><><><><>
When entering the Ice Cavern, watch out for the boulder rolling down the
hallway. Now follow the hallway until you get to a larger room. Defeat the Blue
Tektites and the Freezard in here. Now, how do we remove the block of ice
blocking the opening to the next area? Look up and tow the left. You should see
two purple icicles. In front of them is a glass switch. Shoot at this glass
switch with the Fairy Bow or the Hookshot to activate it, and the block of ice
will be removed. Now head into the next opening. From here, follow the opening
into another big room. In here, defeat the White Wolfos and the Freezards to
open up some iron bars blocking an opening. To get to this opening, just
destroy the icicles in front of it afterwards. Now, head through the opening.
In here, defeat the enemies. Now, collect some Blue Fire using at least two
empty bottles. Use one of them to melt the red block of ice in this room. In
the opposite corner of the room is a glass switch. Activate this switch by
hitting it and a large chest will appear (where the melted ice was). Open the
chest for a Dungeon Map. Before leaving, refill your now-Empty Bottle with some
more Blue Fire. Now leave this room and head back to the previous area.
Back in here, look up left and you will see a higher ledge. Climb up this
ledge. At the top, there is an opening being blocked by red ice. Melt away the
ice using the Blue Fire and then go through the opening. Follow this hallway
until you get to another big room. Watch out for the boulders and the Freezards
along the way. In here, get up to the higher walkways. Destroy the Freezards
and work your way to the large chest at the other side of the walkway. When you
get to it, open it for a Compass.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: After getting the Compass, turn around and you will see a Gold
Skulltula frozen in red ice. However, the platform it is on is too short for
you to stand on as well. Walk forward and you will see Navi turn green. Play
the Song of Time to make a Door of Time Block appear. Jump on the Door of Time
Block and Navi will go green again. Play the Song of Time to make another Door
of Time Block appear. Tis one will be right next to the Gold Skulltula. Use
some Blue Fire to melt away the ice (there is some in this room if you need
it), and then defeat the Gold Skulltula and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, there is also a Piece of Heart on the other
side of the room.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: We currently cannot get to the Piece of Heart because of a
large ice block in the way. Removing the ice block is very tricky. After
getting the Gold Skulltula, look down on the ice on the floor. Look towards the
center of the room. If you look very carefully, you should make out a glass
switch. But how do we get that glass switch activated? Drop a Bomb right above
the glass switch, and the explosion will activate the switch. This will remove
the block of ice, so go on ahead and get the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once you have the Compass, the Piece of Heart, and the Gold Skulltula, restock
on Blue Fire before leaving the room. Now, head back to the previous area. Back
in here, jump down to the ground below you. To your left should be some more
red ice blocking an opening. Use some Blue Fire to melt away the ice, and then
go through the opening. In here, just follow the hallway until you get to
another bigger room. The bigger room should be slightly below you. Before
jumping down, look up on the ceiling to the right. You should see a glass
switch hanging from the ceiling. Hit this switch with either the Fairy Bow or
the Hookshot to activate it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Hitting that glass switch will allow us to access a Gold
Skulltula. It removes the block of ice that was trapping the Gold Skulltula.
Jump down into the room below you. Head right and you should see the Gold
Skulltula on the floor. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
There is another Gold Skulltula in this room, but we currently cannot get it as
we do not have the proper tools to get to it.
In this room is also a higher ledge with some Blue Fire. To get to this Blue
Fire, stand in front of the ledge and Navi should turn green. Play the Song of
Time and a Door of Time Block will appear. Use it to climb onto the ledge and
to collect some Blue Fire if you need any.
Now, there is also a higher ledge with red ice on it, right above where you got
the Gold Skulltula. To get to it, hit that glass switch on the ceiling again to
deactivate it. This will cause the ice block to reappear, so climb it. Now,
dump some Blue Fire in front of the red ice to melt it. After the ice is
melted, head through the opening. Follow this hallway until you get to a door.
Watch out for the Ice Keeses along the way. When you get to the door, open it.
The door will then lock behind you when entering the next room. Mini-boss time!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos
Difficulty: Easy
That's right, the White Wolfos has been replaced with a lone Stalfos in Master
Quest. Since you have fought these before, the Stalfos shouldn't be too much of
a problem. Wait for it to attack you, and then quickly attack it. Watch out, as
its sword attack can do two hearts of damage on Master Quest. You can also hit
it easily when it jumps into the air. It should be defeated after a couple of
hits.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, a large chest will appear. Open it to get the Iron
Boots. Sheik will then appear, telling you that the Zoras are frozen, she
rescued Princess Ruto, and Ruto ran off to the Water Temple. Sheik will then
teach you the song to warp to Lake Hylia, where the Water Temple is located.
The song is called the Serenade of Water (L, R, Y, Y, X).
After learning the Serenade of Water, head out of here. There is a little hole
behind the large chest that you can use the Iron Boots to jump into. Head down
there and open the door at the bottom. On the other side, take off the Iron
Boots to float back up. From here, you can make it to the entrance of the Ice
Cavern (unless you want to warp out).
<><><><><><><><><>
5h. Water Temple
<><><><><><><><><>
When getting into the Water Temple, take off your Iron Boots so you can surface
up to the water. Now, head forward into the central room. Jump into the water
and sink to the bottom using your Iron Boots. At the bottom, head into the
opening surrounded by yellow markings. Follow this hallway into a bigger room
and you will find Princess Ruto. At the end of the conversation, she will lead
you up to one of the rooms where you can change the water level. So, take off
your Iron Boots and follow her up. At the top, get onto the land. Play Zelda's
Lullaby in front of the Triforce mark on the wall to change the water level to
WATER LEVEL 1.
WATER LEVEL 1
You may notice a locked door in this room. To get it unlocked, look up and to
the ceiling. Look at the four corners and you will see small torches. Stand in
the middle of the room and light them all up with Din's Fire. This will unlock
the door, so open it. It will then lock again when you get to the other side.
Time for a mini-boss!
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos (x3)
Difficulty: Medium
Just be sure to take them out quickly, and one at a time. If you make too many
mistakes, you can lose a significant amount of health. Remember to attack when
they attack and when they jump in the air.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the door will unlock. Now, look at the markings on the
wall directly across from the door. L-Target it and shoot your Hookshot at it.
A large chest will appear in the room, so open it to get the Dungeon Map. Now
leave this room. Back in here, jump all the way down to the lowest floor. Down
here, there are two torches you need to light up in order to unlock the door.
You can either use Din's Fire or use the lighted torch in the middle of the
room. Shoot an arrow through the flame on the torch so that it hits the two
torches in the corner. Once the door unlocks, open it.
In this room, defeat the Spike. Then walk to the other side of the room and tow
Lizalfos will appear. Defeat them both and a large chest will appear in the
middle of the room. Open it to get the Compass. Now, leave this room. From
here, head back to the central room. Now, all of the other entrances on this
floor are blocked. The only thing we can do is head into the tower in the
middle of the room. Just head right, go around the corner, climb up on the
block, and open the door.
In the tower, walk up to the other side of the room and turn around. Now look
up and to the left and you'll see a Hookshot target. Latch onto this target and
get onto the higher platform. Up here is a Triforce mark. Play Zelda's Lullaby
here to raise the water level to WATER LEVEL 2.
WATER LEVEL 2
After raising the water level, get onto the platform behind you, and open the
door to leave this tower. Back out here, jump into the water and use your Iron
Boots to sink down. At the bottom, go into the room where you saw Princess Ruto
(it's the opening with the yellow markings around it). In here, take off your
Iron Boots and float to the second floor. Up here, get onto the ledge. On here,
go through the opening. You'll notice a picture on the wall across from you. L-
Target it and fire the Hookshot at it. A large chest will appear in the middle
of the room, so open it up and you'll get the Longshot! That's very early! Now,
head back into the central room and float back up to the top. Get onto the
walkway surrounding the tower.
Back here, go to the southern part of the walkway. You should notice a floor
switch on the ledge across from you. Go to the switch and step on it. This will
unlock the gate in front of you. Go through before the timer runs out. In here,
follow this hallway until you get to a gate.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may be hearing the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula. To
get it, notice the torch on the other side of the gate. Use Din's Fire to light
that torch up and open the gate. There are two crates here. Roll into both of
them to destroy both and to reveal the Gold Skulltula. After that, you can then
defeat the Gold Skulltula and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, go right. At the end, look up and you'll see
a target. Use the Longshot to get up to that target. Up here, go around the
corner and step on the floor switch. This will open the gate for a couple of
seconds and let you get back to the starting room. From here, drop down to the
second floor and get on the walkway surrounding the central tower.
Back on here, get to the west side of the walkway. Jump across the water and go
through the opening on the western part of the room. In here, follow this
hallway until you get to a set of spikes. When you get to the spikes, use the
Longshot to latch onto the target above you. From here, use the Longshot to
pull yourself to a target on the ceiling to get to the room above you. Up here,
there is nothing but small boxes and crates. Pick up one of the boxes and go
back to the walkway surrounding the central tower.
On the north side of the walkway is a blue floor switch. Step on the switch and
place the box on it to keep the switch activated. This will unlock the door
across from you, so go through it. In this room, break the crate next to the
door by rolling into it. This will reveal a glass switch. Hit this switch to
activate it and a target will appear from the floor. Stand on the target and
look up into the hole in the ceiling. You should see another target above you.
Latch onto this target with the Longshot to get to the room above you.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have been hearing the swishing sound of a Gold
Skulltula in this room. Break the crate in the corner of the room (diagonally
across from the door) and you'll find the Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then
pick up the token.</pre><pre id="faqspan-13">
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, open the door in this room. Out here, just
play Zelda's Lullaby in front of the Triforce mark to raise the water level to
WATER LEVEL 3.
WATER LEVEL 3
Once you get the water level raised, head into the water. Now, use your Iron
Boots so that you can get to the second floor of this place. Get on the walkway
surrounding the tower, and then open the door leading into the tower. Back in
this room, take off your Iron Boots and float to the top. Get on one of the
platforms and Navi will turn green. Look up to the ceiling. You'll see a Door
of Time Block in the ceiling. Play the Song of Time to move this Door of Time
Block lower. Afterwards, jump onto the Door of Time Block. Now, if you look in
the corners of the room on the ceiling, you'll see four torches. You can light
up all of these torches by using Din's Fire. This will open a gate at the
bottom of the tower, which was blocking a hole in the floor. Stick on your Iron
Boots, get to the bottom, and go through the hole in the floor.
Down here, follow the hallway into a bigger room. In here, head to the
northeast corner of the room. You'll find two ledges sticking up. Step on both
of them and they will sink into the floor. This will reveal a glass switch.
Activate it by shooting the Longshot at it. This will open a gate in the
ceiling in the southwest part of the room. Go to that corner and take off your
Iron Boots to float to the top. Get onto the land and fire your Longshot at the
picture on the wall. This will cause a mini-chest to appear, so open it to get
the Small Key. From here, head back to the main room. Back in here, float up to
the top and get on the walkway surrounding the tower. This time, go to the east
side where you'll find a locked door. Unlock it and open it using the Small
Key.
In this room, jump down to that moving block below you. Once you get to it,
turn around and look up at the ceiling. You'll see a glass switch. Fire the
Longshot or Fairy Bow at this glass switch to activate it. This will create
several targets on that waterfall. This is actually very tricky. You can't
latch onto a target and get on top of it, because you'll slide down the
waterfall and into a pit, costing you two hearts and having to start this
puzzle over.
What you have to do is shoot your Longshot at the highest target in the middle
(don't worry, your Longshot is long enough). You will then slide down the
waterfall and land on top of the lowest targets. From here, look up and to the
right. Navi will go green at that picture on the wall. Shoot this picture once
with your Longshot. This will cause the target above you to expand. Use the
Longshot to latch onto this target and to climb up it. From here, get into the
alcove and open the door.
In this room, you need to drop into the water pit below you, and you'll have a
mini-boss:
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos (x3)
Difficulty: Medium
This fight will only become harder if you lost a good amount of health in the
previous room. Again, just take one Stalfos down at a time, attack it when it
is about to attack you, and you should have these enemies taken care of in no
time.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the dragon towers will raise from the floor. First,
use the target to get back to where you entered the room. With the door to your
back, look up and to the left. You should see a dragon statue up in the alcove.
Get to the edge of the platform that you are standing on and use your Longshot
to get to that dragon statue. Once you're in the alcove, use the target on the
ceiling to get over the spikes. From here, open the door into the next room. In
this room, walk to the other side of the room, where you will find a locked
door. Now, head back to the center island and you will have your next mini-boss
fight.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Dark Link
Difficulty: Medium
Again, if you want to hit Dark Link every time, use your Megaton Hammer.
Remember, he mirrors every move that you do, making hitting him with your sword
very difficult. If you have the Big Goron's Sword, take a few steps back and
hit him with a diagonal swipe, which is Up + B. You should be able to hit Dark
Link about every time. And watch out, as he will appear right behind you after
he is hit.
*******************************************************************************
Once Dark Link is defeated, the doors in this room will unlock, so open the
door leading into the next room. In here, fire the Longshot at the picture
across from you. This will open up the gate on the floor, so jump down into the
hole on the floor.
We'll now be in the room that has the strong current and the vortexes.
Navigating this current isn't as bad. You can now use the Longshot targets in
the water to progress forward.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: Near the first vortex is a Gold Skulltula. Get on top of the
nearby target and look up on the wall. You'll see the Gold Skulltula, so defeat
it and use the Longshot to reel in the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, continue progressing down this river using
your Longshot to go from target to target. At the end, you'll get to an
opening, so go through it. In here, follow this hallway until you get to a
larger room. Jump into the water when you get there. This water has a strong
current. Use the Iron Boots to drop down to the bottom. Look up and you'll see
an alcove. To get inside, just use your Longshot to pull yourself to that
target on the ceiling. From here, walk forward. Take off your Iron Boots to
bring yourself to the top of the water, and get onto the land. On here, turn
around and face the water. Look up and you should see two torches in the
corner. Light both of these torches up using Din's Fire. This will unlock the
door in the previous room, so jump back in the water, stick on your Iron Boots,
get to the larger area of water, float back up, get on the ledge, and go
through that unlocked door.
In this room, swing at the glass switch in the corner using your sword to
activate it. This will cause a waterspout to appear in the gap. Jump onto the
waterspout. In front of you is a gate. To unlock it, look closely beyond the
gate and you'll see two torches. Use Din's Fire to light up these torches, and
the gate will open. Quickly jump over the gap and onto the ledge. On here, open
up the blue chest to get the Boss Key. Once you have the Boss Key, run forward
and jump into the water pit. Stick on your Iron Boots to go down, and then go
to the other side of the hall. Now, take off your Iron Boots to float to the
floor above you. Put the Iron Boots back on again and step on the floor switch.
This will unlock the gate in front of you, allowing you back into the main
room.
This has unlocked the other gates in this area. Back in this room, take off
your Iron Boots and get to the surface. Get on the walkway surrounding the
tower and get to the north side. You should see a dragon statue with a target
on it. Use the Longshot to pull yourself to that statue. On here, open the door
leading to the next room.
In Master Quest, getting past this room is much easier. You don't need to go
anywhere near those Blade Traps which are moving too fast for you. Look above
the locked door at the top of the slope. You should see a glass switch sticking
out. Fire an arrow at the switch to activate it. This will raise up two targets
at the top of the slope. Use your Longshot to latch onto either of them, and
then open the locked door at the top using the Boss Key.
In this room, just jump onto one of the pillars in the pool to start the boss
fight.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Giant Aquatic Amoeba
Morhpa
Difficulty: Medium
Remember, Morpha is that red little ball (or nucleus, according to Navi) that
you see bouncing around the water. At the start of the fight, jump onto the
walkway surrounding the pool. Now, keep firing the Longshot at Morpha until you
reel it into you. Don't stand in one place too long, as the water tentacles it
creates can grab ahold of you and throw you across the room. The best time to
reach Morpha with the Longshot is when it is going up a tentacle and out of the
water.
When you get the tentacle pulled in to you, hit it with the sword as many times
as you can to hurt it. Then just repeat this process until Morpha is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
At the end of the fight, collect the Heart Container and then step through the
blue warp portal.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
5i. Gerudo Training Grounds
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
With three temples completed, we now have all of the items needed to get the
Ice Arrow in the Gerudo Training Grounds. Of course, you need to have the
Gerudo Token before being able to complete this quest. If you don't want to do
this, just skip ahead to the Shadow Temple. As always, you need to be 10 Rupees
in order to get into the Gerudo Training Grounds.
One of the biggest differences here is that only three Small Keys are needed to
access the Ice Arrow, as opposed to only seven.
At the entrance, there are three doors, like in the original mode. One to the
left, one across from you, and one to the right. To unlock the door on the
right, you need to use Din's Fire or Fire Arrows to light up the two torches in
the middle of this room. To unlock the door on the left, turn around and face
the entrance leading outside. Look above the entrance and you'll see an eye
switch. Hit this eye switch with an arrow to activate it and open the door on
the left. Once you have both doors unlocked, open the door on the left.
SMALL KEY #1
-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time!
In this room, you have one minute to defeat the Dinolfos and the Dodongos. In
addition, there is also an Armos up on the higher walkway, which is easy to
overlook. The Dinolfos should be defeated able a couple of hits from your
sword, while you need to hit the tails of the Dodongos to defeat them. Hit the
Armos with your sword to "awaken" it, and then throw a Bomb at it to defeat it.
At the end of the fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock and a
mini-chest will appear. Open the mini-chest to get the Small Key. This time, go
back to the main room and head through the door on the right.
SMALL KEY #2
-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time!
You have one minute to defeat the lone Iron Knuckle in here. Keep it L-
Targeted, and backflip to avoid his attacks. Having Big Goron's Sword for this
fight will make the fight much easier. After several hits, the Iron Knuckle
should be defeated. The door to the next room will unlock and a mini-chest will
appear. It only contains a Blue Rupee, so open the door leading into the next
room.
-Gather the jewels of white while avoiding traps and danger!
In this room, you have 1:30 to collect all of the Silver Rupees in this room.
1) To get the Silver Rupee that is directly across from you, walk forward. Look
up to the ceiling and you'll see a target. Use the Longshot to pull yourself up
to that target, and you'll be on a higher ledge. Now turn around, get to the
edge, and jump off. Get the Silver Rupee in mid-air.
2) After getting the first Silver Rupee, go up the slope to your right. At the
top, turn right and you will see a Silver Rupee behind icicles. Destroy the
icicles with your sword and then get the Silver Rupee.
3) From Silver Rupee #2, turn around and go to the other end of this hallway.
Watch out for the falling icicles. At the other end, you'll see a Silver Rupee
just off the edge of the gap. Walk slowly so that Link walks off the floor, but
keeps his hand on the ledge. You'll get the Silver Rupee. Then use the Circle
Pad to pull yourself back up.
4) From Silver Rupee #3, head into the opening to your right. You'll be blocked
off by a firewall, but look at the ceiling. You'll see the Silver Rupee in
midair, along with a Longshot target on the ceiling. Position yourself so that
the Silver Rupee and target at in a direct line, and then fire the Longshot at
the target. You'll get the Silver Rupee in the process.
5) To get the final Silver Rupee, face the door leading to the previous room.
Now turn around and head into the opening to your right. In this hall, head
right and you'll see a Freezard. Defeat the Freezard and then you will be able
to pick up the Silver Rupee.
Collecting all of the Silver Rupees will unlock the door at the other end of
the room, so make your way to that door and open it when you get to it.
-Defeat all of the enemies in a limited time!
You have a minute to defeat the three Big Skulltulas and the Stalfos in this
room. This shouldn't be too much of a problem. The fastest way to defeat the
Big Skulltulas is to just fire the Longshot at them. It will defeat them
instantly, and you won't need to wait for them to turn around.
At the end of the fight, a door in this room will unlock and a mini-chest will
appear (which contains a Bundle of Arrows). You may have noticed that the door
is blocked off by red ice. Thankfully, there is some Blue Fire here, so just
use an Empty Bottle to collect the Blue Fire. There is also a large Stone Block
in this room that can only be pushed with the Silver Gauntlets, but we do not
need to go into that room.
After getting the Blue Fire, face the large stone block and turn left. Turn on
the Lens of Truth and you'll see a hidden hole in the wall. To get up into the
hole, walk up to the wall. Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time to make
a Door of Time block appear. Climb up the Door of Time Block and then climb
into the hole. In here, dump the Blue Fire in front of the red ice to melt it,
and then open the door.
In the next room, jump down into the room below you.
-Blind the eyes of the statue!
There are four statues in the middle of the room. You need to shoot their eyes
with arrows. Hitting their eyes will turn them red. The floor you're standing
on will also be moving, so you'll be able to get to each statue. Once all of
the eyes of the statues are red, a mini-chest will appear, containing Bombchus.
Open the chest up.
After opening the chest, look carefully into the fire surrounding the statues.
You will see a glass switch. Hit this switch with an arrow or the Longshot to
activate it. This will unlock the door in the area above us. Instead, go
through the door through the opening down on this floor.
-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time!
In this room, you have a minute to defeat two Torch Slugs and an Iron Knuckle.
I would defeat the Torch Slugs first to get them out of the way, before
awakening the Iron Knuckle. Afterwards, just be very careful of the Iron
Knuckle, as always.
At the end of the fight, a door in this room will unlock and a mini-chest will
appear, which contains a bundle of arrows. However, there is still one more
thing to do in this room. In the corner of the room is a floor switch. Step on
it and the fire in the middle of the room will disappear. Now, look at the door
leading into the next area. Look above the door and you'll see a little symbol
on the wall. Shoot the symbol with an arrow and a mini-chest will appear in the
middle of the room. Open it to get the Small Key!
After getting the Small Key, open the door leading into the next room.
SMALL KEY #3
-Cross the sea of fire!
In the next room, you'll find a rusted floor switch. Smash the switch with the
Megaton Hammer. This will create a target on that higher ledge to the left.
This allows us to collect all of the Silver Rupees without needing the Hover
Boots. But in order to get the Silver Rupees first, we must get to the other
end of the room. Latch onto that target with the Longshot, and then use the
Longshot to pull yourself to the lighted torch on the other side of the room.
Turn around and face the lava pit. If you look left, you'll see a torch. You
can light this torch up with a Fire Arrow or by shooting an arrow through the
lighted torch next to you. I recommend using the Fire Arrow to make this
easier.
Once the torch is lit, the fire surrounding the pillars will disappear.
However, they will come back after a while, so we need to be quick.
1) Jump onto the pillar to your right to get the first Silver Rupee.
2) Afterwards, jump onto the land in the corner (below the ledge with the
target) to get the second Silver Rupee.
3) Go back to the pillar where you got the first Silver Rupee. Jump onto the
nearby pillar to get the third Silver Rupee.
4) The pillar holding the next Silver Rupee is too far away for you to jump
across the gap. What you need to do next is latch onto that Longshot target
across from you. On here, wait for the torch to un-light itself and for the
fire to return. Shoot a Fire Arrow at the torch to light it again and remove
fire surrounding the pillars. Now, face the locked door across from you. Jump
down to the pillar below you to get the next Silver Rupee.
5) Jump to the pillar across from you to get the next Silver Rupee.
6) The final Silver Rupee is out of reach from where you are. Go back to the
ledge with the Longshot target is. Now, if you want to, wait for the torch to
go out again and then shoot another Fire Arrow to light it up. Now, jump to the
pillar to your right to collect the final Silver Rupee.
Collecting all of the Silver Rupees will unlock a door in this room. To get to
it, just use the Longshot to latch yourself onto the torch. Open the door when
you get to it.
-Collect the underwater gems!
In this room, watch out. Walk forward and a Biri will appear. Defeat it first.
Now, look at the water in the middle of the room. It's being blocked by a web,
which you can remove using a Fire Arrow. Afterwards, stick on your Zora Tunic
and the Iron Boots, and then jump into the water. Now, getting the Silver
Rupees here is a little difficult, due to the strong current in the water.
1) The first Silver Rupee is in the middle of the water. The best way to get to
it is to jump into the water pit, make sure you stay in the middle, and collect
it as you go down. Otherwise, you can take off your Iron Boots and try to get
it while floating back up.
2 and 3) The other two Silver Rupees are in the corners of this area. The
easiest way to get them is to stand behind them, and line up your Longshot with
one of the targets on the wall. Make sure the Silver Rupee is in the line of
sight for the Longshot. Then, use the Longshot to pull yourself to the target
and you will get the Silver Rupee in the process.
After collecting all three Silver Rupees, a mini-chest will appear. Take off
the Iron Boots and surface to the top of the water. Open the mini-chest to get
the Small Key.
ICE ARROW
We now have all of the Small Keys that we need. After getting the Small Key,
leave this room. Back in here, use the Longshot to get to the target across
from you. On here, this time, go through the opening. In here, head through the
door to your right, and then go through the next door. In this area, the door
to your right leads back to the entrance, but we don't need to go there yet.
Instead, open the door across from you. From here, just go through the series
of doors and locked doors until you get to a room with a crate. Once you get to
the crate, roll into it to destroy it. A rusted floor switch will appear. Smash
the switch with your Megaton Hammer and a large chest will appear somewhere.
To get this this chest, head back to the entrance. Facing the door you came
from, enter the door to your right. Now work your way to the room where you
"blinded the eyes of the statue". You'll be on the second floor of this room.
On the other side of this walkway is a door, so open it. In here, open the
large chest next to the purple torch and you'll get the Ice Arrow!
<><><><><><><><><><>
5j. Shadow Temple
<><><><><><><><><><>
Oddly enough, the Shadow Temple is largely the same in Master Quest.
Just like last time, to open up the entrance to the Shadow Temple, just stand
on the center platform and use Din's Fire to light up all the surrounding
torches. From there, head inside. At the beginning, go left around the corner.
Use the Longshot to pull yourself to the target and to get over the gap. On
this side, turn on the Lens of Truth and you will see a fake wall in front of
you, so head through it and into the next room.
In here, go to the middle of the room. Turn on the Lens of Truth and look at
all of the poles with the skull heads on them. You will notice that all but one
of these skull heads are fake and will disappear when looking at them with the
Lens of Truth. The "real" skull head will NOT disappear with the Lens of Truth
turned on. So what you want to do is turn the eagle statue in the middle so
that the bird is facing the pole with the skull head that doesn't disappear.
Once you have solved the puzzle, the gate in the mouth of that face across from
the gap will open, allowing us to get to the next area.
However, that gap is too large for us to jump over. Look at the two hands of
the face on the wall. You will see a torch on each hand. Shoot a Fire Arrow at
both hands to light the torch up. This will create a clear block in the gap.
Use it to jump onto the tongue of the face, and then head inside. In here, go
down the path in front of you. At the bottom, blow up the Beamos using a Bomb.
Now, turn on the Lens of Truth and look at the cracked walls to your left and
right. You will notice that these are fake walls, and you can walk right
through them. Walk through the fake wall on the left, and then open the door.
The door behind you will lock. There are two Gibdos here. Freeze them using the
Sun's Song and then defeat them. The door will then unlock. In addition, a
mini-chest will appear. Open it to get a Small Key. Now, leave this room. Back
in here, head through the fake cracked wall across from you, and open the door
at the other end. The door will lock behind you when entering the room. There
are five Silver Rupees we need to collect in this room.
-Two of the Silver Rupees are in the center of the room. Collect the Silver
Rupees while avoiding the spinning blades.
-There is another Silver Rupee in the corner of the room. To get to it, use the
Longshot to get up to the pillar, and then jump off to get the Silver Rupee.
-Two more Silver Rupees are in alcoves with Big Skulltulas in them. Defeat the
Big Skulltulas and get the final two Silver Rupees.
After getting all of the Silver Rupees, a gate in this room will open, giving
you access to another alcove. Go inside and defeat the Gold Skulltula, then
open the large chest up for the Dungeon Map. Also, the door leading back out
will unlock only if you defeat all of the Big Skulltulas, so be sure to take
care of that. Before leaving, go into the alcove in the northwest corner of the
room. Turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll see a hole in the floor. Climb down
the whole. At the bottom, turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll find a mini-
chest. Open the mini-chest to get a Small Key. Now, climb back up and out of
the hole.
Once you're all set, head back out. Back in here, get back to the 4-way
intersection. Head left and go back to the previous area that had the skull
head puzzle. Jump over the gap and then turn on the Lens of Truth. You should
notice a fake wall in the back left corner of the area. Behind this fake wall
(with the face) is a cracked wall. Blow up the cracked wall with a Bomb and
then head down the hallway. At the end, unlock and open the door using the
Small Key.
In this hall, turn on the Lens of Truth and go through the fake wall across
from you. You'll be in a square-shaped room. Go around the corner to the left
and turn on the Lens of Truth. You'll find a fake wall, so go through it. In
here, open the door across from you. The door will lock behind you when
entering the room. Now, defeat the four ReDeads in this room to unlock the
door. A large chest will also appear after defeating the ReDeads, so open it to
get the Compass. Now leave this room. Back here, go through the fake wall
across from you. Turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll find a Door of Time Block
behind a fake wall. Play the Song of Time to remove the block, and then go
through the fake wall. In this small hallway, there is another fake wall across
from you, so head through it.
We have a little puzzle in this room. If you turn on the Lens of Truth and go
around the corner, you'll find a fake wall with a clear block behind it. On the
other side of the room are three closed eye switches. The ones on the left and
right are releasing fire at you. Shoot an arrow at the middle eye switch to
open up the eye. This will remove the clear block, so head through the fake
wall. In here, just open the door across from you. The door behind you will
lock when you are in the next room.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Dead Hand
Difficulty: Easy
To start this fight out, let one of the hands grab you. Then, press A or B as
fast as you can to shake loose. The Dead Hand should come out of the ground, so
hit it twice and it will head back underground. At that point, let yourself get
grabbed by a hand. Also, you can free yourself by letting the Dead Hand bite
you.
After several hits, the Dead Hand should be defeated.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the door will unlock and a large chest will appear.
Open the chest to get the Hover Boots. With the Hover Boots, head back to the
room with the Beamos in the middle. Once you get back to the room, notice how
one of the cracked walls isn't fake (as in, it won't disappear with the Lens of
Truth on). Place a Bomb in front of that cracked wall to blow it up. Head into
the opening. There is a locked door here, so unlock and open it using the Small
Key.
In here, follow this hallway until you get to some guillotines. Watch out for
the Beamos and the Big Skulltula along the way. Carefully get past the
guillotines and then follow the hallway until you get to a bigger room. Once
you're in the bigger room, you'll see more guillotines ahead of you. You can
use the Hover Boots to get past the guillotines and across the gaps in between
each of them. Eventually, you'll get to a platform with two Beamos and a Bomb
Flower. Quickly turn right and turn on the Lens of Truth. You'll see an
invisible platform, so get on it. Below the next platform is a frozen eye
switch. Shoot a Fire Arrow to both melt and activate the switch. This will
create some clear blocks behind us, but we'll worry about those later. Instead,
use the next platform and the following invisible platform to get to a door.
Open the door once you get to it.
In here, head around the corner and you'll get to a large room. You'll notice
several Silver Rupees in the middle of the room. Before going to get them, turn
on the Lens of Truth to reveal the spinning blades in the middle of the room.
Carefully grab the Silver Rupees while avoiding the blades. There is also one
more Silver Rupee in the corner of this room. To get the Silver Rupee, walk up
to the corner and Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time and a Door of
Time Block will appear. Climb onto the block and get the Silver Rupee. Once all
of the Silver Rupees are collected, the gate leading into an alcove will open
up. Head into the alcove. You'll notice a mini-chest in here, which only gives
you a Blue Rupee if you open it. Instead, turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll
find a hidden mini-chest to the left of it. Open it to get a Small Key. Once
you have the Small Key, leave this room.
Back out here, use the Lens of Truth and cross the invisible platforms. Get
back onto the platform where the Beamos are. You should notice some clear
blocks in front of you. Use them to get onto a large area that has a Beamos and
Silver Rupees. You don't need to get the Silver Rupees, as collecting them will
make a mini-chest with a Bundle of Arrows appear. Head to the gate across from
you. On the other side is a glass switch. You can reach this switch by swinging
your sword at it. It will activate and open up the gate. In here, head into the
hallway and you'll get into a bigger room.
You will find the falling spiked ceilings in this room. First, turn on the Lens
of Truth and look to the wall on your left. You will find a hidden block behind
a fake wall, so pull it out and get it onto that rectangular walkway. Now, push
it along the path and you will be protected from the falling spikes. Keep
pushing the block until both spiked ceilings are hitting the block at the same
time.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula inside that prison cell to your
right. Defeat the Gold Skulltula and then use the Longshot to collect the
token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, start pulling the stone block backwards along
the path. This is so that you won't get hit by the first spiked ceiling after
the block is out of the ceiling's way. Once the stone block is on the other
side of the path, climb up it and get onto the ledge to your right. Up here,
use the Hover Boots to get across to the ledge on the other side of the spiked
ceilings. On here is a floor switch. Step on the floor switch and a mini-chest
will appear on the ledge across from you. Use the Hover Boots to cross the gap.
Open the mini-chest to get the Small Key and then leave this room.
Back out here, get past the Beamos to the other side. Get to the thin walkway
and you'll come to an intersection. Go right where the guillotine is. On the
other side of the guillotine is a large gap. But if you turn on the Lens of
Truth, you'll notice some invisible platforms in the gap. Get past the
guillotine onto the invisible platforms, and then use them and the hover boots
to get to the opening across from you. In this opening is a locked door, so
unlock and open the door using a Small Key. You should have two of them on your
right now.
In this room, turn on the Lens of Truth. You will see some hidden sets of
spikes, so watch out for those. Now, you don't need to get the Silver Rupees in
this room, as they will unlock a door that leads you to a room with nothing
important in it. So instead, use the target on the ceiling to get to that high
platform that has the locked door. On the platform, unlock and open the door
using a Small Key.
This hallway contains several spinning fans which will blow you back when you
are running. So to get through this hallway, you must walk through it using the
Iron Boots, which will make you heavy enough that you won't get blown away from
the fans. Watch out for the Blade Traps and the Big Skulltula along the way. At
the end of the hall, you'll get to a gap with a fan on the other side. What you
need to do is quickly cross the gap using the Hover Boots when that fan is not
spinning. On the other side of the gap, you'll drop down to another walkway.
Walk across this room using the Iron Boots so that the fans don't blow you off
into the pits. On the other side, open the door.
In this room, defeat the four ReDeads in front of you before doing anything
else.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the face in this room. Just defeat
it and pull in the token using the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Before leaving, you may notice a chest icon on your map for this room. It is in
the back left corner. Use the Lens of Truth to reveal the invisible chest, and
then open it for a Small Key. Now, leave this room. Stick on your Iron Boots
again. Turn left and turn on the Lens of Truth. You should see a hidden hole in
the wall. You can get to this opening by having a fan blow you inside or by
using the Hover Boots. Once you're in, open the door leading into the next
room.
In this room, defeat the two Gibdos before doing anything else. This will cause
a mini-chest to appear in the middle of the room, but it only contains a Blue
Rupee.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have been hearing the swishing sound of a Gold
Skulltula while in this room. Facing the locked door, there is a mound of dirt
in the corner to the right. Blow up the dirt by placing a Bomb on top of it.
The dirt will explode, and likely defeat the Gold Skulltula in the process.
When the token is revealed, just pick it up.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
With the Gold Skulltula in hand, use the Small Key to unlock and open up the
locked door in this room.
We're in the room with the ferry. To the left is a ladder. To be able to climb
up the ladder, go right. Pull out the stone block and push it along the path
until it falls into a little ditch. Once you have moved the stone block to the
other side, climb on top of it and climb up the ladder. At the top, get onto
the ferry. Play Zelda's Lullaby on the Triforce mark to get the ferry moving.
While traveling on the ferry, just watch out for the Stalfos that will come for
the ride. At the end of the ride, the ferry will crash into a wall and sink, so
quickly get onto the platform to your right.
There is a locked door across from you. First off, look across the river and
you'll see a bird statue surrounded by Bomb Flowers. Shoot an arrow at one of
the Bomb Flowers to make it go off. This will then cause the surrounding Bomb
Flowers to explode, causing the statue to fall over. You can now use the statue
as a bridge, so use it to cross to the other side.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have been hearing the swishing sound of a Gold
Skulltula. After crossing the bridge, go to the right and turn around. Facing
the river, you should see a Gold Skulltula under the water. You can defeat it
and reel in the token by using the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, go right and head to the other side of this
area. Over here, stand in front of the Door of Time Block and play the Song of
Time to remove the block. An eye switch on the pillar to your right will be
revealed. Shoot the eye switch with an arrow. This will cause some targets to
appear. If you look left and up, you should see a platform high above you.
There is a target on here, so use the Longshot to latch onto it. On here is a
floor switch. Step on the floor switch to unlock the door on the opposite side
of the river. Get back to the other side of the river (by either using the
bridge or floating off this platform with the Hover Boots) and then open the
door.
In this room, turn on the Lens of Truth to reveal the invisible walls. If you
look at the map, you'll see a door in each direction. Right now, you are on the
western part of the room. Work your way to the eastern part of this room and
open the door when you get there. In this room, there are three spinning
statues of skull heads. Climb up to the top. Throw a Bomb into the top of all
three of them to make them explode. One of them contains a Small Key. Once all
three of the statues are gone, jump down below and look for the Small Key, and
pick it up when you find it. After getting the Small Key, leave this room. Back
in here, work your way up to the locked door in the northern part of the room.
When you get to it, unlock and open the door using the Small Key.
In this room, there are two spiked wooden walls closing in on you. Use Din's
Fire to burn away both of them. Afterwards, open the blue chest at the end of
the room to get the Boss Key. With the Boss Key, leave this room. Back in here,
head back to the western part of this room and open the door. Back in this
room, cross the bridge over to the other side. Over here, head into the alcove
and open the door.
To cross this room, stick on the Hover Boots and turn on the Lens of Truth.
Some invisible platforms will be revealed, so use them to get to the door on
the other side of the room.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have seen a Gold Skulltula in this room, but it is a
bit tricky to get due to an invisible platform. Facing the door, turn left.
Keep the Lens of Truth on and you'll see an invisible platform. Carefully get
onto it. The Gold Skulltula should be on the wall below you. Defeat it and then
get the token with the Longshot. You should now have all of the Gold Skulltulas
in the Shadow Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After getting the Gold Skulltula, turn back around and get onto the platform
with the door. Unlock and open the door using the Boss Key. In this room, just
drop down to the floor below you and the boss fight will start.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Phantom Shadow Beast
Bongo Bongo
Difficulty: Medium
At the beginning of the fight, make sure you have the Hover Boots on. Also,
make sure the Lens of Truth is turned on so that you can see Bongo Bongo's
face. Stun both of Bongo Bongo's hands by shooting arrows at them. Once both of
them are stunned, Bongo Bongo's mouth will open up. Fire an arrow at him to
stun him, and then hit him with your sword as many times as you can.
Afterwards, repeat this process until he is defeated.
Just don't stand in one spot too long, or he'll use one of his hands to attack
you.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container and then step through the blue
warp portal.
<><><><><><><><><><>
5k. Spirit Temple
<><><><><><><><><><>
Like in original mode, there isn't much you at do at the beginning of the
Spirit Temple using Adult Link. In Master Quest, there are two rocks at the
entrance beside the staircase. If you blow them up with a Bomb, you'll find
Silver Rupees. Again, we cannot solve that puzzle right now. There is a mini-
chest at the top of the stairs that contains Bombchus. Also, at the top of the
stairs, if you look up at the ceiling, you'll see a rock. You can blow up this
rock by running a Bombchu up to it. When the rock blows up, a hole in the
ceiling will be revealed. There is a target to get up there with the Longshot,
but we can't do anything up there yet, either. So, just head back outside.
----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------
Sheik will appear and teach us the Requiem of Spirit. This will allow us to
warp back to this place as a kid. After learning the song, play the Prelude of
Light and head back to the Temple of Time. Drop the Master Sword into the
pedestal to become Young Link. Once you're ready, warp back to the desert, and
then re-enter the Spirit Temple.
---------------------------
Spirit Temple - Young Link
---------------------------
When entering the Spirit Temple as Young Link, head up the stairs. Now, turn
left and you'll see a rock behind the snake statue. I recommend taking care of
this now or it may cause you some frustration later. Blow up the rock with a
Bomb (to do this, get onto the ledge and place it next to the rock). When the
rock is destroyed, you'll find an eye switch on the snake statue. Shoot the eye
switch with your Slingshot and a mini-chest will appear on the carpet. Open it
to get a Small Key. From the mini-chest, go right. You'll find Nabooru in front
of the hole in the wall. Talk to her and answer "Nothing, really" to keep the
conversation going. Nabooru will then ask you to go and get the Silver
Gauntlets so that she can invade this temple. Once she moves aside, crawl
through the hole in the wall.
On the other side, there are Torch Slugs, so I recommend wearing your Hylian
Shield so your Deku Shield won't burn off. If you look to the other side of the
room, you'll see an eye switch on the wall. Shoot the eye switch with your
Slingshot to make the fire in this room disappear. Afterwards, defeat the Torch
Slugs (which seems very difficult to do as Young Link). Once both Torch Slugs
are defeated, the two doors in this room will open. Open up the door on the
right.
In here, you'll find an Anubis. You can quickly destroy it using Din's Fire.
Afterwards, defeat all of the Keeses in this room. If you're struggling to find
one, one is beneath the pit in this room, right under that fence. Once the
Keeses are defeated, a mini-chest will appear on the other side of the room.
Now before leaving, open the large chest in front of you for the Dungeon Map.
From here, leave this room. Back in here, head through the door on the left.
There is a Gibdo across from you. Freeze it using the Sun's Song and then
defeat it. Afterwards, notice the two gravestones in this room. Pull back the
one on the left (facing the gap) and a floor switch will be revealed. Step on
the floor step and part of the fence will fall over. Instead of falling over
the gap and serving like a bridge, it will fall over the other way. Uh, ok.
However, on the other side of the gap is a rock. What you can do is run a
Bombchu over the gap and through the opening in the fence to blow up that rock.
Once the rock explodes, an eye switch will be revealed. Shoot it with the
Slingshot and a clear block will appear over the gap. You can use them to get
to the other side of the room. On the other side, defeat the two Gibdos. The
door nearby will unlock once all of the Gibdos are defeated, so go through it.
In this room, step onto the rotating platform. You will have a rather difficult
fight with a Stalfos, as you are Young Link and have the much weaker Kokiri
Sword. I recommend keeping the Hylian Shield on here, in the event you get
knocked back into the fire surrounding you. Once the Stalfos is defeated, the
fire will disappear and the door leading into the next room will unlock, so
open it. We're on the other side of the room where we got the Dungeon Map. Open
up the mini-chest to get the Small Key. In addition, pull back the gravestone
to reveal a floor switch. Step on the floor switch so the fence will fall over
the gap, serving as a bridge. Cross the bridge to the other side and then leave
this room.
Back in this room, there is a hole in the wall, in between the two doors.
Except there's a little problem. You'll run into a rock while climbing through
the hole. No problem, right? Just run a Bombchu into the hole and the rock will
blow up. On the other side, we'll find a rusted floor switch and a locked door.
Unlock and open the door using the Small Key. In front of you is a glass
switch. Hit the glass switch with your sword to activate it. The gate in the
ceiling will open up, and a Like Like will drop down. Defeat the Like Like and
then climb up the wall.
At the top, defeat all of the Baby Dodongos and the Beamos first, so that they
aren't in your way. Defeating them will cause a mini-chest with Bombchus to
appear. After they are defeated, face the locked door and then turn around.
You'll see a rock up in the wall above you. Run a Bombchu up to the rock will
blow it up. This will allow sunshine to shine into the room, which will
activate the sun switch on the floor. This will cause a mini-chest to appear on
a high ledge to the left of the locked door. We currently cannot get to this
chest, so unlock and open the door leading into the next room using a Small
Key.
We'll be in the central room, which has the large statue shrine. Drop down to
the floor below you. Down here, you should notice an eye switch on the leg of
the statue. Shoot it with the Slingshot and a large chest will appear in the
middle of the room. Open the chest to get the Compass. From the large chest,
turn around. You'll see a locked door. Above the locked door is a frozen eye
switch. Stand in front of the door and use Din's Fire. This will melt the eye
switch and activate it at the same time, unlocking the door, so head through.
In this room, head right and you'll get to a pit. Do NOT fall in the pit,
otherwise you'll end up back at the Spirit Temple entrance. Instead, carefully
look down the pit and to the right. You should see an eye switch. Shoot the eye
switch with the Slingshot. This will cause a mini-chest to appear, so open it
to get a Small Key. Afterwards, leave this room.
Back in here, head right and climb up the wall to get back to where you
originally entered this room. Back up here, run up the two flights of stairs.
At the top, turn left and get to the pillar. Look down and you should see a
Door of Time Block below you. Jump off this ledge to land on the block. Now,
pick up the little box on the Door of Time Block and JUMP over the railing to
the higher ledge (you can get over the spiked railings, trust me. Just be sure
to jump onto that square floor at the bottom of the stairs). With the box, run
back up the two flights of stairs. Put the box down and play the Song of Time
near the pillar. This will create a Door of Time Block next to you. Get on top
of it. From here, jump off the block onto the hand of the statue shrine. There
is a blue floor switch on this hand. Step on it and then place the box on the
hand to keep it activated. This will unlock a door at the top of the staircase
we just climbed up, so go back up the stairs and open the door.
Quickly put your Hylian Shield on for this room if you haven't, as you may get
instantly burned by the flames shooting out of that pole. Just head up the
stairs and open the door at the top. The door will lock behind you when
entering the next room. What you need to do is climb up the block with the sun
switch on it to get to the ledge above you. Hit the glass switch with your
sword to activate it. This will temporarily remove the fire around this room,
so get to the northeast corner of this room. On this side, you will notice an
area where light is shining on the floor from outside. There are also three
nearby blocks with sun switches on them. Do NOT move the closest block with the
sun switch into the light, as activating that switch will cause a floor master
to appear. Instead, head to where the two blocks are that are side-by-side.
Pull out the front one and bring it to the shining light. When the light
activates the sun switch, the door in the corner of the room will open. To get
to the door, climb up onto one of the ledges surrounding the room and open the
door when you get to it.
In this room, defeat the Big Skulltula, head up the stairs, and then unlock and
open the door at the top of the stairs using the Small Key. In here, go to the
other side of the room. Attack the Iron Knuckle on its throne to start the
fight.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Hard
Again, you need to be very careful here, as one hit can cost you 8 Hearts! If
you need Hearts, have the Iron Knuckle swing its axe at one of the poles in
this room. Keep yourself L-Targeted to the Iron Knuckle at all times. Backflip
it when it is about to attack you, and then get in as many hits from your sword
as you can. If you need to, use Nayru's Love. After enough hits, the Iron
Knuckle will lose some of its armor. Hitting him from that point forward will
stun him with each hit, making him easier to defeat.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the door leading into the next room will unlock, so
open it. In this hall, just head outside. We'll find Kaepora Gaebora. Remember
to hit No when he asks you the question of if you want him to repeat what he
said. Afterwards, open the large chest for the Silver Gauntlets. We'll then see
the cut-scene of Nabooru being brainwashed away by the witches in this temple.
With the Silver Gauntlets in hand, head back to the Temple of Time and return
here as Adult Link!
---------------------------
Spirit Temple - Adult Link
---------------------------
Once you return as Adult Link, head up the stairs at the entrance. At the top,
there should be a hole in the ceiling. If not, use a Bombchu to blow up that
rock you see hanging from the ceiling. Inside the hole is a target. Use the
Longshot to latch yourself onto the target. You'll be taken into a room above
you. Up here, go to the other side of the room. You'll find a large stone block
that you can now push with the Silver Gauntlets. Push the block forward until
it falls into a hole. You will find yourself in the room where you found a
Small Key as Young Link. Head down the hall and open the door at the end.
</pre><pre id="faqspan-14">
You'll be back in the room with the shrine statue. Head right and climb up the
wall to the area that you were at as Young Link. Up here, open the door. You'll
be in the room with the sun switch on the floor. Remember how you solved the
puzzle as Young Link, but was unable to get to the mini-chest that appeared?
The mini-chest is on that higher ledge next to the door. You can get to it by
latching onto it with your Longshot. Open it up to get a Small Key! Now, hit
the glass switch in the corner of the room. This will open up the gate in the
hole in the floor. Fall down the hole and open the door at the bottom. Remember
this rusted floor switch that we passed by as a kid? Hit it with your Megaton
Hammer. This will cause a mini-chest to appear in the room on the other side of
the hole in the wall. Except there's a problem. We can't get to that room as
Adult Link. So yep, head back to the Temple of Time to become a kid again!
CHILD LINK
Return to the Spirit Temple as a kid. Head up the stairs and go through the
hole in the wall on your right. On the other side, open up the mini-chest for
another Small Key! That's all what we needed to do as a kid. Kind of annoying,
right? With this Small Key, head back to the Temple of Time and become an
adult. Then, return to the Spirit Temple.
ADULT LINK
You should now have two Small Keys on you. From the entrance of the Spirit
Temple, get back to the room with the shrine statue. Now, you may notice three
torches surrounding the shrine. One in front of it, and one on each side. Light
up these torches using Fire Arrows. This will unlock a door in the corner of
the room. To get to that side of the room, go back to the southeast corner up
this place and climb up the wall. Now go up the first flight of stairs. At the
top, you should see a torch on the opposite staircase across from you. You can
use the Longshot to pull yourself onto that torch and get to the other side of
this place. From here, head up the stairs. At the top, unlock and open the door
to the left with a Small Key.
I imagine that this room was made just to irritate you. It's a small hallway
with a staircase, but you can't go up the stairs, otherwise a firewall will pop
up. Instead, just use the target on the ceiling (with the Longshot) to get over
the firewall and then open the door at the end. The door will lock behind you
when entering this room. Just defeat the four Beamos in order to unlock it
again. A mini-chest will also appear, but it only contains a bundle of arrows.
Now, we have a pretty annoying Door of Time Block puzzle to solve in this room.
First, play the Song of Time in front of the Door of Time Block in the
northwest part of the room. The block will move to the other side of the room,
right underneath a block in midair. Now stand in front of those two blocks and
play the Song of Time TWICE. What should happen is that a little box should
fall onto the block in the pit. Pick the box up. Now turn around and head to
the other side of the room. You should see a blue floor switch. Step on the
switch to activate it, and then put the box down on the switch to keep it
activated. This will unlock the door in the southwest corner of this room, so
head through it.
In this room, defeat the two Dinolfos first. Do NOT open the mini-chest you see
in this room, as it will just freeze you. After you defeat the enemies, hit
that mini-chest with your sword. This will cause the door across from you to
unlock, so open it. In this room, head up the stairs. You'll find an invisible
Floormaster at the top. Defeat it and then the door at the top will unlock, so
head through it.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Medium
This fight shouldn't be as bad with Adult Link, now that you have more powerful
weaponry. Just L-Target it and hit it with your sword. Move backwards or
backflip when it is about to attack you. If you need hearts, have its axe hit
one of the poles in this room. After enough hits, some of its armor will fall
off, weakening it. From there, just finish it off with your sword.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open
it. In here, just head outside. A large chest will appear in front of you, so
open it to get the Mirror Shield. Now, head back inside. Get back to the room
where you attacked that mini-chest. Back in here, head to the other side of the
room. You'll find a Door of Time Block standing on the part of the floor where
sunlight is shining through. Play the Song of Time to remove it. Now, stand in
that shining light and aim your Mirror Shield up at the sun switch on the wall.
The reflected light will activate the sun switch and unlock the door next to
you. However, the Door of Time Block that you just moved is now standing in its
way, so play the Song of Time to remove it. NOW open the door. Sheesh.
In this room, just defeat the Gibdo and open the blue chest for the Boss Key.
Now, head out. From here, get back to the room with the statue shrine. Back in
here, head down the stairs and open the door at the bottom. You should be in a
room with three sun switches across from you. Defeat the two Stalfos first, in
addition to the Wallmaster. Now, for this puzzle, none of the three sun
switches will "activate" and turn on with light. What you need to do is reflect
light as all three sun switches. They will all burn away, and you will be
attacked by Wallmasters. You need to defeat all three of the Wallmasters.
Afterwards, a gate in the floor will open up in the corner of the room, so jump
down the hole. Down here, head into the door across from you. In this room,
open the door on your left.
The door will lock behind you. To unlock it, play Zelda's Lullaby on the
Triforce mark on the floor.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula in this room, on the ceiling.
Just defeat it and reel in the token using the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Back in here, unlock and open the door across from you using a Small Key. This
room is a little tricky. Defeat the Club Moblin in the pit first before doing
anything. Now, use the Megaton Hammer to hit the rusted floor switch near the
door. This will open a gate leading to the southwest alcove in the pit.
1) Before going past the gate, look above the alcove and you'll see a Door of
Time Block. Play the Song of Time in this alcove. This will unlock a gate in
the opposite corner of the room, in the northeast corner.
2) Above that alcove is a crate from the Lon Lon Ranch. So head into that
alcove and play Epona's Song. This will unlock an alcove in the southeast
corner.
3) The newly unlocked alcove has a sun switch above it. Go inside this alcove
and play the Sun's Song. This will unlock an alcove in the northwest corner.
4) In the next alcove, play the Song of Storms. The east central alcove will
open up.
5) In the final alcove, play Zelda's Lullaby. This will finally unlock the door
in this room, so head through.
Whoa! Watch out for all of the Big Skulltulas! Quickly defeat all of them. The
fastest way is with the Longshot. The mini-chest in this room has a Purple
Rupee, if you want it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula on the wall in this room. Just
defeat it and grab the token with the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From here, leave the room. Watch out for the Club Moblin on the other side.
It's also harder to avoid due to the rolling boulders. Defeat the Club Moblin
and then climb out of the pit and head back into the previous room.
In this room, you'll see a rock in the middle of the room. Blow up the rock
with a Bomb and a rusted floor switch will be revealed. Before hitting the
switch, collect the two Silver Rupees in this room. Afterwards, hit this switch
with the Megaton Hammer. This will lower that waterspout in the opening. Be
quick though, as it will only be lowered for a few seconds. Get the Silver
Rupee and then go into the Spirit Temple entrance. Back in here, head down the
stairs. If you blew up the rocks earlier, you'll find a Silver Rupee on each
side of the staircase. Collecting the Silver Rupees will make a mini-chest
appear on the carpet at the top of the stairs. Open it to get a Small Key.
With the Small Key, head all the way back to the room that had the four Beamos
and the annoying Door of Time Block puzzle. Once you get there, unlock and open
the other door in that room using the Small Key.
In this room, defeat all of the Keeses first. Afterwards, you must collect all
of the Silver Rupees while climbing up those walls. Some of the walls even move
left and right, making this an annoying and long task. Once all of the Silver
Rupees are collected, a door will unlock at the top of the room. Remember, you
can use the Longshot to pull yourself to the climbable walls that DON'T move.
Once you get the door unlocked, head up to the top of the room and open the
door. In here, head up the stairs. Play Zelda's Lullaby while standing on the
Triforce mark on the floor. This will unlock a door to your right, so head up
the stairs and open it.
In here, jump into the pit to your left. Down here are a couple of crates. Roll
into them to break them. Underneath one of them is a rusted floor switch. When
you find it, hit the switch with the Megaton Hammer. This will unlock a door
leading to the next room, so climb out of the pit and open the door. In here,
defeat all of the enemies in this room before doing anything else. We have a
couple of things to do here. First, in the beginning of the room, you'll see a
sun switch on the wall. Shine some reflected light to the sun switch using your
Mirror Shield to activate it. Now, turn the cobra statue so that it is
reflecting light into the next room, towards the next cobra statue. You need to
be quick, because the sun switch removed fire around the second cobra statue,
and it will come back if you take too long. Now, turn the second cobra statue
so that it is facing the iron bars, and reflecting light into the previous
room.
Once you have solved the puzzle, turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll find a
hidden mini-chest in front of the iron bars. Open it for a Small Key, and then
leave this room. Back in here, open the door across from you. In this room,
unlock and open the door to your right using a Small Key.
This room is a bit tricky. There is an Iron Knuckle in the middle of the room,
but we need to use it to our advantage, as there are two Gold Skulltulas in
this room that we cannot get to without his help. Attack it once to activate
it.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There are two Gold Skulltulas in this room. Both are behind
pillars and thrones in this room. One of them is behind the Iron Knuckle,
across from the door. Lure the Iron Knuckle to this part of the room. Get him
to attack the chairs and the pillar to destroy them. You will find the Gold
Skulltula on the wall. Defeat it and grab the token when it is safe.
GOLD SKULLTULA #2: The second Gold Skulltula is to the right of where the Iron
Knuckle was standing, behind the thrones and the pillar. Get the Iron Knuckle
to attack you, and have it destroy the thrones and the pillar in the process.
The Gold Skulltula is just behind the pillar. When it is safe, defeat it and
take the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
When you have both of the Gold Skulltulas, leave this room and open the door at
the top of the stairs to your left. Back in here, jump into the pit. Stand in
the lighted spot and use the Mirror Shield to shine reflected light at the sun
switch. The sun switch will activate, and the floor will lower to the shrine
room below us. With the reflected light on this platform, shine light to the
face of the shrine using the Mirror Shield. After a couple of seconds, the face
will crumble. You need to be quick with this, otherwise you'll deal with a
Wallmaster. Once the face crumbles, you can latch onto the gate across from you
using the Longshot. It will then open up, so then unlock and open the door
behind it using the Boss Key.
The two witches will be found here, and both will send an unusual Iron Knuckle
to fight you.
*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Medium
Just fight this Iron Knuckle like any other one. Stand back when it is about to
attack, and then get as many sword hits as you can afterwards. If you need
health, have it attack one of the pillars in the room to make Hearts appear.
*******************************************************************************
At the end of the fight, the Iron Knuckle is revealed to be Nabooru. The two
witches will appear again and brainwash her away. So just head through the door
leading in the next room. This is just a hallway, so just go through the door
across from you. In the next room, climb up the wall onto the arena. Go to the
middle and the boss fight will start.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS
Sorceress Sisters
Twinrova
PART I
This fight has two parts. In the first part, the two witches will fly around
you. Koume is the fire witch while Kotake is the ice witch. They attack you by
firing an ice or a fire beam at you. So when Koume attacks you with fire, you
need to defelct the fire back at Kotake, the ice witch using your Mirror
Shield. You would also do the opposite if Kotake fires an ice beam at you (just
deflect it back at the fire witch, Koume). After a few hits, the second part of
the boss fight will start.
PART II
The two witches will turn into this large woman, called Twinrova. She will
shoot a beam of ice or fire at you. You need to let the beam hit your Mirror
Shield. Your Mirror Shield will then be "charged". You need to be careful
afterwards. For example, if your Mirror Shield has a fire charge on it, and
Twinrova fires an ice beam at you, get out of the way. Also, if your Mirror
Shield is charged with one element, and you decide to let the opposite element
hit your Mirror Shield, you will get hurt and your Mirror Shield will then be
discharged of whatever element it had. You want to build up three charges of
the same element on your Mirror Shield. Once three consecutive hits of the same
element hit your Mirror Shield, you will be able to fire the ice or fire back
at Twinrova. This will stun her, so hit her with your sword as many times as
you can. Then, repeat this process until she is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
At the end of the fight, pick up the Heart Container and then step through the
blue warp portal.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
5l. Inside Ganon's Castle
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
Once you're inside, head down the stairs. The door at the bottom is locked. To
get it unlocked, you must defeat all of the enemies in this room. This includes
the Green Bubbles, the Armos, and the Iron Knuckle. Of course, take care of all
of the enemies before fighting the Iron Knuckle. Watch out for the Blade Trap
in the middle of the room as well. The Armos statues are on top of the pillars
near the door. Hit them once with your sword to awaken them. They cannot move
off their pillars, so just throw Bombs up at them to destroy them.
Once all of the enemies are defeated, the door will unlock, so head on through.
Like last time, we need to bring down the six barriers in order to get into
Ganon's Tower. Let's start with the most important barrier first, the Spirit
Barrier.
SPIRIT BARRIER
In the first room, defeat all of the enemies first. This includes a Torch Slug
and a few Keeses. Afterwards, look above the door you used to enter this room
and you'll see an eye switch. The eye is closed, but you can fire an arrow at
it to open it. This will spawn an Iron Knuckle in this room. Hit the Iron
Knuckle once to activate it. Now, do NOT defeat it yet. Instead, lure it to the
middle of the room. Have it destroy the chairs using its axe. This will reveal
a rusted floor switch. From here, defeat the Iron Knuckle, and then hit the
floor switch with the Megaton Hammer. This will unlock the door leading into
the next room, so open it.
In the next room, defeat the Green Bubble in front of you. Open the mini-chest
for Bombchus if you need them. Now, look up at the fence. There is a hole at
the top. Run a Bombchu through this hole. It should go up the fence, through
the hole, across the floor, up the wall, and through the ceiling, and hit the
glass switch on the ceiling. The explosion will activate the glass switch,
which will unlock the door next to you, so enter it.
On this side of the room, head around the corner. Defeat the two ReDeads and
the Gibdo. You'll be in a room surrounded by sun switches. Look up at the
ceiling and you'll see a web. Shoot a Fire Arrow at the web to burn it. This
will cause light to shine into the room. Facing the locked door, shine light on
the sun switch just to the left of the door. This will cause a large chest to
appear. Open it to get the Golden Gauntlets! Also, facing the door, turn right
and count three sun switches. Use the Mirror Shield to shine light on the third
sun switch from the door. This will make a mini-chest appear. Open it to get a
Small Key.
Now, carefully look above the locked door. You should be able to make out a sun
switch behind that spirit symbol. Use the Mirror Shield to shine light onto
that sun switch, and it will activate, unlocking the door, so head on through.
In this room is the source of energy for the Spirit Barrier. Shoot the little
ball with a Light Arrow. Nabooru will then appear, telling you that the Spirit
Barrier has been dispelled. She will then send you back to the central room,
where we'll see the energy beam from the Spirit Barrier disappear.
With the Golden Gauntlets, head outside Ganon's Castle.
-------------------------
Ganon's Castle - Outside
-------------------------
Back outside, cross the bridge. Head all the way right and you'll get to a dead
end. At the end is a large stone pillar. You can pick it up with the Golden
Gauntlets. Link will throw it behind him. Now, head inside the new opening.
----------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Ganon's Castle
----------------------------------------
As usual, play Zelda's Lullaby on the Triforce mark to summon the Great Fairy.
She will then appear and upgrade your defense power. Your hearts will now have
gray outlines around them. The amount of damage you take will be cut in half,
which is a great help on Master Quest. Once you get the upgrade, head back
inside Ganon's Castle.
----------------------
Inside Ganon's Castle
----------------------
Let's continue, shall we?
FOREST BARRIER
In the first room, two Stalfos will appear, so quickly defeat them. After the
fight, the door to the next room will unlock. Before heading through the door,
note the mantle above the door. You'll see a torch, a fan, and a Small Key. Put
on your Iron Boots and then latch onto that torch with the Longshot to get onto
the mantle. The Iron Boots will prevent you from being blown off the mantle
from the fan. Pick up the Small Key, then drop back down below and head through
the next door.
In the next room, you'll see a platform with a Beamos on it to the left. Put on
the Hover Boots and float/run over to that platform. Quickly place a Bomb down
to destroy the Beamos. From here, you can throw a Bomb to destroy the Beamos on
the central platform. Afterwards, get onto the central platform. From here,
destroy all of the surrounding Beamos using Bombs. From here, get to the locked
door on the other side of the room. Turn left from the door and you'll see a
Door of Time Block in the air. Now, to the left of the door is a fan. Wait for
the fan to stop spinning and then get on the platform in front of it. Now put
the Iron Boots on so the fan won't blow you away. Play the Song of Time. The
Door of Time Block will lower a little bit, and you'll see an Armos statue on
the top. Play the Song of Time again and the Door of Time Block will move up to
the ceiling. However, the statue will fall down onto the platform below,
stepping on a blue floor switch. This will unlock the door leading into the
next room, so safely get back to the door and open it.
We'll be at the source of the Forest Barrier. Shoot the ball with the Light
Arrow and Saria will appear, telling you that the Forest Barrier is dispelled.
You'll be taken to the central room, where the Forest Barrier's energy source
will disappear. Let's do the Water Barrier next.
WATER BARRIER
There is Blue Fire in the middle of the room, but we cannot get to it because
of the waterspout surrounding it. To lower the waterspout, go left and you'll
see a hand sticking out of the ground. Defeat the hand first and then swing the
sword where the hand was. You'll activate a class switch and the waterspout
will lower. Get to the Blue Fire and get at least two bottles of it. If you
want to activate the glass switch at a safer distance so you don't get grabbed
by the hand, you can use a magic spin attack from your sword. Now, use some
Blue Fire to melt the red ice in front of the locked door. Again, make sure you
have two bottles of Blue Fire. Unlock the door using the Small Key and open it
(remember, you can get a Small Key from the Spirit, Forest, and Shadow Barrier
rooms).
In the second room, destroy all of the Keeses first (watch out, one of them is
invisible) so that they won't bother you. Afterwards, we must collect all of
the Silver Rupees to unlock the door in this room.
1) Before pushing ANY of the blocks around, jump into the hole in the floor and
get the first Silver Rupee.
2) There is another Silver Rupee you should collect before pushing any of the
blocks around. It is in that alcove below that really high ledge.
3) The next one is in mid-air. Climb onto one of the blocks. The easiest way to
get the Silver Rupee is run off the block with the Hover Boots on.
4) There is another Silver Rupee in the corner of the room. It is above a pit.
To get it, run across the pit with the Hover Boots on, and then quickly get
back on the land before you fall into the pit and restart this puzzle.
5) To get the last Silver Rupee, note the two blocks. Go to the block closest
to the ledge with all of the red ice. Push it so that it slides against that
rock. Then, push it into the hole. Then, push the other block straight across
so it hits that ice rock, and then push it to the right so it slides to the
other ice rock. Now, push it into that alcove where Silver Rupee #2 was. From
there, you can climb up the block and onto the ledge. You can then melt the red
ice up top with Blue Fire. Get the Silver Rupee.
Once all of the Silver Rupees are collected, the door leading into the next
room will unlock. However, to get to it, you need to leave and re-enter the
room to reset the blocks. Now, push a block up against that ledge. Climb up
onto the block and dump the Blue Fire so that the red ice melts. Afterwards,
you can open the door.
In this room, you'll find the energy source for the Water Barrier. Shoot the
ball with the Light Arrow to destroy it. Princess Ruto will appear, telling you
that the Water Barrier is dispelled. You'll be brought back to the central
room. We're halfway there!
FIRE BARRIER
The room you're in is very hot, so you'll need to wear the Goron Tunic. Now, we
need to collect all of the Silver Rupees in this room. I also recommend putting
on the Hover Boots. You need to be quick, as many of these square platforms
will sink into the lava when you step on them. The Golden Gauntlets are also
required for this room.
1) When you start, you'll notice four square platforms in front of you. Go to
the square in the back left corner. This platform will NOT sink into the lava
when you step on it. Instead, it will shoot up in the air. When it goes up,
grab the Silver Rupee.
2) Once the square platform drops back down, you should notice a moving square
platform in front of you. Get onto it and use it to get to the island across
from you. On this island, destroy the Beamos and then pick up the stone pillar
with the Golden Gauntlets. You'll find a Silver Rupee underneath where the
pillar was.
3) From the second Silver Rupee, turn right and you should see an island. This
island has a stone pillar that you need the Golden Gauntlets to pick up. Work
your way to this island using the Hover Boots and the square platforms in the
lava pit. When you get to this island, you'll notice a square platform moving
back and forth behind the island. Get onto this moving platform and pick up the
Silver Rupee.
4) After getting the last Silver Rupee, get back up on the island. Pick up the
stone pillar using the Golden Gauntlets, and Link will throw it into the lava
behind him. Now, turn around. You should see a target. Latch onto the target
with the Longshot. Get on top of the target and go right. Get the Silver Rupee
at the end.
5) From the previous Silver Rupee, turn left. You should see the last Silver
Rupee on top of that stone pillar in the lava. To get on top of that stone
pillar, note the three square platforms in front of it. Step on the one in the
middle. This one will shoot up in the air. While it is in the air, land on the
stone pillar and get the final Silver Rupees.
With all of the Silver Rupees collected, the door leading into the next room
will open. A target will also appear on the ledge where the door is located, so
you can use the Longshot to easily bring yourself over there. Open the door
once you get to it.
You'll find the source for the Fire Barrier in this room. Hit it and Darunia
will appear, telling you that the Fire Barrier is dispelled. We'll be brought
back to the central room, where we'll see the energy for the Fire Barrier
disappear.
SHADOW BARRIER
We have ANOTHER Silver Rupee puzzle in the first room here. We need the Lens of
Truth and the Hover Boots for this room.
1) To get the first Silver Rupee, use the Hover Boots to get onto that pillar
on the right when entering the room. Then, turn on the Lens of Truth and you
should find an invisible moving platform. Get onto it and get the Silver Rupee
while riding on the platform.
2) The second Silver Rupee is just nearby, on that pillar with the Bomb Flower
on it. Float over to that pillar from your floating platform and get the Silver
Rupee.
3) After getting the last Silver Rupee, get on the invisible moving platform
and use it to get onto the large island in the middle of the room. On this
island is a Beamos. Destroy the Beamos and you'll find the Silver Rupee
underneath where it was sitting.
4) On this island, you should see a torch barely sticking out from the ground.
Light up the torch with a Fire Arrow or Din's Fire. This will create clear
blocks, allowing you to get across the gap onto the next island. Quickly get
rid of the two Beamos on this island. Now, turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll
find a hidden walkway leading to the pillar where a Beamos is on. Carefully
walk across this walkway. Throw a Bomb at the Beamos to destroy it, and then
get the Silver Rupee from the pillar.
5) After getting the last Silver Rupee, head back to the island. Now, look back
at the central island. Look down and you should see an eye switch below you.
Shoot the eye switch with an arrow. This will make a mini-chest appear on the
island that you are on. Open it to get a Small Key. Now, turn around. Turn the
Lens of Truth on and you'll find another hidden walkway. Get your Hover Boots
on and walk slowly. You'll eventually get to a gap with a guillotine. Use the
Hover Boots to get across the gap and avoid the guillotine. You should also
grab the last Silver Rupee in the process.
Getting all of the Silver Rupees will unlock the door at the end of the room.
Carefully get to it and open it. In here, use a Light Arrow to destroy the
source for the Shadow Barrier. Impa will appear and tell you that the Shadow
Barrier has been destroyed. She'll bring you back to the central room, where
the Shadow Barrier will fade away.
LIGHT BARRIER
Like in original mode, we need the Golden Gauntlets to access the Light Barrier
rooms. There is a large stone pillar blocking the entrance. Pick it up and Link
will throw it backwards. Now, head inside. Also, before doing this room, make
sure you have at least two Small Keys.
The first room is a simple matter of defeat the enemies. Just defeat the
Dinolfos and the two Torch Slugs and the door to the next room will unlock, so
open it.
In this room, you need a Small Key. There is a Triforce Mark in front of the
door, but playing Zelda's Lullaby on it will only make a mini-chest with a
Heart in it appear. Unlock and open the door using the Small Key.
You can't really go around the perimeter of the room, because of the boulder
and the firewalls. First off, use the Longshot to latch onto that target on the
ceiling. Then, get rid of the Beamos quickly. Now, jump to the door on the
other side of the room. Unlock it and open it with a Small Key.
In this room, defeat the Skullwalltula. Now, if you use the Lens of Truth,
you'll find a hidden opening in the wall across from you. However, the opening
is blocked off by a clear block. Now, notice the two yellow flames in this
room. If you look inside one of them, you'll see a glass switch. Hit the switch
with your sword to activate it. This will remove the clear block, so head
through the hidden opening. Now you'll find the source of the Light Barrier.
Destroy it with the Light Arrow and Rauru will appear. He'll tell you that the
Light Barrier has been dispelled and will bring you back to the central room.
--------------
Ganon's Tower
--------------
With all of the barriers gone, we can now access Ganon's Tower. There is
nothing changed about it in Master Quest, so head on up the stairs and good
luck with Ganondorf! You must save Hyrule!
=========
6. Items
=========
---------------
Equipment Gear
---------------
Kokiri Tunic: This is the default, green outfit that Link wears in the game. It
is available from the start of the game and fits both child and adult Link.
There are no special effects when wearing this tunic.
Goron Tunic: This is a red tunic that can only be worn by adult Link. When
worn, it will protect Link from excessive heat, such as in the Death Mountain
Crater of the Fire Temple.
Zora Tunic: This is a blue tunic that can only be worn by adult Link. When
worn, Link will be able to move around underwater with the Iron Boots without
drowning. This is useful for areas like the Water Temple, where walking
underwater is required.
Kokiri Sword: Found at the beginning of the game, this is the only sword that
child Link is able to use. It is a very small and weak sword, and you will
notice that when you fight some of the same enemies as adult Link that child
Link fought. This sword can be used with a shield.
Master Sword: A centerpiece of the game's storyline is the Master Sword, which
its possession is required to enter the Sacred Realm. Given its size, young
Link cannot use this sword, only adult Link can. It is obviously a much more
powerful sword than the Kokiri Sword, and it is used to destroy evil like
Ganondorf. Since adult Link can hold this sword with one hand, he can also have
a shield drawn out at the same time.
Biggoron's Sword: My favorite sword of the three. This is an incredibly
powerful sword (twice as powerful as the Master Sword, in fact) that can kill
just about any non-boss enemy in one hit. Not only that, it makes killing most
bosses much easier and many of them will only go down in a matter of hits with
this sword. The only drawback to equipping this sword is that adult Link must
hold onto the sword with two hands, meaning that a shield cannot be used to
defend yourself when this sword is drawn out. If you try to defend yourself
with a shield with this sword equipped, Link will either duck down, or if he is
L-Targeting an enemy, will try to defend with his sword (which doesn't actually
do much).
Kokiri Shield: This is a shield found at the very beginning of the game.
Because it is a very small shield, it can only be used by child Link. It can be
found at the Kokiri Forest store for 40 rupees. It is a good shield that can
allow child Link to defend himself against many attacks. One drawback to this
shield is that it is made of wood, so it is a flammable shield. That means if
you get hit directly by fire, such as from a Fire Keese, this shield will burn
off, so it is recommended not to wear this shield in areas like Dodongo's
Cavern.
Hylian Shield: Because of its size, this is basically the default shield for
adult Link. It can be found at the Bazaar in the Hyrule Market (or Kakariko
Village) for 80 rupees. Even though it is a large shield, it can also be worn
by child Link. However, because of its size, child Link cannot properly defend
himself with this shield. Instead, he will crouch down and keep the shield on
his back (which is actually useful to defending some attacks, like King
Dodongo).
Mirror Shield: Found near the end of the game, the Mirror Shield is the only
shield to have any special effects. It can be used to deflect sunlight and
magic attacks, mostly in the Spirit Temple. Due to its size, this shield can
only be worn by adult Link. Other than that, it functions just like the Hylian
Shield. And because there is only one shield of this kind, it cannot be eaten
by a Like Like.
------------------
Items (Child Link)
------------------
Deku Stick: This item can only be used as young Link. These sticks can be used
as a weapon to attack enemies. But since they are sticks, they break when
attacking an enemy. You can initially hold up to 10 of these sticks, but
through upgrades, you can eventually carry as much as 30. The major use of this
item is for lighting torches. You can use a Deku Stick to carry fire to light
an unlit torch, or to burn down something like a web. You will lose the stick
if it burns for too long, but you can retain the stick by putting it away in
time.
Slingshot: As child Link, this will be one of your most frequently used
weapons. It is found early on in the game. The Slingshot uses Deku Seeds for
ammunition. At first, you can hold up to 30 seeds for your slingshots, but you
can get up to 50 through upgrades. This weapon can be used to attack enemies,
hit switches, and even collapse ladders. To use this weapon, press whichever
button you assigned the Slingshot to. Afterwards, press the same button to fire
a seed. If you want to aim and "ready" your Slingshot, hold down the button
assigned to your Slingshot. Then, when the target comes into view, release the
button to fire the seed.
Boomerang: This weapon is another very important weapon to child Link. Most of
the enemies you can attack with this weapon will end up being stunned, rather
than killed. Afterwards, you can finish them off with another weapon. The
Boomerang is also a very useful weapon outside of battle, where it can be used
to bring back distant objects to you. The most notable example of this is using
the Boomerang to bring back defeated Gold Skulltulas that you otherwise cannot
reach (for example, Skulltulas that are up high on a wall).
Magic Beans: There are only 10 of these in the entire game, and can only be
brought from one person. The first Magic Bean you buy will cost 10 Rupees, and
then each subsequent Magic Bean purchase will cost an additional 10 Rupees (so
20 Rupees for the second Magic Bean, 30 for the third, etc). To use these Magic
Beans, you must plant them in soft soil patches located around Hyrule, where
you will see a little sprout emerge from the soft soil. After planting the
Magic Beans, there isn't much you can do with child Link. But as adult Link,
these sprouts will have turned fully into magical leaves. You can ride these
magical leaves around the area, often giving you access to areas that you could
not normally get to as child Link.
---------------------------------
Items (can be used by both Links)
---------------------------------
Deku Nut: Depending on how skill you are as a player in this game, this may
likely be your least used item. It can be used for both young and adult Link.
Its main use is that you can use them to create a brief flash and stun any
nearby enemies, so that they are paralyzed and cannot attack you. I have never
really used this item, with probably the only exception being at the beginning
of Master Quest, where you can stun some enemies so that they don't attack you
(remember, damage is doubled in Master Quest, and with 3 hearts, you can die
very quickly at the beginning of the game). At the beginning of the game, you
can hold up to 20 Deku Nuts, but through upgrades, you can increase your
capacity to 40.
Bombs: As you can use these items with both child and adult Link, it is an item
you will be using constantly throughout the game. Bombs can be used to attack
enemies, blow up certain walls, and even activate switches remotely. To use a
Bomb, press the button that you assigned the Bomb to. Afterwards, you can
simply drop the bomb onto the ground below you by pressing the assigned button
for the Bomb again, or you can throw the bomb by pressing the button you
assigned to the Bomb while running. Just be careful not to be around the bomb
when it goes off, as you'll take damage. When you first acquire the Bombs, they
will be in a small Bomb Bag that can hold up to 20 Bombs, but through upgrades,
you can hold as many 40 Bombs.
Bombchu: This item is a mouse-shaped bomb. Unlike the Bomb, the Bombchu can be
released onto the ground where it will then move on its own. It also has the
ability to move up walls and ceilings, allowing you to reach objects that you
may not have otherwise been able to reach with just a Bomb. There are some
objects in the game that require being activated by a Bombchu. If you L-Target
these objects, Link will aim the Bombchu at the object and the Bombchu will
automatically explode when it gets to the target. Just be careful, when using a
Bombchu to get to an object on a wall or ceiling that Link is properly angled
and in a good position, otherwise the Bombchu may go off into a different
direction when it climbs off the wall. To use this item, simply press the
button assigned to the Bombchu to pull one out, and then press the button again
to release the Bombchu onto the ground. After the Bombchu is released, you can
also L-Target it to follow its movements. You can hold up to 50 Bombchus from
the start, and no upgrades are needed or available for the Bombchus.
Lens of Truth: Well, just about anyone in the game will tell you that this is
the "eye of truth". Anyhow, this item is used to reveal invisible objects.
These objects include enemies, obstacles, treasure chests, floors, and walls.
When used, a circle will be formed behind Link, and anything invisible within
that circle will be revealed. There are two locations in the game where this
will be heavily used (The Bottom of the Well and the Shadow Temple), but it is
used a few times outside those areas. Be noted that using the Lens of Truth
also uses up magic power, so keep a close eye on the magic meter when using
this item.
Empty Bottle: There are four of these bottles in the entire game. You can store
certain objects in these bottles for use at a later time. Here are all of the
objects that you can store inside a bottle:
-Red Potion: Drinking a Red Potion will completely restore all of Link's
hearts. You can only drink this once before needing to refill it. Found
in Goron's Shop and the Magic Shop.
-Green Potion: Similar to the Red Potion, but instead, drinking this
potion will completely restore Link's Magic Meter. You can only drink
this once before needing to refill it. Found in the Magic Shop.
-Blue Potion: This is essentially a Red and Green Potion combined, as
drinking this will completely restore all of Link's hearts and his Magic
Meter. Can be found in the old hag's Potion Shop in the back of Kakariko
Village.
-Lon Lon Milk: You can drink the Lon Lon Milk twice before needing to
refill the bottle. Having one drink of this milk will restore five of
Link's hearts (which means by drinking it twice, you can restore up to 10
hearts). This becomes a little less useful later in the game, as Link
will have more hearts and using this item will only restore a smaller
percentage of Link's health. You can buy this milk off of Talon or you
can play Epona's Song in front of a cow to get this milk for free.
-Fairy: It's always good to have one or two of these around, in the event
that something unexpected happens. A fairy will automatically revive Link
to full health if he dies. In addition, you can use the Fairy at any time
to restore 8 hearts with Link. The best way to find these are in fairy
fountains, where you will find several of these fairies, where you can
then use a bottle to capture one. You can also find this in select jars,
such as in the Water Temple. Also, if you find a Fairy wandering around,
you can run into it and it will restore your health by 8 hearts right
there.
-Poe: A Poe is a ghost in this game. They are most common in the
Graveyard behind Kakariko village. If you fight a Poe and defeat it, you
can capture it in a bottle. You can then use the Poe on yourself, where
it will either restore a partial amount of your health or take damage.
Because of the unpredictability of these items and the fact that there
are better ways to heal yourself, it's not really worth capturing a Poe.
-Bugs: The bugs in this game only serve one real purpose. Dumping the
bugs out from the bottle will cause three little bugs to be released. If
you dump the capture bugs into a patch of soft sand, they will go into
the soft sand and form a Gold Skulltula. Otherwise, you can sell bugs to
a person that likes collecting bottled objects. Apart from the Potion
Shop, you can find these under certain patches of grass and under certain
rocks, and you can capture them there (it's free, too!). Now, in the
Nintendo 64 version, when you release the bugs (remember, they're
released in groups of 3), you could always re-capture one of the bugs to
refill your bottle, so that you could use it on another soft sand patch
(and you wouldn't need to go back to whatever location you got your bugs
at). You can't recapture a released bug in the 3DS version. Crap.
-Fish: Like the bugs, the fish only serve one purpose. A fish is required
to enter Lord Jabu-Jabu in Zora's Fountain (you only need to use it
once, though), where all you do is dump the fish in front of Jabu-Jabu.
Outside of that, you can also sell it to the person that collects bottled
objects. Aside from buying a super expensive fish at the Potion Shop, you
can find these in shallow water (for free), where you can use a bottle to
capture one.
-Blue Fire: The Blue Fire is only really used in one location, which is
the Ice Cavern. It is used to melt away ice that is blocking an entrance.
It can also be used to get to frozen items that are surrounded by ice.
There are one of two ways to get a Blue Fire, the first is buying it from
the Potion Shop (again, very expensive), and the other is to collect blue
fire from the Ice Cavern for free.
Din's Fire: This is an item that is given to you by a Great Fairy. Din's Fire's
major purpose in the game is to light up torches (it is excellent for lighting
up large groups of torches too). It can also be used to attack enemies, given
that Din's Fire uses a decent amount of magic every time you use it (magic is
required to use this item), it's better off using other weapons to attack
enemies.
Farore's Wind: Another item that is given to you by a Great Fairy. Farore's
Wind can only be used in dungeons (or more specifically, areas with a Dungeon
Map). Just like Din's Fire, magic is required to use Farore's Wind. When you
use this item, a warp point is created somewhere in the room (the locations are
fixed and pre-determined; you can't create the warp point on any exact
location). Now, at any time (while in the same dungeon where you cast the warp
point, that is), you can use Farore's Wind to return to that warp point. You
can also use Farore's Wind to dispel the warp point and get rid of it, in the
event that you don't need it. This is useful if you are progressing through a
dungeon and want to stop playing. You can then create a warp point in the room
that you stop in so that when you decide to start playing again, you can return
to that warp point and save a lot of time. It is also a useful item in the
event you want to create a warp point in a certain room and want to eventually
return to that room instantly (and eliminates the need for backtracking).
Nayru's Love: The third item that you get from a Great Fairy. This item, when
used, will create a barrier around Link that will make him temporarily
invincible. While invincible, any attacks on Link will not lower his health.
However, attacks can still cause Link to "flinch", as in, if you are aiming a
weapon while being protected by Nayru's Love and you get hit, Link will stop
aiming his weapon. Also, attacks that can knock Link down to the ground for
example, will still do so (even if Link doesn't take any actually damage). This
item is useful for dealing with enemies that are incredibly powerful, such as
Iron Knuckles and even the final boss. Just like Din's Fire and Farore's Wind,
using this item requires magic power.
-------------------
Items (Adult Link)
-------------------
Hookshot: The Hookshot is one of the very first items you get upon becoming
adult Link. It is a spring-like item that shoots a chain that you can use to
latch onto objects, and carry Link to the location that you use your Hookshot
on. Items that Link can latch onto are mainly wooden, such as crates and
treasure chests. There are also designated targets for the Hookshot which are
gray and white, that you can use to transport Link to. When aiming the
Hookshot, a red dot will be shown if the target you are trying to reach is in
range. If the red dot is aiming at a target that the Hookshot's chain can latch
onto, a small ring will surround the red dot. In addition to allowing Link to
latch onto an object and transfer him from one area to another, the Hookshot is
also a good weapon for attack enemies. Most enemies will be killed in one hit
by the Hookshot, while others will be briefly stunned. This item can also be
used to grab distant objects and bring them back to you, such as Gold
Skultullas (ones on the wall that Link cannot reach by himself, especially). To
use this item, press the button assigned to the Hookshot to wield it, and then
press the button again to fire the chain.
Longshot: This item is just like the Hookshot, except the only difference is
that its range is twice as long as the Hookshot, and can latch Link onto even
further objects.
Megaton Hammer: The Megaton Hammer is a very heavy hammer. The two major uses
for this item are that it can be used to activate very rusty switches that Link
otherwise cannot step on, while it can also be used to smash heavy totem blocks
to get them out of the way (often revealing something like a switch). There are
also certain large rocks across the game that can only be destroyed by the
Megaton Hammer (these are the dark red/brown rocks). This hammer can also be
used for attacking enemies, but I generally don't use it to do so. Because the
Megaton Hammer is very heavy, Link swings this hammer and attacks at a slower
speed than with his other weapons. And being a hammer, it is not useful against
aerial enemies. To use this item, just assign it to one of your buttons.
Pressing the assigned button once will have Link equip the Megaton Hammer, and
then pressing it again will allow Link to swing the hammer.
Fairy Bow: This is basically the equivalent of the Slingshot for adult Link.
Aside from attacking enemies, this item can also be used to attack certain
switches. You can use this weapon to fire arrows at enemies from a distance,
and this item will be used constantly through the game as adult Link. Using
this item is just like using the Slingshot. Press the button assigned to the
Fairy Bow to draw this weapon out, and then press the same button again to
shoot an arrow. Also, instead of instantly pressing the button to shoot the
arrow, you can hold down the button assigned to the Bow to aim the arrow, and
then release the button to fire the arrow. The Fairy Bow also comes with three
special types of arrows that you can collect during the game:
-Fire Arrow: This is likely going to be your 2nd most used arrow of the </pre><pre id="faqspan-15">
game. When used, your arrow becomes fiery and can burn anything on
contact. These arrows are particularly useful for lighting up individual
torches and spider webs (as adult Link is unable to use Deku Sticks).
This is better than using Din's Fire for these small tasks. Just be
reminded that using this arrow does use up magic power, so please be
accurate and please make your shots count.
-Ice Arrow: Of the three arrows, this will very likely be your least used
arrow. On top of that, getting the Ice Arrow in this game is optional,
not mandatory. There are no areas in the game where the use of the Ice
Arrow is needed, but it is still a fun weapon to use. Using the Ice Arrow
will cause enemies to freeze on contact, where you can then go in and
proceed for the kill, unless they are already immediately killed by the
Ice Arrow. Like the Fire Arrow, using this uses magic power, so just keep
an eye on your magic meter.
-Light Arrow: The Light Arrow will be your most frequently used arrow.
Its light can be used to smite all evil, including the evil Ganondorf.
The Light Arrows are required to defeat Ganondorf near the end of the
game. In addition, the Light Arrow is also required for bringing down the
six barriers that protect the entrance to the tower in Ganon's Castle. On
top of that, for an added bonus, any enemy killed with a Light Arrow will
give drop a purple Rupee, worth 50 Rupees! So if you're in need of money,
just keep that in mind. Like any other magical arrow, this uses magic
power.
NOTE: To use any of these special arrows once you have acquired them, go to the
item inventory screen and search for the Fairy Bow. Touch the Bow with your
stylus and a tiny arrow inventory will show up on the top left part of the Bow.
I recommend using your stylus to touch this as it is likely too small for any
of your fingers to touch on its own. The arrow inventory will magnify once
touched, and you are able to select any arrow from there.
Iron Boots: One of the differences between the 3DS version of this game and the
Nintendo 64 version is that the boots were removed from the equipment screen
and onto the item screen. This makes equipping and de-equipping your special
boosts much faster and you can do it in real time as well. With the Iron Boots,
you are able to walk underwater. Just be sure to wear a Zora Tunic when walking
underwater as Link won't be able to breathe underwater otherwise. The Iron
Boots are also useful out of water, for example, there are fans in the game
(mostly the Shadow Temple) that blow air at a high speed and can push Link
back. With the Iron boots, Link can walk while in front of a running fan. Also,
be reminded that wearing these boots will make Link heavier, so if he is out of
water, he won't be able to run (which is actually useful in some
circumstances). To use these boots, just press the button that you assigned
these boots to, and then press the button again when you want to de-equip them.
Hover Boots: The Hover Boots allow you run over gaps and in mid-air for a brief
second or two. While that may sound cool, one of the downsides of the Hover
Boots is that they do not have any traction, so you will slip and slide quite a
bit (and it will be harder to control Link). To use the Hover Boots, just press
the button you assigned the Hover Boots to, and press it again to de-equip
these boots.
--------------
Dungeon Items
--------------
Dungeon Map: Found in every Dungeon you play in, this will give you a map of
the entire area, which can be accessed on the map screen. Rooms that you
haven't explored will not be shaded in blue, and you can use this map to lookup
any floor of the dungeon you are in.
Compass: Acquiring a compass will add directional arrows onto your mini-map (on
the bottom left corner of the gameplay screen). The yellow arrow is Link's
current position, while the red arrow (a static arrow) shows how Link entered
the room or area that he is in. A compass will also reveal any treasure chests
on the map, and will also show you which floor the boss of the dungeon is on
(by putting a skull icon next to the floor).
Boss Key: These are only found in the temples that adult Link goes through, but
picking up the Boss Key will allow you to get into the room where you fight the
boss. Easy as that.
Small Key: You were generally find these in dungeons that adult Link travels
in. A small key will allow you to open a locked door in a dungeon. Just
remember that despite the fact that all Small Keys look the same, you can only
use a Small Key in the same dungeon that you acquired it in.
----------------
Permanent Items
----------------
These are items that appear on your "Gear" Items screen. When you pick up these
items, they will always be in effect and it is not required to equip these
items.
Shard of Agony: You are able to acquire this item after defeating at least 20
Gold Skulltulas. Once you have this item, it will go off (by blinking and
making a sound) whenever you are near a secret area. You can generally find
these secret areas by using a Bomb or playing the Song of Storms. This item
will blink at a faster rate when you are closer to where the secret is. This
item is able to be used by both Links.
Gerudo Token: With this item, you are able to freely explore Geurdo's fortress
without being caught and imprisoned. It will also allow you to play their
horseback archery mini-game and explore the Gerudo Training Grounds. You can
acquire this item after releasing the four carpenter prisoners from the Gerudo
Fortress. As you can only explore the Gerudo Fortress as adult Link, this item
is only really useful for adult Link.
Deku Seed Bag: This item is used to hold child Link's Deku Seeds for his
slingshot. Initially, you can only hold up to 30 seeds in one of these bags,
but you can hold up to as many as 50 through upgrades.
Bomb Bag: With this item, you are able to carry your own Bombs, instead of
having to rely on Bomb Flowers. At first, you are able to hold up to 20 Bombs
in a Bomb Bag, but you can hold up to 40 after upgrades.
Quiver: You get the Quiver once you acquire the Fairy Bow, as it is used to
store your arrows. At first, you can hold up to 30 arrows, but you can increase
your capacity up to 50 through upgrades.
Goron's Bracelet: This item gives child Link the strength to pick up and use
Bomb Flowers, allowing you to get into Dodongo's Cavern. This item becomes less
useful after you get the Bomb Bag to carry your own Bombs, as the use of Bomb
Flowers becomes no longer required.
Silver Gauntlets: Once you acquire this item, adult Link will be able to pick
up large gray rocks (which there aren't too many of), and be able to push large
gray-colored blocks. As said, it can only be used by adult Link.
Golden Gauntlets: These are an upgrade to the Silver Gauntlets, and again, can
only be used by adult Link. These allow you to pick up things that the Silver
Gauntlet couldn't such as some of the large stone pillars inside Ganon's Castle
(and one outside).
Silver Scale: The Silver Scale allows Link (both child and adult) to dive
deeper underwater than he could initially. With the Silver Scale, you can dive
as much as six meters underwater.
Golden Scale: The Golden Scale is an obvious upgrade to the Silver Scale. This
allows you to dive as much as 9 meters underwater before having to resurface.
Unlike the Silver Scale though, this is optional, not required, but it does
make parts of the game easier.
Spiritual Stones: These are the three major stones that you collect as child
Link at the beginning of the game. They are the Kokiri's Emerald, Goron's Ruby,
and Zora's Sapphire. Once you have collected these three stones, in addition to
the Ocarina of Time, you will be able to open the Door of Time and acquire the
Master Sword.
Medallions: You acquire these Medallions as adult Link. There are six of them
(Light, Forest, Fire, Water, Shadow, Spirit), and you get one for proof of each
temple that you've cleared (thus awakening a sage in the process).
------
Masks
------
These masks can only be worn as child Link. Picking up these masks are
optional, but they allow you to gain some items that you were previously unable
to. When wearing a mask, you can talk to different people to get different
reactions on what they think of your mask (not important, but still a bit fun).
Equipping a mask is as simple as pressing the button that you assigned it to.
It should also be noted that you can only have one mask in your inventory at
any given time.
Keaton Mask: This is the first mask that you will be able to get from the Happy
Mask Shop. It is a fox-like looking mask. Ultimately, you want to give this
mask to the guard in front of the entrance to Death Mountain. He will give you
15 Rupees in return (for a mask that costs 10 Rupees).
Skull Mask: You will be able to use this mask after trading in the Keaton Mask.
Most people will be frightened when you talk to them while wearing this mask.
This mask has two major purposes. One is that you can go to an area in the Lost
Woods, called the Forest Stage. In here, you can show your Skull Mask to the
Deku Scrubs, who will in return reward you by upgrading the capacity of your
Deku Sticks. Also, you can give this mask to the skull kid in the Lost Woods
(when entering, go into the room to the left). He will only give you 10 Rupees
to pay for a mask that costs 20 Rupees.
Spooky Mask: Like the Skull Mask, most people will be super scared when you
talk to them while wearing this mask. Its face is similar to that of a Re-Dead.
The only major use of this mask is to give it to the little kid walking around
the graveyard during the daytime, as he wants to wear the mask to look like
Dampe, the Gravedigger. This mask costs 30 Rupees, but the kid will give you 30
Rupees to pay for it after giving this mask to him!
Bunny Hood: This is the fourth and final mask that you have to find someone to
give it to. Most people will love the Bunny Hood when talking to them. The
person who will buy this mask off of you will be found running around Hyrule
Field, so he can be a little difficult to find. When he is running, you will be
unable to talk to him, so you need to keep following him until he sits down.
Afterwards, you can let him buy the mask off of you, but when he buys it, he
will max out your wallet! Because he will fill your wallet to maximum capacity,
it's best to have him buy the mask when you have the Giant's Wallet, so that he
will fill your wallet up to 500 Rupees. And remember, all of this is for a mask
that only costs 50 Rupees. In addition, wearing the Bunny Hood will also
prevent Stalchilds out in Hyrule Field from attacking you at night.
Mask of Truth: This mask can be obtained after selling the previous four masks.
The most unique feature about this mask is that it is able to read those gossip
stones (whose face is similar to that of the Mask of Truth), and these gossip
stones can give you hints or information about things in the game you may
otherwise not be able to find out otherwise. In addition, if you go down to the
Frest Stage in the Lost Woods, you can present this mask to the Deku Scrubs to
get an uprade for your Deku Nut capacity.
Goron, Zora, and Gerudo Mask: These masks become available at any time once you
have obtained the Mask of Truth. There are nothing special about these masks,
other than the reactions you may get from people when talking to them with
these masks equipped.
-------
Rupees
-------
Rupees are the currency of this game. Depending on what the size of your wallet
is, you can hold up to 99, 200, or 500 rupees. Each colored Rupee carries a
different Rupee value.
Green Rupee: Very common Rupee, can be found by defeating several enemies,
cutting grass, throwing rocks, and so on. A Green Rupee is worth 1 Rupee.
Blue Rupee: A fairly common Rupee, can be found by defeating certain enemies,
cutting grass, throwing rocks, and so on. A Blue Rupee is worth 5 Rupees.
Red Rupee: The Red Rupee is a more uncommon Rupee. These Rupees are mostly
found in certain treasure chests or by defeating stronger enemies. This Rupee
is worth 20 Rupees.
Purple Rupee: This is also another uncommon Rupee. This Rupee can be found by
beating mini-games that you have already completed in the past. You can also
find this Rupee in certain treasure chests, from the singing frogs in Zora's
River, or even by defeating an enemy with a Light Arrow. This Rupee is worth 50
Rupees.
Yellow Rupee: An incredibly rare Rupee, this is only found in a few treasure
chests that are very secret. You can also pick up a Yellow Rupee at any time
from the House of Skulltulas in Kakariko Village, after collecting all 100 Gold
Skulltulas. This Rupee will give you 200 Rupees!
--------------
Item Upgrades
--------------
Deku Stick Upgrade #1: One of the upgrade locations for your Deku Stuck
capacity is at the beginning of the game. At the start of the Lost Woods, take
the left entrance and then go into the only entrance in the Skull Kid area. In
this area, climb down the ladder, run underneath the bridge and you will find a
Deku Scrub on the other side of the area. Use your shield to bounce his Deku
Nut back at him to defeat him. After defeating him, he can upgrade your Deku
Stick carrying capacity for 40 Rupees.
Deku Stick Upgrade #2: This upgrade requires the Skull Mask. From the beginning
of the Lost Woods, go right, then left, right, left, left. You should come to a
very grassy area with three Deku Scrubs. Go to the tall grass in the back of
this area. You should notice a group of butterflies. Near these butterflies is
a hole, so try to find it and fall in it. You will come across the Forest
Stage. Equip your Skull Mask and walk forward to activate the Deku Scrubs. They
will get excited to see the mask as they believe you look like their totem
leader. Afterwards, they will reward you with a capacity upgrade for your Deku
Sticks.
Deku Nut Upgrade #1: This upgrade requires the Bombs. From the start of the
Lost Woods, go right, left, right, left, straight, left. In this area is a
yellow boulder. Blow up with boulder with a Bomb to reveal a secret hole. Jump
down into this hole to find an underground area. One of the Deku Scrubs in this
area will reward you with a Deku Nut capacity upgrade for 30 Rupees after being
defeated.
Deku Nut Upgrade #2: This upgrade requires the Mask of Truth. From the
beginning of the Lost Woods, go right, then left, right, left, left. You should
come to a very grassy area with three Deku Scrubs. Go to the tall grass in the
back of this area. You should notice a group of butterflies. Near these
butterflies is a hole, so try to find it and fall in it. You will come across
the Forest Stage. Equip your Mask of Truth and then walk forward to the front
of the "stage" to activate the Deku Scrubs here. They will turn over to their
master, who will say that the Deku Scrubs thing the mask if very ugly, but you
will be rewarded with a Deku Nut upgrade for free anyways!
Deku Seed Bag Upgrade #1: After acquiring the Slingshot, go into the Lost
Woods. Go right from the start and you will be in an area with a target across
from you. Hit the bulls-eye on this target three straight times (100 points
each), and a Deku Scrub will reward you with a bigger Deku Seed Bag. Once you
hit the bulls-eye once, it becomes easier, as all you need to do is shoot your
Slingshot two more times in the same location without even moving it.
Deku Seed Bag Upgrade #2: There is a shooting gallery mini-game in the Hyrule
Market, which can only be accessed during the day. This mini-game costs 20
Rupees to play. This game involves hitting moving targets (which are Rupees)
with your Slingshot. If you are able to hit all ten Rupees (you have 15 shots
to do so), you will be rewarded with an upgrade to your Deku Seed Bag. If you
hit at least eight targets, you get to retry for free.
Bomb Bag Upgrade #1: After picking up the Bombs, go back to Goron City. There
is a large Goron rolling around on one of the levels. There is also a "cave" on
the floor he rolls on. If you use a Bomb to stop this large Goron inside that
"cave" (where the sign is), you will be rewarded with a bigger Bomb Bag.
Bomb Bag Upgrade #2: After acquiring the Bombs, one of the available (random)
prizes in the Bombchu Bowling Alley (located in the Hyrule Market), will be a
bigger Bomb Bag. If you beat this mini-game when this prize is the available
prize, you will win it. This mini-game requires that you release a Bombchu into
a target in the back of the alley three times, with each time becoming more
difficult.
Quiver Upgrade #1: After acquiring the Bow, go to the Shooting Gallery in
Kakariko Village (this is its location as adult Link). Just like Child Link,
playing this mini-game costs 20 Rupees and you need to hit all 10 Rupee targets
to win this prize. The difference with this mini-game as adult Link is that the
Rupees do not appear in a set order, instead, it is more random, making it a
tad more difficult. If you fail to beat this mini-game but hit at least eight
targets, you can try again for free. Once you beat this mini-game, you will be
rewarded with a Quiver upgrade. Be reminded that you need the Fairy Bow in your
inventory in order to receive this upgrade. You can play this mini-game without
a Fairy Bow (the person supplies one to you), but you can only get 50 Rupees as
a prize in that event.
Quiver Upgrade #2: This upgrade requires Epona, the Fairy Bow, and the Gerudo
Token. Once you have the Gerudo Token, you can play a horseback archery mini-
game for 20 rupees. The first time you play this mini-game, you will be
required to set a score of at least 1000 points (in which you will be rewarded
with a Piece of Heart). Afterwards, you will need to set a score of at least
1500 points to get this Quiver Upgrade. This mini-game involves hitting targets
with your Bow while riding on Epona. There are seven jars that you can hit
worth 100 points each, and there are large targets across the place (where
hitting them rewards you either 30, 60, or 100 points, depending on where you
hit these targets). Be reminded that you only have 15 arrows to shoot in this
mini-game, so make your shots count. This is a tough mini-game, but you should
be able to get used to it after a few rounds of practice. Beating the high
score of 1500 points will give you this Quiver.
Adult Wallet: After collecting at least 10 Gold Skulltulas, go to the House of
Skulltulas. You will find a man free from the "spider's curse" who will give
you the Adult Wallet as a reward for saving him. This will upgrade your maximum
Rupee capacity from 99 to 200 Rupees.
Giant's Wallet: After collecting at least 30 Gold Skulltulas, go to the House
of Skulltulas. You will find a man in the back of the room free from the
"spider's curse" who will give you the Giant's Wallet as a reward from saving
him. This will upgrade your Rupee Capacity from 200 to 500 Rupees!
===========
7. Enemies
===========
Anubis: This enemy is made up of wood and only found in the Spirit Temple. It
can be defeated only by using fire attacks on it, which means that you can use
Din's Fire (if you are Child Link) or a Fire Arrow (as adult Link). If you
don't have any magic to use either of those items, the rooms in which you fight
these enemies in will have fire traps, which you can use to lure the Anubis
into it to kill it. If you try to attack this enemy with your sword, it will
attack back by shooting fire at you. Just be aware that when you move, the
Anubis will move in the opposite direction, so for example, if you move towards
it, the Anubis will back away.
Armos: The Armos is a statue-like enemy that is mostly found in Dodongo's
Cavern. Some of these statues won't actually attack you, but some of them will
"attack" you (by generally hopping around in your direction). The Armos that
attack you can generally be activated by hitting them with something like your
sword. They are a pretty tough enemy to kill, and they can be killed with
either Bombs or Arrows. If you attack it with a Bomb before it awakens, you can
kill it that way too.
Baby Dodongo: Despite being just babies, they are fairly annoying enemies.
Located in Dodongo's Cavern, they will burrow up from underground and go and
attack Link. They attack Link by leaping up and jumping into him. Once you
defeat these enemies (they can be defeated with a sword), they will explode,
which is also another way of damaging Link, so watch out, these are pretty
dangerous creatures.
Bari: This is a jellyfish-like enemy found largely inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
(they can be found in the Gerudo Training Ground on Master Quest). As child
Link, the only way to can defeat these enemies is with your Boomerang. They can
be defeated with Arrows as adult Link. When defeated, they will split up into
even smaller jellyfish-like enemies, called Biri. Try not to fight these
enemies close up as you will be electrocuted upon contact.
Beamos: This enemy is largely found in dungeons. They are a metallic statue-
like enemy with a rotating eye on the top of its body. If its eye sees you, it
will fire out a constant laser beam until you are out of its sight. The laser
is pretty harmful too, as getting hit from it removes one full heart. The
Beamos doesn't really like smoke, so the best way to defeat it is to throw a
bomb towards its eye. This is a stationary enemy, so it is fairly easy to
target.
Big Deku Baba: Originally only found in adult Link's quest, these make an
appearance in child Link's game during Master Quest (inside the Great Deku
Tree). As adult Link, they are found in Kokiri Forest and will remain there
until the Forest Temple is finished. This enemy is a plant-like enemy that will
attack by coming down and trying to bite Link. Given how large of an enemy this
is, when fighting it up close it is pretty easy to take a hit, but it's nothing
a few sword attacks can take care of.
Big Poe: There are ten of these enemies in the entire game. Big Poes can only
be found in Hyrule Field, when riding on Epona as Adult Link. These enemies
will also pop up in specific parts of Hyrule Field. They do not attack you, but
when encountered, they will drift away and eventually disappear, unless you
kill them. The only way to kill a Big Poe is to use the Fairy Bow and hit it
twice. When defeated, you can collect the Big Poe in an Empty Bottle, and sell
it at the Ghost Shop for 50 Rupees, along with getting 100 points on your
"point card".
Big Skulltula: These are large spider-like enemies and are common in dungeons
in the Kokiri Forest, like the Great Deku Tree and the Forest Temple. They hang
out near ceilings and drop to the ground when you go near them. They will not
attack you directly, but they will do spin attack and knock you backwards if
you get very close to them. As child Link, you need to be very patient in
attacking these enemies. If you try to attack them, the Big Skulltula will just
dodge the attack. When these enemy drops to the ground, wait a couple of
seconds and the Big Skulltula will show you its back. This is the chance to
attack it with your sword or your Slingshot. However, as adult Link, no
patience is needed, as you can attack this enemy with a Hookshot or a Longshot
to instantly defeat it.
Biri: This enemy is found as child Link within Jabu Jabu's Belly. When
defeating a Bari, it will split up into three Biri. You will be electrocuted if
you touch these enemies, and the best way to deal with them is the Boomerang.
Blue Tektite: A Blue Tektite is largely found in the water areas of Zelda, like
Lake Hylia and the Water Temple. These are spider-like enemies and move around
by jumping up and down. They attack Link by leaping at him. This enemy can be
defeated with two hits from a sword (or one hit from BigGoron's Sword), or you
can attack these enemies from a distance with a weapon like the Fairy Bow.
Bubble: A Bubble is a floating skull head that is surrounded by a flame. You
can get rid of the flame by hitting the enemy with your shield. When its flame
is gone, it will be vulnerable, and you can use a weapon like your sword to
finish this enemy off. These enemies will not attack you directly, and
generally won't be in your way, so they are mostly harmless. The flame that
surrounds these enemies can come in green, red, or blue. There are also "White
Bubbles", which do not have any flames, and can be easily defeated. Blue
Bubbles are found in the Forest Temple, Red Bubbles can be found in the Fire
Temple, Green Bubbles are seen in the Bottom of the Well, and White Bubbles are
found in the Spirit Temple.
Club Moblin: Only one of these enemies exists in the entire game. It can be
found in the Sacred Forest Meadow as Adult Link. This is a very tall enemy with
a gargoyle-liked face. When the Club Moblin spots you, it will attack you. The
Club Moblin will stand in one place and not move. However, it will slam its
club to the ground, creating a brown, dirt-like shockwave. You will be blown
down to the ground if you are hit by a shockwave. The best way to dodge the
shockwave is to move from side to side, going in a left to right, right to
left, etc. pattern. You can attack these enemies from a distance, using an item
like the Hookshot or the Fairy Bow, or if needed, you can use your sword up
close to defeat these enemies. This enemy cannot turn around when encountered,
so if possible, get behind it and defeat it from there. You will be rewarded
with a good amount of Rupees.
Deku Baba: The Deku Baba is a plant-like enemy, commonly found within the
forest areas of the game, like the Lost Woods and the Great Deku Tree. As they
are plants, they cannot move and can only stay in their original location. This
enemy attacks you by lunging directly at you. If you attack it, it will be
stunned for a brief moment, standing upright. You can then hit it again to
defeat it. If you defeat a Deku Baba when it is standing upright, it will spawn
a Deku Stick. If not, you will get a Deku Nut.
Deku Scrub: These are enemies that you are required to beat in the Great Deku
Tree. They are shrub-like creatures that spit Deku Nuts at you when you go near
them. You can defeat these enemies by using your shield to deflect the Deku
Nuts back at them. If the Deku Nut hits them, it will jump out of the hole it
is hiding on and run around. During this time, if you walk up to the Deku Scrub
and get close enough to it, it will talk to you, and give you a hint on how to
navigate through the Great Deku Tree.
Dinolfos: This is a tall, lizard-like enemy found toward the end of the game.
They will mainly attack you with their sword. Defeating these enemies shouldn't
be too much of a problem, as it should only take a few hits of your sword to
get rid of them. Defending yourself from the enemies is also simple, as you can
just raise up your shield when they are about to attack and it should block the
attack.
Dodongo: A Dodongo is an enemy found within the Dodongo's Cavern. They are
lizard-like enemies who walk on wall four of their legs. They attack you by
breathing fire at you. Their fire breath takes a while to charge up, so you can
easily get out of the way before being hit. There are two different ways to
defeat this enemy. They are vulnerable to explosions, so throwing a Bomb at
them will defeat them. You can also strike them in the tail. Just watch out as
they will explode when they are about to be defeated.
Fire Keese: A Fire Keese behaves like a Keese, with the only difference being
that these ones are on fire. They can only attack you by diving right into you.
You need to be very careful of these enemies as Young Ling, as if they come
into contact with you while you are wearing your Kokiri Shield, your shield
will burn off and you will have to get another one somewhere. The Fire Keese
will lose its fire and become a normal Keese when it comes into contact with
you. It only takes one hit to defeat this enemy. You can use your sword at
close combat or an item like the Fairy Bow or the Slingshot at long-range.
Floormaster: This enemy is found in dungeons. It is in the shave of a large
hand. It will attack you by levitating and charging at you. You cannot attack
these enemies when they turn green. When attacked, they will split up into
three little hands. You must defeat all three of these hands (one hit each) or
else they will regenerate back into a bigger Floormaster.
Freezard: A statue-like ice enemy that is largely found in the Ice Cavern.
These enemies attack by blowing ice at you, which can freeze you for a couple
of seconds if it hits you. Freezards can also become invisible for a few
seconds, so you will be unable to attack them. When this happens, just keep an
eye out for them and try not to lose sight of them. They can be defeated with a
couple of hits from your sword. Alternatively, you can use an item like Din's
Fire or a Fire Arrow, given ice's weakness to fire. You can also use your
Hookshot to get to these enemies, but this is dangerous, as it will put you up
close with the Freezard and it will have a free shot at you.
Gibdo: A Gibdo is a mummy-like enemy that is similar to a ReDead. When you
approach a Gibdo, it will shriek several times, causing you to stop in your
tracks. This will allow the Gibdo to walk up on you. It attacks you by latching
onto you and gradually draining you of your health until you break free. The
only way to break free is to just mash all of the buttons as fast as you
possibly can. There is a trick to defeating these enemies. Before approaching
them, play the Sun's Song and they will freeze. You can then easily defeat them
with a couple swipes of your sword. If you don't need to fight these, just
freeze them with the Sun's Song and avoid them.
Gohma Larva: These enemies hatch from eggs found inside the Great Deku Tree. If
you see an egg, you can destroy the egg and prevent this enemy from hatching.
This is a spider-like enemy that has a giant eye. Notice the eye when fighting
this enemy, as it will attack you when the eye is red. It should only take two
hits of your sword to defeat this enemy.
Green Bubble: This is a skull-head enemy that floats around dungeons. It is
surrounded by a green fire, so coming into contact with it will hurt you. The
green fire also prevents you from damaging it. You can get rid of the fire by
running into this enemy with your shield, and then you can finish it off by
attacking with your sword. These enemies don't really bother you, and it's
usually a waste of time to fight them, so just run around them if you come
across one.
Guay: This is a purple crow-like enemy. They are found in Lake Hylia, the
Desert Colossus, and the Lon Lon Ranch during the night. They will eventually
close in on you, and attack you by simply diving into you. It's generally best
to avoid these enemies, but they can be very annoying in some parts of the
area, like trying to climb up the ladder to get to the top of the laboratory in
Lake Hylia (where you could get knocked off it hit by them). If you need to
fight these enemies, you can just wait until they come close up and then you
can attack them with your sword.
Ice Keese: Similar to a Keese, except this time, has blue fire surrounding it.
Try to destroy it before it attacks you, as it will freeze you for a few
seconds when it comes into contact with you. For this, I'd recommend long-range
combat, so use something like a Fairy Bow.
Iron Knuckle: By far and away the strongest non-boss enemy in the game. It is a
knight-like enemy that attacks you with an axe, and can cause a significant
amount of damage to you. You can neutralize the damage by coming into the
battle with Nayru's Love in effect. Having a Fairy in a bottle also wouldn't
hurt either. If not, a strategy that I found that works is to Z-Target the Iron
Knuckle, and then back flip when it is about to attack. The Iron Knuckle should
swipe at you and miss. It should take several hits from your sword to defeat
this enemy.
Keese: A Keese is a bat-like enemy that is found in several dungeons. There's
not too much to say about this enemy, and it will attack you by simply flying
into you. At long distance, use an item like the Slingshot or the Fairy Bow,
and use the sword at close combat.
Leever: This is a green-colored creature found in the Desert Colossus. They
come up from underneath the sand and attack you by charging into you. While
they will go down in only one hit from your sword, they can be very annoying
enemies as usually, several of them will pop up from the sand and attack you at
once, which can drain your health rather quickly. My recommendation is to just
charge forward, avoid these enemies, and endure the damage, as you'll be
standing in the same spot fighting off these enemies if you choose to fight.
Like Like: This is a tube-shaped enemy with the mouth on the top. This enemy is
often found in dungeons and is pretty dangerous. It can only attack you if you
are up close to it. If it attacks you, it will swallow you and spit you back
out. In addition, depending on what you have equipped, your tunic and shield
may have been eaten in the process. It can eat a Goron Tunic, a Zora Tunic, a
Hylian Shield, and a Deku Shield. It cannot eat your Kokiri Tunic or Mirror
Shield, as those are one-of-a-kind items. If your equipment is swallowed, you
can simply get it back by defeating the enemy. One or two hits from your sword
should do the trick. They also give out a decent amount of Rupees when defeated
too. A safe way to defeat these enemies is to use a weapon like the Fairy Bow
to attack it at long distance. A magic attack with your sword is also effective
against these enemies.
Lizalfos: This is a lizard-like enemy found in dungeons. It attacks you with
its sword. It should go down after a couple of hits from your sword. I do
recommend using Z-Targeting on these enemies, as it will make defeating them
easier. When it is about to attack, you can easily defend yourself by raising
your shield.
Mad Scrub: These enemies are similar to Deku Scrubs, except the big difference
is that they are flat out enemies and won't become your friends after defeat
(and offer to sell you items and upgrades). Found largely in the Sacred Forest
Meadow, they pop out from the ground and shoot three Deku Nuts in succession at
you. You need to bounce one of the Deku Nuts back at them using your shield.
When it hits them, they will jump out of the ground and you can finish them off
with a hit of your sword.
Moblin: These are giant-like enemies that show up in the Sacred Forest Meadow
as Adult Link. They are patrolling around the area, so you must be very
cautious when walking through the maze. It isn't worth fighting them, as you
can quietly avoid them to get from one side of the area to the other. If they
spot you, they will charge at you with their spear and drive you to the other
side of a path, usually into water. The only way you can really hit them is
when their back is turned to you. If they are off-screen, you will hear them
attacking when you hear a loud click (which means they are setting their spear
down to attack).
Octorok: An Octorok is an octopus-like enemy. It can be found hiding under the
water, mainly on Zora's River and Jabu-Jabu's Belly. When you get near the
water, it will surface and spit a rock at you. You can either avoid this rock
or use your shield to deflect the rock back at the Octorok, which would defeat
it. Bouncing the rock back at the Octorok is the only way to defeat this enemy,
as it will simply go back underwater if you get too close to it. For the most
part, you can just avoid these enemies.
Peahat: This is a large, plant-like enemy found in Hyrule Field. It is
stationary and can be seen burrowed into the ground. When you get near it, it
will rise up from the ground and start floating in the air. It attacks you by
charging into you. It is difficult to hit due to the spinning blades, and its
weak point is the root directly underneath it. Because of this, it is highly
recommended to just avoid fighting these enemies. If it gets close, you can
also defend yourself with your shield. During the night, they will not move and
attack. They can also send little Larva Peahats at you.
Peahat Larva: These are tiny Peahats that are emitted by Peahats out in Hyrule
Field. They attack you by charging into you, and you can defeat them by simply
letting them bounce off your shield. Again, you can generally outrun these, so
it's not recommended to hang around and fight them.
Poe: A Poe is a ghost that is largely found in the Graveyard and in Hyrule
Field as Adult Link. They attack you by charging into you. Defeating these
enemies is a long, drawn out process. You need to hit them using an item like a
Slingshot or a Fairy Bow. After they are hit, they will disappear for a couple
of seconds and then re-emerge. You obviously cannot hit them during this time.
You can hit them when they re-emerge. It takes numerous hits to eventually
defeat them. You also cannot hit them while they are charging at you, as they
can use their lantern to defend themselves. Because of the long time it takes
to fight these enemies, it's just best to avoid them. After defeating them, you
can then capture them with an Empty Bottle, but even in that, they're not worth
that much.
ReDead: These are zombie-like enemies found in graveyard-like areas. ReDeads
are pretty dangerous enemies if you are not careful around them. When you get
close to them, they will shriek, which will stop you in your tracks. This will
allow them to draw in even close to you. When they grab ahold of you, they'll
start draining your health until you get them off of you. When that happens,
you just need to mash every button possible until they come off. Now, if you
play the Sun's Song near these enemies, they will freeze and will be unable to
move. From there, you can then either defeat them (with several hits from your
sword), or walk by them. If fighting these enemies isn't required for
something, then just ignore them.
Red Bubble: These are skull enemies surrounded by fire, and can mostly be found
in the Fire Temple. They spend most of their time just bouncing in and out of
the lava, so it's not really worth fighting them, as they should never be a
direct threw to you. Like any other bubble, hitting them with your shield will
get rid of the fire surrounding them, and then you can finish them off by
striking their exposed head.
Red Tektite: These are just red-colored spiders found jumping around Death
Mountain. All they really do is just jump up and down, and attack you by
bumping into you. You can easily avoid these, but if you need to, two hits from
your Kokiri Sword (and one from any other) will defeat them.
Shabom: Shaboms are just bubbles floating around Jabu-Jabu's Belly. They will
bounce of floors, walls, you name it. They "attack" you by just floating into
you. They can be difficult to get rid of, as if you try to attack with your
sword, you run the risk of damaging yourself if the bubble is too close. The
best way to take these out is the Boomerang, after picking it up. Like with
most enemies, it's better off to just avoid this rather than fight, as it can
easily cause you to lose some health. If this enemy does hit you, it will
destroy itself, so there's that.
Shell Blade: Shell Blades are clam-like enemies found underwater in the Water
Temple. They are very annoying enemies that can easily damage you and are also
tough to defeat. When battling these enemies underwater, the only way you can
attack them is with your Hookshot/Longshot. The only time you can attack this
enemy is when its mouth is open, otherwise, hitting their shell will not hurt
them. They attack you by lunging into you, and you either need to use your
shield or move out of the way when they attack. It's also tough to avoid these
enemies, as they come in groups and usually need to be defeated to advance to
the next area.
Skulltula: This is a spider-like enemy that hangs from the ceiling. It is not
as big as a Big Skulltula, and you can attack it from a distance using an item
like a Fairy Bow, Hookshot, or Slingshot. It will spin its body at you if you
get too close to it, so watch out.
Skullwalltula: These are essentially Skulltulas that are latched onto walls,
like in the Great Deku Tree. They will charge at you if you get too close to
them, which if you are climbing and scaling walls, it's highly recommended to
destroy all of these enemies beforehand. If they hit you, you will be knocked
back onto the ground. It should only take one hit from any of your items to
defeat this enemy.
Spikes: Spikes are just metal balls that float around, largely in the Water
Temple. They can only be defeated when they are just normal balls and with
their spikes retracted. Spikes attack you by floating into you with their
spikes out. As you will largely fight these underwater, the only way to damage
them is with your Hookshot/Longshot. However, if their spikes are out, you can
attack them with the Hookshot so that they will retract their spikes, and then
you can hit them again to defeat them. Like Shell Blades, these enemies can
become annoying, can eat away at your health, and you often have to fight them
in order to advance from one area to another.
Stalchild: A Stalchild is a skeleton that appears at night. It shows up in
Hyrule Field and will pop up from underground. They will attack you by swiping
their claws at you. Usually, two hits from your sword will defeat these
enemies. Also, these enemies will only show up in Hyrule Field as Young Link.
They aren't much of a threat, as you can usually get in two attacks to defeat
them before they get in one. The only time you really need to fight these is if
you're waiting for morning to break (and you don't have the Sun's Song) so that
you can access the castle. Also, for a fun fact, wearing the Bunny Hood mask
will prevent these enemies from attacking you.
Stalfos: A Stalfos is an even larger skeleton-like enemy. Found largely in
dungeons, a Stalfos can be dangerous. They have a sword and a shield, and being
hit by their sword causes you to lose a full heart in damage. It's often
difficult to hit these enemies due to their shield. When fighting these enemies
(and sometimes it's required to advance from one area to the next), you need to
pay attention to their shield. Once the shield drops, attack! You can also use
your shield to defend from their sword attacks. They will eventually be
defeated after several hits from your sword.
Stinger: A Stinger is a ray-like enemy, found largely in Jabu-Jabu's belly.
They usually hide beneath the surface (like in the water) and will emerge out,
flying for a couple of seconds before going back under. They are only
vulnerable when they have surfaced up. During this time is when you attack this
enemy with a Slingshot or a Boomerang. It does take a bit of patience to defeat
this enemy, but it shouldn't be too much of a problem. It will usually attack
you by diving into you when it is midair.
Tailpasaran: These are tapeworms that are found in Jabu-Jabu's Belly. They
float up in the air and are electrified, and they will obviously damage you if
you come into contact with them and vice versa. The only way to defeat this
enemy is by using the Boomerang. Otherwise, if you come across this enemy, just
run.
Torch Slug: These are slugs that are largely found in the Fire Temple. When you
first see them, they are on fire. You need to hit them once to put out the
fire. Once this happens, the Torch Slug will run away. From this point, you
just need to hit it one more time to defeat it. If you take too long, it'll
just regenerate the fire and you'll have to put out the fire again. These
enemies drop Magic Jars when defeated, so if you need some magic, just go up to
one of these and fight it.
Wallmaster: Like the Floormaster, this is a giant brown hand, however, there
are a few differences. The Wallmaster will attack you from the ceiling. Navi
will alert you when you enter a room with this enemy. When walking around the
room, watch for a large, circular shadow above Link's head. If you don't move,
the Wallmaster will grab you, pick you up, and throw you back to the beginning
of the dungeon. If you move out of the way, the Wallmaster will drop to the
floor and you can then attack it. Unlike a Floormaster, a Wallmaster will NOT
split into three little hands once attacked. Wallmasters also tend to drop a
decent amount of Rupees when defeated.
White Bubble: This is just basically a large, flying skull head. Unlike its
counterparts, there is no fire surrounding it, although it does leave a little
white trail behind it. You can just simply attack this enemy without needing to
put out any fire, and usually a hit from your sword will do the trick.
White Wolfos: These are white, polar-like wolf enemies, found in the Ice
Cavern. They attack you by swiping at you with their claws. Their weak spot is
their face, but they can be difficult to attack, as they can guard themselves
with their arms. You need to wait until they are about to attack you before you
can attack them. Otherwise, just be aggressive when attacking and you should
eventually get a few hits in. Also, hitting their tail will immediately defeat
them, so try that out if you're having some trouble.
Wolfos: These are wolf-like enemies, and you usually need to defeat these
enemies before being able to advance from one area to another. They attack you
by swiping at you with their claws. Their weak spot is their face, but they can
be difficult to attack, as they can guard themselves with their arms. You need
to wait until they are about to attack you before you can attack them.
Otherwise, just be aggressive when attacking and you should eventually get a
few hits in. Also, hitting their tail will immediately defeat them, so try that
out if you're having some trouble.
============================
8. Gold Skulltula Locations
============================
This section will describe the locations of all 100 Gold Skulltulas in this
game. Gold Skulltulas can largely be found during the night. There are a couple
of exceptions to this rule. There are some Gold Skulltulas that will show up
during the day as well. In addition, it does NOT have to be night time to find
Gold Skulltulas from soft soil patches or hidden in trees.
Also, for the Gold Skulltulas found in dungeons, it does NOT have to be
nighttime in order to encounter them.
Before reading the list below, you don't need to follow the numbers on the
left. Those are to help me keep track to make sure I have all 100 Gold
Skulltula listed here.
And finally, if I don't list any required weapons to get the Gold Skulltula,
then you can easily access it without needing any weapons to retrieve the
token, like the Boomerang or the Hookshot.
You can also track the Gold Skulltulas you have captured in game. If you go to
the map screen, a Skulltula icon will appear next to a city or location if you
have gotten all of the Gold Skulltulas from that area. In addition, you can
track whether or not you have gotten off of the Gold Skulltulas from an
individual dungeon, like the Forest Temple, by going to the map screen when in
that dungeon. However, for some locations, this can be a little deceiving.
For example, if you go to the Map tab on the touchscreen and go to Kakariko
Village, the Gold Skulltula icon will NOT show up until you have gotten all of
the Gold Skulltulas from Kakariko Village AND the Graveyard (the Graveyard does
not have its own dot on the map, if you have noticed). Here are all of the
locations on the Hyrule map and which cities/locations they include for Gold
Skulltula Hunting:
-Kokiri Forest
-Lost Woods (includes Sacred Forest Meadow Gold Skulltulas)
-Hyrule Field
-Lake Hylia
-Zora's Domain (includes Gold Skulltulas from Zora's River and Zora's Fountain)
-Kakariko Village (includes Gold Skulltulas from Graveyard)
-Market (includes Gold Skulltulas from Hyrule Castle area and Ganon's Castle)
-Death Mountain Trail (includes Gold Skulltulas from Death Mountain Crater and
Goron's City)
-Gerudo Valley
-Gerudo's Fortress
-Haunted Wasteland (includes Gold Skulltulas from Desert Colossus)
And finally, what is your reward for collecting all of these Gold Skulltulas?
Well, there is a house in Kakariko Village called the House of the Skulltulas.
There are numerous people in there, who have been turned into spiders because
of the "spider's curse." You can turn them back into humans by collecting Gold
Skulltulas. When one turns back into a human, you can talk to them and receive
an award.
10 Gold Skulltulas: Adult's Wallet (allows you to carry up to 200 Rupees)
20 Gold Skulltulas: Shard of Agony (will go off and blink when near a secret)
30 Gold Skulltulas: Giant's Wallet (allows you to carry up to 500 Rupees)
40 Gold Skulltulas: Bombchus
50 Gold Skulltulas: Piece of Heart
100 Gold Skulltulas: The man in the middle will give you a huge Rupee, worth
200 Rupees. You can leave and re-enter and talk to him again, to get as many as
you want.
--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 3
1) A Gold Skulltula can be found behind the Know-It-All Brother's House. This
one can only be found as Young Link. To get the token, just backflip onto it
after defeating the Gold Skulltula.
2) One is located on the Twin Sister's house. This is the house across from the </pre><pre id="faqspan-16">
Item Shop and to the left of Saria's House. This one can only be found as Adult
Link. To get it, use the Hookshot to reel in the token.
3) You can get a Gold Skulltula by dumping bugs into the soft soil patch next
to the item shop. This can only be done as Young Link.
-----------
Lost Woods
-----------
Gold Skulltulas: 3
4) There is a Gold Skulltula found near the entrance to the Forest Stage. To
get here, from the entrance, go right, left, right, left, left. This Gold
Skulltula can only be found as Adult Link. However, to get to this Gold
Skulltula, you must first plant a Magic Bean into the soft soil here as Child
Link. As Adult Link, ride up the magic leaf and you'll find the Gold Skulltula
at the top.
5) As Young Link, dump some Bugs into the soft soil patch near the Forest Stage
entrance to make a Gold Skulltula come out.
6) There is another soft soil patch in the Lost Woods. As Young Link, go left
and then left again from the Lost Woods entrance. You'll find a soft soil
patch, so just dump the Bugs into this patch to make a Gold Skulltula appear.
---------------------
Sacred Forest Meadow
---------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 1
7) There is one Gold Skulltula here, and it can only be found as Adult Link.
The best way to get to it is to get onto the higher ledges above the maze. When
entering the maze from the Saria's Shrine/Forest Temple spot, just climb up the
ladder to the top of the maze. The Gold Skulltula should be on the wall to your
left. Defeat it and grab the token with your Hookshot.
----------------
Great Deku Tree
----------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
8) The first Gold Skulltula here can be found on the very top floor, where you
get the Compass. In the room, hit the switch to raise up the three platforms.
Go into the opening next to the second platform. Watch out for the Big
Skulltula blocking this entrance. The Gold Skulltula is on the wall in this
room.
9) The next Gold Skulltula can be found after breaking through the spider web
in the middle of the main area. Down here, the Gold Skulltula is on the vines
leading back up to the main room. Just defeat it and get the token by climbing
up the vines.
10) The next Gold Skulltula is right after the previous one. This time, it's on
a set of bars. After defeating it, jump off the nearby ledge and get the token
in midair.
11) To get this Gold Skulltula, you must come back much later on. You need
Bombs and a Boomerang to get this Gold Skulltula. Go to the room where you
could use a Deku Stick to burn down spider webs on the wall. Behind one of the
spider webs was a cracked wall. Blow up this cracked wall with a Bomb and then
open the door behind it. In this room, the Gold Skulltula is up high on the
wall. In order to get the token, you must use the Boomerang.
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
Gold Skulltulas: 2
12) This Gold Skulltula can be obtained by both Young and Adult Link. Facing
the staircase leading to Kakariko Village, head left and you will find a lone
tree. Drop a Bomb next to this tree. A hidden hole will be revealed when the
Bomb blows up, so jump down it. Down in this room, there is a Gold Skulltula
high up on the wall. Use the Boomerang to retrieve the token if you are Young
Link, and use the Hookshot to get the token if you are Adult Link.
13) The other Gold Skulltula in Hyrule Field can be found as Adult Link. Across
the entrance from Gerudo Valley is a large, brown rock, surrounded by little
rocks. You must have the Megaton Hammer and Din's Fire in order to get this
Gold Skulltula. Hit the rock twice with the Megaton Hammer to break it. Now,
hit the ground where the rock was with the Megaton Hammer to reveal a hidden
hole, and then head down it. At the bottom, use Din's Fire to burn all of the
surrounding spider webs. The Gold Skulltula is behind one of them, so use the
Hookshot to get the token.
--------------
Lon Lon Ranch
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
14) There is a Gold Skulltula high up on Talon's house, as Young Link. You must
have the Boomerang in order to get this Gold Skulltula.
15) In the ranch area, go to the tower in the corner. You can find a Gold
Skulltula to the right of the tower. You need to have the Boomerang in order to
get the token, and to obviously be Young Link.
16) A Gold Skulltula can be found on the back of the wood surrounding the
ranch. You can easily get the token after defeating it. That and you must be
Young Link.
17) This Gold Skulltula can only be found as Young Link. There is a lone tree
in the corner of the ranch. Roll into the tree to make the Gold Skulltula come
out.
------------------------------------
Market/Hyrule Castle/Ganon's Castle
------------------------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
18) This Gold Skulltula can only be found as Young Link. Go into the guardhouse
near the Market entrance. To the right of this guard in this room are two
crates. Roll into the crate on the right to destroy it. A Gold Skulltula will
come out, and you can easily defeat it.
19) This Gold Skulltula can only be found by Young Link. Go past the market and
into Hyrule Castle. Across from you should be a tree. Roll into this tree to
make the Gold Skulltula to come out.
20) In order to get this Gold Skulltula, you must be Young Link, with Bombs and
the Boomerang. In addition, you need to have learned the Song of Storms as
Adult Link. When you get near the castle, there is a lone tree at the corner of
the moat. Walk up to the tree and play the Song of Storms. A hole will open up,
so head down it. At the bottom, you will be surrounded by numerous cracked
walls. Use the Bombs to blow each of them up. Behind one of them is the Gold
Skulltula. You then need the Boomerang in order to get the token.
21) As Adult Link, head to Ganon's Castle. Go to where you see that arch, which
was the location of the gate as Young Link. Behind the arch is a Gold
Skulltula. You need the Hookshot/Longshot to get it. You don't need it to be
nighttime in order to get this one.
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
Gold Skulltulas: 6
22) The first Gold Skulltula can be found by rolling into the tree at the
entrance. You must be Young Link to get this one.
23) Another Gold Skulltula is found on the House of the Skulltulas. You must be
Young Link to get this one.
24) A Gold Skulltula can be found on the ladder leading up to that watch tower.
Just defeat it and climb up the ladder to get the token. You must be Young Link
to get this Gold Skulltula.
25) There is a Gold Skulltula off to the side on a house across from the Death
Mountain gate. It is on the house where the boy walking around the Graveyard
lives. You need to be Young Link to get this Gold Skulltula.
26) There is a Gold Skulltula on the bricks of that building under
construction. You need to be Young Link to get to this one.
27) In order to get to this Gold Skulltula, you need to be Adult Link. It's
recommended to have the Longshot, but you can use the Hookshot to get this Gold
Skulltula too.The Gold Skulltula is found on top of the building that has the
cow and the Piece of Heart. It is up against the wall near the back and the
middle of the building. To get to the roof of this building as Adult Link, you
need to use the Hookshot/Longshot to go from roof to roof. This is easier to do
with the Longshot, as you have a longer range to work with. If you want to get
this Gold Skulltula with the Hookshot, head up the stairs to the house that has
the cow and the Piece of Heart. Now, face the House of Skulltula. You should
see the roof of it. Latch onto the roof with the Hookshot. Now, turn around and
you'll see the roof of the building with the cow and the Piece of Heart inside.
The Hookshot's range is long enough to get onto the roof. From here, just walk
forward and get the Gold Skulltula.
----------
Graveyard
----------
Gold Skulltulas: 2
28) There is a Gold Skulltula in the back right corner of the Graveyard. It is
near the grave that leads to the chamber where you learn the Sun's Song. You
must be Young Link and have the Boomerang in order to get this Gold Skulltula.
After defeating it, use the Boomerang to retrieve the token.
29) In the bottom left corner of the Graveyard is a patch of soft soil. Dump
some Bugs into the soft soil and a Gold Skulltula will pop out.
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
30) There is a Gold Skulltula at the base of the mountain. You need to be Young
Link and have Bombs in order to get this one. At the bottom of the mountain,
start heading forward until you see a cracked wall to your right. Blow it up
with a Bomb and you will find the Gold Skulltula behind the cracked wall. After
defeating it, you can get the token by climbing up the wall that it is on.
Also, this Gold Skulltula for some reason appears during the day, too.
31) At the entrance of Dodongo's Cavern is a patch of soft soil. Dump some Bugs
into this soft soil and a Gold Skulltula will come out. You obviously need to
be Young Link in order to get this Gold Skulltula.
32) Near the top of the mountain, you will find some brown rocks. This is just
before the wall that you can climb up. Behind the last rock on the right is a
Gold Skulltula. You need to be Adult Link and you need the Megaton Hammer in
order to break the rock.
33) There is another Gold Skulltula behind a brown rock. Like the last one, you
need to be Adult Link and to have the Megaton Hammer in order to break the
rock. Go to the edge of the cliff just outside the entrance to Goron's City.
This is where you threw the Bomb Flower off the cliff as Young Link to access
Dodongo's Cavern. Near here is a brown rock. Break the rock by hitting it twice
with the Megaton Hammer. The Gold Skulltula is behind the rock.
-------------
Goron's City
-------------
Gold Skulltulas: 2
34) For the first Gold Skulltula, you need to be Young Link and to have Bombs.
On the top floor, you should see an area blocked off by rocks. You can get rid
of these rocks by blowing them up with Bombs. Then, head into the opening at
the end. You will be in a room with three rocks in front of you. Blow up the
rock on the right using a Bomb. Then, go down the new path and follow it. You
will find two more paths, one which leads straight and one which goes left.
Take the path on the left and you'll find a rock on the right. Blow up this
rock and head all the way straight. You should find a Gossip Stone and a crate.
Roll into the crate and break it. The Gold Skulltula should come out.
35) This Gold Skulltula can only be found when Adult Link. On the top floor,
you'll notice a floating platform in the middle of the gap. Cross one of the
ropes off to the side and you should notice a Gold Skulltula on the side of the
floating platform. Use the Hookshot to defeat it and reel in the token.
-----------------
Dodongo's Cavern
-----------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
36) From the start of the Dodongo's Cavern, get onto the platform you see to
your right and head down the opening. Down here is the hallway that the Baby
Dodongos come out from the crown. If you go down the hall, you'll see a cracked
wall on the right. You can blow up this cracked wall using a Bomb or by having
a Baby Dodongo explode near this wall. When it explodes, open the door that is
revealed. You will be in a room with a Gold Skulltula on the opposite wall.
37) After setting off the chain reaction of Bomb Flowers to lower the
staircase, climb up it. At the top, make your way to the door on the other side
of the room. Across the door are vines. The Gold Skulltula is on these vines.
You can get the token by climbing up on the vines.
38) Once you have opened up the mouth of the giant Dodongo face at the
entrance, go through the door inside the mouth. Work your way to the large
room. In this room is a cracked wall. Blow up the cracked wall using a Bomb and
then open the door behind it. There is a Gold Skulltula in this room.
39) This Gold Skulltula is a pain to get. It is found on top of the stairs that
you were able to lower using the chain reaction of Bomb Flower explosions. To
get to the top of this staircase without causing it to lower, you must work
your way backwards through the Dodongo's Cavern. That means going to the second
floor from the entrance and getting to the room from there. Once you get to the
top of that staircase, use the vines to climb up it. At the top is a wall with
a Gold Skulltula.
40) To get this Gold Skulltula, you must come back as Adult Link. From the
entrance, head right and go down the hallway where the Baby Dodongos are. There
is a higher ledge on the left side. Navi will turn green and go up there. Stand
in front of this ledge and play the Scarecrow's Song (if you have learned it
and talked to the Scarecrow at Lake Hylia). The Scarecrow should appear, so use
the Hookshot or Longshot to latch up to it. On this higher ledge is the Gold
Skulltula.
----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 2
41) Just beyond the entrance to the Death Mountain Trail is a crate. Roll into
the crate and break it. This will cause the Gold Skulltula to come out.
42) To get this Gold Skulltula, you must first learn the Bolero of Fire as
Adult Link. Then, as Young Link, warp back to the Death Mountain Crater with a
bottle of Bugs. Near the warp point is a soft soil patch. Dump the Bugs into
the soft soil to get a Gold Skulltula to come out.
-------------
Zora's River
-------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
43) You must be Young Link in order to get this Gold Skulltula: When entering
Zora's River, you'll see a tree directly across from you. Roll into this tree
and a Gold Skulltula will come out. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
44) Near the entrance to Zora's River is a ladder in the river. A Gold
Skulltula is on the ladder during the night. You need to be Young Link to see
this Gold Skulltula. You can get the token by simply climbing up the ladder.
45) This Gold Skulltula only shows up as Adult Link. Get in the river where the
frogs were. You should see a waterfall in the corner. Near this waterfall is
some land with a ladder. Climb up the ladder to get to the much higher grounds.
Up here, turn left and jump to the platform where the hole is. There is a Gold
Skulltula on the wall near here during the night.
46) After crossing the bridge before Zora's River, there is a Gold Skulltula
high up on the wall to your left. You need to be Adult Link in order to get
this Gold Skulltula. The token can easily be retrieved using the Longshot. If
you have the Hookshot, you must stand on top of the fence to the left in order
to get closer.
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 1
47) This Gold Skulltula can only be found as Adult Link. Go up to where the
Zora King is and head left down the tunnel. This is where you dove off to play
the Diving Game. If you get to the edge of the tunnel, look left against the
wall. You should see the Gold Skulltula on the wall.
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
Gold Skulltulas: 3
48) On the island where the Great Fairy's Fountain is a tree. Roll into this
tree to get the Gold Skulltula to come out. You need to be Young Link in order
to get this Gold Skulltula.
49) It's best to get this Gold Skulltula right after defeating Jabu-Jabu. Stand
on top of the tree branch in the water (that Link falls off of after seeing
Princess Ruto), and you will see a Gold Skulltula on the wall. You need to have
the Boomerang in order to get the corner.
50) This Gold Skulltula isn't accessible until practically the final part of
the game. You need to be Adult Link and to have the Silver Gauntlets. Go to the
island where the Great Fairy's Fountain is and you will find a gray rock. Pick
up this gray rock and throw it away. Afterwards, use a Bomb on the spot where
the gray rock originally was and a hole will be revealed, so jump down. Down
here, head to the other side and climb up the ladder. Just watch out for the
invisible Gold Skulltula. At the top of the area is the Gold Skulltula.
-------------------------
Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
-------------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
51) After Princess Ruto decides that you can carry her, you'll come to a room
that has a switch in the water. Hitting this switch will cause the water to
rise. In the water, there is a Gold Skulltula on the vines off to the side.
Destroy it first, and then hit the switch so that the water is high enough to
get to the vines. You can then get the token by climbing up the vines.
52) After defeating the Green Tentacle, go back to the room where you first saw
Princess Ruto. Jump down the hole that used to be blocked by a Green Tentacle.
Down here, you'll find a Gold Skulltula on the wall next to you. Use the
Boomerang to retrieve the token.
53) There is another Gold Skulltula, right next to #51. This one is just off to
the right. Again, defeat it and then use the Boomerang to retrieve the token.
54) In the final room just before the boss, there is a Gold Skulltula on the
vines leading up to the switch you have to activate with the Boomerang. Just
climb up the vines to get the token after defeating the Gold Skulltula.
-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
55) There is a Gold Skulltula on the laboratory building. It is on the side
closest to the bridge. You must be Young Link to get this Skulltula, and you
must have the Boomerang in order to retrieve the token.
56) There is a patch of soft soil next to the laboratory. Dump the bugs into
this soft soil and a Gold Skulltula will come out. Obviously, you need to be
Young Link in order to get this Gold Skulltula.
57) On the far side of the lake is this square-shaped island that has two poles
on it. You need to be Young Link and to swim to this little island. The Gold
Skulltula is on one of the polls.
58) As Adult Link, go inside the Laboratory. You need the Iron Boots and the
Hookshot/Longshot for this one. Jump into the water and sink to the bottom
using the Iron Boots. At the bottom is a crate. Roll into the crate to destroy
it. A Gold Skulltula will come out. Since you are underwater, you must destroy
the Gold Skulltula with the Hookshot/Longshot.
59) You need to be Adult Link in order to get to this Gold Skulltula. Near the
Lake Hylia warp point (where the Serenade of Water takes you to) is this dead
tree. You need the Longshot for this one. There is a Gold Skulltula on top of
the tree. Use the Longshot and aim it carefully so that you land on top of the
tree branch sticking out. You will find the Gold Skulltula up here.
--------------
Gerudo Valley
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
60) You need to be Young Link in order to get this Gold Skulltula. After
entering Gerudo Valley, get onto the wooden plank and turn right. You should
see a waterfall. A Gold Skulltula will appear on top of the waterfall during
the night. You need the Boomerang in order to get the token.
61) For this Gold Skulltula, you need to be Young Link and to have a bottle of
Bugs on you. Head to the bridge and look down. You should see a little area of
land against the cliff, off to the right of the bridge. Use the Cucco to safely
float to this land. On this land is a soft soil, near the cow. Put the
bugs into the soft soil to get the Gold Skulltula to come out.
62) The next Gold Skulltula can be found as Adult Link. On the other side of
the bridge is a tent. Go behind the tent and you'll find the Gold Skulltula on
the wall. Use the Hookshot to get its token after defeating it.
63) Across from the tent is a brown pillar. There is a Gold Skulltula on the
other side of this pillar during the night. You need to be Adult Link and have
the Hookshot in order to get this Gold Skulltula and its token.
------------------
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 2
64) Inside the Thieves' Hideout is an area with two staircases side-by-side. Go
up the staircase on the right and exit the building. Back out here, you'll find
a little alcove behind you. There is a Gold Skulltula in this area during the
night. You need to be Adult Link and to have the Hookshot in order to get this
Gold Skulltula.
65) You can find a Gold Skulltula on the furthest target in the back at the
archery range. All you need is the Hookshot in order to get the token.
------------------
Haunted Wasteland
------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 1
66) After crossing the first half of the desert (going from flagpole to
flagpole), you'll get to the building where the Poe is found. Head to the
basement of this building and you'll find the Gold Skulltula down there. Just
use the Longshot to get the token.
----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------
Gold Skulltulas: 3
67) Facing the Spirit Temple entrance, head to the left and you'll find a
little ditch with some palm trees near it. There is a Gold Skulltula on one of
the palm trees at night. Use the Longshot to reel it in.
68) To the left of the entrance to the Great Fairy's Fountain is a large sand
dune. There is a Gold Skulltula on top of it. You can get it from the ground
using your Longshot if you position yourself correctly to see the Gold
Skulltula, or you can ride the magic leaf (requires a Magic Bean from Young
Link) to the sand dune and you can get the Gold Skulltula directly from there.
69) Once you have learned the Requiem of Spirit, come back to the desert as
Young Link. Dump some Bugs into the soft soil patch near the Spirit Temple to
get a Gold Skulltula to come out.
--------------
Forest Temple
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
70) At the entrance of the Forest Temple, climb up the vines to the right. At
the top, get on the tree branch. You'll see the Gold Skulltula on the vines
when climbing up. You can then use the Hookshot to destroy it and reel in the
token.
71) When you enter the main, central room (with the elevator) head to the
opposite side of the room (to the door that leads you with the Stalfos you must
fight for a Small Key). Standing in front of this door, turn right and you will
see the Gold Skulltula on the wall. Just defeat it and reel it in with the
Hookshot.
72) After getting the Small Key from underneath the well, climb up out of the
well using the ladder next to the mini-chest. Out here, look across the river
and you'll see the Gold Skulltula on a wall on a higher ledge. If you position
yourself right, you can get the Gold Skulltula using the Hookshot. The Hookshot
should just be long enough to reach the Gold Skulltula if you are standing on
the water's edge. If not, coming back with the Longshot will make this much
easier.
73) Once you get the Boss Key, drop into the hole that is next to the chest
that had the Boss Key. Defeat the Blue Bubbles to unlock the door in the room.
In the next room, you'll see a thin walkway with two Hearts across from you. On
the other edge of the walkway is a Gold Skulltula on the wall. Slowly walk
across the walkway and defeat the Gold Skulltula on the other side. Then reel
it in with the Hookshot.
74) In the final room just before the boss (where you move the wall around),
move the walls around so that the openings are in the southwest and northeast
corners of the room (use the map). There is a Gold Skulltula in the little room
that can be accessed using the southwest opening. Use the Hookshot as usual to
get to it. Just watch out for the Big Skulltula when going in there.
------------
Fire Temple
------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
75) After getting the first Small Key, go back to the main room in the Fire
Temple. Head through the door on the right this time. In this room, get to the
bridge and turn left. Make your way to the Door of Time block that you see up
top. Play the Song of Time to move the block down to the ground. Then, climb up
the ledge where the Door of Time block was. Open the door here. There is a Gold
Skulltula in this room on the opposite wall. Defeat it and use the Hookshot to
reel it in (just watch out for the spinning floor tiles and the Like Like).
76) When you get to the room with the bird's eye view maze, face the door
leading back out and turn right. Now follow the wall on Link's right until you
get underneath a roof (this will cause the camera angle to change). Under here,
you should hear the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula. In the left corner
should be a wall you can blow up (if you hit the wall with your sword, it will
make a different sound). Blow this wall up with a Bomb and you'll find a room
with the Gold Skulltula in it. Use the Hookshot to defeat the Gold Skulltula
and get the token.
77) Right before your second Flare Dancer fight, there is a room similar to the
room where you got Gold Skulltula #74. This room has a Like Like and spinning
floor tiles. There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall in this room, so just defeat
it and use the Hookshot to get the token.
78) You need to come back to the Fire Temple after you are able to summon the
scarecrow with the Scarecrow's Song. On the second floor of the bird's eye view
maze room, face the door leading to the previous room. Look up and to the left
and you should see a higher ledge. Navi will turn green, so play the
Scarecrow's Song to make a scarecrow appear here. Use your Hookshot to latch up
to him. Up here, you will see a floating platform with a Hookshot target. Latch
onto that and the floating platform will move up to the next floor. Open the
door at the top. There are two fences to climb in this room to get up to the
next door. The Gold Skulltula is found on the second fence.
79) After getting the previous Gold Skulltula, climb up the second fence and
you'll find a door at the top, so open it. You'll come to a room that looks
very similar to the room where you got the Megaton Hammer. Walk up to the large
pit in the middle of the room. Carefully turn left and you should see a Gold
Skulltula on the wall surrounding the pit. Defeat it and then use the Hookshot
to bring in the token.
-------------
Water Temple
-------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
80) After draining the water level to Water Level 1, when leaving the room
where you saw Princess Ruto, head left and go into the opening across from you.
Follow this hall to a dead-end. There is a cracked floor at the dead end. Blow
up the floor with a Bomb, and then jump into the water that is revealed. Use
your Iron Boots to get to the other side. Float back up on the other side. Hit
the glass switch in this room to open up the gate. The Gold Skulltula is on the
wall on the other side of the gate.
81) On the top floor in the main room, open the door leading to the room with
the waterfall and the platforms with the Hookshot targets. When entering the
room, go forward and drop down to the platform just below you. On the wall to
the right is a Gold Skulltula. If you stand on the edge of the platform, your
Hookshot will be long enough to reach the Gold Skulltula. If not, then you can
come back with the Longshot.
82) After getting the Longshot, go into next room which has the strong river
current and the vortexes. After getting around the first vortex, look down the
river and you'll see the Gold Skulltula on a wall across from you. Standing in
the water, you can use the Longshot to reach this Gold Skulltula.
83) Once you have the Longshot, head inside the tower in the central room. Get
the water level raised to Water Level 2. If you get on the platform that raised
up from below (after raising the water level) and look up and a bit to the
left, you should see a Gold Skulltula way up above you on the wall. You can now
reach this Gold Skulltula with the Longshot.
84) Right before the room with the Boss Key is the room with the river that has
a strong current. You must jump into the hole in this river to get to the Boss
Key room. Behind the hole is a wall with a Gold Skulltula on it. Just stick on
the Iron Boots and face this wall. All you need to do is watch out for the
falling boulders while trying to get this Gold Skulltula.
--------------
Shadow Temple
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
85) Eventually, you will get to a floating platform where Stalfos will appear
(just past all of the guillotines). Look to your left and turn on the Lens of
Truth. This will reveal some hidden platforms. Use them to get to the door on
the other end. In this room, defeat all of the enemies to open up the gate on
the other side. Go past the gate and you'll be in a little room with the Gold
Skulltula in it.
86) The next Gold Skulltula is in the room with the falling spike ceilings
(that you use the block to protect yourself from). You can find it in one of
the prison-like areas (to the left of the falling spike ceilings) on the wall.
Just be sure to keep yourself safe from the falling spike ceilings.
87) The next Gold Skulltula can be found in the room with that giant skull vase
(in which you throw a Bomb in it to blow it up). It is on the wall directly
behind the vase. Just defeat it and then use the Longshot to reel in the token.
88) You can find the next Skulltula in the room with the ferry. Once you get on
the ferry, face the front of the ferry and then look up and to the left. You
will see an isolated platform with a Gold Skulltula on it. You can get to this
Gold Skulltula by using your Longshot, which is long enough to reach it.
89) Near the end of the Shadow Temple, there is a room with three giant skull
vases. Like Gold Skulltula #86, you can find it on the wall directly behind the
vases. You can use the Longshot to defeat it and reel in the token.
--------------
Spirit Temple
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
90) You must be Young Link to get to this Gold Skulltula. After crawling
through the hole in the wall at the beginning of the Spirit Temple, you'll come
to a room with three doors. Open the door on the right. You'll see a Gold
Skulltula on the fence across from you. Defeat it and then use the Slingshot to
bring in the token.
91) While Young Link, progress the Spirit Temple until you get to a room that
has a wall you can climb up. There are Skullwalltulas on this wall. Destroy
them and climb up the wall. At the top, turn around and face the wall. You will
see a Gold Skulltula below you. Defeat it and then use the Boomerang to
retrieve the token.
92) You also need to be Young Link to get this Gold Skulltula. Just before the
room with the Iron Knuckle is a small hallway with a staircase. Before opening
the door leading to the room with the Iron Knuckle fight, turn around. You'll
see a Gold Skulltula above the door that you used to enter this room. Get
closer to it, defeat it, and then use the Boomerang to get the token.
93) This Gold Skulltula can be found in the room where you must collect the
Silver Rupees to unlock a door, all found in the pit with rolling boulders. In
the pit, you'll notice a Door of Time block in one of the alcoves. Play the
Song of Time to remove this block and to access the alcove. This alcove has a
Gold Skulltula, in which you can easily defeat and collect the token. You must
be Adult Link in order to get to this Gold Skulltula.
94) When getting through the Spirit Temple as Adult Link, go to the room with
the big shrine. Get on the left hand of the shrine and play Zelda's Lullaby on
the Triforce mark. This will cause a mini-chest to appear on the opposite hand,
so use the Longshot to pull you over to that mini-chest. Now, walk up the arm
of the shrine and look up and to the left. You should barely see the Gold
Skulltula on the higher platform above you. Defeat it and reel in the token
with the Longshot.
-------------------
Bottom of the Well
-------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 3
95) In the back corner of the square path in the main room is a hole in the
crawl. Climb through this hole and open the door at the end (this door requires
a Small Key). In this room, turn on the Lens of Truth to reveal the hidden gaps
in here, so that you don't fall down them. Now, carefully defeat the enemies
and work your way to the door on the other side of the room. Open the door.
Defeat the Like Like in this room first. Now, the Gold Skulltula is on the
wall. Defeat it and then use the Boomerang to retrieve the token.
96) In the central room, there is a locked door. Unlock and open the door with
a Small Key. In here, you'll see a gap in front of you. Turn on the Lens of
Truth to reveal a hidden walkway in the gap. Use it to get across the room. On
this side is a Gold Skulltula, so defeat it and reel in the token with the
Boomerang.
97) Across from the chest with the Compass in the central room is a locked
door. Unlock it and open it using a Small Key. There is a Gold Skulltula on the
wall in this room. Defeat it and then get the token by using the Boomerang.
-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------
Gold Skulltulas: 3
98) There is a Gold Skulltula above from breakable icicles in the central room
that has the Silver Rupee puzzle. Get in a safe spot, and then defeat the Gold
Skulltula and get the token using the Hookshot.
99) There is a Gold Skulltula in the room that has the frozen Piece of Heart
and the chest with the Compass. After getting the Piece of Heart, turn around
and look left. You should see the Gold Skulltula on one of the pillars. Defeat
it and then get the token using the Hookshot.
100) This Gold Skulltula is found in the room with the second Silver Rupee
puzzle. When entering the room, turn left and you'll see the Gold Skulltula on
the wall. Defeat it and get the token with the Hookshot.
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
8a. Gold Skulltula Locations (Master Quest)
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
----------------
Great Deku Tree
----------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
1) After getting the Dungeon Map, look to the left of the chest and you should
find a crate. Roll into the crate to break the crate. This will cause the Gold
Skulltula to come out, so defeat it and get the token.
2) In the room with the Compass, face the chest and turn right. You will see
some vines that you can climb up, but we cannot get to the top due to rocks
being in the way. The best way to get rid of these rocks is to send some
Bombchus up the wall to blow them up. Once you have gotten rid of the rocks,
climb up the vines. At the top, you will find a Gold Skulltula, so defeat it
and get the token with the Boomerang.
3) The next Gold Skulltula is in the large room with the gravestones. To get
this Gold Skulltula, we need the Boomerang and the Song of Time. In this room,
go near the middle and play the Song of Time. This should create several Door
of Time blocks. Jump onto the second lowest one. From here, look up at the
ceiling and you should see the Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then use the
Boomerang to get the token. You should be just high enough to get the token
from here. If you want to make it a little easier, play the Song of Time while
standing on this block to make another Door of Time block appear next to you.
4) While in the same room as Gold Skulltula #3, go to the door in the northeast
part of the room and open the door. In here, get rid of the Gohma Eggs and the
Big Deku Baba first. The Gold Skulltula is on the wall across from you, so
defeat it and then use the Boomerang to grab the token.
-----------------
Dodongo's Cavern
-----------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
5) This Gold Skulltula requires the Song of Time in order to obtain. In the
room with the rows of Bomb Flowers underneath the staircase is a door. This
door leads to a room that is loaded with Door of Time Blocks. There is a Gold
Skulltula in the back right corner of this room. To get to this Gold Skulltula,
you must play the Song of Time to gradually remove the Door of Time Blocks to
get to the back right corner. Watch out, there is a Big Skulltula near here
too. Once you find the Gold Skulltula, destroy it and pick up the token.
6) In the room with the floating torches that you must light up (by pulling the
stone blocks up to them), there is a door in the southwest corner of the room.
You can unlock this door by lighting up the torches. In this room, there is a
Gold Skulltula hiding in a crate on the left. Roll into the crate to break it,
and then defeat the Gold Skulltula and pick up the token.
7) In the room where you have the first fight with the Lizalfos (on the second
floor), go to the back. You'll find a row of rocks blocking a walkway. These
rocks are a bit tricky to blow up. You can either use Bombchus or throw Bombs
and time them so that they explode in midair. Once you blow up the rocks, jump
onto the walkway they were blocking. At the end of the path is a Gold Skulltula
on the floor. Defeat it and pick up the token.
8) You need to come back with the Boomerang in order to get this Gold
Skulltula. Right before the room with the chest containing the Bombs, there is
a hallway leading back to the room where you fought the second round of
Lizalfos. There is a locked door in this hallway. To unlock it, place a Bomb
right underneath the Bomb Flowers running up the wall in the larger room. This
will cause a chain reaction of explosions unlocking the door, so open it after
it is unlocked. Watch out, as there are numerous enemies in this room. You need
to defeat all of them in order to unlock the door, too. Afterwards, there is a
Gold Skulltula up high in the back right corner of the room. Defeat it and then
use the Boomerang to retrieve the token.
9) After going through the door in the mouth of the giant Dodongo face, you'll
get to a room with gravestones and a ledge surrounded by fire. To remove the
fire, you must throw a Bomb towards the glass switch on the other side. Get to
the other side where you'll find an army of Armos. Defeat as many as you can,
and then plant a Bomb right below the row of Bomb Flowers on the wall. This
will cause a chain reaction of explosions, creating another clear platform. Use
the platforms to get on top of the wall to your right. Up here, walk on the
narrow walkway until you find a Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then pick up the
token.
-------------------------
Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
-------------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 4
10) From the room where you found Princess Ruto, head into the next room. From
here, walk forward to the 4-way intersection. At this intersection, go right,
and then go through the opening to your left and open the door at the end. In
this room, defeat all of the enemies. With your back against the door, look up
the wall on your left. You should see a rock up on the wall. You can blow up
this rock by running a Bombchu up to it. This will blow up the rock, revealing
a Gold Skulltula. You can defeat this Gold Skulltula and get the token by using
the Boomerang.
11) In the final room before the boss, climb up the vines to the highest ledge.
You should see a Gold Skulltula on the other side of the glass. To hit it, aim
your Boomerang to the right of the glass and throw it. You need to hit it twice
with the Boomerang to defeat it. After the Gold Skulltula is defeated, L-Target
it and use the Boomerang to grab the token.
12) To get to this Gold Skulltula, you must come back with the Song of Time.
From the entrance of this place, head into the next room. In here, use the
moving platform to go into the gap and into the floor below you. Down here, get
on the platform and open the door. Follow this room until you get to a pit. In
this pit is a Door of Time Block. Play the Song of Time to remove the block,
and you will find a Gold Skulltula on the ground (where the Door of Time Block
used to be). Defeat it and then pick up the token.
13) In order to get this Gold Skulltula, it's best to come back with the Lens
of Truth. Go into the room where you first saw Princess Ruto. Use any of the
pits to fall into the room below you. Down here, jump into the lowest pit. Now
go up the slope and open the door on the end. In this room, defeat the two
Stingers in the water. Now there are three Keeses flying around this room, all
of which are invisible. Use your Lens of Truth to find each of them, and defeat
all of them. The last Keese may be tricky. Look in that white grass on the
other side of the room (on the right side), and you should barely make it out.
Once all of the enemies in this room are defeated, a Hookshot target will
appear in the water. You don't actually need the Hookshot, but you can get on
top of the target and use it to get out of the water and on the land across
from you. On this side of the room is the Gold Skulltula, however, it's blocked
by a web. Just walk around the web to get to the Gold Skulltula, defeat it, and
then reel in the token with the Boomerang. Also, keep an eye on your magic
meter when looking for the invisible Keeses, as it can drain pretty quickly if
you leave the Lens of Truth on.
--------------
Forest Temple
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
14) When entering the Forest Temple, enter the door into the next hallway. The
Gold Skulltula can be found on the wall above and to the right of the door on
the other side of this hall. Just defeat it and use the Hookshot to reel in the
token.
15) When entering the room with the stone block puzzles (from the bottom
floor), go right into the alcove and head around the corner. You will find a
Gold Skulltula on the floor, so you can easily defeat it and pick up the token.
16) After getting the Fairy Bow, go back to the central elevator room. In the
northwest corner of the room, shoot the eye switch with an arrow to unlock the
door. Open the door. When you step outside, take a few steps forward and turn
around. You should see a Gold Skulltula on that stone structure surrounding the
door. Defeat it and reel in the token using the Hookshot. Defeating this Gold
Skulltula is actually required, as it is directly on a Hookshot target that you
need to latch yourself onto.
17) Once you get the water drained out in the well, head down the well. There
is a Gold Skulltula on the other side of this long hallway, to the left of the
ladder that you can use to get out of the well. Defeat it and use the Hookshot
to reel in the token.
18) After getting the previous Gold Skulltula, climb out of the well. Keep
climbing until you get to a ledge that is above the well. You can find a Gold
Skulltula on the floor here, so just defeat it and pick up the token.
-------------------
Bottom of the Well
-------------------
Gold Skulltulas: 3
19) After getting the Lens of Truth, go back to the center of the area. Looking
at the map, go into the furthest "finger" on the right. There are invisible Big
Skulltulas down this path, so use the Lens of Truth to reveal them and defeat
them. At the end of this path, there is a Gold Skulltula on the floor, so
defeat it and pick up the token.
20) In the eastern side of that central room, there is a locked door. You can
unlock it by stepping on the floor switch behind the cage nearby (which is
guarded by a Big Skulltula). In this room is a gravestone, along with several
invisible enemies. Defeat the invisible enemies first (use the Lens of Truth to
reveal them), and then pull back the gravestone. A Gold Skulltula will be
revealed on the ground, so defeat it and take the token.
21) In the room with the tombstones (that you can open up by lighting the
torches next to them), there is a Gold Skulltula in the back left corner of the
room, behind a pillar. You can easily defeat it and collect the token.
------------
Fire Temple
------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
22) After getting the Megaton Hammer, go into the room with the large bridge
(across from the room where you saw Darunia). In this room, get to the middle
of the bridge and turn right. Work your way to the door across from you. Once
you get to that part of the room, enter the door on the bottom. At the end of
this hall, smash the rusted floor switch with the Megaton Hammer to open the
prison cell. There is a Gold Skulltula in this cell, so defeat it and pick up
the token.
23) Getting to this Gold Skulltula is a bit of a hike. After getting the
Compass, climb back up to the room above you. Next to you is a Hookshot target.
Latch onto it and stand on top of it. Face the door leading to the next room.
Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time and a Door of Time Block will
appear. Jump on top of it and then latch onto the Hookshot target on the ledge
above you. Up here, turn around and you should see a floating platform directly
across from you. Use the Hookshot to get onto this platform and ride it to the
room above you. Open the door at the top. In this room, head around the corner.
Climb up the two fences in here and open the door at the top.
In this room, walk around the perimeter of this room and you will get to a
block surrounded by fire. Hit the rusted switch next to the block with the
Megaton Hammer. This will create some Hookshot targets in this room. Now, jump
down to the beginning of the room. Step on the floor switch to remove the fire
around the block. To get back up to where the fire was, look up at the ledge
above you and latch onto the Hookshot target. Go up to the block before the
fire comes back. The Gold Skulltula is right underneath the block. Smash it
with your Megaton Hammer to defeat the Gold Skulltula. Then, push the block out
of the way and pick up the token.
24) When you get to the room where you can smash the pillar to bring it down to
the room where you saw Darunia, go left. You should get to a Door of Time Block
that you cannot get to because of a firewall. Play the Song of Time to move
this block. Now, go to where you entered the room. Jump across the pillars to
the other side of the room. Facing the door over here, turn left and get on top
of the Door of Time Block. Up here, jump down to the ground below you. Make
sure you land on the ground directly across from the door in this firewall
maze. Once you land on the ground, open the door near you. In this hallway, the
Gold Skulltula is on the wall directly across from you. Defeat it and then pick
up the token. Watch out for the Lizalfos in this room.
25) After getting the previous Gold Skulltula, leave the room. To get out of
this firewall maze, go right and Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time to
move the Door of Time block back to this location. Climb it and use it to jump
over the firewall maze. Now, get back to the door you used to enter this room.
Jump across the pillar to the door across from you. In this room, use the
Hookshot to latch onto the target across from you. Over here, smash the rusted
floor switch with the Megaton Hammer. Now, turn back around and leave this room
(use the Hookshot to get back to the other side). Back in here, jump down to
the floor to your left. Navigate this firewall maze until you get to a door.
Open the door once you get to it.
In this room, go into the alcove to your left. The Gold Skulltula is behind the
wall here. Place a Bomb in front of the wall to blow it up. It may defeat the
Gold Skulltula in the process, to pick up the token once you can get it.
26) After getting the last Gold Skulltula, turn around and open the door on the
left (you needed to hit that rusty switch up above in order to get this door
unlocked). In here, go right and go to the other side of the room (keep the
firewall to your right). Over here is a switch. Step on it to remove the
firewall. Climb up the ledge and then open the door. In this room, defeat the
Flare Dancer. After the fight, jump onto the platform in the middle of the
room. Before it goes up to the ceiling, jump off and pick up the Small Key from
below where the platform was. Now, wait for the platform to come down, and then
ride it up to the floor above. Open the door at the top. In this room, just
climb up the two fences to get to the top of the room. At the top, unlock and
open the door you find using the Small Key.
This room is fairly difficult. Go to the spiral staircase across from you. Now,
jump into the pit to your right. Follow this path until you get to a floor
switch. Step on the floor switch and the firewall surrounding the mini-chest
will disappear. Now QUICKLY turn around, and jump onto the staircase where you
can. Run up the staircase and then RUN to the mini-chest before the timer runs
out and the fire comes back. If you were fast enough, open the mini-chest for a
Small Key.
NOTE: To make the previous puzzle easier, come back with the Scarecrow's Song.
Go past the floor switch and you'll see Navi turn green. Play the Scarecrow's
Song to summon the scarecrow on a floor above you. After stepping on the
switch, you can then use the Hookshot to latch onto that scarecrow and then
make a run for the chest, as opposed to running up the spiral staircase.
Now, go back to the beginning of the room. Hit the glass switch to make
Hookshot targets appear. Now step on that floor tile that is sticking out and
use the Megaton Hammer to smash it into the ground. You'll fall into another
room. Down here, unlock and open the door across from you using the Small Key.
In this room, go forward and defeat the Stalfos. Now, use the Megaton Hammer to
smash the mini-floor tile sticking out to the left. This will form a staircase
leading downward. While going down the stairs, defeat the next Stalfos. You'll
also notice a face on the wall while going down the stairs. Fire the Hookshot </pre><pre id="faqspan-17">
at this face and the door at the bottom will unlock, so open it.
The Gold Skulltula will be on the wall to your left. Just defeat it and use the
Hookshot to reel in the token.
-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------
Gold Skulltulas: 3
27) This Gold Skulltula is in the room where you get the Compass. After getting
the Compass, turn right and you will see the pillar with the Gold Skulltula on
it. However, it is blocked by red ice and there is no room for you to jump onto
the pillar. However, you should see Navi turn green. Play the Song of Time to
make a Door of Time Block appear. Get onto that block, and she'll turn green
again. Play the Song of Time again to make a Door of Time Block appear next to
the pillar. Get onto this block. From here, you'll be able to melt the ice
using Blue Fire, defeat the Gold Skulltula, and pick up the token.
28) From the central room, head into the west opening, and then work your way
until you get to the bigger room. If you look to your right, you'll see a Gold
Skulltula surrounded by a clear block. To remove the block, look back at the
higher ledge that you used to enter this room. On the ceiling is a glass
switch. Use an arrow or the Longshot to activate this switch to remove the
clear block. This will allow you to get the Gold Skulltula, do defeat it and
pick up the token.
29) The final Gold Skulltula here is on the opposite side of the room, from
where you got the previous Gold Skulltula. To get this one, come back with
either the Longshot or the Scarecrow's Song. The Longshot is long enough to
reach the Gold Skulltula from the floor below. Otherwise, Navi will turn green
when you get near that higher ledge. You can play the Scarecrow's Song to
summon a scarecrow up on that ledge, which you can use to get yourself up there
with the Hookshot/Longshot. Afterward, defeat the Gold Skulltula and pick up
the token.
-------------
Water Temple
-------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
30) After raising the water level to the 2nd level, go to the southern part of
the walkway surrounding the tower. Step on the floor switch to open up the
gate. Go through the gate and into the hallway. Follow the hall until you get
to another gate. To unlock this gate, use Din's Fire to light up the torch
behind the gate. Now destroy the crates to find the Gold Skulltula. Defeat it
and pick up the token.
31) Before the room where you can raise the third whatever level, is a room
with two crates. The crate in the corner diagonally across from the door has
the Gold Skulltula, so destroy the crate, defeat the Gold Skulltula, and pick
up the token.
32) The next Gold Skulltula can be found in that river with the vortexes. After
swimming to the first vortex, get on top of the nearby Hookshot target. You
should find a Gold Skulltula on the wall. Defeat it and reel in the token with
the Longshot.
33) To get this Gold Skulltula, come back with the Scarecrow's Song and the
Fire Arrow. Go to the lowest level of the Water Temple. At the bottom, go
through the opening in the southern part of the room. At the end of this hall
is a hole, so fall down it. At the bottom, go to the other side of the hall and
take off the Iron Boots to float up. Now, get onto the highest ledge and Navi
will turn green. Play the Scarecrow's Song to make the scarecrow appear. Latch
onto the scarecrow with the Longshot. Now turn around and you should see three
torches on the wall. Light them up using Fire Arrows. Once all three are lit
up, the gate behind you will unlock, so head inside. The Gold Skulltula is on
the ceiling, so defeat it and pull in the token using the Longshot.
34) For the next Gold Skulltula, again, come back with the Fire Arrow and the
Scarecrow's Song. I also recommend having some Green Potion for backup. Go to
the lowest level of the Water Temple. At the bottom, go through the northern
opening. Drop down the hole. Down here, follow the hallway into a bigger room.
In the bigger room, turn around and face the opening you came out of. Now look
up on the ceiling and you should see a target. Use the Longshot to latch onto
that target, and you'll land on a ledge. From here, use the Longshot to pull
yourself to the target above the door across from you, and then open the door.
In this room, walk up to the edge. Navi will turn green and go to the alcove in
the corner. Play the Scarecrow's Song to make the scarecrow appear in that
alcove, and then use the Longshot to latch onto it. In this passage, jump into
the hole where the waterfall is and stick on your Iron Boots to go down. Down
here, head to the other side of the hallway and take off your Iron Boots to go
up. At the top, get onto the land and open the door. In this room, defeat the
Stalfos to unlock the door again. At the end of the fight, roll into the crate
in the corner next to the door to destroy it. You will find a Small Key, so
leave this room.
Back in here, jump into the water, put on the Iron Boots, sink to the bottom,
and go to the other side of the hall. Take off the Iron Boots to float back up.
Back up here, climb into the alcove to your right. Up here, unlock and open the
door across from you using the Small Key. In this room, there are two torches
on the wall, and one on each side of the room. First, hit the glass switch to
raise up the three waterspouts. Get on one of them and use Din's Fire to light
up both torches on the wall. Now quickly get to the other end of the room and
use the Fire Arrow to light up the remaining two torches. This will unlock the
door on the other end of the room, so go through it.
In the next room, you must defeat all of the Dodongos to unlock the door
leading to the next room. After all of the Dodongos are defeated, you can get
to the next door by latching onto the target on the ceiling in the southern
part of the room. Open the door once you get to it. In this room, turn left.
The Gold Skulltula is in the crate in the corner of the room, so destroy the
crate, defeat the Gold Skulltula, and pick up the token.
--------------
Shadow Temple
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
35) The first Gold Skulltula can be found in the room with the falling spiked
ceilings. Going down the path, it is in a prison cell to the right. Just defeat
it and use the Longshot to get the token.
36) The next Gold Skulltula can be found in the room at the end of the hallway
(and the walkway) with the spinning fans). It is on the face that is on the
wall. Defeat it and get the token using the Longshot.
37) After getting the previous Gold Skulltula, head back into the previous
room. Go into the hidden room off to your left (with the Hover Boots or by
letting a fan blow you in). In this room, defeat the Gibdos. On the other side
of the room is a locked door. To the right of the door in the corner is a pile
of dirt. Blow the dirt up by placing a Gold Skulltula on top of it. This will
defeat the Gold Skulltula underneath, in addition to destroying the dirt. After
the explosion, you can then simply pick up the token.
38) After the ferry ride, shoot the Bomb Flowers to make the statue fall over
and form a bridge. Cross the bridge to the other side of the river. Now turn
around and you'll see a Gold Skulltula beneath the ledge across from you
underneath the water. Defeat it and grab the token using the Longshot.
39) Right before the boss door, turn left. You'll see a Gold Skulltula on the
wall. You won't be able to get to it from your spot due to an invisible
platform. Turn on the Lens of Truth and jump onto the invisible platform. From
there, look down. You'll be able to defeat the Gold Skulltula and reel in the
token using the Longshot.
--------------
Spirit Temple
--------------
Gold Skulltulas: 5
40) This Gold Skulltula is found in the room where you solved a sun switch
puzzle as Young Link. It is right before the room with the Iron Knuckle. To get
this Gold Skulltula, you must come back to this room as Adult Link. When
entering the room, activate the glass switch on the higher ledge with your
sword. Then, move the block with the sun switch that is right underneath that
glass switch to the other side of the room, to where the sunlight is shining
into the room. If the firewalls appear, just hit the glass switch again. Once
the sun switch is under the area of shining light, it will activate. This will
create a clear block above you. To get to it, look up at the ceiling and you'll
see a target. Use the Longshot to pull yourself up to that target and you'll
fall on the clear block. The Gold Skulltula is on the clear block across from
you. You can defeat it and get the token using the Longshot.
41) After solving the puzzle with the three sun switches on the wall, drop down
to the floor below you, and open the door at the bottom. In the next room, open
the door on the left. You'll find a Gold Skulltula on the ceiling. Defeat it
and grab the token with the Longshot.
42) From the previous Gold Skulltula, leave the room. Back in here, there is a
locked door across from you. You need a Small Key to get into it. In here, you
have a little puzzle to solve. Hit the rusted floor switch with the Megaton
Hammer to open a gate in the pit leading into an alcove.
-Before going past the gate, look above the alcove and you'll see a Door of
Time Block. Play the Song of Time in this alcove. This will unlock a gate
in the opposite corner of the room, in the northeast corner.
-Above that alcove is a crate from the Lon Lon Ranch. So head into that
alcove and play Epona's Song. This will unlock an alcove in the southeast
corner.
-The newly unlocked alcove has a sun switch above it. Go inside this alcove
and play the Sun's Song. This will unlock an alcove in the northwest corner.
-In the next alcove, play the Song of Storms. The east central alcove will
open up.
-In the final alcove, play Zelda's Lullaby. This will finally unlock the
door in this room, so head through.
The next room has a ton of Big Skulltas. Get rid of them first. Afterwards,
defeat the Gold Skulltula on the wall and then use the Longshot to get the
token.
43 and 44) These two Gold Skulltulas are in the same room. It is in the room
that has a lone Iron Knuckle in it, just past the Triforce mark on the floor.
You need a Small Key to get into this room. One of the Gold Skulltulas is
behind the Iron Knuckle, while the other is to its right. To be able to get to
them, you must have the Iron Knuckle destroy the thrones and the pillars in
front of these Gold Skulltulas with its axe. So, lure it to those sides of the
room and get it to attack you. Get out of the way and it should hit those
objects. Afterwards, defeat the Gold Skulltulas when it is safe to do so.
=========================
9. Heart Piece Locations
=========================
This location will give you the locations of all of the Pieces of Hearts found
in this game. There are a total of 36 of them. Every four Pieces of Hearts that
you collect will give you an additional heart for your health, giving you a
total of nine extra hearts.
-----------
Lost Woods
-----------
1) In order to get this Piece of Heart, you must be Young Link and know Saria's
Song. From the start of the Lost Woods, head into the area to the left. You
will see a skull kid dancing on a large tree stump. Get on the small tree stump
and play Saria's Song. The skull kid will then become your friend and give you
a Piece of Heart.
2) There is another Piece of Heart found here. Again, you need to be Young Link
in order to get this Piece of Heart. Head into the right area from the start.
In here, go forward and jump to the ground below you. Now get on the tree stump
and pull out your Ocarina. Two skull kids will appear, and they will play a
game with you. You must repeat the notes that they play on their flutes using
your Ocarina. After successfully doing this three times, you will get a Piece
of Heart.
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
3) You have to be Young Link to get this Piece of Heart. If you go to the
entrance to Lake Hylia, you'll see a square area of grass surrounded by fences
on each side. Jump over the small fence and get to the middle of this grass.
Plant a Bomb in the middle and it will explode, revealing a hole, so jump down
it. Down here is a Business Scrub. Defeat the Business Scrub and he will offer
you a Piece of Heart for 10 Rupees.
4) In order to get this Piece of Heart, you must be Adult Link and have either
the Golden Scale or the Iron Boots. Facing the entrance to the castle, head
left and you'll get to a river area. There is a lone tree just before the
river. Place a Bomb right next to the tree and it will explode, revealing a
hole, so jump down it. Down here, head into the water. There is a Piece of
Heart the bottom. You can get it either by diving to it (you need the Golden
Scale to dive that deep), or by using Iron Boots to sink to the bottom.
--------------
Lon Lon Ranch
--------------
5) In the back corner of the ranch is a tower. You must be Young Link to get
this Piece of Heart. Inside the tower, you'll see a series of crates. You must
move around the crates so that you can pull out the crate in the back corner.
Behind the crate in the back corner is a hole. Crawl through the hole and
you'll find a Piece of Heart on the other end.
-------
Market
-------
6) You can get a Piece of Heart by winning the Treasure Chest game. You can
only play this game as Young Link. However, you have a very low chance of
outright winning this game, but you can win this game later on using the Lens
of Truth (by seeing what is inside each treasure chest so you know which one to
open).
7) A Piece of Heart is a prize offered at the Bombchu Bowling Alley. You also
need to be Young Link to get this Piece of Heart.
8) At nighttime, there are numerous dogs running around the Market. In the
corner, near the Bazaar, is a white dog. Walk up to this dog so that he will
start following you. Now, bring the dog to the Back Alley and open the door
right across from you (go into the Back Alley from the left side, near the
Treasure Chest game). In here, talk to the lady and she will give you a Piece
of Heart for bringing the dog back to her.
-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------
9) There is a Piece of Heart found behind bars in one of the houses. This is
the house above the House of the Skulltulas. There are two ways to get to this
building. As Young Link, go to the top of the Death Mountain Trail and have
Kaepora Gaebora, the owl, fly you down to Kakariko Village. He will drop you
off on the rooftop of this building. As Adult Link, you can use your Longshot
to go from rooftop to rooftop until you are on top of this building. Now, get
to the edge and look down. You should see a little balcony. Jump down to this
balcony and head into the hole. You'll be next to the Piece of Heart.
10) You can get a Piece of Heart by talking to a man in the House of the
Skulltulas, after destroying at least 50 Gold Skulltulas.
11) As Adult Link, you will find a man sitting on the roof of one of the
buildings near the watch tower. You need either the Hookshot or the Longshot to
get onto the roof where he is. It is easier to do it with the Longshot, as with
its greater range, you shouldn't have any problem latching onto the roof of the
building where the man is on. If you want to get to this man using the
Hookshot, stand on top of the fence in front of the windmill. The building is
directly across from you, and you can easily reach the roof of this building
using the Hookshot.
12) There is a Piece of Heart inside the windmill. To get it as Young Ling, you
can throw the Boomerang at it and the Boomerang will bring the Piece of Heart
back to you. As Adult Link, you can jump onto the ledge where the Piece of
Heart is after racing Dampe.
----------
Graveyard
----------
13) Between 6:00PM and 9:00 PM (game time, not real time. Also, this means
early in the night), you will find Dampe walking around the Graveyard (as Young
Link only). You can pay him 10 Rupees to dig up the spot in front of him. I
usually recommend having him dig on the patches of soil. Dampe will either dig
up Rupees, nothing, or the Piece of Heart. You just need to be lucky and hope
he digs it up.
14) After learning the Sun's Song, go back to the Graveyard during the night.
In the back right corner of the Graveyard, there are five graves lined up. Pull
back the second grave on the left to reveal a hole, and then jump down it. Down
here, go to the wall across from you and play the Sun's Song. This will cause a
large chest to appear, which contains a Piece of Heart.
15) Getting this Piece of Heart requires both Young Link and Adult Link. As
Young Link, plant a Magic Bean into the soft soil in the bottom left part of
the Graveyard. When coming back as Adult Link, ride the magic leaf up to the
ledge above you. You'll find a crate. Roll into the crate to break it and
collect the Piece of Heart.
16) To get this Piece of Heart, you must be Adult Link. After getting the
Hookshot from Dampe, go back and race him again. If you can finish the race in
under a minute, he'll reward you with a Piece of Heart at the end. During this
race, just try to avoid the fire and roll forward to go faster whenever you see
open space.
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
17) This Piece of Heart can be obtained in one of two ways. It is located just
above the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern. As Young Link, you can backflip off of
where you threw the Bomb Flower off the cliff to blow up the rocks blocking
Dodongo's Cavern. If you stay to the left while falling, you should land on the
ledge. Be sure to throw the Bomb Flower out of the way before back flipping. To
get this Piece of Heart as Adult Link, plant a Magic Bean in the soft soil
patch right in front of the Dodongo's Cavern entrance, and then return as Adult
Link. You can then just ride up the leaf unto the higher ledge to get the Piece
of Heart.
------------
Goron's Ciy
------------
18) As Young Link, there is a giant vase on the bottom floor. To get this vase
to start spinning, light up all of the torches surrounding the vase using a
Deku Stick. You can find a lighted torch to start with in Darunia's Room. Once
the vast starts spinning, go up to the next floor. Start trying to throw Bombs
into the face. Now, keep in mind that there are three different facial
expressions on the vase. If you get a Bomb into the vase, it will explode and
stop the vase. The vase MUST stop on the happy face facing the screen in order
for the Piece of Heart to come out. Otherwise, you'll just get varying amounts
of Rupees.
----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------
19) From the entrance leading to Death Mountain Trail, head to the ledge of the
cliff. Right below you should be a wall you can climb down. Climb down this
wall until you get to the alcove that has the Piece of Heart in it.
20) This Piece of Heart requires actions from both Young Link and Adult Link.
You must also know the Bolero of Fire. As Young Link, warp to the Death
Mountain Crater. There is a soft soil patch right next to the warp point. Plant
a Magic Bean into this soft soil, and then return to here as Adult Link. As
Adult Link, ride the magic leaf and you'll be taken up to a crater. At the very
top of the crater is a Piece of Heart, so jump off the leaf and pick it up.
-------------
Zora's River
-------------
21) As Young Link, you'll find a Cucco at the beginning of Zora's River. Use
the Cucco to jump to the other side of the river from the start. Now, head
forward and jump over the next gap to the left. From here, head to the higher
land and you'll eventually get to a gap, with a platform on the other side. To
get to this gap, jump off the edge. Right before you get to the platform, throw
the Cucco onto the platform and then climb up it. Now, to your right is another
gap, with a platform containing the Piece of Heart. You can actually jump over
the gap to get to this platform, but you can use the Cucco again to float your
away over there if you want to stay on the safe side.
22) Near the entrance to Zora's Domain is another Piece of Heart. Like #21, you
need the Cucco to get to this one. Work your way towards the Zora's Domain
entrance, and then you should notice a platform across a gap that has a Piece
of Heart on it. You can easily float to this platform using the Cucco.
23) Near Piece of Heart #21 are a bunch of frogs in the river that only show up
as Young Link. To get these frogs to come out of the water, stand on the edge
of the tree branch in the river and take out your Ocarina. If you play them the
Song of Storms, they will reward you with a Piece of Heart.
24) These frogs that gave you Piece of Heart #23 also have another Piece of
Heart that they can give to you. After all five of the frogs have grown up (you
must have played Zelda's Lullaby, Epona's Song, Saria's Song, the Sun's Song,
and the Song of Time to get all of them to grow), they will play a bug-catching
game with you. Each frog jumps when you play a certain note. For example, the
purple frog in the top left will jump when you press the L button. So, when the
butterfly appears above that frog, hit the L button. You have to restart if you
mess up or take too long in between notes. If it helps, you can notice that the
alignment of the frogs matches up almost perfectly with the Ocarina buttons on
the touchscreen. Luckily for you, the order of the buttons you have to press
will never change, so you can keep pressing the buttons in the same order until
you have memorized it. If it helps, also write down the buttons in the order
you press them as you go along.
This can be very difficult, and for that, I have written the order that you
press the buttons in below:
Y, L, X, Y, R, X, Y, R, L, R, L, R, Y, X, L
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
25) To get this Piece of Heart, you must be Young Link. On the bottom floor are
a series of torches that run to the waterfall in the water. To find a lighted
torch, go up to King Zora. Then, light up the torch on the corner of the
stairwell leading up to King Zora for an additional fire source. Now, using a
Deku Stick, quickly light up the torch just outside the Item Shop, the one in
the water, and the two behind the waterfall. You must do this quickly or one of
the torches will burn out, and you will need to start again. Once all of the
torches are lit up, a large chest will appear behind the waterfall containing a
Piece of Heart.
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
26) You must be Adult Link to get this Piece of Heart. Head out to the water
and you'll find all of the ice sheets. Jump across the ice sheets until you get
to the one on the other side of the area. The last ice sheet has a Piece of
Heart on it.
27) There is another Piece of Heart in the area that can only be accessed as
Adult Link. You need the Iron Boots to get this Piece of Heart. Just jump into
the water and stick on the Iron Boots. You'll find the Piece of Heart at the
very bottom of the water.
-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------
28) You obviously need to be Adult Link in order to access the Ice Cavern. In
addition, you need a few bottles of Blue Fire. Head to the room with the first
Silver Rupee puzzle. Facing the higher ledge, use the Blue Fire on the red ice
to the right to melt it away. When you get to the next room, you'll find a
frozen Piece of Heart, which you can get by melting away the ice with another
round of Blue Fire. If you need some Blue Fire, there's some nearby that you
can capture.
-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------
29) As Young Link, you can get a Piece of Heart from the Fishing Pond by
catching a fish that is at least 10 pounds. Show it to the fisherman to get
your prize.
30) This Piece of Heart requires both action from Young Link and Adult Link. As
Young Link, plant a Magic Bean into the soft soil next to the laboratory. As
Adult Link, ride up the magic leaf to the top of the laboratory. Then, climb up
the ladder to the top tower, and you'll find the Piece of Heart. Alternatively,
you can play the Scarecrow's Song to summon Pierre the Scarecrow onto the roof,
where you can then use the Longshot/Longshot to pull yourself up to the roof.
31) In order to get this Piece of Heart, you must be Adult Link and have the
Golden Scale. Go into the laboratory and then jump into the pool. Dive all the
way to the bottom and touch the bottom. At the top, get out of the water and
talk to the lady. She will notice that you ended up touching the bottom, and
will reward you with a Piece of Heart.
--------------
Gerudo Valley
--------------
32) As Young Link, pick up the Cucco right before the bridge. Now, look down
and to the left of the bridge. You should see a little ledge just below the
cliff across from you. This ledge has a crate. Use the Cucco to float safely to
this platform. Now, roll into the crate to break it, and then the Piece of
Heart will come out.
33) This Piece of Heart requires cooperation from both Young Link and Adult
Link. As Young Link, use the Cucco to float safely down to the ledge below and
to the right of the bridge. This ledge has a Gerudo and a cow on it. Near the
cow is a patch of soft soil. Plant a Magic Bean into this soft soil and then
return as Adult Link. Ride the magic leaf until you get to the waterfall at the
head of the river. Behind the waterfall is an alcove. You can either jump into
this alcove from the magic leaf or get onto the ladder just behind the
waterfall. There is a Piece of Heart in this alcove.
------------------
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------
34) You need the Scarecrow's Song in order to get to this Piece of Heart. When
in the Thieves' Hideout, get to the room that has two staircases leading to
different directions. Take the one on the right and exit. Out here, clip up to
the roof next to you. From here, head to the other side of this roof and turn
right. Jump across the gap and onto the roof slightly below you. Now, head
around the corner and you'll find vines, so climb up them. At the top, follow
this roof to another gap. You'll see Navi go out and put out a green marker.
Play the Scarecrow's Song to make the scarecrow appear, and then use your
Hookshot/Longshot to latch onto the scarecrow to get across the gap. From here,
head around the corner and open up the large chest for a Piece of Heart.
35) You can win a Piece of Heart by getting at least 1000 points in the
horseback archery game. This game requires Epona and the Gerudo's Token.
----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------
36) This Piece of Heart requires action from both Young Link and Adult Link.
After learning the Requiem of Spirit, warp back to the Desert as Young Link.
Plant a Magic Bean into the soft soil patch to the left of the Spirit Temple
entrance, and then return to the desert as Adult Link and ride the magic leaf.
Near the end of the ride, the leaf will up to the top of the structure in front
of the Spirit Temple. Jump on top of this structure when you get the chance and
pick up the Piece of Heart.
--------------------------
Ice Cavern - Master Quest
--------------------------
1) In Master Quest, getting the Piece of Heart is different, and very tricky.
It is in the room where you find the Compass. If you notice, the Piece of Heart
is blocked off by some ice blocks. To remove the ice blocks, look into the
floor near the center of the room. You should be able to barely make out a
glass switch. Since the glass switch is under the ice, you can't use an arrow
or the Hookshot to get to it. You can activate it by placing a Bomb right on
top of the ice where the glass switch is. Once the glass switch is activated,
the ice blocks surrounding the Piece of Heart will disappear, so you can now
get to it.
======================
10. Trading Sequences
======================
There are two trading sequences that you can do in this game. One of which
involves getting the Mask of Truth, while the other involves getting Big
Goron's Sword. During these trading sequences, you must bring a certain item to
a certain somebody. They will then give you another item in exchange, in which
you bring that item to the next person, and so on.
----------------------
Mask Trading Sequence
----------------------
You will first be informed of the Happy Mask Shop being open after the gate to
the Death Mountain Trail is opened up by the guard. In the Happy Mask Shop
trading sequence, you must borrow a mask from the shop, and find a person in
the game to sell the mask to. Once you sell the mask to somebody, you then
return to the Happy Mask Shop and pay back the money that the mask was worth.
From there, you will be able to borrow a new mask and then go out and sell that
one.
The main purpose of masks is to wear them and just see what kind of reactions
you can get from people. However, some masks serve other purposes, like being
able to listen to Gossip Stones when wearing the Mask of Truth.
Keaton Mask (10 Rupees) - This is the first mask that you can borrow in the
game. It is a yellow mask that has the face of a fox. You must sell this mask
to the guard in Kakariko Village who was at the gate leading up to Death
Mountain Trail. This is the same guard that informed you of the Happy Mask Shop
earlier in the game. He wants this mask, as his son has been begging him for
one. When you sell him the mask, he will give you 15 Rupees in return, a little
profit for you! Afterwards, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay the 10
Rupees.
Skull Mask (20 Rupees) - The Skull Mask is the next mask that becomes
available. The face obviously resembles a skull, and will freak out many people
when you talk to them. You can sell this mask to the skull kid in the Lost
Woods. Just go left from the start of the Lost Woods. Despite the mask being
worth 20 Rupees, the Skull Kid will only give you 10 Rupees when you sell him
the mask, which means you need to come up with 10 Rupees of your own when going
back to the Happy Mask Shop. In addition, you can use this mask to upgrade the
amount of Deku Sticks you can carry when wearing this at the Forest Stage.
Spooky Mask (30 Rupees) - The face of this mask resembles a ReDead, and will
scare the crap out of many people when you talk to them. You must sell this to
the little kid walking around the Graveyard during the day. When selling the
mask to this kid, he will pay you 30 Rupees, which is full price for the mask!
Now, head back to the Happy Mask Shop to pay those 30 Rupees.
Bunny Hood (50 Rupees) - This mask is pretty much just bunny ears that you can
wear. Many people will think that you look very cute when running around with
this mask. Also, the Bunny Hood can be used to prevent Stalchilds from
appearing from the ground in Hyrule Field during the night. The person that you
need to sell this mask to is called the running man. You can find him running
around Hyrule Field. However, he will not appear until you have obtained all
three Spiritual Stones. Also, before selling this mask to the running man, I
highly recommend having the Giant's Wallet on you, so that you can carry up to
500 Rupees. When you find the running man, you cannot talk to him while he is
running. Just follow him and stay by him until he lays down. From that point,
talk to him and sell the mask to him. He will give you enough money to max out
your wallet! This is why I recommend coming into this with a Giant's Wallet.
After all of that, just go back to the Happy Mask Shop to pay the 50 Rupees.
Mask of Truth - This is the mask you are awarded with after selling the
previous four masks. You can use this mask to listen to Gossip Stones. In
addition, the mask can be used to get a Deku Nut capacity upgrade at the Forest
Stage.
Now, after selling the first four Masks, you are then free to borrow any of the
masks that you like. In addition, you will also be able to borrow new masks
(that you don't need to sell), which are masks of the Goron, Gerudo, and Zora
faces.
------------------
Big Goron's Sword
------------------
The Big Goron's Sword is a powerful Sword that you can obtain after completing
a trading sequence in the game. This is a sword that is twice as powerful as
the Master Sword. The only drawback is that Link must use two hands when using
this sword, so he cannot use a Shield at the same time.
You can get the Big Goron's Sword almost as soon as you become Adult Link. The
bare minimum requirement for the Big Goron's Sword is to have Epona. In
addition, I also recommend getting the Hookshot first, so you have a weapon
that can target distant enemies. You also need at least one Empty Bottle for
this. In addition, I also recommend that you plant a Magic Bean as Young Link
into the soft soil patch on Death Mountain Trail (near the entrance to
Dodongo's Cavern), which will make the final part of this sequence much easier.
1) Go into Kakariko Village and talk to the Cucco Lady. She will tell you that
she has been breeding a new kind of Cucco, called a Pocket Cucco. She will ask
you to take care of it and to find somebody to wake up with it (as that makes
the Cucco really happy). Say Yes to her question and you'll get a Pocket Egg.
2) After receiving the Pocket Egg, just play the Sun's Song twice. In the
morning, the Pocket Egg will hatch into a Pocket Cucco. While in Kakariko
Village, go into that house at the bottom of the stairs, near the tree. You'll
find Talon of Lon Lon Ranch sleeping on the bed. Use the Cucco to wake him up.
3) Once you have woken up Talon, go back to the Cucco Lady and show her the
Pocket Cucco. She will be thrilled to see the Cucco very happy, and will give
you a blue Cucco named Cojiro in return. She says that the Cucco belonged to
her brother and has stopped crowing. So, we need to find her brother.
4) The Cucco Lady's brother is in the Lost Woods. From the start of the Lost
Woods, go left and you'll find a man sitting in front of a tree stump. Present
Cojiro to him and he will recognize Cojiro. He will call you a nice man and
will hand you an Odd Mushroom. We have to bring this to the Magic Shop in
Kakariko Village. We have a time limit, so we need to hurry!
5) Get out of the Lost Woods and get to Hyrule Field. Use Epona to get back to
Kakariko Village. We have three minutes to get this Odd Mushroom to the Magic
Shop before it goes bad. Now, before entering Kakariko Village, make sure that
it is still daytime, otherwise you won't be able to access the Magic Shop. To
get there, go through the back entrance through the Potion Shop (across from
the Bazaar). Hand the Odd Mushroom to the lady behind the counter.
6) The lady will then turn the mushroom into medicine, called the Odd Poultice.
We need to bring this back to the man we encountered in the Lost Woods, so head
back there. However, we will find that the man is no longer there, and a girl
from the Kokiri Forest has taken his place. She will want the Odd Poultice,
however, as it has been made with mushrooms from this forest. In exchange, she
will give you the Poacher's Saw that the man left behind.
7) We need to take the Poacher's Saw to the carpenter in Gerudo Valley. We need
Epona to jump over the broken fence here (unless it is already repaired). If
you don't want to use Epona, you can also use the Longshot to get across the
broken fence. Give the Poacher's Saw to the man just outside the tent and he
will give you the Broken Goron's Sword in exchange. Let's take it to Big Goron
to get it fixed.
8) Big Goron is found on the top of Death Mountain Trail. A couple of things.
You can use the Magic Leaf near the Dodongo's Cavern entrance as a shortcut to
get near the top of the mountain faster. Also, I recommend having at least the
Hookshot to get rid of the Skullwalltulas on the wall that you climb leading to
the top of the mountain. At the top, you'll find Big Goron, who keeps rubbing
his eyes. Show him the Broken Goron's Sword. He would fix it, but needs eye
drops due to the recent eruption. He will give you a Prescription that you must
take to King Zora.
9) King Zora, obviously, is found at Zora's Domain. However, the king may still
be frozen. You need to melt him out using Blue Fire. You can either buy Blue
Fire at the Potion Shop in Kakariko Village or get some Blue Fire from the Ice
Cavern in the back. Either way, once you have King Zora melted, stand in front
of him and then show him the Prescription. He will then give you the Eyeball
Frog. We need to take this to the laboratory in Lake Hylia.
10) We need to be quick here, has there is a time limit for this task. We have
three minutes to get from Zora's Domain to Lake Hylia. Quickly leave Zora's
Domain and quickly get down Zora's River. Back in Hyrule Field, use Epona (who
hopefully is parked just outside the river, which can save you a couple of
precious seconds), and then get to Lake Hylia as fast as you can. When you get
to Lake Hylia, go inside the laboratory. Give the Eyeball Frog to the lady and
after mistakenly thinking the Eyeball Frogs are for dinner, she'll make the
World's Finest Eyeball Drops for you. We need to deliver these to Big Goron.
11) Like the last step, we have a time limit. We need to get to the top of
Death Mountain Trail as fast as we can. We have four minutes to do so. Use
Epona and then get to Kakariko Village, and then to Death Mountain Trail.
Again, we can use the magic leaf near the Dodongo's Cavern entrance to save a
good amount of time, instead of needing to climb the entire mountain. Near the
top, be very quick in getting the Skullwalltula off of the wall that you have
to climb. At the top of the mountain, quickly get the Eyeball Drops to Big
Goron! Note that if you run out of time here, you wind back up at Step 9,
needing to show the Prescription to King Zora again.
12) For the final step, Big Goron will take his eye drops and will be able to
repair the sword. This however, does take a couple of days. To get through this
fast, just play the Sun's Song six times and then present Big Goron the Claim
Check. He will then hand you the Big Goron's Sword!
==================
11. Gossip Stones
==================
Gossip Stones are those gray-stones with a face on them that you see throughout
the game. Examining them will produce the message "this one-eyed statue gazes
into your mind." Several things can happen with Gossip Stones. If you hit one
with your sword, they will tell you the time it is in the game. This can be
useful for finding out how much longer of night and day you have, and for
events like Dampe's Gravedigging Tour (something which is very time-specific).
In addition, hitting a Gossip Stone with a Megaton Hammer will flatten it into
a ground, hitting it with Din's Fire will cause it to spin very fast, and
having a Bomb explode near one will cause the Gossip Stone to launch into the
air like a rocket.
Playing the Sun's Song, Zelda's Lullaby, or the Song of Storms near a Gossip
Stone will also cause a fairy to appear.
Most importantly, if you have the Mask of Truth and examine a Gossip Stone
while wearing it, the Gossip Stone will give you a hint or a secret about the
game. Here is a list of all of the Gossip Stones found in the game and the
hints that they provide.
If I have any additional commentary or clarity to make about any of these
messages, I'll provide it.
--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------
LOCATION: Just outside the entrance to the Lost Woods.
MESSAGE: "They say that the small holes in the ground that you can find all
over Hyrule make perfect breathing ground for bugs."
LOCATION: To the left of the entrance to the Great Deku Tree.
MESSAGE: "They say that the Kokiri are always followed by small fairies."
LOCATION: Behind and to the right of the Great Deku Tree (yes, you can actually
behind here, just go around the tree's roots)
MESSAGE: "They say that one Kokiri has left the forest, and he is still alive!"
-----------
Lost Woods
-----------
LOCATION: From the start of the Lost Woods, go left, and then left again. The
Gossip Stone is near the Business Scrub who sells you the upgrade for your Deku
Sticks.
MESSAGE: "They say that when non-fairy folk enter the Lost Woods they become
monsters."
---------------------
Sacred Forest Meadow
---------------------
LOCATION: Found on top of the maze, near the entrance to the Lost Woods.
MESSAGE: "They say that the owl named Kaepora Gaebora is the reincarnation of
an Ancient Sage."
LOCATION: Found on the top of the maze, near the middle of the area.
MESSAGE: "They say that the strange owl, Kaepora Gaebora, may look big and
heavy, but its character is rather lighthearted."
LOCATION: In the corner, directly across from the Forest Tempe entrance.
MESSAGE: "They say that it's possible to find a total of 100 Gold Skulltulas
throughout Hyrule."
-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------
LOCATION: Found in the secret area across from Gerudo Valley.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a switch that you can activate only by using
the spin attack."
----------
Graveyard
----------
LOCATION: Right before the staircase leading to the Shadow Temple entrance.
Requires the Nocturne of Shadow.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a secret near a tree in Kakariko Village."
COMMENTARY: Go north and west from the lone tree. Your Shard of Agony will go
off, if you have it. Bomb the ground here to find a hidden hole. When you go
down it, defeat the two ReDeads and a mini-chest will appear, containing a Huge
Rupee!
-------
Market
-------
NOTE: The following four Gossip Stones are found just outside the Temple of
Time. All four of them are lined up in a row. I will give you the messages of
these Gossip Stones, reading them from left to right.
MESSAGE (Gossip Stone #1): "They say that Malon set the original record in the
obstacle course of Lon Lon Ranch."
MESSAGE (Gossip Stone #2): "They say that Malon of Lon Lon Ranch hopes that a
knight in shining armor will come and sweep her off her feet someday."
MESSAGE (Gossip Stone #3): "They say that it is against the rules to use
glasses at the Treasure Chest Game in Hyrule Castle Town Market."
COMMENTARY: Hey, it's not explicitly stated during the Treasure Chest Game. You
can use the Lens of Truth to just look through the chests, instead of guessing
and getting lucky.
MESSAGE (Gossip Stone #4): "They say that Gerudos sometimes come to Hyrule
Castle Town Market to look for boyfriends."
-------------------
Hyrule Castle Area
-------------------
LOCATION: Found just after climbing the vines near the entrance leading back to
the market.
MESSAGE: "They say that if you get close to a butterfly while holding a Deku
Stick in your hands, something good will happen."
COMMENTARY: Go to a field of butterflies and take out a Deku Stick. A Fairy
should appear if one lands on the Deku Stick.
LOCATION: Found in the corner just after climbing the wall before the moat.
MESSAGE: "They say that, contrary to her elegant image, Princess Zelda of
Hyrule Castle is actually a tomboy!"
LOCATION: Found in a hidden area. Requires the Song of Storms. Play the Song of
Storms near the tree in the corner of the moat around a castle and a hole will
appear. Jump down the hole.
MESSAGE: "They say that you may find something new in dungeons you have already
finished."
---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
LOCATION: Found on a ledge while climbing up the wall leading to the top of the
mountain.
MESSAGE: "They say that Biggoron's Sword is super sharp and will never break."
----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------
LOCATION: When entering from the Death Mountain Trail, head right and run up
the wooden board. On the other side, turn right and you will see a wall that is
cracked. Blow this wall up with a Bomb and you will find the Gossip Stone
behind it.
MESSAGE: "They say that Medigoron didn't really think about his own size so his
store is really cramped."
-----------
Goron City
-----------
LOCATION: Next to Medigoron in his shop.
MESSAGE: "They say that Ganondorf is not satisfied with ruling only the Gerudo
and aims to conquer all of Hyrule!"
LOCATION: Found at the end of the boulder maze on the top floor.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a secret around the entrance to Gerudo
Valley."
COMMENTARY: Across from the entrance to Gerudo Valley is a large, brown rock,
surrounded by little rocks. Break this rock using the Megaton Hammer, and then
smash the ground with the Megaton Hammer to reveal a hole.
-----------------
Dodongo's Cavern
-----------------
LOCATION: From the center island, get to the platform to your right. The Gossip
Stone is behind a cracked wall that you can blow up using a Bomb.
MESSAGE: "They say that Gerudos worship Ganondorf like a god."
-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------
LOCATION: Across from the back of the laboratory, cross the walkway over the
river. The Gossip Stone is to the right.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a secret on the road that leads to Lake
Hylia."
COMMENTARY: Out in Hyrule Field, there is a patch of grass surrounded by fences
just before the entrance to Lake Hylia. Bomb the middle of this grass and a
hole will appear. In this area is a Business Scrub who will sell you a Piece of
Heart for 10 Rupees.
LOCATION: Walk around the edge and the perimeter of the lake counterclockwise,
staying up against the wall. You'll come to a Gossip Stone (don't worry, the
water is shallow on the edge). It should be near the southwest corner of the
lake.
MESSAGE: "They say that Ruto, the Zora princess who is known for her selfish
nature, likes a certain boy..."
LOCATION: From the last Gossip Stone, keep running along the edge of the lake
counterclockwise. You'll come to another Gossip Stone, near the southeast
corner of the map.
MESSAGE: "They say the Cucco Lady goes to the Lakeside Laboratory to study how
to breed pocket-sized Cuccos."
-------------
Zora's River
-------------
LOCATION: Found on the very high land areas.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a man who can always be found running around
Hyrule Field."
COMMENTARY: This hint would've been more useful if found out earlier. Since you
have the Mask of Truth, you already know about the running man around Hyrule
Field, as you had to sell the Bunny Hood to him. This can be a very difficult
person to find in the game, so this hint I think was placed in the wrong spot.
LOCATION: Near the ladder by the entrance to Zora's Domain.
MESSAGE: "They say that Princess Zelda's nanny is actually one of the Shekiah,
who many thought had died out."
--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------
LOCATION: Right in front of King Zora.
MESSAGE: "They say that players who select HOLD option for L-Targeting are the
real Zelda players!"
----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------
LOCATION: Near the entrance to the Great Fairy's Fountain.
MESSAGE: "They say that you can swim faster by continually pressing B."
LOCATION: Found to the left of Lord Jabu-Jabu.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a secret near the lone tree which is not far
from the river in the northwest part of Hyrule field."
COMMENTARY: From the entrance to the castle, head left and you'll get to a
river. You'll find a lone tree here. Place a Bomb near the tree and a hole will
be revealed. Jump into the hole. You can get a Piece of Heart at the bottom of
the water here, which requires the Golden Scale or the Iron Boots.
--------------
Gerudo Valley
--------------
LOCATION: Found at the very bottom platform right before the waterfall.
MESSAGE: "They say that the thief named Nabooru, who haunts this area, is a
Gerudo."
----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------
LOCATION: Found to the left of the Spirit Temple entrance.
MESSAGE: "They say that the treasure you can earn in the Gerudo's Training
Ground is not as great as you would expect, given its difficulty."
-------------
Secret Holes
-------------
LOCATION: Found in just about every single secret hole in the game (Hyrule
Field, Lost Woods, etc).
MESSAGE: "They say that the horse Ganondorf rides is a solid black Gerudo
stallion."
COMMENTARY: Why does this have to be found under every single hole? I'm talking
about those underground rooms with a Gossip Stone, mini-chest with a Blue
Rupee, some Bugs under grass, and a Fish in the water. Going to these
underground hidden areas would be a lot more interesting if the Gossip Stones
all said different things.
==================
12. Ocarina Songs
==================
ZELDA'S LULLABY
DESCRIPTION: Song of the Royal Family, generally played where there are
Triforce marks.
HOTE TO GET: Taught to you by Impa after meeting Zelda for the first time
MUSIC NOTES: X, A, Y, X, A, Y
EPONA'S SONG
DESCRIPTION: Used to summon Epona, can be used near cows for free Lon Lon Milk
HOW TO GET: As Young Link in Lon Lon Ranch, talk to Malon a few times. She will
mention how her mother taught her this song. She will then teach you this song
when you take out your Ocarina.
MUSIC NOTES: A, X, Y, A, X, Y
SUN'S SONG
DESCRIPTION: Used to change night into day and vice versa, founded by the
Composer Bros. Can also be used to freeze ReDeads and Gibdos.
HOW TO GET: In the Graveyard, to go the back grave and play Zelda's Lullaby. </pre><pre id="faqspan-18">
Work your way through the underground passages and check the wall at the end.
MUSIC NOTES: Y, R, A, Y, R, A
SARIA'S SONG
DESCRIPTION: The song Saria plays at the Sacred Forest Meadow. She teaches it
to her friends. Used to put Darunia in a good mood, prove connection with
Saria.
HOW TO GET: Go through the Lost Woods and the Sacred Forest Meadow. Saria will
teach you this song when you get to her spot.
MUSIC NOTES: R, Y, X, R, Y, X
SONG OF TIME
DESCRIPTION: Used to open the Door of Time, can be used to move Door of Time
blocks
HOW TO GET: After collecting all three Spiritual Stones, head back to Hyrule
Castle. Zelda will throw the Ocarina of Time into the moat as she is escaping
from the castle. Jump in and get the Ocarina, and Zelda will teach you this
song.
MUSIC NOTES: Y, L, R, Y, L, R
SONG OF STORMS
DESCRIPTION: Makes it stormy, used to open up the Bottom of the Well
HOW TO GET: As Adult Link, go to the windmill in Kakariko Village. The man will
tell you that a kid seven years ago played a song on his Ocarina that screwed
up the windmill. Take out your Ocarina.
MUSIC NOTES: L, R, A, L, R, A
MINUET OF FOREST
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Sacred Forest Meadow (in front of the Forest
Temple entrance).
HOW TO GET: Head to the Sacred Forest Meadow as Adult Link. Sheik will teach
you this when you get to Saria's spit.
MUSIC NUTES: L, A, X, Y, X, Y
BOLERO OF FIRE
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Death Mountain Crater (in front of the Fire
Temple entrance)
HOW TO GET: As Adult Link, head to the Death Mountain Crater and use your
Hookshot to get across the gap in the bridge. Sheik will then teach you this
sogn.
MUSIC NOTES: R, L, R, L, Y, R, Y, R
SERENADE OF WATER
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to Lake Hylia (above the entrance to the Water
Temple)
HOW TO GET: Sheik will teach you this song after getting the Iron Boots in the
Ice Cavern.
MUSIC NOTES: L, R, Y, Y, X
NOCTURNE OF SHADOW
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Graveyard (in front of the Shadow Temple
entrance)
HOW TO GET: After clearing the Forest, Fire, and Water Temples, go to Kakariko
Village. Sheik will teach you this song after getting attacked from the shadow
that broke out from the Bottom of the Well.
MUSIC NOTES: X, Y, Y, L, X, Y, R
REQUIEM OF SPIRIT
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Desert Colossus (across from the Spirit Temple
entrance)
HOW TO GET: Enter the Spirit Temple as Adult Link. When you find you cannot
progress the temple beyond the entrance, head back outside. Sheik will appear
and teach you this song.
MUSIC NOTES: L, R, L, Y, R, L
PRELUDE OF LIGHT
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Temple of Time.
HOW TO GET: After clearing the Forest Temple, go back to the Temple of Time.
Sheik will no longer block the Pedestal of Time and will teach you this song.
MUSIC NOTES: A, Y, A, Y, X, A
============
13. Credits
============
Nintendo = For creating the Legend of Zelda series, in addition to the 3DS.
Me = I wrote this guide.
You = You read this guide.
Grezzo = For helping put Ocarina of Time onto the 3DS
SBAllen = The administrator of the best site in the world (GameFAQs) posted
this guide.
Older brother = Helped me solve numerous puzzles in this game as a kid.
Trent Allen = Pointed out an error in the guide regarding the location of one
of the Deku Nuts upgrades.
